UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from _______________ to _______________
OR
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Date of event requiring this shell company report _______________
Commission file number | Barclays Bank PLC |
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
As a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays PLC, which is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Barclays Bank PLC meets the
conditions set forth in General Instruction I(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K, as applied to annual reports on Form 20-F, and is therefore filing this Form 20-F
with a reduced disclosure format.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered | |
CBOE BZX Exchange | |||
CBOE BZX Exchange | |||
CBOE BZX Exchange |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual
report.
£1 ordinary shares | |
€100 preference shares | 31,856 |
$100 preference shares | 58,133 |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes ¨ No þ
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such
files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company.
See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large Accelerated Filer | ¨ | Accelerated Filer | ¨ | þ | Emerging growth company |
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section
13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting
Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that
prepared or issued its audit report. ¨
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive- based compensation
received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨
*Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ¨
Other ¨
*If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to
follow:
Item 17 ¨
Item 18 ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes ¨ No þ
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes ¨ No ¨
SEC Form 20-F Cross reference information
Form 20-F item number | Page and caption references in this document* |
1Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers | Not applicable |
2Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable | Not applicable |
3Key Information | |
A.Reserved | |
B.Capitalization and indebtedness | Not applicable |
C.Reason for the offer and use of proceeds | Not applicable |
D.Risk factors | 24-36 |
4.Information on the Company | |
A.History and development of the company | Omitted |
B.Business overview | i (Market and other data), 25-27, 107-115, 135-136 (Note 2), 222 |
C.Organizational structure | 194-198 (Notes 31 and 32), 217-221, 241 |
D.Property, plants and equipment | 169-171 (Notes 18 and 19) |
4AUnresolved staff comments | Not applicable |
5Operating and Financial Review and Prospects | |
A.Operating results | 24-47, 97, 107-115, 150-156 (Note 13) |
B.Liquidity and capital resources | Omitted |
C.Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. | Omitted |
D.Trend information | 24-36, 222-223 |
E.Critical Accounting Estimates | Not applicable |
6Directors, Senior Management and Employees | |
A.Directors and senior management | Omitted |
B.Compensation | Omitted |
C.Board practice | 2, 6-8, 10-11 |
D.Employees | Omitted |
E.Share ownership | Omitted |
F.Erroneously awarded compensation | Not applicable |
7Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions | |
A.Major shareholders | Omitted |
B.Related party transactions | Omitted |
C.Interests of experts and counsel | Not applicable |
8Financial Information | |
A.Consolidated statements and other financial information | 117-208 (Notes 1-40), 210 |
B.Significant changes | Not Applicable |
9The Offer and Listing | |
A.Offer and listing details | Not applicable |
B.Plan of distribution | Not applicable |
C.Market | Not applicable |
D.Selling shareholders | Not applicable |
E.Dilution | Not applicable |
F.Expenses of the issue | Not applicable |
10Additional Information | |
A.Share capital | Not applicable |
B.Memorandum and Articles of Association | 209-211 |
C.Material contracts | Not applicable |
D.Exchange controls | 214 |
E.Taxation | 211-214 |
F.Dividends and paying assets | Not applicable |
G.Statement by experts | Not applicable |
H.Documents on display | 214 |
I.Subsidiary information | 194-195 (Note 31), 217-221 |
J.Annual Report of Security Holders | Not applicable |
11Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk | 21-115, 149-167 (Notes 12-16) |
12Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities | |
A.Debt Securities | Not applicable |
B.Warrants and Right | Not applicable |
C.Other Securities | Not applicable |
D.American Depositary Share | Not applicable |
13Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies | Not applicable |
14Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds | Not applicable |
15Controls and Procedures | |
A.Disclosure controls and procedures | 214 |
B.Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting | 9 |
C.Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm | Not applicable |
D.Changes in internal control over financial reporting | 10 |
16AAudit Committee Financial Expert | Omitted |
16BCode of Ethics | Omitted |
16CPrincipal Accountant Fees and Services | 10, 205 (Note 38) |
16DExemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees | Not applicable |
16EPurchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers | 12 |
16FChange in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant | Not applicable |
16GCorporate Governance | 2-11 |
16HMine safety disclosure | Not applicable |
16IDisclosure regarding foreign jurisdictions that prevent inspections | Not applicable |
16JInsider Trading Policies | Not applicable |
16KCybersecurity | 17-18, 32-33, 104 |
17Financial Statements | (See Item 8) |
18Financial Statements | Not applicable |
19Exhibits | Exhibit Index |
*Certain items are indicated as omitted as Barclays Bank PLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays PLC, which is a reporting company under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction I(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K, as applied to annual reports
on Form 20-F, and is therefore filing this Form 20-F with a reduced disclosure format.
Notes
The term the Barclays Bank Group refers to Barclays Bank PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis
compares the year ended 31 December 2023 to the corresponding twelve months of 2022 and balance sheet analysis as at 31 December 2023 with
comparatives relating to 31 December 2022. The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Pounds Sterling
respectively; the abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of US Dollars respectively; and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and
‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Euros respectively.
Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Barclays Bank Group. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-
looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results or other financial condition or performance measures could differ
materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate
only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’,
‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, ‘achieve’ or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements can be made in
writing but also may be made verbally by directors, officers and employees of the Barclays Bank Group (including during management presentations) in
connection with this document. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements or guidance regarding or relating to the
Barclays Bank Group's future financial position, business strategy, income levels, costs, assets and liabilities, impairment charges, provisions, capital
leverage and other regulatory ratios, capital distributions (including policy on dividends and share buybacks), return on tangible equity, projected levels
of growth in banking and financial markets, industry trends, any commitments and targets (including environmental, social and governance (ESG)
commitments and targets), plans and objectives for future operations and other statements that are not historical or current facts. By their nature,
forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances. Forward-looking statements speak
only as at the date on which they are made. Forward-looking statements may be affected by a number of factors, including, without limitation: changes
in legislation, regulations, governmental and regulatory policies, expectations and actions, voluntary codes of practices, and the interpretation thereof,
changes in International Financial Reporting Standards and other accounting standards, including practices with regard to the interpretation and
application thereof and emerging and developing ESG reporting standards; the outcome of current and future legal proceedings and regulatory
investigations; the Barclays Bank Group's ability along with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of
climate change effectively; environmental, social and geopolitical risks and incidents, pandemics and similar events beyond the Barclays Bank Group’s
control; the impact of competition in the banking and financial services industry; capital, liquidity, leverage and other regulatory rules and requirements
applicable to past, current and future periods; UK, US, Eurozone and global macroeconomic and business conditions, including inflation; volatility in
credit and capital markets; market related risks such as changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates; reforms to benchmark interest rates and
indices; higher or lower asset valuations; changes in credit ratings of any entity within the Barclays Bank Group or any securities issued by it; changes in
counterparty risk; changes in consumer behaviour; the direct and indirect consequences of the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East on European
and global macroeconomic conditions, political stability and financial markets; political elections; developments in the UK’s relationship with the
European Union (EU); the risk of cyberattacks, information or security breaches, technology failures or other operational disruptions and any
subsequent impacts on the Barclays Bank Group’s reputation, business or operations; the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to access funding; and the
success of acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions. A number of these factors are beyond the Barclays Bank Group’s control. As a result,
the Barclays Bank Group’s actual financial position, results, financial and non-financial metrics or performance measures or its ability to meet
commitments and targets may differ materially from the statements or guidance set forth in the Barclays Bank Group’s forward-looking statements.
Additional risks and factors which may impact the Barclays Bank Group’s future financial condition and performance are identified in Barclays Bank
PLC’s filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) (including, without limitation, Barclays Bank PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
the financial year ended 31 December 2023), which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Subject to Barclays Bank PLC's obligations under the applicable laws and regulations of any relevant jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the UK
and the US) in relation to disclosure and ongoing information, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
References to Strategic Report
This document contains references throughout to the Barclays Bank PLC Strategic Report and Pillar 3 Report. References to the aforementioned reports
are made for information purposes only, and information found in said reports is not incorporated by reference into this document.
Market and other data
This document contains information, including statistical data, about certain Barclays markets and its competitive position. Except as otherwise
indicated, this information is taken or derived from Datastream and other external sources. Barclays cannot guarantee the accuracy of information
taken from external sources, or that, in respect of internal estimates, a third party using different methods would obtain the same estimates as Barclays.
Uses of Internet addresses
This document contains inactive textual addresses to internet websites operated by us and third parties. Reference to such websites is made for
information purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document.
Governance
Contents
Our corporate governance processes and the role they play in supporting the delivery of our strategy.
Governance | Page | |
Governance contents | ||
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 1 |
The Board
Details of the Directors who served during the financial year ended 31 December 2023 are set out in the table below, together with the composition of
each of the Board’s Committees.
We welcomed Marc Moses and Julia Wilson to the Board as Non-Executive Directors on 23 January 2023 and 1 April 2023, respectively, and Mike Ashley
stepped down from the Board on 3 May 2023. The Board is grateful for Mike's invaluable contribution to the Board during his tenure.
Board | Nominations Committee | Audit Committee | Risk Committee | Remuneration Committee | Sustainability Committeea | |
Nigel Higgins Chairman of the Board | C | C | C | |||
Robert Berry Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | C | M | ||
Anna Cross Executive Director | M | |||||
Mohamed A. El-Erian Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | M | |||
Dawn Fitzpatrick Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | M | M | ||
Mary Francis Independent Non-Executive Director | M | C | M | |||
Marc Mosesb Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | M | |||
Diane Schueneman Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | M | M | ||
C.S. Venkatakrishnan Executive Director | M | M | ||||
Julia Wilsonc Independent Non-Executive Director | M | M | C | M | M | M |
Former Directors | ||||||
Mike Ashleyd Independent Non-Executive Director | M | C, M | M |
C Chair of Board or Board Committee.
M Member of Board or Board Committee.
a The Board Sustainability Committee was established with effect from 23 March 2023.
b Marc Moses was appointed to the Board and as a member of the Board Audit and Risk Committees with effect from 23 January 2023.
c Julia Wilson was appointed to the Board, as Chair of the Board Audit Committee and a member of the Board Risk, Nominations and Sustainability Committees with effect
from 1 April 2023. Julia joined the Board Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 July 2023.
d Mike Ashley stepped down as Chair of the Board Audit Committee with effect from 31 March 2023 and retired from the Board and as a member of the Board Audit and Risk
Committees with effect from 3 May 2023.
Attendance
Directors are expected to attend every Board meeting. During 2023, there were no ad hoc Board meetings held in addition to scheduled meetings.
Attendance at meetings in 2023 is set out in the table below. The aggregate attendance for Board and relevant Board Committee meetings in 2023 did
not fall below 75% for any Director.
Director | Scheduled eligible meetings attendancea | Effective date |
Nigel Higgins | 7/7 | Appointed 1 March 2019 |
Robert Berry | 7/7 | Appointed 8 February 2022 |
Anna Cross | 7/7 | Appointed 23 April 2022 |
Mohamed A. El-Erian | 7/7 | Appointed 1 January 2020 |
Dawn Fitzpatrick | 7/7 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Mary Francis | 7/7 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Marc Moses | 7/7 | Appointed 23 January 2023 |
Diane Schueneman | 7/7 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
C.S. Venkatakrishnan | 7/7 | Appointed 1 November 2021 |
Julia Wilson | 6/6 | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
Former Directors | ||
Mike Ashley | 2/2 | Stepped down 3 May 2023 |
aEach Board meeting is held over the course of two days. In the 2022 Annual Report, these were reported as two separate Board meetings. For the 2023 attendance
figures, one Board meeting which was held over two days has been reported as one Board meeting.
Overview of governance framework
The membership of the BPLC and BBPLC Boards was partially consolidated and streamlined in 2019 to improve coordination and efficiency, whilst
reducing complexity and unnecessary duplication. As a result, membership of the BBPLC Board is a subset of the BPLC Board, with all members of the
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 2 |
BPLC Board (except the Senior Independent Director, the Chair of Barclays Bank UK PLC (BBUKPLC) and at least one other Non-Executive Director) also
serving on the BBPLC Board. This structure provides oversight over the activities of BBPLC, in addition to which the Board members have direct
accountability to BPLC’s shareholders through their separate responsibilities as members of the BPLC Board.
The Board strives to have high standards of corporate governance and, in accordance with the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018
(the 2018 Regulations), has adopted its own corporate governance arrangements, which it considers are appropriate to apply and are designed to
ensure effective decision-making to promote BBPLC’s long-term success.
The Board has chosen not to adopt and report against the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (Code), which is designed for premium listed
companies. Further, whilst fully supportive of the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large Private Companies (in particular the focus on
purpose, culture and colleague and stakeholder engagement), the Board considers that the Wates Principles are less appropriate for a wholly owned
subsidiary of a premium listed company, which is also a complex financial institution subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime. This is consistent
with the approach of other significant subsidiaries within the Barclays Group which are subject to the 2018 Regulations.
The Board’s primary aim is that our governance framework:
•ensures we have an effective and entrepreneurial Board which makes decisions and provides oversight to promote BBPLC's success, creating long-
term sustainable value for the shareholder and the ultimate shareholders of BPLC, having regard to the interests of all our other stakeholders.
•promotes our Purpose, Values, Mindset and culture, and seeks to ensure that our decision-making is aligned with these.
•is effective in providing constructive challenge, strategic guidance and support to management.
•provides checks and balances and drives informed, collaborative and accountable decision-making.
Set out below are the principles which underpin our corporate governance arrangements and how these principles have been applied during 2023.
The Barclays Group-wide governance framework is set by BPLC and has been designed to facilitate the effective management of the Barclays Group.
This includes the setting of Barclays Group policies and approach in relation to matters such as Barclays’ Purpose, Values and Mindset, Barclays’
Remuneration Policy and the Barclays Charter of Expectations. Where appropriate, this corporate governance statement makes reference to those
Barclays Group-wide policies, which are relevant to the way in which the Company is governed.
The Company’s corporate governance principles and how the Company has applied them during 2023 and to the date of this report
Principle One: Board leadership and company purpose
A successful company is led by an effective and entrepreneurial board, whose role is to establish the company’s purpose, values and strategy, aligned to
its culture and make decisions to promote its success for the long-term benefit of its shareholder, having regard to the interests of other relevant
stakeholders and factors.
▪Through the leadership of the Board, a clear vision of the Barclays Purpose, Values and Mindset is articulated, underpinning and defining the
strategy and culture of the organisation, which is embedded at every level of management.
▪The Board supports The Barclays Way, which sets the framework for achieving a dynamic and positive culture. The Board believes that a positive
culture, supported by effective leadership and a consistent ‘tone from the top’ is crucial to our success. Therefore, culture remains a core area of
focus for the Board and is reviewed in a number of ways, including through colleague feedback.
▪Given its fundamental importance, the Board regularly considered strategy matters at its 2023 meetings, continuing to deepen its understanding of
the Barclays Bank Group's business, as well as the risks and opportunities the Barclays Group and the wider banking industry face.
What the Board did in 2023
During 2023, the Board focused on the following areas:
Strategy and operational matters
▪Considered strategy matters regularly throughout the year. In addition, the Board participated in a series of business reviews covering areas
including the Investment Bank, Consumer, Cards and Payments (CC&P), US Consumer Bank and Markets. The Board also received sessions during
the year on 'horizontal topics' impacting the wider Barclays Group, such as reputation risk and financial crime.
▪Reviewed and discussed the 2023 Medium Term Plan ahead of its approval by the Board in early 2024.
▪Received updates on climate and sustainability matters, including on Barclays' sustainable finance strategy in relation to the Corporate and
Investment Bank (CIB) and approved the establishment of the Board Sustainability Committee.
▪Discussed regular updates from the Chief Executive and President of BBPLC on the progress being made against the Barclays Bank Group strategy
and business performance.
▪Continued to focus on culture and colleague engagement. The Board received feedback on culture through various channels, including reports on
the outcome of colleague surveys and direct engagement with colleagues, such as through town halls and site visits. Refer to the Colleagues section
in the Governance section for more information on workforce matters.
▪Received regular updates from the Chief Executive on the Barclays Group-wide cultural change programme aimed at ensuring we deliver to a
consistently excellent standard.
▪Received an update in relation to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) matters, with a focus on progress against the Barclays Group's Gender
Ambition (insofar as it relates to the Barclays Bank Group) and the actions required to promote gender diversity in the CIB.
Finance
▪Regularly assessed the financial performance of the various businesses and Barclays Bank Group results through reports from the Chief Financial
Officer and through business specific updates to the Board.
▪Reviewed and approved BBPLC’s financial results prior to publication.
▪Reviewed and approved the payment by BBPLC in February 2023 of an interim dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2022, and
approved the payment of a 2023 interim dividend in July 2023. Details of dividends paid in 2023 are set out in Note 10 of the financial statements.
▪Considered and approved the BBPLC elements of the Barclays Group Recovery Plan.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 3 |
Governance and risk (including regulatory issues)
▪Received updates on management's implementation of the Financial Conduct Authority's (FCA) Consumer Duty leading up to the 31 July 2023
implementation deadline. The Board also received updates from the BBPLC Consumer Duty Board Sub-Committee and approved an amendment to
the BBPLC Matters Reserved to the Board to reflect the Board's oversight and approval of the BBPLC Annual Consumer Duty Compliance Report.
▪Received regular updates on emerging risk themes, including the impacts of geopolitical uncertainty, high interest rates and inflationary pressures.
▪Received reports on operational resilience and an update in relation to cybersecurity.
▪Considered and approved appointments of Directors following recommendations from the Board Nominations Committee.
▪Received regular reports from the Chair of each Board Committee.
▪Received and considered feedback from the Barclays Group’s key regulators.
▪Considered the results of the internally facilitated 2023 Board effectiveness evaluation.
Principle Two: Division of responsibilities
An effective board requires a clear division of responsibilities with the Chair leading the board and being responsible for its overall effectiveness, and the
executive leadership of the company’s business being delegated to the Chief Executive. The board should consist of an appropriate combination of
Executive and independent Non-Executive Directors, each with a clear understanding of their accountability and responsibilities. The board’s policies
and procedures should support effective decision-making and independent challenge.
▪There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chair and Chief Executive. Page 2 sets out the details of the Board members, the majority of
whom are independent Non-Executive Directors.
▪Policies and protocols are in place to support effective decision-making and independent challenge, including the Barclays Charter of Expectations
which sets out the individual role profiles and required behaviours and competencies of the Chair, Non-Executive Directors, Executive Directors and
Committee Chairs. In accordance with the Charter of Expectations, the Non-Executive Directors are responsible for providing effective oversight,
strategic guidance and constructive challenge while holding the Executive Directors to account against agreed performance objectives. The
Chairman meets privately with the Non-Executive Directors when appropriate, to promote independence.
▪The Board's responsibilities are executed in part through the Board Committees, each of which has its own Terms of Reference which set out its
remit and decision-making powers. The Chairs of each of the Board Committees provide a report on the work of the Committee at every scheduled
Board meeting. Details of the principal Board Committees and their core responsibilities and activities in 2023 are set out later in this report.
▪Appropriate information and support is provided to the Board, to enable it to undertake its work with due care and discharge its responsibilities.
▪The Barclays Group Corporate Governance Operating Manual sets out guidelines as to how the Barclays Group significant subsidiaries (and their
respective Boards and Board Committees) should interact with each other, while providing guidance and clarity for management and Directors as to
how these relationships and processes should work in practice. It is a dynamic document that continues to evolve with the changing nature of the
Barclays Group.
The Board
Executive and Non-Executive Directors share the same duties and are subject to the same constraints. However, a clear division of responsibilities has
been established. The Chairman is responsible for leading the Board and its overall effectiveness in directing the Company, demonstrating objective
judgement and promoting a culture of openness and inclusion, and facilitating and encouraging constructive challenge and debate between all
Directors, and which challenges executives where appropriate. The Chairman facilitates constructive Board relations and the effective contribution of all
Non-Executive Directors, and ensures Directors receive information in an accurate, timely and clear form that is relevant to discharge their obligations. It
is the Board’s responsibility to ensure that management delivers on short-term objectives, whilst promoting the long-term success of the Company and
the Barclays Bank Group.
The Board is responsible for the Barclays Bank Group, which contains the majority of the Barclays Group’s Barclays International division, comprising the
CIB and CC&P businesses.
The BBPLC Matters Reserved to the Board ensures that appropriate coordination with the governance of the partially consolidated BPLC and BBPLC
Boards is in place. The Matters Reserved to the Board specifies those decisions reserved solely to the decision-making power of the Board. Those
matters include material decisions relating to strategy, risk appetite, medium term plans, capital and liquidity plans, risk management and controls
frameworks, approval of financial statements, approval of large transactions and the approval of share allotments, dividends and share buybacks. The
Board has delegated the responsibility for making and implementing operational decisions and running the Company’s business on a day-to-day basis
to the Chief Executive, supported by his Executive Committee.
The current Board comprises a Chairman, who was independent on appointment, two Executive Directors and seven independent Non-Executive
Directors. The Board comprises a majority of independent Non-Executive Directors, bringing significant expertise (including external perspectives) and
independent challenge. The independence of the Non-Executive Directors is considered by the Board Nominations Committee annually and makes any
recommendation to the Board accordingly.
Non-Executive Directors' time commitment and conflicts of interest
Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, are informed of the minimum time commitment prior to their appointment and they are required to
devote sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively.
The time commitments of Directors are considered prior to appointment and are monitored by the Board Nominations Committee. All Directors must
seek approval (providing an indication of expected time commitment) before accepting any significant new commitments outside of Barclays. The
Board is satisfied that there are no Directors whose time commitment is considered to be a matter for concern. A record of each Director's time
commitments is maintained by the Company.
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) and the Articles, the Board has authority to authorise conflicts of interest, and this ensures that
the influence of third parties does not compromise or override the independent judgement of the Board. A conflicts register is maintained by the
Company, which is a record of actual and potential conflicts, together with any Board authorisation of the conflict.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 4 |
Executive Committee
During 2023, the Executive Committee membership included the Chief Executive, the Global Head of the CIB and President of BBPLC, the Co-Heads of
Global Markets, the Co-Heads of Investment Banking, the Head of Consumer Banking and Payments, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer and
other functional partners.
During the year, we welcomed the following new members of the Executive Committee:
•Vim Maru, Global Head of Consumer Banking and Payments
•Cathal Deasy and Taylor Wright, Global Co-Heads of Investment Banking
•Bevan Cowie, Chief Risk Officer of BBPLC
•Crystal Lalime, General Counsel of Barclays International
The Executive Committee meets quarterly and is chaired by the Global Head of the CIB and President of BBPLC. In addition to the day-to-day
management of the Company, the Executive Committee supports the Chief Executive in ensuring that the Barclays values, strategy and culture align, are
implemented and are communicated consistently to colleagues.
Principle Three: Composition, succession and evaluation
A board with the right balance of skills, experience and diversity is critical to the sustainable delivery of value to the company’s shareholder and broader
stakeholders. The size of the board should be guided by the scale and complexity of the company and appointments should be based on merit and
objective criteria, with a view to promoting diversity and subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure, which is underpinned by an effective
succession plan for board and senior management. A successful board is a cohesive board that provides informed and constructive challenge to the
management team and measures its effectiveness.
▪The membership of the Board is drawn exclusively from the BPLC Board. The size and composition of the Board is considered appropriate for the
Barclays Bank Group. There is a good balance between Executive and independent Non-Executive Directors, with the Non-Executive Directors able
to provide essential independent challenge. Board members have a strong combination of technical, finance (including significant financial services
experience) and commercial skills along with broader experience in culture and colleague engagement. The Company considers the composition of
the principal Board Committees to meet the independence criteria of the Code, notwithstanding that the Company has chosen not to adopt and
report against the Code, as stated above, and there is appropriate cross-membership on the Board Committees to further promote effectiveness.
▪All appointments to the Board and senior management are based on merit and objective criteria, with a continued strong belief in the benefits that
diversity, in all its forms, brings to the Board. This includes in relation to gender, ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, disability and socio-economic
background. Board appointments are made following a formal, rigorous and transparent process, facilitated by the Board Nominations Committee,
with the aid of external search consultancy firms.
▪Across the Barclays Group, DEI remains a key area of focus. The Company continues to strive to build a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace,
making the most of the different backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences of our colleagues to better serve Barclays' customers and clients.
Further information, including in relation to Barclays' DEI strategy and progress in this area, can be found within the Colleagues section of the
Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023 and in Barclays’ DEI report, which will be made available on the Barclays website later in the year.
▪There is regular review of the leadership and succession needs of the business to maintain the depth and diversity of the talent and succession
pipeline at the Board, executive and key management level. This remains a key focus to maintain the quality of leadership that is in place to lead the
business in the delivery of the strategy, against a challenging economic and operating environment.
▪Ongoing training and professional development is key in providing Board members with a deeper and more granular understanding of the business,
contributing to informed and sound decision-making.
▪Effectiveness is supported through annual evaluations of the Board, Board Committees and individual Directors. In 2023, the Board, Board
Committee and individual Director effectiveness evaluations were conducted internally.
▪Feedback from the 2023 Board effectiveness review indicated that the Board is operating well and effectively, with Board members commenting
favourably on the culture of the Board, where members feel able to share their different perspectives and views. The review indicated that Board
composition is considered a strength, bringing together a range of diverse and complementary range of backgrounds. The review highlighted an
appropriate level of support and challenge to management. Feedback from the effectiveness reviews of each Board Committee for 2023 can be
found later in this report.
Board Nominations Committee
The Board Nominations Committee is comprised solely of independent Non-Executive Directors. The Board Nominations Committee members are Nigel
Higgins, as Chairman of the BBPLC Board, along with Mohamed A. El-Erian, Diane Schueneman and Julia Wilson (appointed 1 April 2023).
In addition to two scheduled meetings, the Board Nominations Committee also held one ad-hoc meeting during 2023. Board Nominations Committee
meetings were attended during the year by the Chief Executive and the BPLC HR Director, as appropriate.
Attendance at Board Nominations Committee meetings during 2023 was as follows:
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | Effective date |
Nigel Higgins (Chair) | 3/3 | Appointed 1 March 2019 |
Mohamed A. El-Erian | 3/3 | Appointed 1 September 2022 |
Diane Schueneman | 3/3 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Julia Wilson | 2/2 | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
The principal role and responsibilities of the Board Nominations Committee, pursuant to its Terms of Reference, are:
▪considering appointments to the Board, its Committees and boards of BBPLC's significant subsidiaries
▪considering the composition of the Board and its Committees
▪considering succession planning and talent management
▪evaluating Board effectiveness
▪assessing the length of Directors’ tenure
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 5 |
▪considering Board induction and training
▪evaluating governance matters.
During 2023, the principal activities of the Committee included:
▪Reviewing and approving Board and Board Committee size, composition and succession planning, taking into account tenure, time commitment,
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of the Directors, and identifying any desirable skills to aid the Company in operating and competing
effectively (and leading the search and recruitment process).
▪Receiving updates on the Company’s executive governance framework, talent and succession management, including Executive Committee
succession planning and reviewing and approving proposed changes to Executive Committee composition.
▪Continuing to support, alongside the Board, the Barclays Group’s Gender Ambition and Multicultural agenda, including Barclays' Underrepresented
Race and Ethnicity Ambition. You can read more about Barclays' approach to DEI, including Barclays’ DEI vision and strategy, and data on gender
and ethnic diversity, within the Colleagues section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023 and in the Barclays DEI report which will be made
available on the Barclays website later in the year.
▪Reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval a revised Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy on 8 February 2024, including re-affirming
the Board's existing gender diversity target to ensure that, by 2025 (i) the proportion of women on the Board is at least 40% and (ii) at least one of
the Chair, Chief Executive, Senior Independent Director or Chief Financial Officer is held by a woman, and that this is to be maintained going
forward, and the Board's existing ethnic diversity target aligned with the Parker Review on the ethnic diversity of UK Boards (at least one Board
member to be from an ethnic minority background excluding white ethnic groups, and this is maintained going forward). Please refer to the
Diversity, equity and inclusion section below for further information.
▪Receiving updates on succession planning for the Company's main subsidiary company boards.
▪Reviewing conclusions and recommendations (as applicable) arising from the internally facilitated 2022 Board, Board Committee and individual
Director effectiveness reviews, and overseeing the internally conducted 2023 Board, Board Committee and individual Director effectiveness reviews.
An internal review of the effectiveness of the Board Nominations Committee was undertaken for 2023. The results of the review confirm the Committee
is operating effectively. It is considered well constituted and chaired, providing high-quality oversight and constructive challenge to management in the
areas within its remit. The Committee’s interaction with the Board, Board Committees and senior management is considered effective. Feedback
indicated that concurrent meetings of the BPLC and BBPLC Board Nominations Committee continue to be effective, with coverage of BBPLC matters
within concurrent meetings considered appropriate.
Appointment and retirement of Directors
The appointment and retirement of Directors is governed by the Articles, the Act and related legislation.
The Articles may be amended only by a special resolution of the shareholders. The Board has the power to appoint additional Directors or to fill a casual
vacancy amongst the Directors and any Director so appointed holds office only until the next AGM where they may offer themselves for re-election.
The Board Nominations Committee regularly reviews the composition of the Board, Board Committees and Executive Committee and the core skills,
experience, knowledge and diversity required. For the Board, it is standard practice to appoint any new Non-Executive Director or Chair for an initial
three-year term, which may be extended for up to a further three-year term. As such, Non-Executive Directors typically serve up to a minimum of six
years, although this period may be extended where considered appropriate by the Board Nominations Committee.
Diversity, equity and inclusion
Having due regard to the benefits of diversity - including in relation to gender, ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, disability and socio-economic
background - is a vital element of the Board Nominations Committee’s role in leading appointments and succession planning for the Board, Board
Committees and the Executive Committee. Both the Committee and the Board recognise the benefits of a diverse, equitable and inclusive Board,
reflective of the communities in which Barclays operates, in driving effective decision-making. With this in mind, the Board adopted a revised version of
the Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy on 8 February 2024, which more clearly articulated these aims.
As at the date of this report, BBPLC Board gender diversity stands at 50% female (with five female directors on the Board), meeting the Board target of
40% gender diversity. The Company also satisfies the Board's target of having at least one Board member who is from an ethnic minority background
(excluding white ethnic groups).
In addition, the Company recognises that being a diverse and inclusive company is an integral part of our success. The Barclays Group’s DEI vision and
strategy, which was refreshed in 2022, includes a series of principles and strategic priorities designed to support Barclays in making progress against the
six core DEI agendas. Further information on DEI at Barclays can be found within the Colleagues section and Board Nominations Committee report in
the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023, and in the Barclays DEI report 2023 which will be made available on the Barclays website later in the year.
Training and induction
Directors are provided with the opportunity to take part in ongoing training and development and can also request specific training they may consider
necessary or useful. In 2023, training and development was supported through briefings for Board members on key 'horizontal topics', and business and
function reviews. The Board also received an annual briefing on regulatory responsibilities (including the Senior Managers Regime) and on Barclays’
conduct and financial crime policies and standards. In addition, the Board received updates on Public Policy and Corporate Responsibility matters and
developments in corporate governance.
On appointment, all Directors receive a comprehensive induction tailored to their individual requirements, designed to provide them with an
understanding of how the Barclays Bank Group works and the key issues that the Company and the Barclays Bank Group face. When a Director joins a
Board Committee, the schedule also includes an induction to the operation of that Board Committee.
Principle Four: Audit, risk and internal control
A board should establish formal and transparent policies and procedures to (i) identify the nature and extent of principal risks the company is willing to
take in order to achieve its long-term strategic objectives; (ii) manage such risks effectively; (iii) oversee the internal control framework; (iv) promote the
independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit functions; and (v) satisfy itself on the integrity of financial reporting.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 6 |
▪The Company is committed to operating within a strong system of internal controls that enables business to be transacted and risks taken without
exposure to unacceptable potential losses or reputational damage. The principal risks facing the Barclays Bank Group have been identified and
robust processes are in place to evaluate and manage such risks including regular reporting to, and oversight by, the Board Risk Committee and the
Board. A key component of the risk management framework is the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF), which supports the business
in its aim to embed effective risk management and a strong risk management culture. The ERMF is designed to identify and set minimum
requirements, in respect of the main risks, to achieve the Company’s strategic objectives and to provide reasonable assurance that internal controls
are effective.
▪The Board approves the Barclays Bank Group's risk appetite (the amount of risk the Barclays Bank Group is able to take to earn an appropriate
return while meeting minimum internal and regulatory capital requirements in a severe but plausible stress environment), including testing whether
the Barclays Bank Group’s financial position and risk profile provide sufficient resilience to withstand the impact of severe but plausible economic
scenarios within the parameters set by the BPLC Board Risk Committee.
▪Effectiveness of risk management and internal controls is reviewed regularly by the Board Risk Committee (responsible for providing oversight on
current and potential future risk exposures) and the Board Audit Committee (responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of internal controls).
▪The Board Audit Committee also has oversight of the financial reporting processes and the work of the external and internal auditors (including
independence and effectiveness).
Board Audit Committee
The Board Audit Committee is comprised solely of independent Non-Executive Directors, with membership of the Board Audit Committee aligned with
the BPLC Board Audit Committee and designed to provide the breadth of financial expertise and commercial acumen it needs to fulfil its responsibilities.
Its members as a whole have recent and relevant experience of the banking and financial services sector, in addition to general management and
commercial experience, and are financially literate. The Board Audit Committee is chaired by Julia Wilson, who has significant corporate finance, tax and
accounting experience. Julia was appointed Chair of the Committee on her appointment to the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 April 2023. Marc
Moses, Robert Berry and Diane Schueneman are the other members of the Committee, with Marc's appointment to the Committee having taken effect
on 23 January 2023. Mike Ashley stepped down as Chair of the Board Audit Committee on 31 March 2023, and subsequently as a member of the
Committee on 3 May 2023 when he retired from the Board.
The Board Audit Committee did not hold any ad-hoc meetings in 2023 in addition to scheduled meetings. Owing to prior commitments, Diane
Schueneman was unable to attend four meetings (with both sets of meetings in February and October being held in short succession). Board Audit
Committee meetings were attended by representatives from the Barclays Group and/or BBPLC management in respect of matters relevant to their
business or function area, including the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer, the Barclays Group Chief Compliance Officer, the Chief Controls
Officer, the Barclays Group Chief Operating Officer, the Barclays Group and BBPLC Chief Internal Auditors, the Barclays Group General Counsel, as
appropriate, and the Company’s statutory auditors, KPMG.
As part of the Company’s commitment to effective oversight and allocation of responsibilities between the BPLC Board Audit Committee, the BBUKPLC
Board Audit Committee and the Committee, Julia Wilson held regular meetings during 2023 with the BBUKPLC Board Audit Committee Chair to share
relevant information and to ensure embedment of information flows and governance practice. In addition, discussions were held with the Board Audit
Committee Chairs of the Company’s other major subsidiaries, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC and Barclays US LLC.
Attendance at Board Audit Committee meetings during 2023 was as follows:
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | Effective date |
Julia Wilson (Chair) | 8/8 | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
Robert Berry | 12/12 | Appointed 1 March 2022 |
Marc Moses | 12/12 | Appointed 23 January 2023 |
Diane Schueneman | 8/12 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Mike Ashley | 6/6 | Stepped down 3 May 2023 |
The principal role and responsibilities of the Board Audit Committee, pursuant to its Terms of Reference, are:
▪assessing the integrity of the Barclays Bank Group’s financial reporting and satisfying itself that any significant financial judgements made by
management are sound
▪evaluating the effectiveness of the Barclays Bank Group’s internal controls, including internal financial controls
▪scrutinising the activities and performance of the internal and statutory auditors, including monitoring their independence and objectivity
▪overseeing the relationship with the Barclays Bank Group’s statutory auditor
▪reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the Barclays Bank Group’s whistleblowing procedures.
During 2023, the principal activities of the Board Audit Committee included:
•Financial reporting: assessing the appropriateness of financial disclosures and scrutinising management's approach to judgements, including in
respect of expected credit loss and post-model adjustments. The Committee reviewed and recommended to the BBPLC Board for approval the
Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and the Barclays Bank PLC Results Announcement for the period ended 30 June 2023.
▪Impairment: assessing management's approach to impairment coverage levels, including the impact of increasing delinquency levels in certain
areas of the portfolio.
▪Conduct provisions: analysing the judgements and estimates made with regard to the Barclays Bank Group’s material conduct provisions.
▪Legal, competition and regulatory provisions: evaluating advice on the status of current legal, competition and regulatory matters and considering
management’s judgements on the level of provisions.
▪Valuations: monitoring the valuation methods applied by management to significant valuation items and areas of judgement, with a particular focus
on the leverage finance portfolio.
▪Tax: overseeing tax matters relating to the Barclays Bank Group, including tax risk provisions, regulatory matters and interactions with tax
authorities.
▪Internal controls and business control environment: monitoring and evaluating the status of significant control issues through regular reports from
the Chief Controls Officer, including updates on progress of remediation programmes within the Barclays Bank Group businesses (including in
respect of trading controls).
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 7 |
▪Raising concerns: reviewing management's reports on whistleblowing matters, monitoring key whistleblowing metrics, as well as considering
potential whistleblowing trends. The Committee monitored the implementation of enhancements to certain elements of the Group whistleblowing
process (as it applies to BBPLC) following an external benchmarking review conducted in 2022.
▪Internal audit: receiving reports from Barclays Internal Audit in relation to specific audits, key areas of focus and themes arising with respect to
businesses in the Barclays Bank Group (including Barclays Europe and the US Consumer Bank); overseeing issues arising from unsatisfactory audit
reports and monitoring related remediation plans; discussing Barclays Internal Audit’s assessment of the management control approach and
control environment in the Barclays Bank Group; approving the annual audit plan for the Barclays Bank Group.
▪External audit: reviewing and approving the annual external audit plan for the Barclays Bank Group (including the main areas of focus) and
assessing the progress of the 2023 audit. The Committee also reviewed audit quality and discussed KPMG’s feedback on the Barclays Bank Group's
critical accounting estimates and judgements.
An internal review of the effectiveness of the Board Audit Committee was undertaken for 2023. The results of the review confirm the Committee is
operating effectively. It is considered well constituted and chaired, providing an effective and appropriate level of challenge and oversight of the areas
within its remit. The review noted that the Committee’s interaction with the Board, Board Committees and senior management is considered effective.
Feedback indicated that concurrent meetings of the BPLC and BBPLC Board Audit Committee continue to be effective, with coverage of BBPLC matters
within concurrent meetings considered appropriate.
Board Risk Committee
The Board Risk Committee is comprised solely of independent Non-Executive Directors with membership of the Committee broadly aligned with the
BPLC Board Risk Committee. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by Robert Berry. Mohamed A. El-Erian, Dawn Fitzpatrick, Marc Moses, Diane
Schueneman and Julia Wilson are the other members of the Committee. Marc and Julia joined the Committee upon their appointments to the Board on
23 January 2023 and 1 April 2023, respectively. Mike Ashley stepped down from the Committee with effect from 3 May 2023.
Board Risk Committee meetings are attended by management, including the Chief Executive, Barclays Group Finance Director, Chief Financial Officer,
BBPLC President, Barclays Group Chief Risk Officer, BBPLC Chief Risk Officer, Barclays Group Chief Compliance Officer, BBPLC Chief Compliance Officer,
Barclays Group Chief Internal Auditor, Barclays Group General Counsel, as appropriate, and the Company’s statutory auditors, KPMG.
In addition to nine scheduled meetings, the Board Risk Committee also held two ad hoc meetings during 2023. Owing to prior commitments, Mohamed
A. El-Erian was unable to attend two scheduled meetings, and Diane Schueneman was unable to attend one scheduled meeting and one ad hoc
meeting.
Attendance at Board Risk Committee meetings during 2023 was as follows:
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | Effective date |
Robert Berry (Chair) | 11/11 | Appointed 1 March 2022 |
Mohamed El-Erian | 9/11 | Appointed 1 July 2020 |
Dawn Fitzpatrick | 11/11 | Appointed 1 January 2020 |
Marc Moses | 11/11 | Appointed 23 January 2023 |
Diane Schueneman | 9/11 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Julia Wilson | 9/9 | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
Mike Ashley | 4/4 | Stepped down 3 May 2023 |
The principal role and responsibilities of the Board Risk Committee, pursuant to its Terms of Reference, are to:
▪review, on behalf of the Board, the management of the Principal Risks as set out in the ERMF with the exception of Reputation risk which is a matter
reserved to the Board
▪consider and recommend to the Board, within the risk parameters set by the BPLC Risk Committee, the Company’s risk appetite and tolerance for
those Principal Risks
▪review, on behalf of the Board, the Barclays Bank Group’s risk profile for those Principal Risks
▪commission, receive and consider reports on key risk issues.
During 2023, the principal activities of the Board Risk Committee included:
▪Advising the Board on the appropriate risk appetite and risk tolerance for the Barclays Bank Group in respect of the Principal Risks in the ERMF
when determining strategy; reviewing and/or approving (as appropriate) risk limits throughout the year.
▪Reviewing reports on key themes arising from the current and prospective macroeconomic, geopolitical, macro-prudential and financial
environment and their impact on the Company’s risk appetite and risk profile.
▪Reviewing updates on Credit and Market risk including within the CIB, with particular consideration given to the structured lending and finance and
leveraged finance portfolios, and actions taken to mitigate rising risk.
▪Receiving regular reporting on areas of elevated Climate risk and progress against sector targets.
▪Considering and approving the Company’s internal stress test themes and the results of internal stress testing, including the internal reverse stress
test and climate stress test.
▪Considering reports on Barclays US LLC's (IHC) 2023 horizontal capital exam outcomes, IHC's Stress Capital Buffer for 2023-2024, and its
supervisory capital rating and new capabilities.
▪Monitoring the capital, liquidity and financial resources of BBPLC to ensure it meets its regulatory requirements and obligations, taking into account
potential impacts of the increased cost of living, geopolitical tensions, and other macroeconomic factors.
▪Reviewing and considering the operational risks arising from the Company’s procedures, processes, systems and policies.
▪Overseeing the management of Compliance risk within BBPLC, and the performance of the Compliance function.
▪Overseeing the Company’s regulatory requirements, as they relate to risk management, including regulatory and internal capital and funding
requirements, approving the Company’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process.
▪Reviewing the frameworks, policies and resources in place to support effective risk management and oversight of the Barclays Bank Group.
•Overseeing and providing feedback to management on work to redesign the new products process, including a new governance framework.
▪Advising the Board Remuneration Committee when making remuneration adjustment decisions for 2023.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 8 |
▪Discussing reports on key risk areas specific to the Barclays Bank Group which were provided to the Board Risk Committee throughout the year
including, amongst others, actions taken by central banks to combat high and increasingly persistent inflation, weakening economic conditions and
deteriorating consumer confidence, financial markets remaining volatile and geopolitical tensions and associated credit risk strategy.
The Board Risk Committee continually considers the impact of issues on the Barclays Bank Group and the risk environment in which it operates. It
reviews steps taken by the business to manage exposures in this context. The Committee also received focused presentations on a number of areas
specific to the business and activities of Barclays Bank Group. This included a report from management following market events in relation to the
distress of a number of financial institutions and takeover of a global bank and lessons learned for process and operational improvements.
An internal review of the effectiveness of the Board Risk Committee was undertaken for 2023. The results of the review confirm the Committee is
operating effectively. It is considered well constituted and chaired, providing an effective and appropriate level of challenge and oversight of the areas
within its remit. The review concluded that the Committee’s interaction with the Board, Board Committees and senior management is considered
effective. Feedback indicated that concurrent meetings of the BPLC and BBPLC Board Risk Committee continue to be effective, with coverage of BBPLC
matters within concurrent meetings considered appropriate.
Audit, risk and internal control
The Board, together with the Board Audit Committee, is responsible for ensuring the independence and effectiveness of the internal and external audit
functions. For this reason, the Board Audit Committee held regular private sessions with the Barclays Group Chief Internal Auditor and the BBPLC Chief
Internal Auditor and the lead audit engagement partner of the statutory auditor without management present.
The Board is also responsible for ensuring that management maintains an effective system of risk management and internal control and for assessing
its effectiveness. Such a system is designed to identify, evaluate and manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and
can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Key controls are assessed on a regular basis for both design and operating effectiveness. Issues arising out of these assessments, where appropriate, are
reported to the Board Audit Committee.
The Board Audit Committee oversees the control environment (and remediation of related issues). It also reviews annually the risk management and
internal control system. It has concluded that throughout the year ended 31 December 2023 and to the date of this report, the Barclays Bank Group has
operated an effective system of internal control that provides reasonable assurance of financial and operational controls and compliance with laws and
regulations.
Please refer to the report of the Board Audit Committee in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023 for further information about the BPLC Board Audit
Committee's oversight of the internal control framework for the Barclays Group and areas of ongoing enhancement.
Controls over financial reporting
A framework of disclosure controls and procedures is in place to support the approval of the financial statements of the Barclays Bank Group.
Specific governance committees are responsible for examining the financial reports and disclosures to help ensure that they have been subject to
adequate verification and comply with applicable standards and legislation.
Where appropriate, these committees report their conclusions to the Board Audit Committee, which debates such conclusions and provides further
challenge. Finally, the Board scrutinises and approves results announcements and the Annual Report to ensure that appropriate disclosures have been
made. This governance process is designed to ensure that both management and the Board are given sufficient opportunity to debate and challenge the
financial statements of the Barclays Bank Group and other significant disclosures before they are made public.
Management's report on internal control over financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting under the supervision of the principal
executive and financial officers, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements, in accordance with (a) UK-adopted international accounting standards; (b) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee; and (c) IFRS adopted
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.
Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail:
▪accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets
▪provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards and IFRS and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorisations of
management and the respective Directors
▪provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management has assessed internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2023. In making its assessment, management utilised the criteria
set out in the 2013 COSO framework. Management has concluded that, based on its assessment, internal control over financial reporting was effective
as at 31 December 2023.
The system of internal financial and operational controls is also subject to regulatory oversight in the UK and overseas. Further information on
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 9 |
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
There have been no changes that occurred during the period covered by this report, which have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially
affect the Barclays Bank Group’s internal control over financial reporting.
Principle Five: Remuneration
The remuneration policies and practices should support strategy and promote long-term sustainable success and be developed in accordance with
formal and transparent procedures, ensuring no Director is involved in deciding their own remuneration outcome. Executive remuneration should be
aligned to the company’s purpose and values and the successful delivery of the strategy with outcomes taking account of company and individual
performance, and wider circumstances such as pay across the company’s workforce and Barclays’ Fair Pay Agenda.
▪The Barclays Group Remuneration Policy is set by the BPLC Board Remuneration Committee and reviewed and adopted by the BBPLC Board
Remuneration Committee. The policy ensures that remuneration is aligned to the Barclays Bank Group's strategy and risk management approach
and is designed to promote the long-term success of the Company.
▪Remuneration for executives and senior management is considered in the context of the wider workforce remuneration and alignment of incentives
and rewards with performance and culture. Their remuneration is reviewed annually by the BBPLC Board Remuneration Committee and the BPLC
Board Remuneration Committee, as appropriate. No individual is involved in deciding their own remuneration.
▪The Barclays Bank Group is committed to paying people fairly, with regards to their specific role, seniority, responsibilities, skills and experience and
other factors that properly affect pay, in a way that balances the needs of the Barclays Bank Group's stakeholders. You can find more information on
the Barclays Fair Pay Agenda which underpins all remuneration decisions in the Barclays Fair Pay Report 2023. The Barclays Bank Group also
remains focused on closing its gender and ethnicity representation gaps where they exist, and the pay gaps that result, by increasing the
representation of females and employees from underrepresented minority group at more senior levels. You can find more information in the
Barclays Group's UK Pay Gaps 2023 disclosure.
Board Remuneration Committee
The Board Remuneration Committee is comprised solely of independent Non-Executive Directors. The Committee is chaired by Mary Francis, with Dawn
Fitzpatrick and Julia Wilson (appointed 1 July 2023) as members.
There were five scheduled meetings during 2023, with no ad hoc meetings held. Meetings were attended by the Group Chief Executive, Group Finance
Director, Group Chief Risk Officer, Group Human Resources Director, and the Group Reward and Performance Director.
Attendance at Board Remuneration Committee meetings during 2023 was as follows:
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | Effective date |
Mary Francis | 5/5 | Appointed 25 September 2019 |
Dawn Fitzpatrick | 5/5 | Appointed 1 July 2021 |
Julia Wilson | 2/2 | Appointed 1 July 2023 |
The principal role and responsibilities of the Board Remuneration Committee, pursuant to its Terms of Reference, are to:
▪set the overarching principles of remuneration policy for the Barclays Bank Group within the parameters set by the BPLC Board Remuneration
Committee
▪consider and endorse the incentive pool for the Barclays Bank Group and the remuneration of key BBPLC executives and other specified individuals
as determined by the Board Remuneration Committee from time to time
▪exercise oversight of remuneration issues within the Barclays Bank Group.
During 2023, the principal activities of the Committee included:
▪Reviewing and adopting the Barclays Group People Risk Reward Policy and Incentive Funding Frameworks.
▪Reviewing the Board Remuneration Committee's Control Framework, Terms of Reference, annual activity and effectiveness.
▪Reviewing and adopting the methodology and framework for 2023 incentive funding, and reviewing and endorsing the resulting incentive pool,
including considering financial and risk performance updates (and the appropriateness of risk adjustments to incentives).
▪Reviewing progress against the Fair Pay Agenda and the gender and ethnicity pay gaps for the year.
▪Considering regular updates on stakeholders, regulatory and legal considerations, financial and risk performance, and pay round considerations.
▪Reviewing and approving, as appropriate, specific remuneration proposals for individuals within the Committee’s remit.
An internal review of the effectiveness of the Board Remuneration Committee was undertaken for 2023. The results of the review confirm the
Committee is operating effectively. It is considered well constituted and chaired, providing an effective and appropriate level of challenge and oversight
of the areas within its remit. The Committee’s interaction with the Board, Board Committees and senior management is considered effective. Following
the consolidation of the membership of the Committee with the BPLC Board Remuneration Committee in September 2019 (with the exception of the
BPLC Committee Chair and the Chair of BBUKPLC, who attend as observers only for matters relating to BBPLC), coverage of BBPLC matters within
aligned meetings was considered appropriate.
Principle Six: Stakeholder relationships and engagement
Directors should foster effective stakeholder relationships aligned to the company’s purpose. The board should recognise the importance of listening to,
and understanding, the views of its stakeholders, including the workforce, and specifically the impact of the company’s behaviour and business on
customers and clients, colleagues, suppliers, communities and society more broadly; having regard to these views and impact when taking decisions.
▪As described under Principle One, the Company has a defined Purpose and strategy; through this the Board has identified key stakeholders on
whom the success of the Company depends.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 10 |
▪The Board and management engage throughout the year with the Company's stakeholders. The Board seeks to understand the views of key
stakeholders and the impact of the Company’s behaviour and business on customers and clients, colleagues, suppliers, communities and society
more broadly. See the Directors' report for information about how we engage with suppliers.
▪The Company’s long-standing commitment to the importance and value of colleague engagement continues; the Company’s people are its most
valuable asset. Further detail on the Company’s workforce commitment and engagement model can be found in the Colleagues section on page 19.
▪Recognising the importance of addressing the climate challenge, the Board approved the establishment of the Board Sustainability Committee in
March 2023.
Board Sustainability Committee
The Board Sustainability Committee comprises a majority of independent Non-Executive Directors, with membership of the Committee broadly aligned
with the BPLC Board Sustainability Committee. The Board Sustainability Committee is chaired by Nigel Higgins. Robert Berry, Dawn Fitzpatrick, Mary
Francis, C.S. Venkatakrishnan and Julia Wilson (appointed 1 April 2023) are also members of the Committee.
There were four scheduled meetings during 2023 with no ad hoc meetings held. Owing to a prior commitment, Dawn Fitzpatrick was unable to attend
one scheduled meeting.
Board Sustainability Committee meetings are attended by management, including the Group Head of Public Policy and Corporate Responsibility, Group
Head of Sustainability, Global Head of Sustainable Finance and Head of Legal, Public Policy and Corporate Responsibility.
Attendance at Board Sustainability Committee meetings during 2023 was as follows:
Member | Meetings attended/eligible to attend | Effective date |
Nigel Higgins (Chair) | 4/4 | Appointed 23 March 2023 |
Robert Berry | 4/4 | Appointed 23 March 2023 |
Dawn Fitzpatrick | 3/4 | Appointed 23 March 2023 |
Mary Francis | 4/4 | Appointed 23 March 2023 |
CS Venkatakrishnan | 4/4 | Appointed 23 March 2023 |
Julia Wilson | 3/3 | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
The principal role and responsibilities of the Board Sustainability Committee, pursuant to its Terms of Reference, are:
▪supporting and advising the Board on its oversight of climate and sustainability matters relating to (i) the services and products provided to the
Company's clients and customers, (ii) particular sectors, and (iii) its own corporate activities
▪supporting the Board in monitoring the implementation of the Company’s climate and sustainability strategy
▪reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on the suitability of the Company’s climate and sustainability strategy, position statements,
frameworks, ambitions, metrics, and targets
▪reporting to the Board on the climate and sustainability matters for which it is responsible, escalating issues and making recommendations to the
Board where appropriate.
During 2023, the principal activities of the Committee included:
▪Considering proposals relating to sustainable finance strategy and the CIB energy transition strategy.
▪Endorsing new restrictions on oil and gas financing.
▪Endorsing proposals for new targets for three additional sectors - Aviation, Agriculture and Commercial Real Estate.
▪Monitoring progress against the Barclays Group climate and sustainability targets.
▪Considering investor feedback and perspectives of institutional investors of the Barclays Group.
▪Receiving updates on the work in relation to the Client Transition Framework (CTF), including management’s approach to working with clients
going through CTF assessments, expected outcomes following the assessments and proposed expansion of the application of the framework
following further targets set by the Barclays Group.
▪Receiving an external briefing on policy and regulatory developments in relation to biodiversity and nature.
An internal review of the effectiveness of the Board Sustainability Committee was undertaken for 2023. The results of the review confirm the Committee
is operating effectively. It is considered well constituted and chaired, providing high quality oversight and constructive challenge to management in the
areas within its remit. The review concluded that the Committee’s interaction with the Board, Board Committees and senior management is considered
effective. Feedback indicated that concurrent meetings of the BPLC and BBPLC Board Sustainability Committee is effective, with coverage of BBPLC
matters within concurrent meetings considered appropriate.
Governance
Corporate governance statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 11 |
The Directors present their report together with the audited accounts for the Company for the year ended 31 December 2023.
Other information that is relevant to the Directors’ report, and which is incorporated by reference into this report, can be located at:
Pages | |
Performance measures | |
Corporate governance statement | |
Risk Management | |
Principal Risks | |
Disclosures required pursuant to the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as updated by the 2018 Regulations can be found on the following pages: | |
Engagement with employees (Sch.7 Para 11 and 11A Regs 2008/2018 and Section 172(1) Statement) | |
Financial Instruments (Sch.7 Para 6 Regs 2008) | |
Hedge accounting policy (Sch.7 Para 6 Regs 2008) | |
Profits and dividends
The results of the Barclays Bank Group show statutory profit after tax of £3,561m (2022: £4,382m). The Barclays Bank Group had net assets of
£60,504m as at 31 December 2023 (2022: £58,953m).
The Company declared a £852m dividend to its parent, Barclays PLC, in respect of 2023, which is expected to be paid on or around 21 February 2024.
Dividends paid on preference shares for the year ended 31 December 2023 amounted to £40m (2022: £31m).
Further details on dividends on ordinary shares and preference shares paid in 2023 are set out in Note 10 to the financial statements.
Share capital
There was no increase in ordinary share capital during the year. BPLC owns 100% of the issued ordinary shares. There are no restrictions on the transfer
of ordinary shares or agreements between holders of ordinary shares known to the Company which may result in restrictions on the transfer of
securities or voting rights. Further information on the Company’s share capital, including preference shares, can be found in Note 26 of the financial
statements.
Powers of Directors to issue and allot or buy back the Company’s shares
The powers of the Directors are determined by the Act and the Articles. No shares were issued or bought back in 2023. The Directors are authorised to
issue and allot shares and to buy back shares subject to annual shareholder approval at the AGM. Such authorities were granted by shareholders at the
2023 AGM. It will be proposed at the 2024 AGM that the Directors be granted new authorities to allot and buy back shares.
Repurchase of shares
The Company did not repurchase any of its shares in 2023.
Directors
The list of current Directors of the Company can be found in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 2. Changes to Directors during 2023 and up
to the date of this report are set out below.
Name | Role | Effective date |
Marc Moses | Non-Executive Director | Appointed 23 January 2023 |
Julia Wilson | Non-Executive Director | Appointed 1 April 2023 |
Mike Ashley | Non-Executive Director | Stepped down 3 May 2023 |
Directors’ indemnities
Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined by section 234 of the Act) were in force during the course of the financial year ended
31 December 2023 for the benefit of the then Directors of the Company and the then directors of certain of the Company's subsidiaries and, at the date
of this report, are in force for the benefit of the Directors of the Company and the directors of certain of the Company's subsidiaries in relation to certain
losses and liabilities which they may incur (or have incurred) in connection with their duties, powers or office. The Barclays Group also maintains
Directors’ & Officers’ Liability Insurance which gives appropriate cover for legal action brought against its Directors.
Qualifying pension scheme indemnity provisions (as defined by section 235 of the Act) were in force during the course of the financial year ended
31 December 2023 for the benefit of the then directors and, at the date of this report are in force for the benefit of directors of Barclays Pension Funds
Trustees Limited as trustee of the Barclays Bank UK Retirement Fund, and Barclays Executive Schemes Trustees Limited as Trustee of Barclays Capital
International Pension Scheme (No.1) and Barclays PLC Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme. The directors of the trustees are indemnified
against liability incurred in connection with the trustee’s activities in relation to the aforementioned schemes.
Political donations
The Barclays Bank Group did not give any money for political purposes in the UK or outside the UK, nor did it make any political donations to political
parties or other political organisations or to any independent election candidates, or incur any political expenditure during the year. Details of any
political contributions made by the wider Barclays Group can be found in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023.
Governance report
Directors’ report
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 12 |
Environment
As part of the overall strategy of the Barclays Group, the Barclays Bank Group is determined to play its part in supporting the transition to a low-carbon
economy. In March 2020, the Barclays Group announced its ambition to be a net zero bank by 2050, becoming one of the first banks to do so. Our
climate strategy is driven by considerations of all relevant risks and opportunities, as well as our Purpose to deploy finance responsibly to support
people and businesses, acting with empathy and integrity, championing innovation and sustainability, for the common good and the long term.
We have a three-part strategy to turn that ambition into action:
1.Achieving net zero operations - Barclays is working to reduce its Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 operational emissions consistent with a 1.5°C
aligned pathway and counterbalance any residual emissions.
2.Reducing our financed emissions - Barclays is committed to aligning its financing with the goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement,
consistent with limiting the increase in global temperatures to 1.5°C.
3.Financing the transition - Barclays is helping to provide the green and sustainable finance required to transform the economies, customers
and clients we serve.
Please see the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023 for further detail on the above.
Our strategy is underpinned by the way we assess and manage our exposure to climate-related risks.
Climate scenario analysis forms a key part of the Barclays Group's, and therefore the Barclays Bank Group’s, approach to assessing and quantifying the
impact of physical and transition climate risks on the Bank’s portfolio. We have developed our approach to scenario analysis through detailed
quantitative and qualitative risk assessments of particular portfolios and activities. Since 2018, Barclays has progressively enhanced its scenario analysis
capabilities, developing new climate assessment methodologies, running internal targeted exercise with external subject matter experts and
participating in regulatory climate stress-testing, collaborating with external subject matter experts, and participating in regulatory exercises. The
Barclays Group has developed key metrics and targets to track progress against its climate strategy. Please see the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023 for
further details on scenario analysis and key metrics.
Support for candidates and colleagues with disabilities and long-term conditions
Barclays is committed to attracting and retaining a diverse workforce, and our commitment to inclusion means we want to ensure that candidates with
disabilities and long-term health conditions receive support and adjustments in the application process and beyond. Barclays welcomes applications
from all candidates and is committed to ensuring reasonable adjustments (accommodations) are put in place to ensure a fair and inclusive recruitment
process. Barclays is committed to providing all colleagues with the support and tools they need to have a productive and fulfilling career. We can
consider making adjustments to remove or reduce barriers colleagues might face if they have a disability, health concern or mental health condition. We
also ensure opportunities for training, career development and promotion are available to all.
Engagement with customers, suppliers and others in a business relationship with the Company
The Directors, via management, must effectively manage, monitor and mitigate risks in our supply chain. We expect our Third Party Service Providers
(TPSP) to make responsible decisions that, where relevant, take our stakeholders’ needs into account in both the short and the long term. Barclays
expects the TPSPs to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards within the geographies in which they operate. Barclays’ standard approach
to new TPSP on-boarding and renewal begins by assessing the services that are being provided and ascertaining the level of risk. TPSPs that are
assessed as being above a low risk of exposure from a business risk perspective (at the point of onboarding and on an ongoing basis) are subject to
Barclays’ Supplier Control obligations (SCOs). TPSPs to whom the SCOs apply become managed TPSPs and are subject to ongoing management and
controls assurance during the term of service. Prior to contractual agreement and service go live, these TPSPs are required to complete a pre-
contractual questionnaire which captures their adherence to the SCOs and Barclays’ TPSP Code of Conduct (TPSP CoC). The TPSP CoC encourages our
TPSPs to adopt our approach to doing business and details our expectations for matters including environmental management, human rights, diversity
and inclusion and also for living the Barclays Values.
Barclays is proud to be a signatory of the Prompt Payment Code in the UK and we also work closely with the Small Business Commissioner and other
organisations, including Good Business Pays, to educate the public on late payments and the impact they can have on businesses and business owners,
and to raise the social conscience of larger businesses who do not pay on time.
For information on our engagement with customers and clients, please refer to the Strategic report and the Customers and clients section of the
Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023.
Branches and Country-by-Country reporting
The Barclays Bank Group operates through branches, offices and subsidiaries in the UK and overseas. Those branches are in a number of different
jurisdictions including in Hong Kong, Singapore and New York. The Company is exempt from publishing information required by the Capital
Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) Regulations 2013 as this information is published by its parent, BPLC. This information is available on the
Barclays website: home.barclays/annualreport.
Research and development
In the ordinary course of business, the Barclays Bank Group develops new products and services in each of its business divisions.
Change of control
There are no significant agreements to which the Company is a party that take effect, alter or terminate on a change of control of the Company
following a takeover bid.
There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs
because of a takeover bid.
Governance report
Directors’ report
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 13 |
The Auditors
The BPLC Board Audit Committee reviews the appointment of the statutory auditors, as well as their relationship with the Barclays Group, including
monitoring the Barclays Group’s use of the statutory auditors for non-audit services and the balance of audit and non-audit fees paid to them. The
BBPLC Board Audit Committee also monitors the use of the statutory auditors for non-audit services within the Barclays Bank Group.
An external audit tender was conducted in 2015 and the decision was made to appoint KPMG as Barclays Group’s statutory auditor with effect from the
2017 financial year.
The Company is in compliance with the requirements of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014, which relates to the frequency and governance of tenders for the
appointment of the statutory auditor and the setting of a policy on the provision of non-audit services.
Provided that KPMG continues to maintain its independence and objectivity, and the BPLC Board Audit Committee remains satisfied with its
performance, the Barclays Group does not intend to tender for an alternative statutory auditor to be appointed before the end of the current required
period of 10 years. Accordingly, any tender is expected to be in respect of the 2027 financial year onwards and is likely to take place in 2025. The BPLC
Board Audit Committee has reconfirmed that it would not be appropriate to tender before this date. Further, there has been significant rotation of the
senior members of the KPMG audit team since 2017 and more recent changes in certain members of the Barclays senior finance team, both of which
have reduced any potential familiarisation threat.
Non-audit services
In order to safeguard the statutory auditor’s independence and objectivity, the Barclays Group has in place a policy on the Provision of Services by the
Barclays Group Statutory Auditor (the Policy) setting out the circumstances in which the statutory auditor may be engaged to provide services other
than those covered by the Barclays Group audit. The Policy applies to all Barclays subsidiaries and other material entities over which Barclays has
significant influence. The core principle of the Policy is that non-audit services (other than those legally required to be carried out by the Barclays
Group’s auditor) should be performed by the statutory auditor only in certain controlled circumstances. The Policy sets out those types of services that
are permitted.
Under the Policy, except for specific categories of ‘permitted’ services that require explicit Board Audit Committee approval, the BPLC Board Audit
Committee has pre-approved all permitted services for which fees are less than £100,000. All requests to engage the statutory auditor are assessed by
independent management before work can commence. Requests for permitted service types in respect of which the fees are expected to meet or
exceed the above threshold, but expected to be less than £250,000, must be approved by the Chair of the BPLC Board Audit Committee before work is
permitted to begin. Services where the fees are expected to be £250,000 or higher must be approved by the BPLC Board Audit Committee as a whole.
All expenses and disbursements must be included in the fees calculation. More information on this can be found in the Barclays PLC Annual Report
2023.
The Audit Committee considered KPMG’s independence in particular as regards to the breach of the UK ethical requirements referred to in their audit
report. The Audit Committee agreed with KPMG's assessment that this does not impair their integrity and objectivity.
The fees payable to KPMG for the year ended 31 December 2023 amounted to £49m (2022: £47m), of which £9m (2022: £9m) was payable in respect
of non-audit services. A breakdown of the fees payable to the auditor for statutory audit and non-audit work can be found in Note 38 to the financial
statements.
Disclosure of information to the Auditor
Each Director confirms that, so far as he/she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and that each
of the Directors has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information
and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to section 418 of the Act and should be
interpreted in accordance with and subject to those provisions.
Directors’ responsibilities
The following statements, which should be read in conjunction with the auditor’s report set out on pages 117 to 119, are made with a view to
distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the auditor in relation to the accounts.
Going concern
In preparing each of the Barclays Bank Group and Company financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•assess the Barclays Bank Group's and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern;
and
•use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Barclays Bank Group and the Company or to cease operations,
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The Barclays Bank Group’s business activities, financial position, capital, factors likely to affect its future development and performance, and its
objectives and policies in managing the financial risks to which it is exposed are discussed in the Risk review sections of this report.
The Directors have evaluated these risks in the preparation of the financial statements and consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on
a going concern basis.
Preparation of accounts
The Directors are required by the Act to prepare the Company and the Barclays Bank Group accounts for each financial year and, with regard to Barclays
Bank Group accounts, in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. The Directors have prepared these accounts in accordance
with (a) UK-adopted international accounting standards; (b) IFRS as issued by the IASB, including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations
Committee; and (c) IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. Pursuant to the Act, the Directors
must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Barclays Bank Group and the
Company and of their profit or loss for that period.
Governance report
Directors’ report
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 14 |
The Directors consider that, in preparing the financial statements, the Barclays Bank Group and the Company have used appropriate accounting
policies, supported by reasonable judgements and estimates, and that all accounting standards which they consider to be applicable have been
followed.
The Directors are satisfied that the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable, and provide the
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
Directors are responsible for such internal controls as they determine are necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
By order of the Board
Hannah Ellwood
Company Secretary
19 February 2024
Barclays Bank PLC
Registered in England. Company No. 1026167
Registered office, 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP
Governance report
Directors’ report
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 15 |
Managing data privacy, security and resilience
We have strict policies to protect privacy and keep data secure.
Data privacy
Most of the jurisdictions in which Barclays operates have privacy and data protection laws in effect. While these may vary in detail, generally they reflect
internationally recognised privacy principles found in the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the European Convention on Human Rights and
the European Union’s Charter of Fundamental Rights.
We strive to operate in accordance with these standards and recognise that respect for privacy rights is a key element of good corporate governance
and social responsibility. We strive to be transparent about our use of personal information when delivering our products and services and acknowledge
the responsibility we have for safeguarding privacy.
As Barclays increasingly adopts digital solutions to deliver next-generation consumer financial services, we appreciate our clients, customers and others
may wish to understand how this may impact the use of their personal information. A globally applicable Barclays Data Privacy Standard sets out what
is expected of all Barclays businesses and functions when collecting, using and sharing personal information.
To promote clear accountability, the Standard includes the requirement for each business to appoint an accountable executive who has ultimate
responsibility for the processing of personal data within that business. An agreed assurance programme measures compliance with the Data Privacy
Standard. Barclays colleagues must complete annual privacy training which is reviewed and refreshed each year, with additional tailored training
provided as necessary. The Group Data Protection Officer (DPO) reports on data privacy issues to the highest level of management.
Through customer and employee privacy notices, we endeavour to explain clearly and openly how and why we use personal information and the legal
grounds we rely on. When we receive complaints we seek to address them fairly. Several jurisdictions also provide individuals with specific rights, such
as the right to have access to or request deletion of their personal information.
Barclays provides a public mailbox and secure channels via its website to enable individuals to make their privacy requests and receive responses from a
dedicated team.
Barclays requires its suppliers to comply with data protection and privacy laws, regulations and standards relevant to the jurisdictions in which they
operate and relevant to any transferred personal data. Our requirements are set out and managed through the Barclays Supplier Control Obligations,
available online, which look to provide assurance that all new and existing suppliers commit to ensuring personal data shared with them is safeguarded
and respected throughout the supply chain.
Data security
Barclays deploys automated controls to protect its sensitive information and the data that has been entrusted to us by customers and clients, in line
with our standards, taking into account findings from internal and external reviews of our controls. As Barclays accelerates the migration of digital
services to the cloud, we apply the same design principles that underpin our existing control environment. We have controls and monitoring in place
designed to secure cloud-hosted data and maintain its integrity.
Barclays seeks to protect the security of data we share with third parties, including by conducting remote and on-site inspections with certain suppliers
to review their controls against contractual obligations and industry standards. A Third Party Service Provider Framework is in place which sets out
control requirements for business units to manage the operational, reputational, conduct and legal risks to Barclays through its supply chain.
As we have transitioned to a more hybrid working model, we have educated colleagues on cybersecurity risks in order to help minimise the risk of data
exploitation or leakage.
Data resilience
Barclays' CSO operates key controls that mitigate cybersecurity-related risks. CSO focuses on understanding internal and external threats and delivering
on our capabilities to counteract them.
As part of our efforts to continuously review and improve our response and recovery plans in preparation for evolving threats, Barclays works with
industry bodies to learn from risk events in other organisations. Our teams use intelligence to create plausible cybersecurity and data compromise
scenarios which we simulate to help us focus on continuous improvement.
Operational resilience
Customers and clients have increased expectations for us to be ‘Always On’, and the interconnectivity of the financial sector means the stability and
resilience of our systems, workforce and the continued provision of third-party services, all of which have a direct impact on the quality of our service.
Resilience and Security is a focus for the board. Barclays continues to invest in a multi-year resilience programme which is focused on our ability to
recover from ‘severe but plausible’ scenarios which could cause detriment to our customers and clients and the broader financial market. To enable this,
we define Group-wide business services and their interdependencies across the Group, including technology, third-party services and our workforce,
and develop the recovery plans and business response plans for disruption events, such as cyber or data integrity disruptions. We review and validate
these recovery plans through regular testing which supports our aim to reduce the volume and impact of operational incidents year on year. We also
conduct regular assurance on third parties to assess their capability, as defined by our contractual Information & Cyber Security Supplier Control
Obligations.
Resilience and security is the responsibility of everyone within the Group. All permanent employees are required to complete mandatory training on
these topics at regular intervals across the year.
Governance
Other governance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 16 |
Please refer to the 'Material existing and emerging risks' section in our Risk review on pages 32 to 33 for further details on cyberattacks, data
management and information protection.
Please refer to the 'Supervision and regulation' section in our Risk review on page 113 to 114 for further details on our regulatory approach to managing
such risks.
Chief Security Office
Barclays' CSO exists to keep the bank, its customers, clients, and colleagues safe and secure, and to maintain the resilience of our operations. CSO
supports Barclays' business to operate in a protected and secure environment, and actively promotes the culture that security is everyone's
responsibility.
The Chief Security Officer for the Group heads Barclays' CSO and reports up through the Chief Operating Officer, who sits on the Group Executive
Committee. The Group CISO reports directly to the Chief Security Officer and is supported by a team of CISOs for individual business units and
jurisdictions, as well as other teams of cybersecurity experts and analysts. Barclays' Group Chief Security Officer combines 10 years of law enforcement
experience with over 20 years of experience serving in senior leadership roles managing security at global financial institutions. The Group CISO and
supporting leadership team collectively have advanced degrees and senior level experience managing security risks in a variety of sectors, including
those that represent critical national infrastructure, such as telecommunications and peer financial institutions. They are supported by analysts and
subject matter experts in a variety of specialisations, such as intelligence, penetration testing, cyber-forensic investigations, security engineering, and
vulnerability management.
CSO leadership manages Barclays’ cybersecurity activities and is accountable for the day-to-day monitoring of residual risk, identification of gaps,
oversight of remedial actions and implementation of strategy. As described below, the Chief Security Officer and CISO for the Group provide updates to
the Board and Board Risk Committee about cybersecurity risks facing the Group.
Within its oversight of Operational risk as a Principal Risk, the Board Risk Committee is responsible for oversight of risks arising from cybersecurity
threats. As part of this oversight, the Board Risk Committee receives periodic updates from Barclays' Chief Security Officer or CISO for the Group on
cybersecurity matters. In 2023, such updates addressed topics that included the shifting cybersecurity threat landscape, measurement of Barclays' risk
and control posture, cybersecurity incident trends and Barclays' response, Barclays' ability to recover from a material cyberattack scenario, third party
control and assurance monitoring, privileged access to Barclays' systems, regulatory developments, and Barclays' technology and resource investment
strategy.
Barclays assesses its cybersecurity activities against the industry-recognised National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) security maturity
framework, and we periodically engage external security consultants to conduct independent benchmarking assessments. In 2023, findings from such
an assessment conducted in late 2022 were briefed to the Board and Board Risk Committee.
Barclays' CSO partners with third party security providers throughout the Group's cybersecurity activities, including for cyber recovery, penetration
testing, software vulnerability scanning, distributed denial of service (DDoS) attack prevention, phishing simulations, third party risk management,
incident response, intelligence, fraud prevention, and industry benchmarking.
Under Barclays' Enterprise Risk Management Framework, there is an Information and Cyber Security Policy supported by ten Standards which define the
minimum requirements for cybersecurity matters across the entire Barclays Group. These Standards cover the following topics: Cryptography, Network
Security, Security Configuration, Data Loss Prevention, Vulnerability Management, Data Security, Incident Response & Threat Intelligence, Threat
Management, Governance, and Identity & Access Management.
An important part of Barclays’ cybersecurity environment is its Joint Operations Centres (JOCs), which operate 24x7x365 from three globally strategic
locations, linking CSO’s security professionals and incident response managers with control functions and business unit representatives. The JOCs
deliver security responsiveness by uniting core security functions and providing a central information and coordination point for security incident
management.
To manage security risk related to our third-party suppliers, many of which perform critical services for Barclays and handle sensitive Barclays data, we
have a set of contractual Information & Cyber Security Supplier Control Obligations that are based off of the requirements of our internal standards. We
conduct assurance over our third and fourth parties against those obligations through a dedicated External Cyber Assurance & Monitoring team
(ECAM) and a set of control indicators. This is achieved through our own assurance capabilities and use of a third-party assurance utility. Activity is
structured on a risk-based approach that prioritizes suppliers that underpin our most important business services.
Identified issues are managed formally, but we also engage proactively with third party suppliers to help them strengthen their security and resilience
posture. To recognise the changing risk presented by third party suppliers, which are increasingly targeted by threat actors, we regularly alert third party
suppliers where we anticipate that they may be more vulnerable and should take preventative action.
Notwithstanding such third-party risk management efforts, Barclays does not have direct control over the cybersecurity of the systems of its third
parties, limiting the Group’s ability to effectively protect and defend against certain threats.
Certifications
Barclays holds three ISO27001 certifications (i.e. the international standard on how to manage information security), Cyber Essentials / Cyber Essentials
Plus Certification, and has a UK certification for Digital Banking.
Reporting phishing
CSO performs a number of key activities related to identifying, investigating, responding to and containing phishing / malicious email incidents. CSO
has embedded an operational process that provides education and awareness content via email to colleagues who click a malicious link or attachment
in a phishing email, with escalating training exercises and management interventions for repeated instances. To report suspected phishing to Barclays'
JOC for further investigation, colleagues have a tool integrated into their email account, and colleagues receive feedback on whether the reported email
Governance
Other governance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 17 |
was suspect or genuine. CSO also runs monthly phishing simulations to understand colleagues' susceptibility to real attacks, using the analysis to refine
education and training.
Training
Barclays has adopted a 65-day window for mandatory training completion to allow colleagues sufficient time to complete training. The consequence of
non-completion is a breach which can lead to disciplinary action and impact compensation.
The 65-day window covers many different colleague situations, including new joiners, returners from sick leave or parental leave and internal movers.
Some of these situations are required by law to have a reasonable adjustment time to enable the successful completion of training. This process is
managed by Barclays HR and Compliance.
Governance
Other governance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 18 |
The following sub-sections include a summary of the Barclays Bank PLC specific items from the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023. For full details, refer to
the Colleagues section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2023. Figures mentioned are for the Barclays Group, other than where specifically mentioned.
Our colleagues are connected by a shared Purpose, Values and Mindset, and commitment to delivering to a consistently excellent standard. We strive to
make Barclays a great place to work, empower colleagues to attain sustainable high performance and deliver strong results for stakeholders.
Engaging with colleagues
The Barclays Bank PLC Group has a diverse talent pool of around 23,900 colleagues across the world. We engage in regular dialogue with our
colleagues to understand what is working well and where there are opportunities to improve. This includes townhalls, skip-level meetings, site visits,
leader-led engagement and surveys. We maintain an engagement approach in line with the UK's Financial Reporting Council (FRC) governance
recommendations.
Maintaining a strong and effective partnership with Unitea, national works councils and the Barclays Group European Forum helps us gather feedback.
We continue to consult with colleague representatives on major change programmes impacting our people, to minimise compulsory job losses and
focus on reskilling and redeployment.
Achieving a consistently excellent standard
Barclays continues to focus on delivering to a higher operating standard via our Barclays Group-wide cultural change programme, Consistently
Excellent. This programme challenges colleagues to address five key areas – Precision, Service, Focus, Efficiency and Diversity of thought – to establish a
new operating standard.
This higher standard is becoming part of our culture and we are working hard to equip everyone with the right skills to achieve this, while rewarding
progress. We have incorporated it into our existing Values and Mindset behaviours and as part of an enhanced set of leadership behaviours. We also
began updating our key processes for attracting, retaining and developing talent, planning for succession, and recognising and rewarding performance.
To help create a common understanding across the Barclays Group, we led Consistently Excellent workshops throughout 2023 for our senior leaders. In
2024, all colleagues will be invited to attend these workshops.
Investing in our talent
Our talent ambition underpins Barclays’ approach to talent attraction, retention and development. We relaunched our ambition in 2023 to focus on the
skills and capabilities we require for the future, and set the benchmark for what it means to lead at Barclays through our refreshed leadership
framework. Together, these set clear behavioural expectations for our leaders, and enable our leaders to create the right culture for colleagues to deliver
to a consistently excellent standard.
With our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) agenda in mind, we continue to attract candidates who possess the capabilities, critical skills and
experience required to provide exceptional service to our customers and clients. In 2023, our graduate intake was over 36% female, while our
undergraduate Discovery Diversity Programme focused on showcasing successful career paths for underrepresented minorities. These hiring
programmes have helped drive applications from a diverse pool of candidates. To further promote social mobility, we will continue our extensive
apprentice hiring programme through engagement with educational institutions.
Maintaining our focus on wellbeing
We remain committed to supporting colleague wellbeing using data-driven insights and engagement through leader-led initiatives such as the 'Healthy
to Talk' campaign on World Mental Health Day. This is supplemented by dedicated people leader workshops exploring practical ways to continue to
embed wellbeing into ways of working.
Introducing structured hybrid working
Following our continuous test and learn approach, Barclays has adapted its ways of working to introduce structured hybrid working – supporting
colleagues to connect in-person and plan their work to make the most of both their time in the office and remotely.
Our people policies
Our people policiesb help us recruit the best people, provide equal opportunities and create an inclusive culture in line with our Purpose, Values and
Mindset, and in support of our long-term success. They are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure alignment with our broader people strategy.
We are committed to paying our people fairly and appropriately relative to their role, skills, experience and performance. This means our remuneration
policies reward performance in line with our Purpose, Values and Mindset, and our consistently excellent standard. We also encourage our people to
benefit from Barclays’ performance by enrolling in our employee share ownership plans.
Notes
aThe collective bargaining coverage of Unite in the UK represents 80% (2022: 82%) of our UK workforce and 40% (2022: 43%) of our global workforce.
bOur policies reflect relevant employment law, including the provisions of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organization (ILO)
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
Governance
Colleagues
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 19 |
The management of risk is a critical underpinning to the execution of the Barclays Bank Group’s strategy. The material risks and uncertainties the
Barclays Bank Group faces across its business and portfolios are key areas of management focus.
Page | ||
Overview of the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to risk management. | ||
Insight into the level of risk across our business and portfolios, the material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties we face and the key areas of management focus. | ||
▪Legal risk and legal, competition and regulatory matters | ||
The Barclays Bank Group’s approach to risk management for each principal risk with focus on organisation and structure and roles and responsibilities. | ||
Climate risk: The impact on Financial (Credit, Market, Treasury & Capital) and Operational Risks arising from climate change through physical risks and risks associated with transitioning to a lower carbon economy. | ||
Credit risk: The risk of loss to the Barclays Bank Group from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties (including sovereigns), to fully honour their obligations to the Barclays Bank Group, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. | ||
85 | ||
Market risk: The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Bank Group’s assets and liabilities from fluctuation in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations. | ||
Risk review
Contents
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 20 |
Risk performance continued | ||
Treasury and capital risk – Liquidity: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets. | ||
Treasury and capital risk – Capital: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments and stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This also includes the risk from the Barclays Bank Group’s pension plans. | ||
•Foreign exchange risk | ||
•Pension risk review | ||
Treasury and capital risk – Interest rate risk in the banking book: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities. | ||
Operational risk: The risk of loss to the Barclays Bank Group from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (for example fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks. | ||
Model risk: The potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. | ||
Compliance risk: The risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the Barclays Bank Group's products and services. | ||
Reputation risk: The risk that an action, transaction, investment, event, decision, or business relationship will reduce trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s integrity and/or competence. | ||
Legal risk: The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the Barclays Bank Group to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements. | ||
Supervision and regulation | ||
The Barclays Bank Group’s operations, including its overseas offices, subsidiaries and associates, are subject to a significant body of rules and regulations. |
Risk review
Contents
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 21 |
The Barclays Bank Group’s risk management strategy
This section introduces the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to managing and identifying risks, and for fostering a sound risk culture.
Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF)
The ERMF outlines the highest level principles for risk management by setting out standards, objectives and key responsibilities of different groups of
employees of the Barclays Bank Group. It is approved by the Barclays PLC Board on recommendation of the Barclays Group Board Risk Committee and
the Barclays Bank Group Chief Risk Officer (CRO); it is then adopted by the Barclays Bank Group.
The ERMF sets out:
▪risk management and segregation of duties: the ERMF defines a Three Lines of Defence model
▪principal risks faced by the Barclays Bank Group which guide the organisation of risk management processes
▪risk appetite requirements: this helps define the level of risk we are willing to undertake in our business
▪roles and responsibilities for key risk management and governance.
The ERMF is complemented by frameworks, policies and standards which are mainly aligned to individual principal risks:
▪frameworks cover high level principles guiding the management of principal risks, and set out details of which policies are needed, and high level
governance arrangements
▪policies set out the control objectives and high level requirements to address the key principles articulated in their associated frameworks. Policies
state ‘what’ those within scope are required to do
▪standards set out detail of the control requirements to ensure the control objectives set by the policies are met.
Segregation of duties - the "Three Lines of Defence" model
The ERMF sets out a clear lines of defence model. All colleagues are responsible for understanding and managing risks within the context of their
individual roles and responsibilities, as set out below.
▪The first line comprises of all employees engaged in the revenue generating and client facing areas of the Barclays Bank Group and all associated
support functions, including Finance, Operations, Treasury and Human Resources. The first line is responsible for identifying and managing the risks
in which they are engaged, operating within applicable limits and developing a control framework, and escalating risk events or issues as
appropriate. Employees in the first line have primary responsibility for their risks and their activities are subject to oversight from the relevant parts
of the second and third lines.
▪The second line is comprised of the Risk and Compliance functions. The role of the second line is to establish the limits, rules and constraints, and
the frameworks, policies and standards under which all activities shall be performed, consistent with the risk appetite of the Barclays Bank Group,
and to oversee the performance of the Barclays Bank Group against these limits, rules and constraints. Controls for first line activities will ordinarily
be established by the control officers operating within the control framework of the Barclays Bank Group. These controls will remain subject to
oversight by the second line.
▪The third line of defence is Internal Audit, who are responsible for providing independent assurance over the effectiveness of governance, risk
management and controls over current, systemic and evolving risks.
▪The legal function provides support to all areas of the Barclays Bank Group and is not formally part of any of the three lines of defence. The Legal
function is responsible for proactively identifying, communicating and providing legal advice on applicable laws, rules and regulations. Except in
relation to the legal advice it provides or procures, it is subject to second line oversight with respect to its own operational and compliance risks, as
well as with respect to the legal risk to which the Barclays Bank Group is exposed.
Principal risks
The ERMF identifies nine principal risks namely: credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, climate risk, operational risk, model risk, compliance
risk, reputation risk and legal risk. Note that "compliance risk" replaced "conduct risk" in 2023 with an expanded definition; see page 35 for more
information.
Each of the principal risks is overseen by an accountable executive at the Barclays Group level who is responsible for overseeing and/or assigning
responsibilities for the framework, policies and standards that set out associated responsibilities and expectations, and detail the related requirements
around risk management. In addition, certain risks span across more than one principal risk.
Risk appetite
Risk appetite is defined as the level of risk which the Barclays Bank Group is prepared to accept in carrying out its activities. It provides a basis for
ongoing dialogue between management and Board with respect to the Barclays Bank Group’s current and evolving risk profile, allowing strategic and
financial decisions to be made on an informed basis.
Risk appetite is approved by the Barclays PLC Board in aggregate and disseminated across legal entities and businesses, including the Barclays Bank
Group. The Barclays Bank PLC Board cannot approve a higher risk appetite than that determined by the Barclays PLC Board without the approval of the
Barclays PLC Board but may choose to operate at a lower level of risk appetite than that approved by the Barclays PLC Board.
The Barclays Group total risk appetite and its allocation to the Barclays Bank Group are supported by limits to enable and control specific exposures and
activities that have material concentration risk implications.
Risk Committees
The Barclays Bank Group's various risk committees consider risk matters relevant to their business, and escalate as required to the Barclays Group Risk
Committee, whose Chair, in turn, escalates to the Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committees and the Barclays Bank PLC Board.
Risk review
Risk management
Barclays’ risk management strategy
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 22 |
Board Committees | Barclays Bank PLC Board |  | Barclays Bank PLC ExCo | |||||||
 | | | ||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee | Barclays Bank PLC Board Audit Committee | Barclays Bank PLC Board Remuneration Committee | ||||||||
 | | | ||||||||
Management Level Committees/ Forums | Group Risk Committee | Barclays PLC Remuneration Review Panel | ||||||||
| | |||||||||
Business Level Committees/ Forums | Risk Committees (aligned to product/risk type or business) | |||||||||
The Barclays Bank PLC Board receives regular information on the risk profile of the Barclays Bank Group, and has ultimate responsibility for approval of
risk appetite and capital plans, within the parameters set by the Barclays PLC Board. The Barclays Bank PLC Board is also responsible for the adoption of
the ERMF.
Further, there are two Board-level committees which oversee the application of the ERMF and review and monitor risk across the Barclays Bank Group.
These are: the Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee and the Barclays Bank PLC Board Audit Committee. Additionally, the Barclays Bank PLC Board
Remuneration Committee oversees pay practices focusing on aligning pay to sustainable performance:
▪The Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee (BRC): The BRC monitors Barclays Bank Group’s risk profile against the agreed appetite. Where
actual performance differs from expectations, the actions taken by management are reviewed to ascertain that the BRC is comfortable with them.
The Barclays Bank Group CRO regularly presents a report to the BRC summarising developments in the risk environment and performance trends in
the key portfolios. The BRC also reviews certain key risk methodologies, the effectiveness of risk management, and the Barclays Bank Group risk
profile, including the material issues affecting each business portfolio and forward risk trends. The committee also commissions in-depth analyses
of significant risk topics, which are presented by the Barclays Bank Group CRO or senior risk managers in the businesses.
▪The Barclays Bank PLC Board Audit Committee (BAC): The BAC receives regular reports on the effectiveness of internal control systems, on
material control issues of significance, and on accounting judgements (including impairment), and a quarterly review of the adequacy of
impairment allowances.
▪The Barclays Bank PLC Board Remuneration Committee (RemCo): The RemCo receives proposals on ex-ante and ex-post risk adjustments to
variable remuneration based on risk management performance including events, issues and the wider risk profile. These inputs are considered in
the setting of performance incentives.
Barclays’ risk culture
Risk culture can be defined as the norms, attitudes and behaviours related to risk awareness, risk taking and risk management. This is reflected in how
the Barclays Bank Group identifies, escalates and manages risk matters.
The Barclays Bank Group is committed to maintaining a robust risk culture in which:
▪management expect, model and reward the right behaviours from a risk and control perspective; and
▪colleagues identify, manage and escalate risk and control matters, and meet their responsibilities around risk management.
The Barclays Group CEO works with the Executive Management to embed a strong risk culture within the Barclays Group, with particular regard to the
identification, escalation and management of risk matters, in accordance with the ERMF. This is supported by our Purpose, Values and Mindset, as well
by as by setting a standard of consistent excellence. Specifically, all employees regardless of their positions, functions or locations must play their part in
the Barclays Bank Group’s risk management. Employees are required to be familiar with risk management policies which are relevant to their
responsibilities, know how to escalate actual or potential risk issues, and have a role-appropriate level of awareness of the risk management process as
defined by the ERMF.
Our Code of Conduct – the Barclays Way
Globally, all colleagues must attest to the “Barclays Way”, our Code of Conduct, and comply with all frameworks, policies and standards applicable to
their roles. The Code of Conduct outlines the Purpose, Values and Mindset which govern our ‘Barclays Way’ of working across our business globally. It
constitutes a reference point covering all aspects of colleagues’ working relationships, and provides guidance on working with other Barclays
employees, customers and clients, governments and regulators, business partners, suppliers, competitors and the broader community. See
home.barclays/sustainability/esg-resource-hub/statements-and-policy-positions/ for more details.
Risk review
Risk management
Barclays’ risk management strategy
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 23 |
Material existing and emerging risks to the Barclays Bank Group’s future performance
The Barclays Bank Group has identified a broad range of risks to which its businesses are exposed. Material risks are those to which senior management
pay particular attention and which could cause the delivery of the Barclays Bank Group’s strategy, results of operations, financial condition and/or
prospects to differ materially from expectations. Emerging risks are those which have unknown components, the impact of which could crystallise over
a longer time period. In addition, certain other factors beyond the Barclays Bank Group’s control, including escalation of global conflicts, acts of
terrorism, natural disasters, pandemics and similar events, although not detailed below, could have a similar impact on the Barclays Bank Group.
Material existing and emerging risks potentially impacting more than one principal risk
i)Business conditions, general economy and geopolitical issues
The Barclays Bank Group’s operations are subject to changes in global and local economic and market conditions, as well as geopolitical developments,
which may have a material impact on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
A deterioration in global or local economic and market conditions may result in (among other things): (i) deteriorating business, consumer or investor
confidence and lower levels of investment and productivity growth, which in turn may lead to lower customer and client activity, including lower
demand for borrowing; (ii) higher default rates, delinquencies, write-offs and impairment charges as borrowers struggle with their debt commitments;
(iii) subdued asset prices, which may impact the value of collateral held by the Group and require the Group and its customers to post additional
collateral in order to satisfy margin calls; (iv) mark-to-market losses in trading portfolios resulting from changes in factors such as credit ratings, share
prices and solvency of counterparties; and (v) revisions to calculated ECLs leading to increases in impairment allowances. In addition, the Group’s ability
to borrow from other financial institutions or raise funding from external investors may be affected by deteriorating economic conditions and market
disruption. Geopolitical events can also cause financial instability and affect economic growth.
In particular:
•Global GDP growth in 2023 was severely hampered by inflationary pressures resulting from: (i) restricted labour markets, industrial disputes,
and upward pressure on employment costs; (ii) high energy prices intensified by the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East; and (iii) resilient
consumer spending, particularly on services, funded by drawing household savings. High inflation has led to the on-going 'cost of living'
pressures in much of the world, including in the UK.
•In response to persistent inflation, 2023 saw central banks continue to tighten monetary policy through raising interest rates and exercising
quantitative tightening. While markets are forecasting that rates are at or near their cycle peak and inflation has begun to ease back (albeit
remaining well above central banks' targets), economies in which the Barclays Bank Group operates are vulnerable to recession risk in 2024.
Such risk is heightened by the turbulent geopolitical outlook and volatile market conditions with these factors acting as a drag on potential
global economic growth. Higher mortgage rates, rising taxes, elevated bond yields, depleted household savings, higher corporate
insolvencies, and rising unemployment have potentially negative implications for the Barclays Bank Group's performance, including increased
impairment allowances.
•The loss of ‘the presumption of compliance’ is widely reported to have raised costs for UK customers exporting to the European Union (EU)
which, together with the risk of regulatory divergence between the UK and the EU, could adversely impact both the Barclays Bank Group's EU
and UK operations.
•Further, any trading disruption between the EU and the UK may have a significant impact on economic activity in the EU and the UK which, in
turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
•Unstable economic conditions could result in (among other things):
◦a deeper slowdown in the UK and/or one or more member states of the EU in which the Barclays Bank Group operates, with lower
growth, higher unemployment and a greater fall in property prices, which could lead to increased impairments in relation to a
number of the Barclays Bank Group’s portfolios (including, but not limited to, unsecured lending portfolio (including credit cards)
and commercial real estate exposures);
◦increased market volatility (in particular in currencies and interest rates), which could impact the Barclays Bank Group’s trading
book positions and affect the underlying value of assets in the banking book and securities held by the Barclays Bank Group for
liquidity purposes. In addition, depositor perceptions of banking fragility as seen in certain institutions in 2023 could increase the
severity and velocity of deposit outflows, impacting the Barclays Bank Group’s liquidity position;
◦a credit rating downgrade for one or more members of the Barclays Bank Group (either directly or indirectly as a result of a
downgrade in the UK sovereign credit ratings), which could significantly increase the Barclays Bank Group’s cost of funding and/or
reduce its access to funding, widen credit spreads and have a material adverse impact on the Barclays Bank Group’s interest
margins and liquidity position; and/or
◦a market-wide widening of credit spreads or reduced investor appetite for the Barclays Bank Group’s debt securities, which could
negatively impact the Barclays Bank Group’s cost of and/or access to funding.
•A significant proportion of the Barclays Bank Group’s portfolio is located in the US, including a major credit card portfolio and a range of
corporate and investment banking exposures. Political instability and/or increased polarisation ahead of the 2024 elections together with the
possibility of significant changes in US policy in certain sectors may negatively impact the Barclays Bank Group’s associated portfolios. Stress
in the US economy, weakening GDP and associated exchange rate fluctuations, heightened political and/or trade tensions (such as between
the US and China), and increased unemployment could lead to higher levels of impairment, which may have a material adverse effect on the
Barclays Bank Group's results of operations and profitability.
•An escalation in geopolitical tensions or increased use of protectionist measures (such as the US and China implementing reciprocal trade
tariffs and/or outright export bans on specific products and/or in specific sectors) may have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank
Group’s business in the affected regions.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 24 |
•In China, a significant global economy, the property market slump, shrinking exports, and weakened currency (and resulting capital outflows)
have caused an economic slowdown and with deflation a real risk. The high levels of debt, particularly in the property sector, remain a
concern given the high leverage multiples, despite government and regulatory action. Any property shock risks contaminating the financial
sector and precipitating a wider banking crisis. A shift away from market-based reforms towards state led initiatives to stimulate the economy
could damage private-sector confidence and economic growth.
•High US interest rates and a potential global slow-down in demand for natural resources, means an economic deterioration in emerging
markets still remains a risk. This could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group's results from operations if these stresses
lead to higher impairment charges from a deterioration in sovereign or corporate creditworthiness.
•New strains of COVID-19 (or reduced vaccine efficacy) could impact the Barclays Bank Group's ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions
in which it operates through disruptions to: (i) infrastructure and supply chains, (ii) business processes and technology services provided by
third parties and (iii), the availability of staff due to illness. These interruptions to business may be detrimental to customers (who may seek
reimbursement from the Barclays Bank Group for costs and losses incurred as a result of such interruptions), and result in potential litigation
costs (including regulatory fines, penalties and other sanctions), as well as reputational damage. It may also have the effect of increasing the
likelihood and/or magnitude of other risks described herein (with consequential impairment charge volatility) or may pose other risks which
are not presently known to the Barclays Bank Group or not currently expected to be significant to the Barclays Bank Group’s profitability,
capital and liquidity.
Any and all such events mentioned above could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit ratings (including potential credit rating agency changes of outlooks or ratings), as well as on
the Barclays Bank Group’s customers, employees and suppliers.
ii)The impact of interest rate changes on the Barclays Bank Group’s profitability
Changes to interest rates are significant for the Barclays Bank Group, especially given the uncertainty as to the size and frequency of such changes,
particularly in the Barclays Bank Group’s main markets of the UK, the US and the EU.
Interest rate rises result in higher funding costs either due to higher refinancing costs or due to deposit balance mix changes as customer prefer higher
rate deposits. Interest rate rises however may positively impact the Barclays Bank Group’s profitability as retail and corporate business net interest
income (that is, the difference between lending income and borrowing costs) increases as observed during the interest rate rises in 2023. However,
interest rates rises that are larger or more frequent than expected, particularly when combined with inflationary pressures and reduced affordability,
could lead to weaker than expected growth and higher unemployment, leading to higher credit losses and increased impairment charges. Interest rate
cuts may reduce net interest margins and adversely affect profitability.
Changes in interest rates may also adversely impact the value of the securities held in the Barclays Bank Group’s liquid asset portfolio. Consequently,
this could create capital volatility through the Barclays Bank Group’s fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) reserve.
iii)Competition in the banking and financial services industry
The Barclays Bank Group operates in a highly competitive environment in which it must evolve and adapt to significant changes as a result of regulatory
reform, technological advances, increased public scrutiny, prevailing market environment and changes to economic conditions. The Barclays Bank
Group expects that competition in the financial services industry will continue to be intense and may have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank
Group’s future business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
New competitors in the financial services industry continue to emerge. Technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible
for non-banks to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products such as electronic securities trading, payments processing and
online automated algorithmic-based investment advice. Furthermore, payments processing and other services could be significantly disrupted by
technologies, such as blockchain (used in cryptocurrency systems) and 'buy now pay later' lending, both of which are currently subject to lower levels of
regulatory oversight compared to many activities undertaken by banks. Furthermore, the introduction of central bank digital currencies could have
significant impact on the banking system and the role of commercial banks by disrupting the current provision of banking products and services. This
disruption could allow new competitors, some previously hindered by banking regulation (such as certain FinTechs), to provide customers with access
to banking facilities and increase the disintermediation of banking services.
New technologies and changing consumer behaviour have previously required, and could continue to require, the Barclays Bank Group to incur
additional costs to modify or adapt its products or make additional capital investments in its businesses to attract and retain clients and customers or to
match products and services offered by its competitors, including technology companies.
Ongoing or increased competition and/or disintermediation of banking services may put pressure on the pricing of the Barclays Bank Group’s products
and services, which could reduce the Barclays Bank Group's revenues and profitability, or may cause the Barclays Bank Group to lose market share,
particularly with respect to traditional banking products such as deposits, bank accounts and mortgage lending. This competition may be on the basis
of the quality and variety of products and services offered, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and/or price. These factors may be exacerbated
by further industry wide initiatives to address access to banking. The failure of any of the Barclays Bank Group’s businesses to meet the expectations of
clients and customers, whether due to general market conditions, underperformance, a decision not to offer a particular product or service, branch
closures, changes in client and customer expectations or other factors, could affect the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to attract or retain clients and
customers. Any such impact could, in turn, reduce the Barclays Bank Group’s revenues.
iv)Regulatory change agenda and impact on business model
The Barclays Bank Group’s businesses are subject to ongoing regulation and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in the laws,
regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations of the foregoing in the UK, the US, the EU and the other markets in which it
operates. Many regulatory changes that are relevant to the Barclays Bank Group’s business may have an effect beyond the country in which they are
enacted, either because the Barclays Bank Group’s regulators deliberately enact regulation with extra-territorial effect or its global operations mean that
the Barclays Bank Group gives effect to local laws and regulations on a wider basis.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 25 |
In recent years, regulators and governments have focused on reforming both the prudential regulation of the financial services industry and the ways in
which the business of financial services is conducted. Measures taken include enhanced capital, liquidity and funding requirements, the structural
separation or prohibition of certain activities by banks, changes in the operation of capital markets activities, the introduction of tax levies and
transaction taxes, changes in compensation practices and more detailed requirements on how business is conducted and customers are treated. The
governments and regulators in the UK, the US, the EU or elsewhere may intervene further in relation to areas of industry risk already identified, or in new
areas, which could adversely affect the Barclays Bank Group.
Current and anticipated areas of particular focus for the Barclays Bank Group’s regulators, where regulatory changes could have a material effect on the
Barclays Bank Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position, and reputation include, but are not limited to:
▪the increasing focus by regulators, international bodies, organisations and unions on how institutions conduct business, particularly with regard to the
delivery of fair outcomes for customers, promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers and ensuring the orderly and transparent
operation of global financial markets, including the new Consumer Duty in the UK and measures resulting from ongoing thematic reviews into the
workings of the retail, small and medium enterprises and wholesale banking sectors and the provision of financial advice to consumers;
▪the implementation of any conduct measures as a result of regulators’ focus on organisational culture, employee behaviour and whistleblowing;
▪the demise of certain benchmark interest rates and the transition to new risk-free reference rates (as discussed further below under section v) Impact
of benchmark interest rate reforms on the Barclays Bank Group’);
▪reviews of regulatory frameworks applicable to the wholesale financial markets, including reforms and other changes to conduct of business, listing,
securitisation and derivatives related requirements;
▪the focus globally on technology adoption and digital delivery, including the use of artificial intelligence (AI), digital assets and digital money
(including central bank digital currencies), financial technology risks, payments and related infrastructure, operational resilience, and cybersecurity.
This also includes the introduction of new and/or enhanced regulatory standards in these areas, underpinned by customer protection principles;
▪increasing regulatory expectations of firms around governance and risk management frameworks, particularly for the management of climate change
and other ESG risks, enhanced ESG disclosure and reporting obligations, and proposals for a new regulatory framework on diversity and inclusion in
the UK;
▪the continued evolution of the UK’s regulatory framework following the UK's withdrawal from the EU, particularly following the introduction of the
Financial Services and Markets Act 2023 (FSMA 2023) which provides for the revocation of retained EU law relating to financial services and the UK
financial services regulatory reform agenda announced in December 2022, and similarly regarding the access of UK and other non-EU financial
institutions to EU markets;
▪the implementation of the reforms to the Basel III package, which includes changes to the RWA approaches to credit risk, market risk, counterparty
risk, operational risk, and credit valuation adjustments and the application of RWA floors and the leverage ratio;
▪the implementation of more stringent capital, liquidity and funding requirements;
▪the incorporation of climate change within the global prudential framework, including the transition risks resulting from a shift to a low carbon
economy and its financial effects;
▪proposed reforms to the UK ring-fencing regime, which requires the separation of core banking operations for retail and small and medium enterprise
depositors from other wholesale and investment banking operations;
▪the reform of corporate criminal liability in the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency Act 2023, which includes a failure to prevent fraud
offence;
▪requirements to detail management accountability within the Barclays Bank Group (for example, the requirements of the Senior Managers and
Certification Regime in the UK and similar regimes elsewhere that are either in effect or under consideration/implementation), as well as requirements
relating to executive remuneration;
▪changes in national or supra-national requirements regarding the ability to offshore or outsource the provision of services and resources or transfer
material risk or data to companies located in other countries, which could impact the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to implement globally consistent
and efficient operating models;
▪financial crime, fraud and market abuse standards and increasing expectations for related control frameworks, to ensure firms are adapting to new
threats and are protecting customers from cyber-enabled crime;
▪the application and enforcement of economic sanctions including those with extra-territorial effect and those arising from geopolitical tensions;
▪requirements flowing from arrangements for the resolution strategy of the Barclays Group and its individual operating entities (including the Barclays
Bank Group) that may have different effects in different countries;
▪the increasing regulatory expectations and requirements relating to various aspects of operational resilience, including an increasing focus on the
response of institutions to operational disruptions and reviews of the role of critical third party providers;
▪continuing regulatory focus on data privacy, including the collection and use of personal data, and protection against loss and unauthorised or
improper access;
▪the regulatory focus on policies and procedures for identifying and managing cybersecurity risks, cybersecurity governance and the corresponding
disclosure and reporting obligations;
▪continuing regulatory focus on the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management frameworks, as evidenced in regulatory fines and other
measures imposed on the Barclays Bank Group and other financial institutions; and
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 26 |
▪recent proposals in US Card market impacting consumer late fee assessment.
For further details on the regulatory supervision of, and regulations applicable to, the Barclays Bank Group, refer to the Supervision and regulation
section.
v)Impact of benchmark interest rate reforms on the Barclays Bank Group
Global regulators have been driving international efforts to reform benchmarks and indices, which are used to determine the amounts payable under a
wide range of transactions to increase reliability and robustness. These reforms have resulted in significant changes to the methodology and operation
of certain benchmarks and indices, the adoption of alternative risk-free reference rates (RFRs), the discontinuation of certain benchmarks and the
introduction of implementing legislation and regulations.
Specifically, certain London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) tenors have either ceased or became permanently unrepresentative, with synthetic 3-month
GBP LIBOR ceasing to be published at the end March 2024 and synthetic 1-, 3- and 6-month USD LIBOR settings, intended to cease being published at
the end September 2024. Notwithstanding these developments, given the unpredictable consequences of benchmark reform, any of these
developments could have an adverse impact on market participants, including the Barclays Bank Group, in respect of any financial instruments linked to,
or referencing, any of these benchmarks.
Uncertainty associated with such potential changes, including the availability and/or suitability of alternative RFRs, the participation of customers and
third party market participants in the transition process, challenges with respect to required documentation changes, and impact of legislation to deal
with certain legacy contracts that cannot convert into or add fall-back RFRs before cessation of the benchmark they reference, may adversely affect a
broad range of transactions (including any securities, loans and derivatives which use an affected benchmark to determine an amount payable which
are included in the Barclays Bank Group’s financial assets and liabilities) that use these benchmarks and indices, and present several risks for the
Barclays Bank Group, including but not limited to:
•Compliance risk: in undertaking actions to transition away from using certain benchmarks (such as LIBOR) to new alternative RFRs, the
Barclays Bank Group faces conduct risks. These may lead to customer complaints, regulatory sanctions or reputational impact if the Barclays
Bank Group is considered to be (among other things): (i) undertaking market activities that are manipulative or create a false or misleading
impression; (ii) misusing sensitive information or not identifying or appropriately managing and mitigating conflicts of interest; (iii) providing
customers with inadequate advice, misleading information, unsuitable products or unacceptable service; (iv) not taking a consistent
approach to remediation for customers in similar circumstances; (v) unduly delaying the communication and migration activities in relation
to client exposures, leaving them insufficient time to prepare; or (vi) colluding or inappropriately sharing information with competitors.
•Litigation risk: members of the Barclays Bank Group may face legal proceedings, regulatory investigations and/or other actions or
proceedings regarding (among other things): (i) the conduct risks identified above, (ii) the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in
contracts and securities linked to a relevant benchmark, and (iii) the Barclays Bank Group’s preparation and readiness for the replacement of
benchmarks which have ceased or will shortly cease to be published with alternative RFRs.
•Financial risk: the valuation of certain of the Barclays Bank Group’s financial assets and liabilities may change. Moreover, transitioning to
alternative RFRs may impact the ability of members of the Barclays Bank Group to calculate and model amounts receivable by them on
certain financial assets and determine the amounts payable on certain financial liabilities (such as debt securities issued by them) because
certain alternative RFRs (such as the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) and the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)) are look-
back rates, which means that the amount of interest payable is only known after the period has finished because it is calculated by reference
to observed historical rates. In contrast, forward-looking term rates (such as LIBOR) allow borrowers to calculate at the start of any interest
period exactly how much is payable at the end of such interest period. This may have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s
cash flows.
•Pricing risk: changes to existing benchmarks and indices, discontinuation of any benchmark or index and transition to alternative RFRs may
impact the pricing mechanisms used by the Barclays Bank Group on certain transactions.
•Operational risk: changes to existing benchmarks and indices, the discontinuation of any benchmark or index and transition to alternative
RFRs may require changes to the Barclays Bank Group’s IT systems, trade reporting infrastructure, operational processes, and controls. In
addition, if any benchmark or index is no longer available to calculate amounts payable, the Barclays Bank Group may incur expenses in
amending documentation for new and existing transactions and/or effecting the transition from the original benchmark or index to a new
one.
•Accounting risk: an inability to apply hedge accounting in accordance with IAS 39 could lead to increased volatility in the Barclays Bank
Group’s financial results and performance.
Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects and
reputation.
vi) Change delivery and execution risks
The Barclays Bank Group constantly adapts and transforms the way it conducts business in response to changing customer behaviour and needs,
technological developments, regulatory expectations, increased competition and cost management initiatives. Accordingly, effective management of
transformation projects is required to successfully deliver the Barclays Bank Group's strategic priorities, involving delivering both on externally driven
programmes, as well as key business initiatives to deliver revenue growth, product enhancement and operational efficiency outcomes. The magnitude,
complexity and, at times, concurrent demands of the projects required to meet these priorities can result in heightened execution risk.
The ability to execute the Barclays Bank Group’s strategy may be limited by operational capacity and the increasing complexity of the regulatory
environment in which the Barclays Bank Group operates. In addition, whilst the Barclays Bank Group continues to pursue cost management initiatives,
they may not be as effective as expected and cost saving targets may not be met.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 27 |
The failure to successfully deliver or achieve any of the expected benefits of these strategic initiatives and/or the failure to meet customer and
stakeholder expectations could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition,
customer outcomes, prospects and reputation.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 28 |
Material existing and emerging risks impacting individual principal risks
i)Climate risk
Climate risk is the impact on Financial (Credit, Market, Treasury & Capital) and Operational Risks arising from climate change through physical risks and
risks associated with transitioning to a lower carbon economy.
The effects of climate change may be highly significant in their breadth and magnitude and could affect a large number of firms operating in different
sectors and geographies, leading to potential downstream effects to the financial system. There is potential direct impact on banks and other financial
institutions through their operations, as well as indirectly through customers and clients. Given this context and to support the Group’s ambition to be a
net zero bank by 2050, Climate Risk is a Principal Risk under Barclays’ ERMF.
Scientific research suggests that physical risks arising due to climate change such as acute events (e.g. cyclone, hurricanes and floods) and chronic
events (longer term shifts in climate patterns) may occur in increasing frequency and severity, Potential tipping points can cause unprecedented
damage to particular geographies. Some regions are expected to be more severely affected than others if they are more exposed and/or more
vulnerable to certain events.
The potential impact of physical risk events on the economy may include lower GDP growth, higher unemployment, shortage of raw materials and
products due to supply chain disruptions and significant changes in asset prices. These factors could subsequently impact business model and
profitability of Barclays Bank Group and its clients. Damage to the properties and operations of the Group's clients could decrease their production
capacity, increase operating costs, affect insurability and decrease value of those properties. This in turn would lead to a decline in the creditworthiness
of clients, which may result in higher defaults, delinquencies, write-offs and impairment charges in the Group's portfolios. Physical hazards may also
impact the creditworthiness of the sovereigns of countries in which they occur. The deterioration in the credit ratings of sovereign bonds could affect
their access to capital and their eligibility for inclusion in banks' liquidity buffers. These hazards may also impact the value of investments which the
Barclays Bank Group holds.
A transition to a low-carbon economy requires policy and regulatory changes, new national or regional commitments, new technological innovations
and changes to supply and demand systems within industries. The transition to a low-carbon economy may also trigger changes in consumer
behaviour and market sentiment. These changes may result in increased costs and reduced demand for the products and services of a company
including early retirement and impairment of assets, or decreased revenue and profitability. The Barclays Bank Group's clients that are more susceptible
and exposed to these changes may face financial difficulties which in turn may impact their creditworthiness. In addition, impacts to the
creditworthiness of the Barclays Bank Group's clients, customers and counterparties (particularly in high carbon sectors), can also arise a result of
climate-related legal actions or investigations, where outcomes of such actions have material financial impacts. This in turn can increase credit risk
within Barclays Bank Group portfolios (for further details on credit risk, refer to ii) Credit Risk on page 29). Both transition and physical risk drivers may
lead to increased price volatility and repricing of market instruments, which in turn may impact the value of market instruments held by Barclays Bank
Group.
Barclays Bank Group's own premises may also suffer physical damage due to weather events leading to increased costs for Barclays Bank Group. As the
economy transitions to a lower carbon economy, financial institutions also face significant and rapid developments in stakeholder expectations, policy,
law and regulation, which could impact lending activities and the risks associated with lending portfolios as well as asset values. Failure to adequately
embed climate risk management into the risk framework may have a material and adverse impact on the Barclays Bank Group's brand, competitiveness,
profitability, capital requirements, cost of funding, financial condition and ability to expand its business.
In March 2020, the Group announced its ambition to become a net zero bank by 2050 and its commitment to align all of its financing activities with the
goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement. In order to reach these ambitions and targets, and any other climate-related ambitions or targets the Group
may commit to in future, the Group will continue to incorporate climate considerations into its strategy, business model, the products and services it
provides to customers and its financial and non-financial risk management processes. These include processes to measure and manage the various
financial and non-financial risks the Group faces as a result of climate change.
Barclays Bank Group also needs to ensure that its strategy and business model adapt to changing national and international standards, industry and
scientific practices, regulatory requirements and market expectations regarding climate change, which remain under continuous development. There
remains a possibility that these standards, practices, requirements and expectations could change in a manner that substantially increases the cost or
effort for Barclays Bank Group to achieve such ambitions and targets. In addition, the Group’s ambitions and targets may prove more challenging to
achieve due to changing circumstances and external factors which are beyond Barclays Bank Group's control, including geopolitical issues, energy
security, energy poverty and other considerations such as a just transition to a low-carbon economy. This may be exacerbated if Barclays Bank Group
chooses or is required to accelerate its climate-related ambitions or targets as a result of (among other things) international regulatory developments or
stakeholder expectations in the UK, the US, the EU or other markets.
Achieving Barclays’ climate-related ambitions and targets will also depend on a number of factors outside Barclays Bank Group's control, including
reliable forecasts of hazards from the physical climate models and availability of data/models to measure/assess climate impact on clients. The
pathway to net zero is uncertain, complex and dependent on progress in various areas such as advances in low-carbon technologies, collective action
by clients to meet their own net zero goals, and supportive public policies in markets where Barclays Bank Group operates. If there is a lack of progress
in the aforementioned areas, Barclays may fail to achieve its climate-related ambitions and targets, and this could have a material adverse effect on
Barclays Bank Group’s business, operations, financial condition, prospects and reputation.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to climate change, refer to the climate risk management section.
ii)Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of loss to the Barclays Bank Group from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour
their obligations to members of the Group, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral, and other receivables. Credit risk is
impacted by a number of factors outside the Group’s control, including wider economic conditions.
a)Impairment
Impairment is calculated in line with the requirements of IFRS9. Loss allowances, based on ECLs, are measured on a forward-looking basis using a broad
range of financial metrics and application of complex judgements. Accordingly, impairment charges are potentially volatile and may not successfully
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 29 |
predict actual credit losses, particularly under stressed conditions. Failure by the Barclays Bank Group to accurately estimate credit losses through ECLs
could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group's business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects.
For further details, refer to Note 8.
b)Specific portfolios, sectors and concentrations
The Barclays Bank Group is subject to risks arising from changes in credit quality and recovery rates for loans and advances due from borrowers and
counterparties. Additionally, the Barclays Bank Group is subject to a concentration of those risks where it has significant exposures to borrowers and
counterparties in specific sectors, or to particular types of borrowers and counterparties. Any deterioration in the credit quality of such borrowers and
counterparties could lead to lower recoverability from loans and advances, and higher impairment charges. Accordingly, any of the following areas of
uncertainty could have a material adverse impact on the Barclays Bank Group's business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects:
▪Consumer affordability: this remains a key area of focus, particularly in unsecured lending, as cost of living pressures persist. Macroeconomic
factors, such as unemployment, high interest rates or broader inflationary pressures, which impact a customer’s ability to service debt payments,
could lead to increased arrears in unsecured products.
▪UK Retail, Hospitality and Leisure: prolonged cost of living pressures, falling consumer confidence, or other macroeconomic factors adversely
affecting consumers could trigger a contraction in demand which, together with rising business costs and, for UK retail, a structural shift to online
shopping, would add pressure to sectors heavily reliant on consumer discretionary spending during 2024. This represents a potential risk in the
Barclays Bank Group’s UK corporate portfolio as a higher probability of default exists for retailers, hospitality providers and their landlords while
these pressures remain.
▪Real Estate market: the Barclays Bank Group remains at risk of increased impairment from a material fall in property prices. The Barclays Bank
Group’s corporate exposure is conservatively positioned but remains vulnerable to a deteriorating economic environment, and moderate stress has
been experienced in the Barclays Bank Group's (predominantly) US office commercial real estate exposure during 2023. As structural shifts in
working patterns, such as the normalisation of ‘hybrid’ working, mature, the Barclays Bank Group remains exposed to further stress. Landlords
serving business tenants whose income is based on discretionary consumer spending are also at risk from reduced rent collection.
▪Leveraged Finance Underwriting: the Barclays Bank Group takes on non-investment grade underwriting exposure, including single name risk,
particularly in the US and the UK. The subdued investor appetite in the underwriting market during 2023 exposed the Barclays Bank Group to
extended underwriting periods and negative movements in marks, which could deteriorate further and result in losses for the Barclays Bank Group
(and higher capital charges) if market conditions remain challenging during 2024 and exposures remain on book for further extended periods.
▪Italian Mortgage and Wholesale exposure: the Barclays Bank Group is exposed to a decline in the Italian economic environment through a
mortgage portfolio in run-off and positions to wholesale customers. Italian economic growth in 2024 is forecast to be below 1%, insufficient to
counteract the 5% yield payable on Italian sovereign bonds. With net public debt around 144% of GDP and an estimated budget deficit of over 5%
(on top of nearly €70bn received from the EU’s post-pandemic recovery fund), failure to reduce public spending could cause debt levels to become
unmanageable. This risks placing the Italian government in conflict with the European Commission and ECB and damaging investor confidence,
potentially delaying economic recovery which, in turn, could materially adversely affect the Barclays Bank Group’s results of operations including,
but not limited to, increased credit losses and higher impairment charges.
▪Oil & Gas sector: high market energy prices during 2023 have helped restore balance sheet strength to companies operating in this sector.
However, in the longer term, costs associated with the transition towards renewable sources of energy may place greater financial demands on oil
and gas companies.
▪Air Travel: the sector returned to profit in 2023 as lower margin (tourist) demand for air travel recovered to pre-pandemic levels. That said, there
remains a heightened risk to the revenue streams of the Barclays Bank Group’s clients and, consequentially, their ability to service debt obligation.
These risks stem from the structural decline in higher margin business travel, consolidation within the European airline market, reputational damage
and/or costs associated with the emerging ‘fake parts’ scandal, volatile oil prices, increasingly extreme weather patterns and concerns about the
impact of air travel on climate change.
▪Information Technology sector: while dominated by well-known US firms, many companies struggle to monetise their product offerings and face
increasing reputational risk particularly as regulatory scrutiny increases. Given the nature of their activities, the Barclays Bank Group’s clients in this
sector face heightened risk from data security breaches and ransomware and/or cyber attacks as well as from the malicious use of Artificial
Intelligence, all of which could negatively impact their ability to service debt obligations.
•Resilient US economy with tight labour market: Fed consensus forecast indicates unemployment to peak in 2024. We continue to monitor closely
consumer trends as it relates to personal saving rate, category spend - discretionary versus essential, high consumer debt levels, and the overall
household net worth.
The Barclays Bank Group also has large individual exposures to single name counterparties (such as brokers, central clearing houses, dealers, banks,
mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients) in both its lending and trading activities, including derivative trades. The default of one such
counterparty could cause contagion across clients involved in similar activities and/or adversely impact asset values should margin calls necessitate
rapid asset disposals by that counterparty to raise liquidity. In addition, where such counterparty risk has been mitigated by taking collateral, credit risk
may remain high if the collateral held cannot be monetised or has to be liquidated at prices which are insufficient to recover the full amount of the loan
or derivative exposure. Any such defaults could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s results due to, for example, increased credit
losses and higher impairment charges.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to credit risk, refer to the credit risk management and credit risk performance sections.
Impacts to the creditworthiness of the Barclays Bank Group's clients customers and counterparties (particularly in high carbon sectors), can also arise
out of climate-related legal actions or investigations commenced against the Barclays Bank Group's clients customers and counterparties (particularly in
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 30 |
high carbon sectors), where outcomes of such actions have material financial impacts, which can in turn increase credit risk within Barclays Bank Group
portfolios.
iii)Market risk
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Bank Group’s assets and liabilities from fluctuation in
market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities
and asset correlations.
Economic and financial market uncertainties remain elevated, driven by elevated inflation and tightening monetary policy, both of which are
exacerbated by the geopolitical conflicts and idiosyncratic market events. A disruptive adjustment to higher or lower interest rate levels and
deteriorating trade and geopolitical tensions could heighten market risks for the Barclays Bank Group’s portfolios.
In addition, the Barclays Bank Group’s trading business could be vulnerable were there to be prolonged period of elevated asset price volatility,
particularly if it adversely affects market liquidity. Such a scenario could impact the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to execute client trades and may also
result in lower client flow-driven income and/or market-based losses on its existing portfolio of assets. These can include higher hedging costs from
rebalancing risks that need to be managed dynamically as market levels and their associated volatilities change.
Changes in market conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to market risk, refer to the market risk management and market risk performance sections.
iv)Treasury and capital risk
There are three primary types of treasury and capital risk faced by the Barclays Bank Group:
a)Capital risk
Capital risk is the risk that the Barclays Bank Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to
meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments and stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning
or regulatory stress testing purposes). This also includes the risk from the Barclays Bank Group’s pension plans. Key capital risks that the Barclays Bank
Group faces include:
▪Failure to meet prudential capital requirements: this could lead to the Barclays Bank Group being unable to support some or all of its business
activities, a failure to pass regulatory stress tests, increased cost of funding due to deterioration in investor appetite or credit ratings, restrictions on
distributions and/or the need to take additional measures to strengthen the Barclays Bank Group's capital or leverage position.
▪Adverse changes in FX rates impacting capital ratios: the Barclays Bank Group has capital resources, risk weighted assets and leverage exposures
denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may adversely impact the sterling equivalent value of these items.
As a result, the Barclays Bank Group’s regulatory capital ratios are sensitive to foreign currency movements. Failure to appropriately manage the
Barclays Bank Group’s balance sheet to take account of foreign currency movements could result in an adverse impact on the Barclays Bank
Group’s regulatory capital and leverage ratios.
▪Adverse movements in the pension fund: adverse movements in pension assets and liabilities for defined benefit pension schemes could result in
deficits on a technical provision and/or IAS 19 accounting basis. This could lead to the Barclays Bank Group making substantial additional
contributions to its pension plans and/or a deterioration in its capital position. The market value of pension fund assets might decline; or investment
returns might reduce. Under IAS 19, the liabilities discount rate is derived from the yields of high quality corporate bonds. Therefore, the valuation of
the Barclays Bank Group’s defined benefits schemes would be adversely affected by a prolonged fall in the discount rate due to a persistent low
interest rate and/or credit spread environment. Inflation is another significant risk driver to the pension fund as the liabilities are adversely impacted
by an increase in long-term inflation expectations.
b)Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Barclays Bank Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate
amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets. This could cause the Barclays Bank Group to fail to meet regulatory and/or
internal liquidity requirements, make repayments of principal or interest as they fall due or support day-to-day business activities. Key liquidity risks that
the Barclays Bank Group faces include:
▪Stability of the Barclays Bank Group’s deposit funding profile: deposits which are payable on demand or at short notice could be adversely
affected by the Barclays Bank Group failing to preserve the current level of customer and investor confidence or as a result of competition in the
banking industry.
▪Ongoing access to wholesale funding: the Barclays Bank Group regularly accesses the money and capital markets to provide short-term and long-
term unsecured and secured funding to support its operations. A loss of counterparty confidence, or adverse market conditions (such as the recent
rises in interest rates) could lead to a reduction in the tenor, or an increase in the costs, of the Barclays Bank Group's unsecured and secured
wholesale funding or affect the Barclays Bank Group’s access to such funding.
▪Impacts of market volatility: adverse market conditions, with increased volatility in asset prices could: (i) negatively impact the Barclays Bank
Group’s liquidity position through increased derivative margin requirements and/or wider haircuts when monetising liquidity pool securities; and (ii)
make it more difficult for the Barclays Bank Group to execute secured financing transactions.
▪Intraday liquidity usage: increased collateral requirements for payments and securities settlement systems could negatively impact the Barclays
Bank Group’s liquidity position, as cash and liquid assets required for intraday purposes are unavailable to meet other outflows.
▪Off-balance sheet commitments: deterioration in economic and market conditions could cause customers to draw on off-balance sheet
commitments provided to them, for example, revolving credit facilities, negatively affecting the Barclays Bank Group's liquidity position.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 31 |
▪Credit rating changes and impact on funding costs: any reductions in a credit rating (in particular, any downgrade below investment grade) may
affect the Barclays Bank Group’s access to money or capital markets and/or the terms on which the Barclays Bank Group is able to obtain market
funding (for example, this could lead to increased costs of funding and wider credit spreads, the triggering of additional collateral or other
requirements in derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements, or limits on the range of counterparties who are willing to enter into
transactions with the Barclays Bank Group).
c)Interest rate risk in the banking book
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the risk that the Barclays Bank Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between
the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities. The Barclays Bank Group’s hedging programmes for interest rate risk in the banking
book rely on behavioural assumptions and, as a result, the effectiveness of the hedging strategy cannot be guaranteed. A potential mismatch in the
balance or duration of the hedging assumptions could lead to earnings deterioration if there are interest rate movements which are not adequately
hedged. A decline in interest rates may also compress net interest margin on retail and corporate portfolios. In addition, the Barclays Bank Group’s liquid
asset portfolio is exposed to potential capital and/or income volatility due to movements in market rates and prices which may have a material adverse
effect on the capital position of the Barclays Bank Group.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to treasury and capital risk, refer to the treasury and capital risk management and treasury
and capital risk performance sections.
v)Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss to the Group from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events where the root
cause is not due to credit or market risks. Examples include:
a)Operational resilience
The Group functions in a highly competitive market, with customers and clients that expect consistent and smooth business processes. The loss of or
disruption to business processing is a material inherent risk within the Group and across the financial services industry, whether arising through failures
in the Group’s technology systems, cyber and/or data integrity disruptions, unavailability of a Group site, closure of real estate services provided
through its retail branch network, or unavailability of personnel or services supplied by third parties, and there are particular challenges with recovering
from a major cyberattack. Failure to build resilience and recovery capabilities into business processes, or into the services on which the Group’s business
processes depend, may result in significant customer detriment, costs to reimburse losses incurred by the Group’s customers and clients, and
reputational damage.
b)Cyberattacks
Cyberattacks continue to be a global threat inherent across all industries, with the number and severity of attacks continuing to rise. The financial sector
remains a primary target for cybercriminals, hostile nation states, opportunists and hacktivists. The Group, like other financial institutions, experiences
numerous attempts to compromise its cybersecurity protections. In 2023, cybersecurity incidents experienced by Barclays included distributed denial of
service (DDoS), phishing, credential stuffing, and exploitation of software vulnerabilities.
The Group cannot provide absolute security against cyberattacks. Malicious actors, who are increasingly sophisticated in their methods, tactics,
techniques and procedures, seek to steal money, gain unauthorised access to, destroy or manipulate data, and disrupt operations. Further, some of their
attacks may not be recognised or discovered until launched or after initial entry into the environment, such as novel or zero-day attacks that are
launched before patches are available and defences can be readied. Other attacks may take advantage of the window during which patching or the
deployment of other defences is underway, but not yet complete. Malicious actors are also increasingly developing methods to avoid prevention,
detection and alerting capabilities, including employing counter-forensic tactics making response activities more difficult. Cyberattacks can originate
from a wide variety of sources and target the Group in numerous ways, including attacks on networks, systems, applications or devices used by the
Group or parties such as service providers and other suppliers, counterparties, employees, contractors, customers or clients, presenting the Group with
a vast and complex defence perimeter. Moreover, the Group does not have direct control over the cybersecurity of the systems of its clients, customers,
counterparties and third-party service providers and suppliers, limiting the Group’s ability to effectively protect and defend against certain threats. Some
of the Group’s third-party service providers and suppliers have experienced successful attempts to compromise their cybersecurity. These have included
ransomware attacks that have disrupted the service providers’ or suppliers’ operations and, in some cases, have had impacts on the Group's operations.
Such cyberattacks are likely to continue.
A failure in the Group’s adherence to its cybersecurity policies, procedures or controls, employee malfeasance, and human, governance or technological
error could also compromise the Group’s ability to successfully prevent and defend against cyberattacks. Furthermore, certain legacy technologies that
are at or approaching end-of-life may not be able to maintain acceptable levels of security. The Group has experienced cybersecurity incidents and
near-misses in the past, and it is inevitable that additional incidents will occur in the future. Cybersecurity risks are expected to increase, due to factors
such as the increasing demand across the industry and customer expectations for continued expansion of services delivered over the Internet;
increasing reliance on Internet-based products, applications and data storage; the onset of AI, which may be used to facilitate increasingly sophisticated
attacks; and changes in ways of working by the Group’s employees, contractors, and third party service providers and suppliers and their
subcontractors as a long-term consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. Bad actors have taken advantage of remote working practices and modified
customer behaviours, exploiting the situation in novel ways that may elude defences. Additionally, geopolitical turmoil may serve to increase the risk of
a cyberattack that could impact Barclays directly, or indirectly through its critical suppliers or national infrastructure. In recent years, the Group has
faced a heightened risk of cyberattack as a result of the conflicts in Eastern Europe and the Middle East.
Common types of cyberattacks include deployment of malware to obtain covert access to systems and data; ransomware attacks that render systems
and data unavailable through encryption and attempts to leverage business interruption or stolen data for extortion; novel or zero-day exploits; denial of
service and distributed denial of service attacks; infiltration via business email compromise; social engineering, including phishing, vishing and smishing;
automated attacks using botnets; third-party customer, vendor, service provider and supplier account takeover; malicious activity facilitated by an
insider; and credential validation or stuffing attacks using login and password pairs from unrelated breaches. A successful cyberattack of any type has
the potential to cause serious harm to the Group or its clients and customers, including exposure to potential contractual liability, claims, litigation,
regulatory or other government action, loss of existing or potential customers, damage to the Group’s brand and reputation, and other financial loss.
The impact of a successful cyberattack is also likely to include operational consequences (such as unavailability of services, networks, systems, devices
or data), remediation of which could come at significant cost.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 32 |
Regulators worldwide continue to recognise cybersecurity as a systemic risk to the financial sector and have highlighted the need for financial
institutions to improve their monitoring and control of, and resilience to, cyberattacks. A successful cyberattack may, therefore, result in significant
regulatory fines on the Group. In addition, any new regulatory measures introduced to mitigate these risks are likely to result in increased technology
and compliance costs for the Group.
c)New and emergent technology
Technology is fundamental to the Group’s business and the financial services industry. Technological advancements present opportunities to develop
new and innovative ways of doing business across the Group, with new solutions being developed both in-house and in association with third party
companies. For example, payment services and securities, futures and options trading are increasingly occurring electronically, both on the Group’s own
systems and through other alternative systems, and becoming automated. Whilst increased use of electronic payment and trading systems and direct
electronic access to trading markets could significantly reduce the Group’s cost base, it may, conversely, reduce the commissions, fees and margins
made by the Group on these transactions which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects. The rapid development in AI is another area the Group is monitoring closely. This includes the identification of potential use cases for
responsible adoption of AI in the Group's own operations as well as managing the threats third party usage of AI may pose, including with respect to
cybersecurity and fraud.
Introducing new forms of technology, however, has the potential to increase inherent risk. Failure to evaluate, actively manage and closely monitor risk
during all phases of business development and implementation could introduce new vulnerabilities and security flaws and have a material adverse effect
on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
d)External fraud
The nature of fraud is wide-ranging and continues to evolve, as criminals seek opportunities to target the Barclays Bank Group’s business activities and
exploit changes in customer behaviour and product and channel use (such as the increased use of digital products and enhanced online services) or
exploit new products. Fraud attacks can be very sophisticated and are often orchestrated by organised crime groups who use various techniques to
target customers and clients directly to obtain confidential or personal information that can be used to commit fraud. The impact from fraud can lead to
customer detriment, financial losses (including the reimbursement of losses incurred by customers), loss of business, missed business opportunities
and reputational damage, all of which could have a material adverse impact on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
e)Data management and information protection
The Barclays Bank Group holds and processes large volumes of data, including personal information, financial data and other confidential information,
and the Barclays Bank Group’s businesses are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing the privacy and protection of data,
including Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (the General Data Protection Regulation as it applies in the EU and the UK). This data could relate to: (i) the
Barclays Bank Group’s clients, customers, prospective clients and customers, and their employees; (ii) clients and customers of the Barclays Bank
Group’s clients and customers, and their employees; (iii) the Barclays Bank Group’s suppliers, counterparties and other external parties, and their
employees; and (iv) the Barclays Bank Group’s employees and prospective employees.
The international nature of both the Barclays Bank Group’s business and its IT infrastructure also means that data and personal information may be
available in countries other than those from where the information originated. Accordingly, the Barclays Bank Group must ensure that its collection, use,
transfer and storage of data, including personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations in all relevant jurisdictions, which could: (i)
increase the Barclays Bank Group’s compliance and operating costs; (ii) impact the development of new products or services, or the offering of existing
products or services; (iii) affect how products and services are offered to clients and customers; (iv) demand significant oversight by the Barclays Bank
Group’s management; and (v) require the Barclays Bank Group to review some elements of the structure of its businesses, operations and systems in
less efficient ways.
Concerns regarding the effectiveness of the Barclays Bank Group’s measures to safeguard data, including personal information, or even the perception
that those measures are inadequate, could expose the Barclays Bank Group to the risk of loss or unavailability of data or data integrity issues and/or
cause the Barclays Bank Group to lose existing or potential clients and customers, and thereby reduce the Barclays Bank Group’s revenues. Furthermore,
any failure or perceived failure by the Barclays Bank Group to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject it to
potential contractual liability, claims, litigation, regulatory or other government action (including significant regulatory fines) and require changes to
certain operations or practices which could also inhibit the Barclays Bank Group’s development or marketing of certain products or services, or increase
the costs of offering them to customers. Any of these events could damage the Barclays Bank Group’s reputation, subject the Barclays Bank Group to
material fines or other monetary penalties, make the Barclays Bank Group liable for the payment of compensatory damages, divert management's time
and attention, lead to enhanced regulatory oversight and otherwise materially adversely affect its business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
For further details on data protection regulation applicable to the Barclays Bank Group, refer to the supervision and regulation section.
f)Algorithmic trading
In some areas of the investment banking business, trading algorithms are used to price and risk manage client and principal transactions. An
algorithmic error could result in erroneous or duplicated transactions, a system outage, or impact the Barclays Bank Group’s pricing abilities, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects and reputation.
g)Processing errors
The Barclays Bank Group’s businesses are highly dependent on its ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a very large number of transactions,
many of which are highly complex and occur at high volumes and frequencies, across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. As the
Barclays Bank Group’s customer base and geographical reach expand and the volume, speed, frequency and complexity of transactions, especially
electronic transactions (as well as the requirements to report such transactions on a real-time basis to clients, regulators and exchanges) increase,
developing, maintaining and upgrading operational systems and infrastructure becomes more challenging. The risk of systems or human error in
connection with such transactions increases with these developments, as well as the potential consequences of such errors due to the speed and
volume of transactions involved and the potential difficulty associated with discovering errors quickly enough to limit the resulting consequences.
Furthermore, events that are wholly or partially beyond the Barclays Bank Group’s control, such as a spike in transaction volume, could adversely affect
the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to process transactions or provide banking and payment services.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 33 |
Processing errors could result in the Barclays Bank Group, among other things: (i) failing to provide information, services and liquidity to clients and
counterparties in a timely manner; (ii) failing to settle and/or confirm transactions; (iii) causing funds transfers, capital markets trades and/or other
transactions to be executed erroneously, illegally or with unintended consequences; and (iv) adversely affecting financial, trading or currency markets.
Any of these events could materially disadvantage the Barclays Bank Group’s customers, clients and counterparties (including them suffering financial
loss) and/or result in a loss of confidence in the Barclays Bank Group which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Any of these events could also lead to breaches of laws, rules or regulations and,
hence, regulatory enforcement actions, which could result in significant financial loss, imposition of additional capital requirements, enhanced
regulatory supervision and reputational damage.
h)Supplier exposure
The Barclays Bank Group depends on suppliers for the provision of many of its services and the development of technology. Whilst the Barclays Bank
Group depends on suppliers, it remains fully accountable to its customers and clients for risks arising from the actions of suppliers and may not be able
to recover from its suppliers any amounts paid to customers and clients for losses suffered by them. The dependency on suppliers and sub-contracting
of outsourced services introduces concentration risk where the failure of specific suppliers could have an impact on the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to
continue to provide material services to its customers. Failure to adequately manage supplier risk could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays
Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
i)Estimates and judgements relating to critical accounting policies and regulatory disclosures
The preparation of financial statements requires the application of accounting policies and judgements to be made in accordance with IFRS. Regulatory
returns and capital disclosures are prepared in accordance with the relevant capital reporting requirements and also require assumptions and estimates
to be made. The key areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions are significant to the consolidated and
individual financial statements and regulatory returns and disclosures, include credit impairment provisions, taxes, fair value of financial instruments,
pensions and post-retirement benefits, the calculation of RWAs and capital, and provisions including conduct and legal, competition and regulatory
matters (please refer to the notes to the audited financial statements for further details). There is a risk that if the judgement exercised, or the estimates
or assumptions used, subsequently turn out to be incorrect or are altered as a result of subsequent feedback from the Barclays Bank Group's regulators,
this could result in material losses to the Barclays Bank Group, beyond what was anticipated or provided for, including as a result of changes to
treatments in regulatory returns and capital disclosures. If capital requirements are not met as the result of changes in interpretation, compliance with
the Barclays Bank Group's distribution policy could be impacted and/or additional measures may be required to strengthen the Barclays Bank Group's
capital or leverage position, which may also lead to the Barclays Bank Group's inability to achieve stated targets. Further development of accounting
standards and regulatory interpretations could also materially impact the Barclays Bank Group’s results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
j)Tax risk
The Barclays Bank Group is required to comply with the domestic and international tax laws and practice of all countries in which it has business
operations. There is a risk that the Barclays Bank Group could suffer losses due to additional tax charges, other financial costs or reputational damage as
a result of failing to comply with such laws and practice (including where the Barclays Bank Group’s interpretation of such laws differs from the
interpretation of tax authorities), or by failing to manage its tax affairs in an appropriate manner, with much of this risk attributable to the international
structure of the Barclays Bank Group. In addition, the introduction of new international tax regimes, increasing tax authority focus on reporting and
disclosure requirements around the world as well as the digitisation of the administration of tax have the potential to increase the Barclays Bank Group’s
tax compliance obligations further. In 2023, the UK Government enacted legislation on the OECD Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting Pillar Two Framework introducing a global minimum tax rate of 15%. The UK’s Pillar Two rules apply for accounting periods beginning on or
after 31 December 2023 which will increase the Barclays Bank Group's tax compliance obligations. In the USA, the corporate alternative minimum tax
on adjusted financial statements income introduced by the Inflation Reduction Act became effective on 1 January 2023. These new tax regimes require
systems and process changes that introduce potential additional operational risks.
k)Ability to hire and retain appropriately qualified employees
As a regulated financial institution, the Barclays Bank Group requires diversified and specialist skilled colleagues. The Barclays Bank Group’s ability to
attract, develop and retain a diverse mix of talent is key to the delivery of its core business activity and strategy. This is impacted by a range of external
and internal factors, such as macroeconomic factors, labour and immigration policy in the jurisdictions in which the Barclays Bank Group operates,
industry-wide headcount reductions in particular sectors, regulatory limits on compensation for senior executives and the potential effects on employee
engagement and wellbeing from long-term periods of working remotely. Failure to attract or prevent the departure of appropriately qualified and skilled
employees could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Additionally, this may result in disruption to service which could in turn lead to customer detriment and reputational damage.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to operational risk, refer to the operational risk management and operational risk
performance sections.
vi)Model risk
Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. The Barclays Bank Group
relies on models to support a broad range of business and risk management activities, including informing business decisions and strategies, measuring
and limiting risk, valuing exposures (including the calculation of impairment), conducting stress testing, calculating RWAs and assessing capital
adequacy, supporting new business acceptance, risk and reward evaluation, managing client assets, and meeting reporting requirements.
Models are, by their nature, imperfect representations of reality and have some degree of uncertainty because they rely on assumptions and inputs, and
so are subject to intrinsic uncertainty, errors and inappropriate use affecting the accuracy of their outputs. This may be exacerbated when dealing with
unprecedented scenarios, as was the case during the COVID-19 pandemic, due to the lack of reliable historical reference points and data. For instance,
the quality of the data used in models across the Barclays Bank Group has a material impact on the accuracy and completeness of its risk and financial
metrics. Model uncertainty, errors and inappropriate use may result in (among other things) the Barclays Bank Group making inappropriate business
decisions and/or inaccuracies or errors in the Barclays Bank Group’s risk management and regulatory reporting processes. This could result in
significant financial loss, imposition of additional capital requirements, enhanced regulatory supervision and reputational damage, all of which could
have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to model risk, refer to the model risk management and model risk performance sections.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 34 |
vii)Compliance risk
Compliance risk is the risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the Barclays Bank Group's
products and services (conduct risk) and the risk to Barclays, its clients, customers or markets from a failure to comply with the Laws, Rules and
Regulations (LRR) applicable to the firm. This risk could manifest itself in a variety of ways, including:
a)Market conduct
The Barclays Bank Group’s businesses are exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with its policies and standards (which incorporates regulatory
requirements set by law and our regulators) and instances of wilful and negligent misconduct by employees, all of which could result in potential
customer and client detriment, enforcement action (including regulatory fines and/or sanctions), increased operation and compliance costs, redress or
remediation or reputational damage which in turn could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, financial condition and
prospects. Examples of employee misconduct which could have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business include: (i) improperly
selling or marketing the Barclays Bank Group’s products and services; (ii) engaging in insider trading, market manipulation or unauthorised trading; or
(iii) misappropriating confidential or proprietary information belonging to the Barclays Bank Group, its customers or third parties. These risks may be
exacerbated in circumstances where the Barclays Bank Group is unable to rely on physical oversight and supervision of employees, noting the move to a
hybrid working model for many colleagues.
b)Customer protection
The Barclays Bank Group must ensure that its customers, particularly those that are vulnerable, are able to make well-informed decisions on how best
to use the Barclays Bank Group’s financial services and understand the protection available to them if something goes wrong. Poor customer outcomes
can result from the failure to: (i) communicate fairly and clearly with customers; (ii) provide services in a timely and fair manner; (iii) handle and protect
customer data appropriately; and (iv) undertake appropriate activity to address customer detriment, including the adherence to regulatory and legal
requirements on complaint handling. The Barclays Bank Group is at risk of financial loss and reputational damage as a result, also a risk of regulatory
censure or enforcement action.
In July 2023, the FCA’s new Consumer Duty came into force for new and existing products or services that are open to sale or renewal to retail
customers. It will apply to closed products and services from 31 July 2024. The duty sets higher expectations for the standard of care that firms provide
to retail customers and impacts many aspects of the Barclays Bank Group's businesses.
c)Product design and review risk
Products and services must meet the needs of clients, customers, markets and the Barclays Bank Group throughout their life cycle. However, there is a
risk that the design and review of the Barclays Bank Group products and services fail to reasonably consider and address potential or actual negative
outcomes for customers, which may result in customer detriment, enforcement action (including regulatory fines and/or sanctions), redress and
remediation and reputational damage. Both the design and review of products and services are a key area of focus for regulators and the Barclays Bank
Group.
d)Financial crime
The Barclays Bank Group may be adversely affected if it fails to effectively mitigate the risk that third parties or its employees facilitate, or that its
products and services are used to facilitate, financial crime (money laundering, terrorist financing, breaches of economic and financial sanctions, bribery
and corruption, and the facilitation of tax evasion). UK and US government agencies and regulators continue to focus on combating financial crime.
Failure to comply may lead to enforcement or other action by the Barclays Bank Group’s regulators, including severe penalties, which may have a
material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, financial condition, prospects and reputation.
e)Conflicts of interest
Identifying and managing conflicts of interest is fundamental to the conduct of the Barclays Bank Group's business, relationships with customers, and
the markets in which the Barclays Bank Group operates. Understanding the conflicts of Interest that impact or potentially impact the Barclays Bank
Group enables them to be handled appropriately. Even if there is no evidence of improper actions, a conflict of interest can create an appearance of
impropriety that undermines confidence in the Barclays Bank Group and its Employees. If the Barclays Bank Group does not identify and manage
conflicts of Interest (business or personal) appropriately, it could have an adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, customers and the
markets within which it operates.
f)Regulatory focus on culture and accountability
Regulators around the world continue to emphasise the importance of culture and personal accountability and enforce the adoption of adequate
internal reporting and whistleblowing procedures to help to promote appropriate conduct and drive positive outcomes for customers, colleagues,
clients and markets. The requirements and expectations of the UK Senior Managers Regime, Certification Regime and Conduct Rules reinforce
additional accountabilities for individuals across the Barclays Bank Group with an increased focus on governance and rigour, with similar requirements
also introduced in other jurisdictions globally. Failure to meet these requirements and expectations may lead to regulatory sanctions, both for the
individuals and the Barclays Bank Group.
g) Laws, Rules and Regulations
Barclays is subject to range of laws, rules and regulations across the world. A failure to comply with these may have an adverse effect on the Barclays
Bank Group’s business, customers and the markets within which it operates and could result in reputational damage, penalties, damages or fines.
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to Compliance risk, refer to the Compliance risk management and Compliance risk
performance sections.
viii) Reputation risk
Reputation risk is the risk that an action, transaction, investment, event, decision, or business relationship will reduce trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s
integrity and/or competence.
Any material lapse in standards of integrity, compliance, customer service or operating efficiency may represent a potential reputation risk. Stakeholder
expectations constantly evolve, and so reputation risk is dynamic and varies between geographical regions, groups and individuals. A risk arising in one
business area can have an adverse effect upon the Barclays Bank Group’s overall reputation and any one transaction, investment or event (in the
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 35 |
perception of key stakeholders) can reduce trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s integrity and competence. The Barclays Bank Group’s association with
sensitive topics and sectors has been, and in some instances continues to be, an area of concern for stakeholders, including: (i) the financing of, and
investments in, businesses which operate in sectors that are sensitive because of their relative carbon intensity or local environmental impact; (ii)
potential association with human rights violations (including combating modern slavery) in the Barclays Bank Group’s operations or supply chain and
by clients and customers; and (iii) the financing of businesses which manufacture and export military and riot control goods and services.
Reputation risk could also arise from negative public opinion about the actual, or perceived, manner in which the Barclays Bank Group (including its
employees, clients and other associations) conducts its business activities, or the Barclays Bank Group’s financial performance, as well as actual or
perceived practices in banking and the financial services industry generally. Modern technologies, in particular online social media channels and other
broadcast tools that facilitate communication with large audiences in short time frames and with minimal costs, may significantly enhance and
accelerate the distribution and effect of damaging information and allegations. Negative public opinion may adversely affect the Barclays Bank Group’s
ability to retain and attract customers, in particular, corporate and retail depositors, and to retain and motivate staff, and could have a material adverse
effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
In addition to the above, reputation risk has the potential to arise from operational issues or conduct matters which cause detriment to customers,
clients, market integrity, effective competition or the Barclays Bank Group (refer to v) Operational risk above).
For further details on the Barclays Bank Group’s approach to reputation risk, refer to the reputation risk management and reputation risk performance
sections.
ix)Legal risk and legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Barclays Bank Group conducts activities in a highly regulated global market which exposes it and its employees to legal risk arising from: (i) the
multitude of laws, rules and regulations that apply to the businesses it operates, which are highly dynamic, may vary between jurisdictions and/or
conflict, and may be unclear in their application to particular circumstances especially in new and emerging areas; and (ii) the diversified and evolving
nature of the Barclays Bank Group’s businesses and business practices. In each case, this exposes the Barclays Bank Group and its employees to the risk
of loss or the imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of members of the Barclays Bank Group to meet applicable laws, rules,
regulations or contractual requirements or to assert or defend their intellectual property rights. Legal risk may arise in relation to any number of the
material existing and emerging risks identified above.
A breach of applicable laws, rules and/or regulations by the Barclays Bank Group or its employees could result in criminal prosecution, regulatory
censure, potentially significant fines and other sanctions in the jurisdictions in which the Barclays Bank Group operates. Where clients, customers or
other third parties are harmed by the Barclays Bank Group’s conduct, this may also give rise to civil legal proceedings, including class actions. Other
legal disputes may also arise between the Barclays Bank Group and third parties relating to matters such as breaches or enforcement of legal rights or
obligations arising under contracts, statutes or common law. Adverse findings in any such matters may result in the Barclays Bank Group being liable to
third parties or may result in the Barclays Bank Group’s rights not being enforced or not being enforced in the manner intended or desired by the
Barclays Bank Group.
Details of legal, competition and regulatory matters to which the Barclays Bank Group is currently exposed are set out in Note 24. In addition to matters
specifically described in Note 24, the Barclays Bank Group is engaged in various other legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business.
The Barclays Bank Group is also subject to requests for information, investigations and other reviews (including skilled person reviews) by regulators,
governmental and other public bodies. These may be in connection with business activities in which the Barclays Bank Group is, or has been, engaged,
or areas of particular regulatory focus, such as financial crime, money laundering or terrorist financing. The Barclays Bank Group may also (from time to
time) be subject to claims and/or legal proceedings and other investigations relating to financial and non-financial disclosures made by members of the
Barclays Bank Group (including, but not limited to, regulatory capital and liquidity reporting and ESG disclosures). Additionally, due to the increasing
number of new climate and sustainability-related laws and regulations, growing demand from investors and customers for sustainable products and
services, and regulatory and NGO scrutiny, financial institutions, including the Barclays Bank Group, may through their business activities face
increasing litigation, conduct, enforcement and contract liability risks related to climate change, environmental degradation and other social,
governance and sustainability-related issues including greenwashing risk. This may include laws and regulatory processes and policies seeking to
restrict or prohibit doing certain business with entities identified as "boycotting" or "discriminating" against particular industries or considering ESG
factors in their investment processes, including to protect the energy and other high carbon sectors from any risks of divestment or challenges in
accessing finance. Furthermore, there is a risk that shareholders, campaign groups, customers and other interest groups could seek to take legal action
(including under "soft law" mechanisms) against the Barclays Bank Group for financing or contributing to climate change and environmental
degradation or because the Barclays Bank Group's response to climate change or other ESG factors is perceived to be ineffective, insufficient or
inappropriate.
The outcome of legal, competition and regulatory matters, both those to which the Barclays Bank Group is currently exposed and any others which may
arise in the future, is difficult to predict (and any provision made in the Group’s financial statements relating to those matters may not be sufficient to
cover actual losses). In connection with such matters, the Barclays Bank Group may incur significant expense, regardless of the ultimate outcome, and
any such matters could expose the Barclays Bank Group to any of the following outcomes: substantial monetary damages, settlements and/or fines;
remediation of affected customers and clients; other penalties and injunctive relief; additional litigation; criminal prosecution; the loss of any existing
agreed protection from prosecution; regulatory restrictions on the Barclays Bank Group’s business operations including the withdrawal of
authorisations; increased regulatory compliance requirements or changes to laws or regulations; suspension of operations; public reprimands or
censure; loss of significant assets or business; a negative effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s reputation; loss of confidence by investors, counterparties,
clients and/or customers; risk of credit rating agency downgrades; potential negative impact on the availability and/or cost of funding and liquidity;
and/or dismissal or resignation of key individuals. In light of the uncertainties involved in legal, competition and regulatory matters, there can be no
assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters (including formerly active matters or those arising after the date of this Annual Report) will
not have a material adverse effect on the Barclays Bank Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 36 |
Climate risk management Climate risk is defined as the impact on Financial (Credit, Market, Treasury & Capital Risks) and Operational Risks arising from climate change through physical risks and risks associated with transitioning to a lower carbon economy. •Physical risks: Result from a changing climate and can be event-driven (acute risks), including increased frequency and/or severity of extreme weather events such as cyclones, hurricanes and flooding. Physical risks can also be driven by longer term shifts in climate patterns (chronic risks) arising from sustained higher temperatures that may cause rises in sea levels, rising mean temperatures and more frequent/severe weather events •Transition risks: The transition to a lower carbon economy is likely to involve significant and rapid policy, regulatory and legal changes, as evolving technology and markets adapt to a changing climate and associated impacts |
Overview
The Group has developed a Climate Risk Framework (CRF) for financial and operational risks stemming from climate change. This enables Barclays to
foster a systematic and consistent approach for managing climate risk across the firm. The key principle underpinning this framework is that climate
risk is recognised as a driver of other existing financial (Credit, Market, Treasury and Capital) and non-financial (Operational and Reputational) risks, and
not treated as a standalone risk type. The CRF is supported by policies, standards and other relevant documents which contain control objectives that
must be met.
The CRF:
•Defines climate risk
•Establishes principles for the identification, measurement, monitoring and reporting of climate risk
•Outlines the process for establishing climate risk appetite
•Summarises the impact of climate risk on other principal financial and operational risk types
•Outlines roles and responsibilities applicable to the Climate Risk Framework.
The Climate Risk Policy sets objectives for the management of climate risks and establishes key principles for quantifying and reporting, including
escalations required to senior stakeholders up to and including the Board Risk Committee (BRC). The Framework and Policy are applicable for Barclays'
business activities, with a focus on lending, advisory, sales and trading, capital markets and investments. Climate risk may also drive non-financial risks
such as reputational risk, which continue to be managed under the respective risk frameworks.
To support the embedment of the Principal Risk, in 2023 the Group delivered the following with three overarching objectives:
1. Enhance and improve risk appetite and associated controls for climate risk
2. Develop a plan for refining modelling and scenario analysis capabilities
3. Expand BlueTrack™, which now covers nine segments comprising of Energy, Power, Cement, Steel, Automotive Manufacturing, UK Housing,
Commercial Real Estate, Agriculture and Aviation
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The Group Head of Climate Risk is the Principal Risk owner accountable for the management and oversight of the climate risk profile. The Group Head
of Climate Risk reports directly to Group CRO.
On behalf of the Board, the BRC reviews and approves the Group's approach to managing climate risk. The Group Risk Committee (GRC) is the most
senior executive body responsible for reviewing and challenging risk practices for climate.
To support the oversight of Barclays' climate risk profile, a Climate Risk Committee (CRC) has been established as a sub-committee of the GRC. The
Group Head of Climate risk is the Chair of the CRC. Any material issues are escalated by the CRC to the GRC, and the GRC subsequently escalates to the
BRC as appropriate.
A Climate Risk control environment has been established in alignment with the Barclays' Control Framework. A Climate Risk Control Forum (CRCF) was
established in 2022 to oversee implementation and operation of the Barclays Control Framework, including reviewing risk events, policy and issues
management. Climate risk assurance groups were also established and are responsible for performing climate risk specific reviews to support the
embedding of the Climate Risk Framework and Policy.
Entity Heads of Climate Risk have been appointed across key Barclays legal entities, namely Barclays Bank UK (BBUK) PLC, Barclays Bank (BB) PLC,
Barclays Bank Ireland (BBI) PLC, and the US Intermediate Holding Company (US IHC).
Broader sustainability matters and reputation risk associated with climate change are coordinated by the Group Sustainability and ESG Team, led by the
Group Head of Sustainability.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 37 |
Governance | Enterprise Risk Framework (ERMF) | ||||
Climate Risk Framework (CRF) | Reputation Risk Management Framework (RRMF) | ||||
Board Risk Committee (BRC) | Board Sustainability Committee (BSC) | ||||
Risk | Credit, market, treasury & capital and operational risks | Sustainability matters and reputation risk associated with climate change | |||
Ownership | Group Risk Committee (GRC) | Group Sustainability Committee (GSC) | |||
Group Chief Risk Officer | Group Head of Public Policy and Corporate Responsibllity | ||||
Group Head of Climate Risk | Group Head of Sustainability | ||||
Risk appetite
Barclays' approach to setting climate risk appetite is aligned with its ambition to be a net zero bank by 2050 and reducing financed emissions in line with
its disclosed sector targets. In accordance with the risk appetite policy and tolerance standards, Barclays has established a climate risk appetite at the
Group level, comprising of qualitative risk appetite statements and quantitative constraints. This is reviewed and revised (where applicable) annually and
formally approved by the Board.
In 2023, Barclays has enhanced its approach for the quantification of climate risk appetite by implementing additional limits and controls, including
around the expected financed emissions target (BlueTrack) pathways. The progress against these targets is monitored on a regular basis whilst
acknowledging the challenges and external dependencies to reduce financed emissions. The Group continues to regularly review its risk appetite and
enhance risk metrics including expansion of risk limits for priority sectors.
Risk identification
Physical and transition risk drivers can lead to adverse financial impacts through various transmission channels. Transmission channels are causal
chains that explain how climate risk drivers impact firms such as Barclays either directly through their own operations and infrastructure or indirectly
through their financing and investment activities. The diagram below illustrates these dynamics.
For example, the potential impact of physical risk events at the macro level may include lower GDP growth, higher unemployment and significant
changes in the availability and prices of products or commodities. At the micro level, damage to properties and operations of Barclays's clients could
lead to increasing costs and possible decline in revenues, which in turn might impact their ability to repay the loans. Thus through these transmission
channels, risks for Barclays may materialise in its traditional risk categories such as credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, operational risk and
reputational risk. The impact of climate risk drivers may be significant and widespread, affecting companies, households and the general economy
leading to potential financial system contagion.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 38 |
 | Financial system contagion | |||||||||||||||||
Climate risks | Economic transmission channels | Financial risks | ||||||||||||||||
Transition risks •Policy and legal (e.g. carbon tax, litigation actions) •Reputation (e.g. stakeholder concern, change in consumer preferences) •Technology (e.g. substitute technologies, emissions capture) •Market (e.g. change in market sentiment, uncertainty in market signals) | Micro Affecting individual businesses and households | Credit risk •Defaults by businesses and households •Collateral depreciation | ||||||||||||||||
Businesses •Property damage and business disruption from severe weather •Stranded assets and new capital expenditure due to transition •Changing demand and costs •Legal liability (from failure to mitigate or adapt) | Households •Loss of income (from weather disruption and health impacts, labour market frictions) •Property damage (from severe weather) or restrictions (from low-carbon policies) increasing costs and affecting valuations | |||||||||||||||||
Market risk •Repricing of equities, fixed income, commodities etc. | ||||||||||||||||||
Compliance risk •Increased costs to comply with regulatory requirements | ||||||||||||||||||
Physical risks •Chronic (e.g. temperature, precipitation, agricultural productivity, sea levels) •Acute (e.g. heatwaves, floods, cyclones and wildfires) | Macro Aggregate impacts on the macroeconomy | |||||||||||||||||
•Capital depreciation and increased investment •Shifts in prices (from structural changes, supply shocks) •Productivity changes (from severe heat, diversion of investment to mitigation and adaptation, higher risk aversion) •Labour market frictions (from physical and transition risks) •Socioeconomic changes (from changing consumption patterns, migration, conflict) •Other impacts on international trade, government revenues, fiscal space, output, interest rates and exchange rates. | Operational risk •Supply chain disruption •Forced facility closure | |||||||||||||||||
Liquidity risk •Increased demand for liquidity •Refinancing risk | ||||||||||||||||||
 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Climate and economy feedback effects | Economy and financial system feedback effects | |||||||||||||||||
Adapted from Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), September 2022 and in consideration of transmission channels relevant to Barclays. | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays' work on assessing climate-related risks has been focused on the short (0-1 year) and medium term (1-5 years) horizons, in line with our
financial planning cycle. The feedback effects of climate risk drivers through macro and micro transmissions channels are observed in Barclays' portfolio
through traditional risk categories such as credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, operational risk (including legal risk) and reputational risk.
Examples of these feedback effects are set out in the table below.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 39 |
Principal Risk | Example effects of climate risk drivers |
Credit risk | Increase in credit risk due to reduction in borrowers' ability to repay and service debt if the borrower is affected by physical risk events that severely damages its infrastructure and operations. Borrowers that are subjected to higher carbon taxes, penalties or fines for not adequately addressing their impact on climate (i.e. exposed to higher litigation and reputational damages) or do not successfully transition to a lower carbon economy might see deterioration in their credit ratings. In some instances, this could lead to borrowers going into default and impact banks' ability to recover loan value. |
Market risk | Uncertainty about timing, severity and frequency of extreme physical climate events may lead to higher volatility in financial markets. Equity prices of corporates operating in carbon intensive sectors may decrease due to reduced demand for products or services. Reduction in financial asset values can potentially lead to abrupt price adjustments, resulting in market risk losses where climate risk is not priced into the asset value. |
Treasury & capital risk | Severe physical events could trigger a sharp increase in demand for liquidity for financial firms, corporates and households. Reduction in banks' access to stable sources of funding or withdrawal of deposits due to climate risk drivers may negatively impact banks' liquidity positions. Deterioration of clients' risk profile due to climate risk drivers may also lead to higher capital requirements. |
Operational risk | Acute physical risk events may cause damage to banks' essential infrastructure and disrupt operations leading to higher operational risks. Banks rely on a complex network of supplier and service providers. Climate change can disrupt supply chains by affecting the availability of goods and services leading to delays or interruptions in critical operations. Increasingly stringent climate and sustainability-related laws and regulations and the pace at which the regulations are implemented means that banks, through their business activities, may face increasing litigation and other claims if they are perceived to have contributed to or failed to prevent climate change or environmental damage, including by financing client activities. |
Reputation risk | Banks may face reputational risks related to climate change in various ways, as the public and stakeholders increasingly expect banks to demonstrate their commitment to environmental sustainability. Banks that are perceived as not adequately addressing climate risks may face reputational damage. Additionally, banks can be accused of greenwashing if the information disclosed is misleading or if they are not able to meet their climate goals. |
Barclays has developed an internal climate risk identification process to identify and assess the potential impact of climate risk as a driver of other
principal risks. Drivers of climate risk are identified and collated through quarterly horizon scanning exercises, following which information is
disseminated to relevant principal risk teams. Following review by principal risk teams, the relevant information feeds into the Climate Risk Register. The
Climate Risk Register is maintained as per the ERMF and is integrated into the Group Risk Register.
The Group Risk Register contains all material risks that may impact forward-looking business plans across key legal entities (Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank
UK PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC) and business units (Barclays Bank UK and Barclays International). Quantitative (typically
based on stress testing) or qualitative assessments are performed to quantify the impact of material risks on capital or liquidity positions of legal
entities/business units. Following this assessment, each material risk is mapped to key drivers along with the risk ratings (which are derived based on
magnitude of impact and materiality thresholds). The Group Risk Register is refreshed on at least an annual basis and is subsequently used to support
strategic planning, scenario design, sensitivity analysis and capital adequacy assessments.
Barclays has also developed processes to identify sectors, sovereigns and US States which other Principal Risks must prioritise for assessment of climate
risks. Within these processes, the Group analyses and assesses the sensitivity and vulnerability of different industry sectors and geographies (including
sovereigns and U.S states) to various physical and transition risk drivers and categorise them into different risk buckets. Following this assessment, the
industry sectors and geographies that are highly exposed to climate risks are deemed to be of elevated risk. These assessments are regularly reviewed
and benchmarked against external studies and research and incorporate inputs from the subject matter experts.
The outcomes of the above mentioned processes namely the Climate Risk Register, elevated sector and geography (including sovereigns and U.S states)
assessments and underlying exposures, form the basis of Barclays' approach and priorities for further granular assessment. Details on exposures to
Additionally, through individual client assessments and scenario analysis exercises, Barclays identifies portfolios that are more vulnerable to climate-
related risks.
Risk assessment
The emissions resulting from the activities of customers and clients to whom financing is provided is measured using Barclays' bespoke tool
BlueTrack™. Currently, BlueTrack™ covers nine segments comprising of Energy, Power, Cement, Steel, Automotive Manufacturing, UK Housing,
Commercial Real Estate, Agriculture and Aviation.
Furthermore, Barclays has developed the Client Transition Framework (CTF) to evaluate clients' progress as they transition to a low-carbon business
model. Using BlueTrack™ data and public disclosures, the framework evaluates both qualitative and quantitative components to assess transition
trajectories against Barclays’ targets and benchmarks. This allows the Group to prioritise engagement with clients based on their CTF scores.
During 2023, Barclays conducted industry-specific deep dives to identify risk factors and characteristics for those sectors. For example, the power sector
review incorporated analysis of carbon intensity, transition plans and the results of a bespoke power utilities scenario analysis (such as the effect of
carbon pricing on client financial performance).
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 40 |
Furthermore, Barclays has industry-specific risk management processes where appropriate. Granular asset-level assessment is performed in the oil and
gas portfolio, prioritising the assessment of clients that are non-investment grade and operating in the upstream and midstream sub-sectors. Taking
into account factors such as breakeven costs, geological concerns, infrastructure constraints and regulatory/geopolitical uncertainty, Barclays has
subsequently classified clients and their assets into tiers from 1 to 3, with tier 3 considered the riskiest. Asset tiering and assessment for these clients are
reviewed at least annually.
For Credit Risk, Barclays continues to embed climate risk assessment into credit assessment, annual review and transaction approval processes to
ensure that climate-related risks are considered for Wholesale Credit and Retail customers in elevated risk sectors.
At a client level, the Climate Lens questionnaire is used to evaluate physical, transition and environmental risks associated with firms operating in
elevated risk sectors. Each question is rated as Low, Moderate or High based on the client’s exposure and vulnerability to various climate and
environmental risk factors. Climate Lens is currently being re-developed with the aim of making it more quantitative and improving its integration within
the credit processes.
For Market Risk, the impact of climate change is measured by applying stress scenarios that stress the core risks susceptible to climate change over
long and short-term horizons to individual risk factors. This process is conducted every quarter. The pattern of stress losses arising from the stress
scenario is used to estimate and set ongoing limits, consistent with the Board-approved maximum stress loss capacity for Market risk, under which
Barclays monitors and controls Market risk arising from climate change.
For Treasury and Capital Risk, Barclays’ conducts Group-wide climate stress tests to understand and assess the potential impact on Barclays' capital
position. Climate risk considerations have also been incorporated into the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). For Liquidity Risk,
Barclays identifies and assesses potential vulnerabilities of certain industries and asset classes that may deteriorate under a climate stress scenario, and
subsequently impact funding and liquidity ratios. Climate risk considerations have also been incorporated into the Internal Liquidity Adequacy
Assessment Process (ILAAP). For Pension Risk, key risk indicators based on the impact of physical and transition risk drivers on the pension fund have
been defined. These are reviewed and monitored on a quarterly basis.
For operational risk, climate-related risks continue to be assessed as part of existing business-as-usual operational risk processes. This includes working
with Premises and Operational Recovery Planning teams to evaluate and respond to climate-related impacts and regulatory requirements Climate
factors have been integrated into Structured Scenario Assessments, which capture extreme but plausible operational tail risks. As part of the
assessment in 2023, climate risk has been included in the building destruction scenario (physical risks) and greenwashing-related scenarios (transition
risks).
For reputational risk, the primary responsibility for identifying and managing reputation risk and adherence sits with the front line business and support
functions where the risk arises. The Enhanced Due Diligence process and other relevant processes in these business units facilitate the assessment of
climate-related reputational risk.
Across Barclays' portfolios, scenario analysis continues to form a key part of the Group’s approach to assessing and quantifying the impact of climate
change.
Risk monitoring and reporting
In addition to the climate risk appetite, Barclays has integrated climate risk considerations into policies, standards and lending guidelines. Consistent
with our net zero ambition and taking into account considerations of all relevant business factors, tighter lending criteria and restrictive policies have
been implemented to progressively curtail or prohibit financing of certain activities in sensitive sectors, including thermal coal mining and coal-fired
power generation, arctic exploration and production, oil sands and hydraulic fracturing (fracking). These policies are reviewed regularly and updated
with respect to external developments.
Mandate and scale (M&S) exposure controls translate risk appetite into a detailed series of limits to control day-to-day risk taking. Barclays has
implemented climate-aware limits and controls for priority sectors, including based on, BlueTrack™ measures of emissions intensity and the Client
Transition Framework.
Quantitative and qualitative information are presented and reviewed at the CRC. A Group-level climate risk dashboard is presented to BRC on a quarterly
basis, which is used to inform progress against sector targets, current exposure to portfolios with high physical and transition risks, concentrations and
climate risk trends. The climate dashboard periodically includes outputs and learnings from internal stress test and regulatory exercises and external
developments based on horizon scanning.
Legal entity specific climate risk dashboards for monitoring and reviewing climate-sensitive exposures have been developed and presented to
appropriate committees. Where Climate Risk limits are subject to ongoing monitoring, they will be reported at the appropriate Principal Risk Committees
and CRC.
Barclays continues to enhance and sophisticate our risk management capabilities with our increased knowledge and ability to quantify and manage
climate-related risks.
Credit risk management (audited) The risk of loss to the Barclays Bank Group from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to the Barclays Bank Group, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. | ||||
Overview
The credit risk that the Barclays Bank Group faces arises from wholesale and retail loans and advances together with the counterparty credit risk arising
from derivative contracts with clients; trading activities, including: debt securities, settlement balances with market counterparties, FVOCI (fair value
through other comprehensive income) assets and reverse repurchase loans.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 41 |
Credit risk management objectives are to:
▪maintain a framework of controls to oversee credit risk
▪identify, assess and measure credit risk clearly and accurately across the Barclays Bank Group and within each separate business, from the level of
individual facilities up to the total portfolio
▪control and plan credit risk taking in line with external stakeholder expectations, including risk return objectives, and avoiding undesirable
concentrations
▪monitor credit risk and adherence to agreed controls.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The first line of defence has primary responsibility for managing credit risk within the risk appetite and limits set by the Risk function, supported by a
defined set of policies, standards and controls. In the Barclays Bank Group, business risk committees (attended by the first line) monitor and review the
credit risk profile of each business unit where the most material issues are escalated to the Retail Credit Risk Management Committee, Wholesale Credit
Risk Management Committee and the Barclays Group Risk Committee.
Wholesale and retail portfolios are managed separately to reflect the differing nature of the assets; wholesale balances tend to be larger and are
managed on an individual basis, while retail balances are greater in number but lesser in value and are, therefore, managed in aggregated segments.
The responsibilities of the credit risk management teams in the businesses, the sanctioning team and other shared services include: sanctioning new
credit agreements (principally wholesale); setting strategies for approval of transactions (principally retail); setting risk appetite; monitoring risk against
limits and other parameters; setting recession readiness frameworks to protect portfolios in the event of economic stress, maintaining robust processes,
data gathering, quality, storage and reporting methods for effective credit risk management; performing effective turnaround and workout scenarios for
wholesale portfolios via dedicated restructuring and recoveries teams; maintaining robust collections and recovery processes/units for retail portfolios.
The credit risk management teams in the Barclays Bank Group are accountable to the Barclays Bank PLC CRO, who reports to the Barclays Group CRO.
For wholesale portfolios, credit risk managers are organised in sanctioning teams by geography, industry and/or product. In wholesale portfolios, credit
risk approval is undertaken by experienced credit risk professionals operating within a clearly defined delegated authority framework, with only the most
senior credit officers assigned the higher levels of delegated authority. The largest credit exposures, which are outside the Risk Sanctioning Unit or Risk
Distribution Committee authority, require the support of the Barclays Bank PLC Senior Credit Officers. For exposures in excess of the Barclays Bank PLC
Senior Credit Officers’ authority, approval by the Barclays Group Senior Credit Officer/Barclays PLC Board Risk Committee is also required. The Barclays
Group Credit Risk Committee, attended by the Barclays Bank PLC Senior Credit Officers, provides a formal mechanism for the Barclays Group Senior
Credit Officer to exercise the highest level of credit authority over the most material Barclays Group single name exposures.
Credit risk mitigation
The Barclays Bank Group employs a range of techniques and strategies to actively mitigate credit risks. These can broadly be divided into three types:
▪netting and set-off
▪collateral
▪risk transfer.
Netting and set-off
Credit risk exposures can be reduced by applying netting and set-off. For derivative transactions, the Barclays Bank Group’s normal practice is to enter
into standard master agreements with counterparties (e.g. ISDAs). These master agreements typically allow for netting of credit risk exposure to a
counterparty resulting from derivative transactions against the obligations to the counterparty in the event of default, and so produce a lower net credit
exposure. These agreements may also reduce settlement exposure (e.g. for foreign exchange transactions) by allowing payments on the same day in
the same currency to be set-off against one another.
Collateral
The Barclays Bank Group has the ability to call on collateral in the event of default of the counterparty, comprising:
▪home loans: a fixed charge over residential property in the form of houses, flats and other dwellings.
▪wholesale lending: a fixed charge over commercial property and other physical assets, in various forms.
▪other retail lending: includes charges over other physical assets; second lien charges over residential property and finance lease receivables.
▪derivatives: the Barclays Bank Group also often seeks to enter into a margin agreement (e.g. Credit Support Annex) with counterparties with which
the Barclays Bank Group has master netting agreements in place. These annexes to master agreements provide a mechanism for further reducing
credit risk, whereby collateral (margin) is posted on a regular basis (typically daily) to collateralise the mark to market exposure of a derivative
portfolio measured on a net basis.
▪reverse repurchase agreements: collateral typically comprises highly liquid securities which have been legally transferred to the Barclays Bank Group
subject to an agreement to return them for a fixed price.
▪financial guarantees and similar off-balance sheet commitments: cash collateral may be held against these arrangements.
Risk transfer
A range of instruments including guarantees, credit insurance, credit derivatives and securitisation can be used to transfer credit risk from one
counterparty to another. These mitigate credit risk in three main ways:
▪if the risk is transferred to a counterparty which is more creditworthy than the original counterparty, then overall credit risk is reduced.
▪where recourse to the first counterparty remains, both counterparties must default before a loss materialises. This is less likely than the default of
either counterparty individually, so credit risk is reduced.
▪first loss exposures across pools of credit risk can be hedged via synthetic securitisation structures, typically via CLN issuance. As these are fully
funded upfront, they provide for a direct reduction in credit risk exposure on referenced pools.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 42 |
Market risk management (audited) The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Bank Group’s assets and liabilities from fluctuation in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations. |
Overview
Market risk arises primarily as a result of client facilitation in wholesale markets, involving market making activities, risk management solutions and
execution of syndications. Upon execution of a trade with a client, the Barclays Bank Group will look to hedge against the risk of the trade moving in an
adverse direction. Mismatches between client transactions and hedges result in market risk due to changes in asset prices, volatility or correlations.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
Market risk in the businesses resides primarily in CIB and Treasury. These businesses have the mandate to assume market risk. The front office and
Treasury trading desks are responsible for managing market risk on a day-to-day basis, where they are required to understand and adhere to all limits
applicable to their businesses. The Market Risk team supports the trading desks with the day-to-day limit management of market risk exposures
through governance processes which are outlined in supporting market risk policies and standards.
Market risk oversight and challenge is provided by business committees and Barclays Group committees, including the Market Risk Committee (MRC).
The objectives of market risk management are to:
▪identify, understand and control market risk by robust measurement, limit setting, reporting and oversight
▪facilitate business growth within a controlled and transparent risk management framework
▪control market risk in the businesses according to the allocated appetite.
To meet the above objectives, a governance structure is in place to manage these risks consistent with the ERMF.
The Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee recommends market risk appetite to the Barclays Bank PLC Board for their approval, within the
parameters set by the Barclays PLC Board.
The Market Risk Committee (MRC) reviews and makes recommendations concerning the Barclays Group-wide market risk profile. This includes
overseeing the operation of the Market Risk Framework and associated policies and standards, monitoring market and regulatory changes, and
reviewing limit utilisation levels. The committee is chaired by the Market Risk Principal Risk Lead and attendees include the business heads of market
risk and business aligned market risk managers.
In addition to MRC, the Corporate and Investment Bank Risk Committee (CIBRC) is the main forum in which market risk exposures are discussed and
reviewed with senior business heads. The Committee is chaired by the CRO of Barclays International and meets weekly, covering current market events,
notable market risk exposures, and key risk topics. New business initiatives are generally socialised at CIBRC before any changes to risk appetite or
associated limits are considered in other governance committees.
Management value at risk (VaR)
VaR is an estimate of the potential loss arising from unfavourable market movements if the current positions were to be held unchanged for one
business day. For internal market risk management purposes, a historical simulation methodology with a one-year equally weighted historical period, at
the 95% confidence level is used for all trading books and some banking books.
Limits are applied at the total level as well as by risk factor type, which are then cascaded down to particular trading desks and businesses by the market
risk management function.
Treasury and capital risk management This comprises: Liquidity risk: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets. Capital risk: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments and stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This also includes the risk from the Barclays Bank Group’s pension plans. Interest rate risk in the banking book: The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities. |
The Barclays Bank PLC Treasury function manages treasury and capital risk exposure on a day-to-day basis, with the Barclays Bank PLC Treasury
Committee together with the Barclays Group Treasury Committee acting as the principal management bodies for the Barclays Bank Group. The
Treasury and Capital Risk function is responsible for oversight and provides insight into key capital, liquidity, interest rate risk in the banking book
(IRRBB) and pension risk management activities.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 43 |
Liquidity risk management (audited)
Overview
The efficient management of liquidity is essential to Barclays Bank PLC in order to retain the confidence of the financial markets and maintain the
sustainability of the business. Treasury and Capital Risk have created a framework that is used to manage all liquidity risk exposures under both normal
and stressed conditions. The framework is designed to maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient in amount, tenor, quality and composition to
remain within the liquidity risk appetite as expressed by the Barclays Bank PLC Board. The liquidity risk appetite is monitored against both internal and
regulatory liquidity metrics.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
Treasury has the primary responsibility for managing liquidity risk within the set risk appetite. Both Risk and Treasury contribute to the production of the
Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP). The Treasury and Capital Risk function is responsible for the management and governance of
the liquidity risk mandate, as defined by the Barclays Bank PLC Board.
The framework established by Treasury and Capital Risk is designed to deliver the appropriate term and structure of funding, consistent with the
liquidity risk appetite set by the Barclays Bank PLC Board. The framework incorporates a range of ongoing business management tools to monitor, limit
and stress test the Barclays Bank PLC balance sheet, contingent liabilities and recovery plan. Limit setting and transfer pricing are tools that are designed
to control the level of liquidity risk taken and drive the appropriate mix of funds. Adherence to limits reduces the likelihood that a liquidity stress event
could lead to an inability to meet the Barclays Bank Group’s obligations as they fall due.
The Barclays Bank PLC Board approves the Barclays Bank PLC funding plan, internal stress tests, regulatory stress tests, recovery plan and liquidity risk
appetite. Barclays Bank PLC’s Treasury Committee is responsible for monitoring and managing liquidity risk in line with Barclays Bank PLC’s funding
management objectives, funding plan and risk appetite. The Barclays Group Treasury and Capital Risk Committee monitors and reviews the liquidity risk
profile and control environment, providing second line oversight of the management of liquidity risk. The Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee
reviews the risk profile, and reviews liquidity risk appetite at least annually and the impact of stress scenarios on Barclays Bank PLC’s funding plan/
forecast in order to agree risk appetite in line with Barclays Bank PLC’s projected funding abilities.
Capital risk management (audited)
Overview
Capital risk is managed through ongoing monitoring and management of the capital and leverage position, regular stress testing and a robust capital
governance framework. The objectives of the framework are to maintain adequate capital for the Barclays Bank Group and its legal entities to withstand
the impact of the risks that may arise under normal and stressed conditions, and maintain adequate capital to cover current and forecast business
needs and associated risks to provide a viable and sustainable business offering. The Barclays Bank Group aims to prudently manage its overall leverage
position (including risk of excessive leverage) by utilising plausible stress scenarios, reviewing and deploying management actions in response to
deteriorating economic and commercial positions. In order to manage contingent leverage risk, the Barclays Bank Group considers the context from
which the business consumption arises, the impact of client utilisation on leverage and the available actions to manage.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
Treasury has the primary responsibility for managing and monitoring capital adequacy. The Barclays Bank Group Treasury and Capital Risk function
provides oversight of capital risk. Production of the Barclays Bank PLC Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) is the responsibility of
Treasury.
Capital risk management is underpinned by a control framework and policy. The capital management strategy, outlined in the relevant legal entity
capital plans, is developed in alignment with the control framework and policy for capital risk, and is implemented consistently in order to deliver on the
Barclays Bank Group’s objectives, which are aligned to those of the Barclays Group.
The Barclays Bank PLC Board approves the Barclays Bank PLC capital plan, internal stress tests and results of regulatory stress tests and those of the
relevant Barclays Bank Group entities. The Barclays PLC Board also approves the Barclays Group recovery plan which takes into account management
actions identified at the Barclays Bank Group level. The Barclays Bank PLC Treasury Committee and the Barclays Group Treasury Committee are
responsible for monitoring and managing capital risk in line with Barclays Bank Group’s capital management objectives, capital plan and risk
frameworks. The Treasury and Capital Risk Committee (TCRC) monitors and reviews the capital risk profile and control environment, providing second
line oversight of the management of capital risk.
For the relevant Barclays Bank Group subsidiaries, local management assures compliance with an entity’s minimum regulatory capital requirements by
reporting to local Asset and Liability Committees (or equivalents) with oversight by the Barclays Bank PLC Treasury Committee and the Barclays Group
Treasury Committee, as required. In 2023, Barclays complied with all regulatory minimum capital requirements. Contingent leverage risk is managed by;
i) setting comprehensive leverage (and RWA) targets for each business as part of the Treasury capital management process, taking into account
adherence to early warning indicators and maintain a healthy leverage ratio, and; ii) Monitoring execution of actions taken to course-correct as
necessary.
The Barclays Bank Group maintains a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. The ability of schemes to meet
pension payments is achieved with investments and contributions.
Pension risk arises because the market value of pension fund assets might decline; investment returns might reduce; or the estimated value of pension
liabilities might increase. The Barclays Bank Group monitors the pension risks arising from its defined benefit pension schemes and works with the
relevant pension fund’s trustees to address shortfalls. In these circumstances the Barclays Bank Group could be required or might choose to make extra
contributions to the pension fund. The Barclays Bank Group’s main defined benefit scheme was closed to new entrants in 2012.
Interest rate risk in the banking book management (IRRBB)
Overview
Interest rate risk in the banking book is driven by customer deposit taking and lending activities, investments in the liquid asset portfolio and funding
activities. As per the Barclays Bank Group’s policy to remain within the defined risk appetite, hedging strategies are executed to mitigate the various
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 44 |
IRRBB risks that result from these activities. However, the Barclays Bank Group remains susceptible to interest rate risk and other non-traded market
risks from the following key sources:
▪Interest rate and repricing risk: the risk that net interest income could be adversely impacted by a change in interest rates, differences in the timing of
interest rate changes between assets and liabilities, and other constraints on interest rate changes as per product terms and conditions.
▪Customer behavioural risk: the risk that net interest income could be adversely impacted by the discretion that customers and counterparties may
have in respect of being able to vary from their contractual obligations with the Barclays Bank Group. This risk is often referred to by industry
regulators as ‘embedded option risk’.
▪Investment risks in the liquid asset portfolio: the risk that the fair value of assets held in the liquid asset portfolio and associated risk management
portfolios could be adversely impacted by market volatility, creating volatility in capital directly.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The Barclays Bank PLC Treasury Committee and the Barclays Group Treasury Committee are responsible for monitoring and managing IRRBB risk in line
with the Barclays Bank Group’s management objectives and risk frameworks. The BRC and Treasury and Capital Risk Committee monitors and reviews
the IRRBB risk profile and control environment, providing second line oversight of the management of IRRBB. The BRC reviews the interest rate risk
profile, including review of the risk appetite at least annually and the impact of stress scenarios on the interest rate risk of the Barclays Bank PLC’s
banking books.
In addition, the Barclays Bank Group’s IRRBB policy sets out the processes and key controls required to identify all IRRBB risks arising from banking book
operations, to monitor the risk exposures via a set of metrics with a frequency in line with the risk management horizon, and to manage these risks
within agreed risk appetite and limits.
Operational risk management The risk of loss to the Barclays Bank Group from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (for example fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks. |
Overview
The management of operational risk has three key objectives:
•deliver and oversee an operational risk capability owned and used by business leaders to enable sound risk decisions over the long term.
•provide the frameworks, policies and standards to enable management to meet their risk management responsibilities while the second line of
defence provides robust, independent, and effective oversight and challenge.
•deliver a consistent and aggregated measurement of operational risk that will provide clear and relevant insights, so that the right management
actions can be taken to keep the operational risk profile consistent with the Barclays Bank Group’s strategy, the stated risk appetite and stakeholder
needs.
The Barclays Bank Group operates within a system of internal controls that enables business to be transacted and risk taken without exposing it to
unacceptable potential losses or reputational damages.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The prime responsibility for the management of operational risk and the compliance with control requirements rests within the business and functional
units where the risk arises. The operational risk profile and control environment is reviewed by management through business risk committees and
control committees. Operational risk issues escalated from these meetings are considered through the second line of defence review meetings.
Depending on their nature, the outputs of these meetings are presented to the Operational Risk Profile Forum, the Operational Risk Committee, the
Barclays Bank Risk Forum, the Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee or the Barclays Bank PLC Board Audit Committee. In addition, specific reports
are prepared by Operational Risk on a regular basis for the Barclays Bank Risk Forum, GRC and the BRC.
Businesses and functions are required to report their operational risks on both a regular and an event-driven basis. The reports include a profile of the
material risks that may threaten the achievement of their objectives and the effectiveness of key controls, operational risk events and a review of
scenarios.
The Barclays Group Head of Operational Risk is responsible for establishing, owning and maintaining an appropriate Barclays Group-wide Operational
Risk Management Framework, meanwhile the Barclays Bank PLC Head of Operational Risk is responsible for overseeing the portfolio of operational risk
across all Barclays Bank Group businesses.
The Operational Risk function acts in a second line of defence capacity, and is responsible for defining and overseeing the implementation of the
framework and monitoring Barclays Bank Group’s operational risk profile, including risk-based review and challenge. The Operational Risk function
alerts management when risk levels exceed acceptable tolerance in order to drive timely decision-making and actions by the first line of defence.
Operational risk categories
Operational risks are grouped into risk categories to support effective risk management, measurement and reporting. These comprise: Data
Management Risk; Financial Reporting Risk; Fraud Risk; Information Security Risk; Operational Recovery Planning Risk; Payments Process Risk; People
Risk; Premises Risk; Physical Security Risk; Change Delivery Management Risk; Supplier Risk; Tax Risk; Technology Risk; and Transaction Operations
Risk.
In addition to the above, operational risk encompasses the risk associated with compliance with Group Resolution Planning Prudential regulatory
requirements.
For definitions of the Barclays Bank Group’s Operational Risk Categories and Connected Risks, refer to the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2023.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 45 |
Model risk management The potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. |
Overview
The Barclays Bank Group uses models to support a broad range of activities, including informing business decisions and strategies, measuring and
limiting risk, valuing exposures, conducting stress testing, assessing capital adequacy, managing client assets, and meeting reporting requirements.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The Barclays Group has a dedicated Model Risk Management (‘MRM’) function that consists of six teams:
(i) Independent Validation Unit (‘IVU’), responsible for model validation and approval;
(ii) Group Model Risk Governance, responsible for model risk governance, controls and reporting, as well as providing oversight for compliance of the
Model Owner community with the Model Risk Framework;
(iii) Framework team, responsible for the Model Risk Policy and associated standards;
(iv) Infrastructure Delivery and Oversight, responsible for the delivery of model inventory including associated data quality & reporting and oversight of
Quantitative Processes;
(v) COO, responsible for strategy, communications and business management; and
(vi) Model Risk Measurement and Quantification (‘MRMQ’), responsible for the design of the framework and methodology to measure and, where
possible, quantify model risk. It is also responsible for the strategic Validation Centre of Excellence (‘VCoE’), which is an independent quality assurance
function within MRM with the mandate to review and challenge validation outcomes. VCoE is aligned to the Group Model Risk Governance team.
The Group Model Risk Committee is MRM’s primary risk committee and a subcommittee of the Group Risk Committee. It is convened with senior
executives in the first and second line of defence to oversee the model risk profile and risk appetite.
The Model Risk Framework is defined and implemented through Model Risk Policy and Standards that prescribe the Barclays Group-wide, end-to-end
requirements for the identification, measurement and management of model risk, covering model documentation, development, monitoring, annual
review, independent validation and approval, change and reporting processes. The policy is supported by global standards covering model inventory,
documentation, validation, testing and monitoring, overlays, risk appetite, and stress testing challenger models.
The function reports to the Barclays Group CRO and operates a global framework. Implementation of best practice standards is a central objective of the
Barclays Group.
The key model risk management activities include:
▪Correctly identifying models across all relevant areas of the Barclays Bank Group, and recording models in the Barclays Group Models Database
(GMD), the Barclays Group-wide model inventory.
▪Enforcing that every model has a model owner who is accountable for the model. The model owner must sign off models prior to submission to IVU
for validation and maintain that the model presented to IVU is and remains fit for purpose.
▪Overseeing that every model is subject to validation and approval by IVU, prior to being used and on a continual basis.
▪Defining model risk appetite in terms of risk tolerance, and qualitative metrics which are used to track and report model risk.
Compliance risk management The risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the Barclays Bank Group's products and services, (conduct risk), and the risk to Barclays, its clients, customers or markets from a failure to comply with the Laws, Rules and Regulations (LRR) applicable to the firm. |
Overview
Compliance risk incorporates market integrity, customer protection, financial crime, product design and review and the newly created Laws, Rules and
Regulations risks. Barclays acts at all times to operate its business in full accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to deliver good
outcomes for/avoid harm to customers, clients and markets. Barclays will act in good faith; avoid causing foreseeable harm and enable and support
customers to pursue their financial objectives.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The Compliance Risk Management Framework (CRMF) outlines how the Barclays Bank Group manages and measures its compliance risk profile. The
Barclays Group Chief Compliance Officer is accountable for developing, maintaining and overseeing the CRMF. The Barclays Bank Group Chief
Compliance Officer is responsible for providing effective oversight, management and escalation of Compliance risk in line with the CRMF. This includes
overseeing the development and maintenance of the relevant Compliance risk policies and standards and monitoring and reporting on the consistent
application and effectiveness of the implementation of controls to manage Compliance risk. It is the responsibility of the first line of defence to establish
conduct controls to manage its performance and assess conformance to these policies and controls. The responsibility for LRR Risk Management sits
across various functions and business units, including Legal, Chief Controls Office, Risk and Compliance.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 46 |
Senior managers are accountable within their areas of responsibility for owning and managing Compliance risk in accordance with the CRMF, as
defined within their regulatory Statement of Responsibilities, and a dedicated team has been established in Compliance to oversee LRR Risk
Management.
Compliance as an independent second line function oversees that Compliance risks are effectively identified, managed, monitored and escalated, and
has a key role in helping Barclays Bank Group achieve the right conduct outcomes and evolve a compliance-focused culture.
The governance of Compliance risk within the Barclays Bank Group is fulfilled through management committees and forums operated by the first and
second lines of defence with clear escalation and reporting lines to the Board. The Barclays Group and Barclays Bank Group Risk Committees are the
primary second line governance committees for the oversight of the Compliance Risk Profile. The risk committees' responsibilities include the
identification and discussion of any emerging Compliance risks exposures in the Barclays Group and Barclays Bank Group. A new sub-committee of the
BPLC Group Risk Committee was established in August 2023 to provide oversight on LRR Risk. This committee is chaired by the BPLC Group Chief
Compliance Officer.
Reputation risk management The risk that an action, transaction, investment, event, decision, or business relationship will reduce trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s integrity and/or competence. |
Overview
A reduction of trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s integrity and competence may reduce the attractiveness of Barclays Bank Group to stakeholders and
could lead to negative publicity, loss of revenue, regulatory or legislative action, loss of existing and potential client business, reduced workforce morale
and difficulties in recruiting talent. Ultimately it may destroy shareholder value.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The governance of reputation risk within the Barclays Bank Group is fulfilled through management committees and forums operated by the First and
Second Lines of Defence, with clear escalation and reporting lines to the relevant Barclays Bank Group Board committees.
The Barclays PLC Board is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the Barclays Bank Group's management of reputation risk.
The Reputation Risk Management Framework (RRMF) comprises a number of elements that allow the Barclays Bank Group to manage and measure its
reputation risk profile. The RRMF sets out what is required to manage reputation risk across the Barclays Bank Group.
The Barclays Bank PLC Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for providing independent second line oversight of Businesses' adherence to the RRMF.
Legal risk management The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the Barclays Bank Group to meet applicable laws, rules, regulations or contractual requirements or to assert or defend its intellectual property rights. |
Overview
The multitude of laws and regulations across the globe are highly dynamic and their application to particular circumstances is often unclear. This results
in a high level of inherent legal risk which Barclays Bank Group seeks to mitigate through the operation of a Barclays Group-wide legal risk management
framework. This seeks to mitigate legal risk, including through the implementation of Group-wide legal risk policies requiring engagement of legal
professionals in situations that have the potential for legal risk, identification and management of legal risks by those legal professionals, and escalation
of legal risk as necessary. Legal risk is also mitigated by the complementary requirements of the compliance risk management framework, including the
responsibility of legal professionals to proactively identify, communicate and provide legal advice on applicable laws, rules and regulations.
Notwithstanding these mitigating actions, Barclays Bank Group operates with a level of residual legal risk, for which the Barclays Bank Group has limited
tolerance.
Organisation, roles and responsibilities
The Barclays Bank Group’s businesses and functions have responsibility for identifying and escalating to the Legal Function legal risk in their areas as
well as responsibility for adherence to control requirements.
The Legal function organisation and coverage model aligns legal expertise to businesses, functions, products, activities and geographic locations so that
the Barclays Bank Group receives legal advice and support from appropriate legal professionals, working in partnership proactively to identify, manage
and escalate legal risks as necessary.
The senior management of the Legal function oversees, challenges and monitors the legal risk profile and effectiveness of the legal risk control
environment across the Barclays Group. The Legal function provides support to all areas of the bank and is not formally part of any of the three lines of
defence. Except in relation to the legal advice it provides or procures, the Legal Function is subject to oversight from the second line of defence with
respect to its own operational and compliance risks, as well as with respect to the legal risk to which the bank is exposed.
The Barclays Group General Counsel is responsible for developing and maintaining a Barclays Group-wide legal risk management framework. This
includes defining the relevant legal risk policies, producing the Barclays Group-wide risk appetite statement for legal risk, and oversight of the
implementation of controls to manage and escalate legal risk.
The legal risk profile and control environment is reviewed by management through business risk committees and control committees. The Barclays
Bank Group Risk Committee is incorporated in the Barclays Group Risk Committee and is the most senior executive body responsible for reviewing and
monitoring the effectiveness of risk management across the Barclays Bank Group. Escalation paths from this committee exist to the Barclays Bank PLC
Board Risk Committee.
Risk review
Principal risk management
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 47 |
Carbon-related assets
According to Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), certain industry segments are more likely to be financially impacted than
others due to their exposure to certain transition and physical risks around greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, energy, or water dependencies associated
with their operations and products. These non-financial industries are grouped into four key areas: Energy; Transportation; Materials and Buildings; and
Agriculture, Food, and Forest Products. Barclays Bank Group's exposures to the industries within these groups are reported as carbon-related assets and
Elevated risk sectors
Based on portfolio level assessments (including for industry sectors) on climate risk, Barclays identifies and categorises sectors with heightened risk to
climate change as elevated sectors. However, in each sector there will exist a range of vulnerabilities and not all our clients in these sectors have high
emissions and should not be interpreted as an indicator of relative carbon intensity. Residential Real Estate exposures are also included in this table.
Barclays recognises Residential Real Estate portfolio as elevated risk, therefore on that basis they have been included in the table. The sectors
highlighted blue in the table represent the sectors considered as elevated at the Barclays Bank Group level.
Elevated risk sector | Example drivers of risk |
Aviation | More stringent air emission and carbon regulations, requiring high levels of capital investment and Research & Development (R&D) expenditure. Vulnerable to shift in consumer preferences. |
Automotive | Policy pressure to cut emissions to meet emission requirements, requiring high levels of capital investment and R&D expenditure. Phase out of fossil fuel vehicles and introduction of low emission zones in city centres. |
Cement | Being one of the hard to abate sectors, policy pressure to cut emissions requires high levels of capital investment and R&D expenditure. |
Coal Mining and Coal Terminals | Reduction in demand of thermal coal, as utilities transition away from fossil fuel. More stringent air emissions regulation, resulting in higher levels of capital investment. |
Chemicals | Technological advances in low-carbon and sustainable alternatives along with new and more stringent environmental regulations, including carbon tax. The increasing efforts to eliminate single-use plastics and improve recycling to prevent marine pollution could also impact demand for products used in plastic manufacture. |
Mining (including diversified miners) | Rising costs as a result of tighter environmental regulations and increasing water stress, vulnerable to litigation cases and reputational damage. |
Oil and Gas | Policy pressure to cut emissions, exposure to carbon taxes and overall increasing environmental regulation of operations and restrictions on access to new resources. Over time, falling demand for fossil fuels. |
Power Utilities | Policy pressure to cut emissions and move to renewable sources of energy, leading to increased capital expenditure costs, plus potential exposure to carbon taxes. |
Agriculture | Evolving taxation on emissions may impact production methods, supply chain and farm viability. Reduced demand for meat and dairy as a consequence of shifts in consumer behaviour. Volatile weather conditions and extreme weather events may impact farm credit quality. |
Residential Real Estate | Evolving minimum energy efficiency requirements and increasing physical risks from flood, subsidence and coastal erosion have the potential to impact house prices and homeowner affordability. |
Shipping | More stringent carbon tax regulations and policy pressure to cut emissions and adopt low-emission fuels, requiring higher levels of R&D expenditure and capital investment. |
Steel | Being an energy-intensive sector, the sector is exposed to the policy pressure to cut emissions and evolving air pollution regulation. |
Road Haulage | Policy pressure to cut emissions, requiring high levels of capital investment. |
Risk review
Risk performance
Climate risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 48 |
Carbon-related assets (Incl. sub-sector breakdown)a,b | |||||||
2023 | 2022 | ||||||
£m | £m | ||||||
Loans & advancesc | Loan commitmentsd | Total | Loans & advancesc | Loan commitmentsd | Total | % Change | |
Agriculture, Food and Forest Products (logging) | 79 | 114 | 193 | 89 | 78 | 167 | 16 |
Agriculture | 79 | 114 | 193 | 89 | 78 | 167 | |
Energy & Waters | 1,008 | 13,138 | 14,146 | 2,523 | 13,460 | 15,983 | (11) |
Power Utilities | 943 | 13,049 | 13,992 | 2,476 | 13,318 | 15,794 | |
Metals (waste & recycling) | 65 | 89 | 154 | 47 | 142 | 189 | |
Manufacturing | 5,575 | 31,329 | 36,904 | 6,171 | 32,032 | 38,203 | (3) |
Automotive | 848 | 5,688 | 6,536 | 952 | 5,489 | 6,441 | |
Cements | 154 | 380 | 534 | 214 | 159 | 373 | |
Chemicals | 352 | 3,941 | 4,293 | 446 | 4,216 | 4,662 | |
Food, Bev and Tobacco | 906 | 5,694 | 6,600 | 830 | 6,101 | 6,931 | |
Manufacturing - Others | 2,792 | 12,624 | 15,416 | 3,112 | 13,087 | 16,199 | |
Metals | 142 | 403 | 545 | 241 | 473 | 714 | |
Oil and Gas (refining) | 59 | 1,411 | 1,470 | 100 | 1,375 | 1,475 | |
Packaging Manufacturers: Metal, Glass and Plastics | 110 | 302 | 412 | 90 | 313 | 403 | |
Paper and Forest Products (excluding logging) | 171 | 742 | 913 | 148 | 636 | 784 | |
Steel | 41 | 144 | 185 | 38 | 183 | 221 | |
Materials and Building | 15,367 | 10,345 | 25,712 | 15,794 | 10,305 | 26,099 | (1) |
Construction and Materials | 233 | 598 | 831 | 480 | 705 | 1,185 | |
Homebuilding and Property Development | 2,463 | 2,085 | 4,548 | 2,353 | 1,938 | 4,291 | |
Real Estate Management and Development | 12,671 | 7,662 | 20,333 | 12,961 | 7,662 | 20,623 | |
Mining and Quarrying | 1,708 | 8,369 | 10,077 | 1,520 | 8,758 | 10,278 | (2) |
Mining (incl diversified miners)e | 217 | 1,704 | 1,921 | 196 | 2,261 | 2,457 | |
Oil and Gas (extraction) | 1,491 | 6,665 | 8,156 | 1,324 | 6,497 | 7,821 | |
Transport & storage | 1,524 | 7,080 | 8,604 | 1,814 | 6,952 | 8,766 | (2) |
Aviation | 259 | 2,348 | 2,607 | 460 | 2,221 | 2,681 | |
Oil and Gas (midstream) | 328 | 2,187 | 2,515 | 328 | 2,425 | 2,753 | |
Other Transport Services | 533 | 1,246 | 1,779 | 432 | 1,148 | 1,580 | |
Ports | 75 | 123 | 198 | 95 | 87 | 182 | |
Road Haulage | 228 | 382 | 610 | 213 | 392 | 605 | |
Shipping | 101 | 794 | 895 | 286 | 679 | 965 | |
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure | 1,293 | 5,355 | 6,648 | 2,120 | 4,259 | 6,379 | 4 |
Oil and Gas (wholesale) | 365 | 2,137 | 2,502 | 978 | 1,612 | 2,590 | |
Others | 928 | 3,218 | 4,146 | 1,142 | 2,647 | 3,789 | |
Other Financial Institutions | 515 | 1,726 | 2,241 | 941 | 2,946 | 3,887 | (42) |
Real Estate Management and Development (REITs) | 515 | 1,726 | 2,241 | 941 | 2,946 | 3,887 | |
Home Loans | 8,002 | 42 | 8,044 | 11,405 | 67 | 11,472 | (30) |
Residential Real Estate | 8,002 | 42 | 8,044 | 11,405 | 67 | 11,472 | |
Subtotal (Elevated risk sectors) | 13,467 | 40,986 | 54,453 | 19,505 | 40,972 | 60,477 | (10) |
Carbon-related assets Grand total | 35,071 | 77,498 | 112,569 | 42,377 | 78,857 | 121,234 | (7) |
Total Loans & advances and Loan commitments | 185,247 | 322,732 | 507,979 | 182,507 | 321,506 | 504,013 | 1 |
Carbon-related assets / Total Loans & advances and Loan commitments (%) | 19 | 24 | 22 | 23 | 25 | 24 | |
Sub-total of sectors spanning in multiple industries | |||||||
Oil & Gas | 2,243 | 12,400 | 14,643 | 2,730 | 11,909 | 14,639 | — |
Notes
aThe sectors have been represented based on the standard nomenclature of economic activities (NACE codes) this year. These sector headings are consistent across our
disclosures on credit risk concentration by industry and geography (page 77). The prior year comparatives have been re-presented in line with the updated sector
headings.
bAs industries decarbonise, sectors will increasingly include both carbon and non-carbon related activities e.g. Power Utilities will also include, in part, their generation
capacity from renewable energy sources.
cLoans and advances includes debt securities at amortised cost amounting to £39,046m (2022: £27,303m) of which carbon related assets are £2,906m (2022: £3,419m).
The carbon related assets comprise £2,643m (2022: £3,343m) in Material and Buildings, £238m (2022: £74m) in Transport and Storage and £25m (2022: £2m) in
Energy and Water.
dLoan commitments excludes the fair value exposures of £15,203m in 2023 and £13,471m in 2022.
eDiversified miners with minority interests in thermal coal mining are included in this category.
Risk review
Risk performance
Climate risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 49 |
Financing
To facilitate greater understanding and transparency of our capital markets financing, we disclose the total capital raised for clients across all sectors
using data sourced from Dealogic. We have provided the breakdown of our 2023 and 2022 financing below. We have constructed this table based on
the mapping of issuers’ industry assignment in Dealogic data and Barclays’ internal industry taxonomy called Barclays Industry Classification (BIC).
Financing volumes are reported on a manager-proceeds basis including bonds, equities, loans and securitised bonds and no modifications have been
made by Barclays. This data represents a third party view of our financing and is subject to Dealogic’s league table methodology, which pro-rates
volume across lead-managers. We are presenting the data in this format to support transparency and comparability but it should be noted that this data
is subject to further analysis and methodological enhancements, before it is included in BlueTrack™.
Carbon-related sectors in wholesale credit (Dealogic Industry Classification) a,b,c | |||
2023 | 2022 | ||
£m | £m | % Change | |
Energy & Waters | 20,329 | 27,021 | (25) |
Power Utilities | 20,329 | 27,021 | |
Manufacturing | 31,336 | 24,782 | 26 |
Automotive | 7,333 | 3,136 | |
Cements | 279 | 162 | |
Chemicals | 2,523 | 2,241 | |
Food, Bev and Tobacco | 6,991 | 4,310 | |
Manufacturing - Others | 11,743 | 11,443 | |
Metals | 145 | 604 | |
Oil and Gas (refining) | 1,381 | 1,793 | |
Packaging Manufacturers: Metal, Glass and Plastics | 217 | 27 | |
Paper and Forest Products (excluding logging) | 102 | 711 | |
Steel | 622 | 355 | |
Materials and Building | 3,143 | 6,668 | (53) |
Construction and Materials | 446 | 82 | |
Homebuilding and Property Development | 457 | 617 | |
Real Estate Management and Development | 2,240 | 5,969 | |
Mining and Quarrying | 2,992 | 2,527 | 18 |
Mining (Incl. diversified miners)d | 877 | 354 | |
Oil and Gas (extraction) | 2,115 | 2,173 | |
Transport & storage | 7,858 | 7,654 | 3 |
Aviation | 1,797 | 1,731 | |
Oil and Gas (midstream) | 3,887 | 2,752 | |
Other Transport Services | 997 | 2,149 | |
Road Haulage | 202 | — | |
Shipping | 975 | 1,022 | |
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure | 3,005 | 6,227 | (52) |
Oil and Gas (wholesale) | 720 | 1,193 | |
Others | 2,285 | 5,034 | |
Other Financial Institutions | 1,163 | 3,178 | (63) |
Real Estate Management and Development (REITs) | 1,163 | 3,178 | |
Carbon-related Assets Grand Total | 69,826 | 78,057 | (11) |
Capital Market Financing Total | 311,054 | 304,249 | 2 |
Financing to Carbon-related Sector over Total Capital Market Financing | 22 | 26 | |
Sub-total of sectors spanning in multiple industries | |||
Oil and Gas | 8,103 | 7,911 | 2 |
Note
aThe sectors have been represented based on the standard nomenclature of economic activities (NACE codes). These sector headings are consistent across our
disclosures on credit risk concentration by industry and geography (page 77). The prior year comparatives have been re-presented, in line with the updated sector
headings.
bAs industries decarbonise, sectors will increasingly include both carbon and non-carbon related activities e.g. the clients present within the sector exposure reported
under Power Utilities will also have part of their generation capacity from renewable energy sources, which represents a non-carbon related activity.
cIn 2022, this table was presented in USD. As it is now presented in GBP, the comparative figures have been re-presented.
dDiversified miners with minority interests in thermal coal mining are included in this category.
Risk review
Risk performance
Climate risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 50 |
Summary of Contents | Page | |
Credit risk represents a significant risk to the Barclays Bank Group and mainly arises from exposure to loans and advances together with the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative contracts entered into with clients. | ||
This section outlines the expected credit loss allowances, the movements in allowances during the period, material management adjustments to model output and measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis. | ||
The Barclays Bank Group reviews and monitors risk concentrations in a variety of ways. This section outlines performance against key concentration risks. | ||
Credit Risk monitors exposure performance across a range of significant portfolios. | 85 | |
–Retail Credit Cards and Retail Other |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit Risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 51 |
Overview
Credit risk represents a significant risk to the Barclays Bank Group and mainly arises from exposure to loans and advances together with the
counterparty credit risk arising from derivative contracts entered with clients.
Credit risk disclosures exclude other financial assets not subject to credit risk, mainly equity securities. For off-balance sheet exposures certain
contingent liabilities not subject to credit risk such as performance guarantees are excluded.
Task force on Disclosures about Expected Credit Losses (DECL)
Credit risk disclosures have been enhanced to include DECL III recommendations for minimum product groupings for this period and prior year
comparatives have been aligned.
Summary of performance in the period
Gross exposure: Gross loans and advances at amortised cost to customers and banks have increased to £189bn in 2023 (2022: £186bn). This includes
an increase in Treasury investments partially offset by a reduction due to the German Consumer Finance business being classified as assets held for sale
and foreign exchange movements in the Corporate & Investment Bank (CIB) and US Cards portfolios.
Maximum exposure: The Barclays Bank Group’s net exposure to credit risk has increased to £894bn (2022: £871bn) driven by an increase in debt
securities issued by governments (£37bn) partially offset by decreases in cash held at central banks (£12bn) and cash collateral and settlement
balances (£4bn); all of which are considered to be low risk. Overall, the extent to which the mitigation is held against total exposure has decreased to
38% (2022: 41%).
Credit quality: Delinquencies have remained broadly stable with an increase observed in US cards, which was anticipated. A range of activities are in
place to protect our existing defensive positioning against current macroeconomic headwinds. The Corporate loans portfolio benefited from high-
quality exposure and credit protection. Further analysis on the credit quality of assets is presented in the approach to management and representation
of credit quality section.
Stage decomposition: A net decrease of £2bn is observed in Stage 2 gross exposure driven by repayments in Corporate loans. Stage 3 balances
increased to £3.8bn (2022: £3.6bn) driven by higher delinquencies in US cards. Refer pages 63 to 64 for further details.
Scenario: Economic uncertainty continues, linked to higher interest rates and ongoing inflation in major economies. For Q423, scenarios have been
refreshed and are designed around a broad range of economic outcomes. The Downside 2 (DS2) scenario has been aligned to Barclays' 2023 Internal
Stress Test (IST23) which is less severe in terms of GDP deterioration, resulting in increased DS2 weights.
ECL: Impairment allowances on loans and advances at amortised cost including off-balance sheet have increased to £4,514m (2022: £4,352m)
primarily driven by an increase in US Cards partially offset by a reduction due to the German consumer finance business being classified as assets held
for sale. On balance sheet coverage has remained strong and broadly stable at 2.1% (2022: 2.1%).
Charge: Credit impairment charges were £1,578m (2022: £933m), reflecting an increase in delinquencies in US cards, which was anticipated, and led to
higher coverage in CC&P.
Management adjustments: Economic uncertainty adjustments have decreased to £16m (2022: £97m). The reduction is informed by the rebuild of
certain CIB impairment models which better capture the macroeconomic outlook. Refer to the Management adjustment to models for impairment
Climate: Barclays has performed a credit risk assessment of physical and transition risk due to climate change. This was delivered through a
combination of a scenario approach and targeted reviews on specific portfolios identified as more susceptible to climate risk. The analysis did not result
in a separately identifiable impairment charge for year end 2023 reporting.
Further detail can be found in the Financial statements section in Note 8 Credit impairment charges/(releases). Description of terminology can be found
in the glossary, available at home.barclays/annualreport. Refer to the credit risk management section for details of governance, policies and procedures.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 52 |
Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer
The following tables present a reconciliation between the Barclays Bank Group’s maximum exposure and its net exposure to credit risk, reflecting the
financial effects of risk mitigation reducing the Barclays Bank Group’s exposure.
The Barclays Bank Group mitigates the credit risk to which it is exposed through netting and set-off, collateral and risk transfer. Further detail on the
Barclays Bank Group's policies to each of these forms of credit enhancement is presented on page 42 of the credit risk management section.
Collateral obtained
Where collateral has been obtained in the event of default, the Barclays Bank Group does not, ordinarily, use such assets for its own operations and they
are usually sold on a timely basis. The carrying value of assets held by the Barclays Bank Group as at 31 December 2023, as a result of the enforcement
of collateral, was £6m (2022: £31m).
Maximum exposure and effect of netting, collateral and risk transfer (audited) | ||||||
Maximum exposure | Netting and set-off | Cash collateral | Non-cash collateral | Risk transfer | Exposure net of risk mitigation | |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
On-balance sheet: | ||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost: | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ( | ( | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ( | |||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Of which credit-impaired (Stage 3): | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ( | |||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ||||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total credit-impaired loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ( | |||||
Trading portfolio assets: | ||||||
Debt securities | ( | |||||
Traded loans | ( | |||||
Total trading portfolio assets | ( | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | ||||||
Loans and advances | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities | ( | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | ( | ( | ||||
Other financial assets | ||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | |||
Derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ||||
Other assets | ( | |||||
Assets held for sale | ||||||
Total on-balance sheet | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||
Contingent liabilities | ( | ( | ( | |||
Loan commitments | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total off-balance sheet | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Off-balance sheet exposures are shown gross of provisions of £473 m (2022: £532 m). See Note 23 for further details. In addition to the above, Barclays
Bank Group holds forward starting reverse repos amounting to £54.3 bn (2022: £48.4 bn). The balances are fully collateralised. Corporate loans at
amortised cost include £0.3 bn (2022: £0.6 bn) of CBILs and CLBILs supported by UK government guarantees of £0.2 bn (2022: £0.5 bn). For further
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 53 |
information on credit risk mitigation techniques, refer to the Credit risk management section. Loan commitments reported also include exposures
relating to financial assets classified as assets held for sale.
Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer (audited) | ||||||
Maximum exposure | Netting and set-off | Cash collateral | Non-cash collateral | Risk transfer | Exposure net of risk mitigation | |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
On-balance sheet: | ||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost: | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ( | ( | ( | |||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ( | |||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Of which credit-impaired (Stage 3): | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ( | ( | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ( | |||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total credit-impaired loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ( | |||||
Trading portfolio assets: | ||||||
Debt securities | ( | |||||
Traded loans | ( | ( | ||||
Total trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | ||||||
Loans and advances | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities | ( | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | ( | ( | ||||
Other financial assets | ||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | |||
Derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ||||
Other assets | ||||||
Assets held for sale | ||||||
Total on-balance sheet | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||
Contingent liabilities | ( | ( | ( | |||
Loan commitments | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total off-balance sheet | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 54 |
Expected credit losses
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product
Total loans and advances at amortised cost in the credit risk performance section includes loans and advances at amortised cost to banks and loans and
advances at amortised cost to customers.
The table below presents a breakdown of loans and advances at amortised cost and the impairment allowance with stage allocation by asset
classification. Also included are stage allocation of debt securities by gross exposure, impairment allowance and coverage ratio.
Impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment
allowance is allocated to gross loans and advances to the extent allowance does not exceed the drawn exposure and any excess is reported on the
liabilities side of the balance sheet as a provision. For corporate portfolios, impairment allowance on undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of
the balance sheet as a provision.
Barclays Bank Group (audited) | Stage 2 | ||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Stage 1 | Not past due | <=30 days past due | >30 days past due | Total | Stage 3 | Totala |
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Impairment allowance | |||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Net exposure | |||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Note
aOther financial assets subject to impairment excluded in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income, accrued income and sundry debtors. These have a total gross exposure of £157.7 bn and an impairment allowance of £145 m. This comprises
£14 m impairment allowance on £157.3 bn Stage 1 exposure, £1 m on £243 m Stage 2 exposure and £130 m on £136 m Stage 3 exposure. Loan commitments and
financial guarantee contracts have total impairment allowance of £473 m.
Assets held for sale
During 2023, gross loans and advances and related impairment allowances for the German Consumer Finance business were reclassified from ‘loans
and advances to customers’ to assets held for sale in the balance sheet. Disclosures relating to assets held for sale are provided in the credit risk tables,
primarily where the disclosure is relevant to the measurement of these financial assets.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 55 |
For further details on assets held for sale, see Note 39 to the financial statements.
Loans and advances to customers classified as assets held for sale | ||||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||||||
Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | |
As at 31 December 2023a | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % |
Retail credit cards | 1,621 | 15 | 0.9 | 445 | 41 | 9.2 | 92 | 68 | 73.9 | 2,158 | 124 | 5.7 |
Retail other | 1,561 | 20 | 1.3 | 288 | 32 | 11.1 | 84 | 60 | 71.4 | 1,933 | 112 | 5.8 |
Total | 3,182 | 35 | 1.1 | 733 | 73 | 10.0 | 176 | 128 | 72.7 | 4,091 | 236 | 5.8 |
Note
aIn 2022, total gross exposure of £4.3bn and impairment allowance of £296m was included in loans and advances at amortised cost which has now been classified as
assets held for sale. This comprises £37m ECL on £3.1bn Stage 1 exposure, £141m on £1.0bn Stage 2 exposure and £118m on £153m Stage 3 exposure.
Barclays Bank Group (audited) | Stage 2 | ||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Stage 1 | Not past due | <=30 days past due | >30 days past due | Total | Stage 3 | Totala |
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Impairment allowance | |||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Net exposure | |||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Retail mortgages | |||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||
Retail other | |||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities | |||||||
Note
aOther financial assets subject to impairment excluded in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income, accrued income and sundry debtors. These have a total gross exposure of £155.1 bn and an impairment allowance of £152 m. This comprises
£7 m impairment allowance on £153.8 bn Stage 1 exposure, £8 m on £1,142 m Stage 2 exposure and £137 m on £141 m Stage 3 exposure. Loan commitments and
financial guarantee contracts have total impairment allowance of £532 m.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk performance
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 56 |
Transfers between stages in the tables have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the year. 'Net drawdowns, repayments, net-
remeasurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes' includes additional drawdowns and partial repayments from existing
facilities. Additionally, the below tables do not include other financial assets subject to impairment such as debt securities at amortised cost, cash
collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets.
The movements are measured over a 12-month period.
Loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | |||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Disposals | ||||||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculationa | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Transfers to assets held for saleb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsc | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Transfers to assets held for saleb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsc | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Notes
aRefinements to models used for calculation reported within Retail credit cards include a £43 m movement in US Cards and £(111 )m movement in the German consumer
finance business. These reflect model enhancements made during the year. Barclays Bank Group continually reviews the output of models to determine accuracy of the
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 57 |
ECL calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This ensures that the
models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
bTransfers to assets held for sale reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other relate to the German Consumer Finance business.
cThe £27 m of disposals reported within Retail credit cards relate to debt sales undertaken during the year. The £85 m of disposals reported within Retail other include
£64 m part sale of Wealth portfolio in Italy and £21 m relate to debt sales undertaken during the year.
Loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Corporate loans | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculationa | ( | |||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Reconciliation of ECL movement to credit impairment charge/(release) for the period | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ( | ( | ( | |
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ||
Corporate loans | ( | |||
ECL movement excluding assets held for sale, disposals and write-offsc | ( | |||
ECL movement on loan commitments and financial guarantees | ( | ( | ( | |
ECL movement on other financial assets | ( | ( | ( | |
ECL movement on debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |
Recoveries and reimbursementsd | ( | ( | ( | |
Total exchange and other adjustments | ||||
Total credit impairment charge for the year |
Notes
aRefinements to models used for calculation reported within Corporate loans include a £93 m movement in Corporate and Investment Bank and £20 m movement in
Barclaycard Payments. These reflect model enhancements made during the period. Barclays continually reviews the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL
calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This helps to ensure that
the models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
bThe £608 m of disposals reported within Corporate loans relate to debt sales undertaken during the year.
cIn 2023, gross write-offs amounted to £855 m (2022: £977 m) and post write-off recoveries amounted to £17 m (2022: £33 m). Net write-offs represent gross write-offs
less post write-off recoveries and amounted to £838 m (2022: £944 m).
dRecoveries and reimbursements include £24 m of reimbursements expected to be received under the arrangement where Barclays Bank Group has entered into financial
guarantee contracts which provide credit protection over certain assets with third parties and cash recoveries of previously written off amounts of £17 m.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 58 |
Loan commitments and financial guarantees (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ||||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | |||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Retail credit cardsa | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Retail othera | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | |||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
As at 31 December 2023 |
Note
aLoan commitments reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other also include financial assets classified as held for sale.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 59 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | |||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposals | ||||||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculationa | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | |||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculation | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Notes
aRefinements to models used for calculation within Retail credit cards include a £317 m movement in US Cards. These reflect model enhancements made during the
year. Barclays continually reviews the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking
and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This ensures that the models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
bThe £217 m of disposals reported within Retail credit cards and £19 m of disposals reported within Retail other relate to debt sales undertaken during the year.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 60 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Corporate loans | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | ( | ( | ||||||
Transfers to Stage 3 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Transfers from Stage 3 | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Refinements to models used for calculationa | ( | ( | ||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ||||||||
Final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Write-offs | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Reconciliation of ECL movement to credit impairment (release)/charge for the period | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ( | |||
Retail credit cards | ( | |||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
ECL movement excluding disposals and write-offsc | ( | |||
ECL movement on loan commitments and financial guarantees | ||||
ECL movement on other financial assets | ||||
ECL movement on debt securities at amortised cost | ( | |||
Recoveries and reimbursementsd | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total exchange and other adjustments | ( | |||
Total credit impairment charge for the year |
Notes
aRefinements to models used for calculation reported within Corporate loans include a £13 m movement in Corporate and Investment Bank. These reflect model
enhancements made during the year. Barclays continually review the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL calculation including review of model
monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This ensures that the models used continue to reflect the risks
inherent across the businesses.
bThe £80 m of disposals reported within Corporate loans relate to debt sales undertaken during the year.
cIn 2022, gross write-offs amounted to £977 m and post write-off recoveries amounted to £33 m. Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries
and amounted to £944 m.
dRecoveries and reimbursements include £195 m of reimbursements expected to be received under the arrangements where Barclays Bank Group has entered into
financial guarantee contracts which provide credit protection over certain assets with third parties and cash recoveries of previously written off amounts of £33 m.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 61 |
Loan commitments and financial guarantees (audited) | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL | Gross | ECL |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | |||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ||||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Retail other | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | |||||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||||
Net transfers between stages | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Business activity in the year | ||||||||
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re- measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | ( | |||||||
Limit management and final repayments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 62 |
Stage 2 decomposition
Stage 2 exposures are predominantly identified using quantitative tests where the lifetime probability of default (PD) has deteriorated more than a pre-
determined amount since origination during the year. This is augmented by inclusion of accounts meeting the designated high risk criteria (including
watchlist) for the portfolio under the qualitative test.
A small number of other accounts (2% of impairment allowance and 2% of gross exposure) are included in Stage 2. These accounts are not otherwise
identified by the quantitative or qualitative tests but are more than 30 days past due. The percentage triggered by these backstop criteria is a measure of
the effectiveness of the Stage 2 criteria in identifying deterioration prior to delinquency. These balances include items in Corporate and Investment Bank
for reasons such as outstanding interest and fees rather than principal balances.
Loans and advances at amortised costa | |||||||||
Gross Exposure | Impairment Allowance | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Quantitative test | Qualitative test | 30 days past due backstop | Total Stage 2 | Quantitative test | Qualitative test | 30 days past due backstop | Total Stage 2 | |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | 303 | 53 | 33 | 389 | 24 | 2 | 2 | 28 | |
Retail credit cardsb | 2,399 | 1,020 | 31 | 3,450 | 750 | 367 | 21 | 1,138 | |
Retail otherb | 8 | 308 | 53 | 369 | 1 | 1 | — | 2 | |
Corporate loans | 6,765 | 2,051 | 151 | 8,967 | 240 | 65 | 4 | 309 | |
Total Stage 2 | 9,475 | 3,432 | 268 | 13,175 | 1,015 | 435 | 27 | 1,477 | |
Loans and advances at amortised costa | |||||||||
Gross Exposure | Impairment Allowance | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Quantitative test | Qualitative test | 30 days past due backstop | Total Stage 2 | Quantitative test | Qualitative test | 30 days past due backstop | Total Stage 2 | |
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | 225 | 73 | 64 | 362 | 20 | 2 | 3 | 25 | |
Retail credit cards | 2,999 | 848 | 33 | 3,880 | 801 | 304 | 22 | 1,127 | |
Retail other | 233 | 227 | 64 | 524 | 26 | 2 | 1 | 29 | |
Corporate loans | 8,128 | 2,216 | 140 | 10,484 | 194 | 79 | 2 | 275 | |
Total Stage 2 | 11,585 | 3,364 | 301 | 15,250 | 1,041 | 387 | 28 | 1,456 | |
Notes
aWhere balances satisfy more than one of the above three criteria for determining a significant increase in credit risk, the corresponding gross exposure and impairment
allowance has been assigned in order of categories presented.
bExposures reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other exclude the German Consumer Finance business which has now been classified as assets held for sale.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 63 |
Stage 3 decomposition
Stage 3 is comprised of exposures that are considered to be credit impaired. An asset is considered credit impaired when one or more events occur that
have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset. This comprises assets defined as defaulted and other individually
assessed exposures where imminent default or actual loss is identified.
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Gross Exposure | Impairment Allowance | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Exposures not charged-off | Exposures individually assessed or in recovery book | Total Stage 3 | Exposures not charged-off | Exposures individually assessed or in recovery book | Total Stage 3 | |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | 221 | 495 | 716 | 28 | 293 | 321 | |
Retail credit cardsa | 617 | 905 | 1,522 | 413 | 813 | 1,226 | |
Retail othera | 125 | 183 | 308 | 2 | 33 | 35 | |
Corporate loans | 150 | 1,085 | 1,235 | 25 | 323 | 348 | |
Total Stage 3 | 1,113 | 2,668 | 3,781 | 468 | 1,462 | 1,930 | |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||
Gross Exposure | Impairment Allowance | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Exposures not charged-off | Exposures individually assessed or in recovery book | Total Stage 3 | Exposures not charged-off | Exposures individually assessed or in recovery book | Total Stage 3 | |
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Retail mortgages | 280 | 698 | 978 | 24 | 332 | 356 | |
Retail credit cards | 551 | 578 | 1,129 | 359 | 459 | 818 | |
Retail other | 182 | 341 | 523 | 47 | 124 | 171 | |
Corporate loans | 122 | 818 | 940 | 16 | 277 | 293 | |
Total Stage 3 | 1,135 | 2,435 | 3,570 | 446 | 1,192 | 1,638 | |
Note
aExposures reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other exclude the German Consumer Finance business which has now been classified as assets held for sale.
Management adjustments to impairment models are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not fully incorporated
into the impairment models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end. Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated
into future model development where applicable.
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance presented by product (audited)a | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Impairment allowance pre management adjustmentsb | Economic uncertainty adjustments (a) | Other adjustments (b) | Management adjustments (a+b) | Total impairment allowancec | Proportion of Management adjustments to total impairment allowance |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % |
Retail mortgages | ( | ( | ( | |||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ( | ( | ( | |||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 64 |
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % |
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ( | ( | ( | |||
Total | ( | ( | ( | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||
Total including debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( |
Economic uncertainty adjustments presented by stage (audited) | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ||||
Total | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Retail mortgages | ||||
Retail credit cards | ||||
Retail other | ||||
Corporate loans | ( | |||
Total |
Notes
aPositive values reflect an increase in impairment allowance and negative values reflect a reduction in the impairment allowance.
bIncludes £4.0 bn (2022: £3.6 bn) of modelled ECL, £0.3 bn (2022: £0.3 bn) of individually assessed impairments and £0.2 bn (2022: £0.4 bn) ECL from non-modelled
exposures and debt securities.
cTotal impairment allowance consists of ECL stock on drawn and undrawn exposures.
Economic uncertainty adjustments
Economic uncertainty adjustments are captured in two ways. Firstly, customer uncertainty: the identification of customers and clients who may be more
vulnerable to economic instability; and secondly, model uncertainty: to capture the impact from model limitations and sensitivities to specific
macroeconomic parameters which are applied at a portfolio level.
Customer and client uncertainty provisions include an adjustment of £16 m in Corporate loans to provide for downside uncertainties on European
Corporates reflecting recent changes in the macroeconomic outlook.
During the year, a re-build of certain CIB impairment models and a granular credit risk assessment have resulted in retirement of high-risk sectors and
model sensitivity adjustments.
Other adjustments
Other adjustments are operational in nature and are expected to remain in place until they can be reflected in the underlying models. These adjustments
result from data limitations and model performance related issues identified through model monitoring and other established governance processes.
Other adjustments of £(34 )m (2022: £(119 )m) includes:
•Retail credit cards, £9 m (2022: £54 m): The reduction is informed by retirement of an adjustment in US cards for high-risk account management
(HRAM) accounts following model remediation during the year.
•Retail other, £(10 )m (2022: £19 m): The reduction is informed by the German Consumer Finance business classified as assets held for sale.
•Corporate loans, £(30 )m (2022: £(192 )m): The reduction reflects retirement of previously held adjustments linked to model monitoring and ECL
sensitivity to the macroeconomic variable for Federal Tax Receipts following the re-build of certain CIB impairment models.
Climate Risk ECL assessment
Barclays performed a credit risk assessment of physical and transition risk due to climate change. This was delivered through a combination of a
scenario approach and targeted reviews on specific portfolios identified as more susceptible to climate risk. The analysis did not result in a separately
identifiable impairment charge for year end 2023 reporting.
Scenario Approach: The climate stress test macroeconomic scenario was used in lieu of the production Downside 2 scenario to determine impact on
the weighted average ECL output. The output of this analysis was not significant to warrant an additional climate-related impairment charge.
Specific Approach: The approach reviewed portfolios previously identified from both internal and external stress tests as more susceptible to climate
risks. In particular, within the Wholesale portfolio, certain elevated risk sectors (predominantly Oil & Gas, Automotive and Power sectors) were subject
to a review that considered probability of default impact at a counterparty level determined by individual susceptibility to transition climate risks. The
output of this review did not provide variances in ECL deemed sufficiently certain to warrant raising an additional climate-related charge in 2023.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 65 |
Barclays acknowledges that impairment could increase over time as risks become more tangible and impact consumers and clients through physical
risks or via impacts from the transition to a low carbon economy. Therefore, Barclays continues to review credit risk outputs to determine if any
additional physical or transition climate risks are identified that are not sufficiently captured via model output.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 66 |
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
The measurement of modelled ECL involves complexity and judgement, including estimation of probabilities of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), a
range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimation of expected lives, estimation of exposures at default (EAD) and assessing significant increases
in credit risk. The Barclays Bank Group uses a five -scenario model to calculate ECL. An external consensus forecast is assembled from key sources,
including HM Treasury (short and medium term forecasts), and Bloomberg (based on median of economic forecasts) which forms the Baseline
scenario. In addition, two adverse scenarios (Downside 1 and Downside 2) and two favourable scenarios (Upside 1 and Upside 2) are derived, with
associated probability weightings. The adverse scenarios are calibrated to a broadly similar severity to the Barclays Bank Group's internal stress tests and
stress scenarios provided by regulators whilst also considering IFRS 9 specific sensitivities and non-linearity. The favourable scenarios are designed to
reflect plausible upside risks to the Baseline scenario which are broadly consistent with the economic narrative approved by the Senior Scenario Review
Committee. All scenarios are regenerated at a minimum semi-annually. The scenarios include key economic variables (including GDP, unemployment,
House Price Index (HPI) and base rates in both the UK and US markets), and expanded variables using statistical models based on historical correlations.
The upside and downside shocks are designed to evolve over a five-year stress horizon, with all five scenarios converging to a steady state after
approximately seven years .
Scenarios used to calculate the Barclays Bank Group’s ECL charge were refreshed in Q423 with the Baseline scenario reflecting the latest consensus
macroeconomic forecasts available at the time of the scenario refresh. In the Baseline scenario, whilst UK and US economies avoid a recession, GDP
growth remains weak in the coming quarters and beyond as restrictive monetary policies, which impact economies with a lag, continue to restrain
growth. Having peaked in 2022, consumer price inflation in key regions continues to ease over 2023 and 2024. The UK and US unemployment rates rise
to 4.8% and 4.4% respectively over 2024 and then stabilise. With the significant decline in inflationary pressures, major central banks refrain from
further interest rate increases. UK house prices continue to decline in 2024 before stabilising and resuming the upward trend from 2025. The housing
market in the US remains more resilient, with house prices continuing to grow.
In the Downside 2 scenario, inflationary pressures are assumed to intensify again, mainly driven by strong wage growth. Central banks raise rates
further, with the UK bank rate and the US federal fund rate each reaching 8.5% in Q324. High interest rates suddenly bring stress into the financial and
non-financial system, causing joblessness to spike and triggering a housing markets crisis and central banks are forced cut interest rates aggressively.
Falling demand reduces UK and US GDP and headline inflation drops to close to zero. In the Upside 2 scenario, tighter and more productive labour
markets help to accelerate economic growth whilst keeping inflationary pressures under control. With inflation quickly returning to target, central banks
lower interest rates, further stimulating aggregate demand and GDP growth.
The methodology for estimating scenario probability weights involves simulating a range of future paths for UK and US GDP using historical data with
the five scenarios mapped against the distribution of these future paths. The median is centred around the Baseline with scenarios further from the
Baseline attracting a lower weighting before the five weights are normalised to total 100 %. The same scenarios used in the estimation of expected
credit losses are also used to inform the Barclays Bank Group's internal planning purposes. The impacts across the portfolios are different because of
the sensitivities of each of the portfolios to specific macroeconomic variables, for example, mortgages are highly sensitive to house prices, credit cards
and unsecured consumer loans are highly sensitive to unemployment. The increases in the Downside scenario weightings reflected a reduction in GDP
stress severity in the Downside scenarios which brought the GDP of these scenarios closer to the Baseline. The increases in the Upside scenario
weightings were driven by the improvement in actual GDP and the Baseline scenario, bringing the Baseline scenario closer to the Upside scenarios. For
The economic uncertainty adjustments of £16 m (2022: £97 m) have been applied as overlays to the modelled ECL output. For further details see page
65.
The tables below show the key macroeconomic variables used in the five scenarios (five year annual paths), the probability weights applied to each
scenario and the macroeconomic variables by scenario using ‘specific bases’ i.e. the most extreme position of each variable in the context of the
scenario, for example, the highest unemployment for downside scenarios and the lowest unemployment for upside scenarios. Five year average tables
and movement over time graphs provide additional transparency. Annual paths show quarterly averages for the year (unemployment and base rate) or
change in the year (GDP and HPI).
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 67 |
Baseline | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 |
As at 31 December 2023 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | |||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Downside 2 | |||||
UK GDPa | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | ( | ||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | ( | ( | |||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Downside 1 | |||||
UK GDPa | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | ( | ||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | ( | ||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Upside 2 | |||||
UK GDPa | |||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ||||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Upside 1 | |||||
UK GDPa | |||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ||||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 68 |
Baseline | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 31 December 2022 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | ( | ||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | |||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Downside 2 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 31 December 2022 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | ( | ||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | ( | ( | |||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | ( | ( | ( | ||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Downside 1 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 31 December 2022 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | ( | ( | ( | ||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | ( | ( | |||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | ( | ( | |||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Upside 2 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 31 December 2022 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | |||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | |||||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Upside 1 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 31 December 2022 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDPa | |||||
UK unemploymentb | |||||
UK HPIc | |||||
UK bank rate | |||||
US GDPa | |||||
US unemploymentd | |||||
US HPIe | |||||
US federal funds rate | |||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 69 |
Notes
aAverage Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
bAverage UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
cChange in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
dAverage US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
eChange in year end US HPI = FHFA house price index, relative to prior year end.
Scenario probability weighting (audited)a | |||||
Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | |
% | % | % | % | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Scenario probability weighting | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Scenario probability weighting | |||||
Note
Specific bases show the most extreme position of each variable in the context of the downside/upside scenarios, for example, the highest
unemployment for downside scenarios, average unemployment for baseline scenarios and lowest unemployment for upside scenarios. GDP and HPI
downside and upside scenario data represents the lowest and highest points relative to the start point in the 20 quarter period.
Macroeconomic variables used in the calculation of ECL (specific bases) (audited)a | |||||
Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | |
% | % | % | % | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
UK GDPb | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentc | |||||
UK HPId | ( | ( | |||
UK bank ratec | |||||
US GDPb | ( | ||||
US unemploymentc | |||||
US HPId | ( | ||||
US federal funds ratec | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
UK GDPb | ( | ( | |||
UK unemploymentc | |||||
UK HPId | ( | ( | |||
UK bank ratec | |||||
US GDPb | ( | ( | |||
US unemploymentc | |||||
US HPId | |||||
US federal funds ratec | |||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 70 |
Average basis represents the average quarterly value of variables in the 20 quarter period with GDP and HPI based on yearly average and quarterly
CAGRs respectively.
Macroeconomic variables used in the calculation of ECL (5 year averages) (audited)a | |||||
Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 | |
% | % | % | % | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
UK GDPe | |||||
UK unemploymentf | |||||
UK HPIg | ( | ( | |||
UK bank ratef | |||||
US GDPe | |||||
US unemploymentf | |||||
US HPIg | |||||
US federal funds ratef | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
UK GDPe | |||||
UK unemploymentf | |||||
UK HPIg | ( | ( | |||
UK bank ratef | |||||
US GDPe | |||||
US unemploymentf | |||||
US HPIg | |||||
US federal funds ratef | |||||
Notes
aUK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers Index; US GDP = Real GDP
growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA house price index. 20 quarter period starts from Q123 (2022:
Q122).
bMaximum growth relative to Q422 (2022: Q421), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year yearly average CAGR in Baseline; minimum growth relative to
Q422 (2022: Q421), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
cLowest quarter in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; highest quarter in Downside scenarios. Period based on 20 quarters from Q123 (2022: Q122).
dMaximum growth relative to Q422 (2022: Q421), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year quarter end CAGR in Baseline; minimum growth relative to
Q422 (2022: Q421), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
e5-year yearly average CAGR, starting 2023 (2022: 2021).
f5-year average. Period based on 20 quarters from Q123 (2022: Q122).
g5-year quarter end CAGR, starting Q422 (2022: Q421).
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 71 |
The graphs below plot the historical data for GDP growth rate and unemployment rate in the UK and US as well as the forecasted data under each of the
five scenarios.
UK GDP (%) |
US GDP (%) |
UK unemployment (%) |
US unemployment (%) |
GDP growth based on year on year growth each quarter (Q/(Q-4))
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 72 |
highlighting the impact on exposure and ECL across the scenarios.
Model exposure uses exposure at default (EAD) values and is not directly comparable to gross exposure used in prior disclosures.
Barclays Bank Group (audited) | Scenarios | |||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Weighteda | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model exposure (£m)c | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loansd | ||||||
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loansd | ||||||
Total Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cardsb | ||||||
Retail otherb | ||||||
Corporate loansd | ||||||
Total Model ECL | ||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 73 |
Reconciliation to total ECL | £m |
Total weighted model ECL | |
ECL from individually assessed exposuresd | |
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others | |
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost | |
ECL from post model management adjustmentse | ( |
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments | |
Total ECL |
Notes
aModel exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach, as required for Barclays reported impairment
allowance. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given balances may be assigned to a different stage
dependent on the scenario.
bModel exposures and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other exclude the German Consumer Finance business which has now been classified as assets
held for sale.
cModel exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on an observable evidence of default as at 31st December
2023 and not on macroeconomic scenario.
dMaterial corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £289 m is reported as an individually assessed
impairment in the reconciliation table.
ePost Model Adjustments include negative adjustments reflecting operational post model adjustments.
The use of five scenarios with associated weightings results in a total weighted ECL uplift from the Baseline ECL of 0.9 %.
Retail mortgages: Total weighted ECL of £346 m represents a 0.6 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£344 m) reflecting stress on customer affordability.
Retail credit cards: Total weighted ECL of £2,866 m is aligned to the Baseline ECL (£2,863 m). Total ECL increases to £3,057 m under the Downside 2
scenario, driven by an increase in US unemployment rate.
Corporate loans: Total weighted ECL of £786 m represents a 4.1 % increase over the Baseline ECL (£755 m) reflecting the range of economic scenarios
used, with exposures in the Investment Bank being particularly sensitive to the Downside 2 scenario.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 74 |
Barclays Bank Group (audited) | Scenarios | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Weighteda | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model exposure (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model exposure (£m)b | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loans | ||||||
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loansc | ||||||
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loansc | ||||||
Total Model ECL (£m) | ||||||
Retail mortgages | ||||||
Retail credit cards | ||||||
Retail other | ||||||
Corporate loansc | ||||||
Total Model ECL | ||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 75 |
Reconciliation to total ECL | £m |
Total weighted model ECL | |
ECL from individually assessed exposuresc | |
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others | |
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost | |
ECL from post model management adjustmentsd | ( |
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments | |
Total ECL |
Notes
aModel exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach, as required for Barclays reported impairment
allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given balances may be assigned to a different stage
dependent on the scenario.
bModel exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on an observable evidence of default as at 31st December
2022 and not on macroeconomic scenario.
cMaterial corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £316 m is reported as an individually assessed
impairment in the reconciliation table.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 76 |
Analysis of the concentration of credit risk
A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are located in a common geographical region or are engaged in similar activities
and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic
or other conditions. The Barclays Bank Group implements limits on concentrations in order to mitigate the risk.
The table below presents an industry credit risk concentration analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost net of impairment allowance including
breakdown by geographical location of the counterparty or customers. Further includes debt securities at amortised cost, off balance sheet
commitments and financial guarantees and contingent liabilities at amortised cost by geography.
Further detail on the Barclays Bank Group's policies with regard to managing concentration risk is presented in the Barclays Bank PLC Pillar 3 Report
2023 (unaudited).
Loans and advances at amortised cost net of impairment allowance | |||||
Industry | Geography | ||||
United Kingdom | Americas | Europe | Others | Total | |
Barclays Bank Group | |||||
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Agriculture, Food and Forest Products | |||||
Mining and Quarrying | |||||
Manufacturing | |||||
Government and central bank | |||||
Banks | |||||
Energy and water | |||||
Materials and Building | |||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure | |||||
Transport and storage | |||||
Home Loans | |||||
Business and other services | |||||
Other Financial Institutions | |||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending | |||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt | |||||
Contingent liabilities | |||||
Loan commitments | |||||
Total off-balance sheeta | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Agriculture, Food and Forest Products | |||||
Mining and Quarrying | |||||
Manufacturing | |||||
Government and central bank | |||||
Banks | |||||
Energy and water | |||||
Materials and Building | |||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure | |||||
Transport and storage | |||||
Home Loans | |||||
Business and other services | |||||
Other Financial Institutions | |||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending | |||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt | |||||
Contingent liabilities | |||||
Loan commitments | |||||
Total off-balance sheeta | |||||
Note
aThe off-balance sheet contingent liabilities and loan commitments excludes the fair value balance of £16,469 m in 2023 (2022: £14,894 m).
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 77 |
Approach to management and representation of credit quality
Asset credit quality
The credit quality distribution is based on the IFRS 9 12 month probability of default (PD) at the reporting date to ensure comparability with other ECL
disclosures in Expected Credit Losses section on pages 55 to 76. The Barclays Bank Group uses the following internal measures to determine credit
quality for loans:
PD Range % | Internal DG Band | Default Probability | Credit Quality description | Moody’s | Standard and Poor’s | ||
>Min | Mid | <=Max | |||||
0.00 to < 0.15 | 1 | 0.00% | 0.01% | 0.02% | Strong | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2 | AAA, AA+, AA |
2 | 0.02% | 0.03% | 0.03% | Aa3 | AA- | ||
3 | 0.03% | 0.04% | 0.05% | A1, A2, A3 | A+ | ||
4 | 0.05% | 0.08% | 0.10% | A1, A2, A3 | A, A- | ||
5 | 0.10% | 0.13% | 0.15% | Baa1 | BBB+ | ||
0.15 to < 0.25 | 6 | 0.15% | 0.18% | 0.20% | Strong | Baa2 | BBB |
7 | 0.20% | 0.23% | 0.25% | Baa2 | BBB | ||
0.25 to < 0.50 | 8 | 0.25% | 0.28% | 0.30% | Strong | Baa3 | BBB- |
9 | 0.30% | 0.35% | 0.40% | Baa3 | BBB- | ||
10 | 0.40% | 0.45% | 0.50% | Ba1 | BB+ | ||
0.50 to < 0.75 | 11 | 0.50% | 0.55% | 0.60% | Strong | Ba1 | BB+ |
12 | 0.60% | 0.68% | 0.75% | Satisfactory | Ba1, Ba2 | BB, BB- | |
0.75 to < 2.50 | 12 | 0.75% | 0.98% | 1.20% | Satisfactory | Ba1, Ba2, Ba3 | BB, BB- |
13 | 1.20% | 1.38% | 1.55% | Ba3 | BB- | ||
14 | 1.55% | 1.85% | 2.15% | Ba3 | B+ | ||
15 | 2.15% | 2.33% | 2.50% | B1 | B+ | ||
2.50 to < 10.00 | 15 | 2.50% | 2.78% | 3.05% | Satisfactory | B1 | B+ |
16 | 3.05% | 3.75% | 4.45% | B2 | B+ | ||
17 | 4.45% | 5.40% | 6.35% | B3, Caa1 | B | ||
18 | 6.35% | 7.50% | 8.65% | B3, Caa1 | B- | ||
19 | 8.65% | 9.32% | 10.00% | B3, Caa1 | B- | ||
10.00 to < 100.00 | 19 | 10.00% | 10.67% | 11.35% | Satisfactory | B3, Caa1 | B- |
20 | 11.35% | 15.00% | 18.65% | Higher Risk | Caa2 | CCC+ | |
21 | 18.65% | 30.00% | 99.99% | Higher Risk | Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, CC+ ,CC, C | |
100.00 (Default) | 22 | 100% | 100% | 100% | Credit Impaired | D | D |
For retail clients, a range of analytical tools are used to derive the probability of default of clients at inception and on an ongoing basis. These credit
quality descriptions can be summarised as follows:
Strong: there is a very high likelihood of the asset being recovered in full.
Satisfactory: while there is a high likelihood that the asset will be recovered and therefore, of no cause for concern to the Barclays Bank Group, the asset
may not be collateralised, or may relate to unsecured retail facilities. At the lower end of this grade there are customers that are being more carefully
monitored, for example, corporate customers which are indicating some evidence of deterioration, mortgages with a high loan to value, and unsecured
retail loans operating outside normal product guidelines.
Higher risk: there is concern over the obligor’s ability to make payments when due. However, these have not yet converted to actual delinquency. There
may also be doubts over the value of collateral or security provided. However, the borrower or counterparty is continuing to make payments when due
and is expected to settle all outstanding amounts of principal and interest.
Debt securities
For assets held at fair value, the carrying value on the balance sheet will include, among other things, the credit risk of the issuer. Most listed and some
unlisted securities are rated by external rating agencies. The Barclays Bank Group mainly uses external credit ratings provided by Standard & Poor’s,
Fitch or Moody’s. Where such ratings are not available or are not current, the Barclays Bank Group will use its own internal ratings for the securities.
Balance sheet credit quality
The following tables present the credit quality of Barclays Bank Group assets exposed to credit risk.
Overview
As at 31 December 2023, the ratio of the Barclays Bank Group’s on-balance sheet assets classified as strong (0.0 < 0.60%) at 87% (2022: 86%) of total
assets exposed to credit risk.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 78 |
Balance sheet credit quality (audited) | |||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | PD Range | 0.0 to <0.60% | 0.60 to <11.35% | 11.35% to 100% | Total | 0.0 to <0.60% | 0.60 to <11.35% | 11.35% to 100% | Total |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | % | % | % | |
Cash and balances at central banks | |||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | |||||||||
Debt securities | |||||||||
Traded loans | |||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | |||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | |||||||||
Loans and advances | |||||||||
Debt securities | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | |||||||||
Other financial assets | |||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | |||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||||||
Other assets | |||||||||
Assets held for sale | |||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | |||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | |||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||
Retail mortgages | |||||||||
Retail credit cards | |||||||||
Retail other | |||||||||
Corporate loans | |||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | |||||||||
Debt securities | |||||||||
Traded loans | |||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | |||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | |||||||||
Loans and advances | |||||||||
Debt securities | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | |||||||||
Other financial assets | |||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | |||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||||||
Other assets | |||||||||
Assets held for sale | |||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | |||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 79 |
Stage 1 higher risk assets, presented gross of associated collateral held, are of weaker credit quality but have not significantly deteriorated since
origination.
IFRS 9 Stage 1 and Stage 2 classification is not dependent solely on the absolute probability of default but on elements that determine a Significant
Increase in Credit Risk, including relative movement in probability of default since initial recognition. There is therefore no direct relationship between
credit quality and IFRS 9 stage classification.
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail mortgages (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail credit cardsd (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail otherd (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 80 |
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for corporate loans (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for Loans and Advances at amortised costd (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail mortgages (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 81 |
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail credit cards (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for retail other (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for corporate loans (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 82 |
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for Loans and Advances at amortised cost (audited) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
Grading | PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||||
1-3 | 0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to <0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to <0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to <0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to <11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for contingent liabilitiesa (audited) | ||||||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||
Grading | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | |
1-3 | 0.0 to < 0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to < 0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to < 0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to < 0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to < 2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to < 11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to < 100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for contingent liabilitiesa (audited) | ||||||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||
Grading | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | |
1-3 | 0.0 to < 0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to < 0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to < 0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to < 0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to < 2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to < 11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to < 100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 83 |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for loan commitmentsa (audited) | ||||||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||
Grading | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | |
1-3 | 0.0 to < 0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to < 0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to < 0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to < 0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to < 2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to < 11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to < 100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for loan commitmentsa (audited) | ||||||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure | Coverage ratio | ||||||||
PD range | Credit quality description | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||
Grading | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | |
1-3 | 0.0 to < 0.05% | Strong | ||||||||||
4-5 | 0.05 to < 0.15% | Strong | ||||||||||
6-8 | 0.15 to < 0.30% | Strong | ||||||||||
9-11 | 0.30 to < 0.60% | Strong | ||||||||||
12-14 | 0.60 to < 2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
15-19 | 2.15 to < 11.35% | Satisfactory | ||||||||||
20-21 | 11.35 to < 100% | Higher Risk | ||||||||||
22 | 100% | Credit Impaired | ||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||
Note
aExcludes loan commitments and financial guarantees carried at fair value of £16.5 bn (2022: 14.9 bn) for Barclays Bank Group.
bPD bandings 2.15% to <10% and 10% to <11.35% have been merged for an enhanced presentation. The prior period comparative has been aligned accordingly.
cLoan commitments reported also include exposures relating to financial assets classified as assets held for sale.
dExposures reported within Retail credit cards and Retail other does not include the German Consumer Finance business classified as assets held for sale.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 84 |
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
Retail Credit Cards and Retail Other
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 89% (2022: 84%) of Barclays Bank Group’s total retail credit cards and retail other.
Principal portfolios | |||||
Gross Exposure | 30 Day Arrears, excluding recoveries book | 90 Day Arrears, excluding recoveries book | Annualised Gross Write-off Rates | Annualised Net Write-off Rates | |
£m | % | % | % | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
US cards | 27,286 | 2.9 | 1.5 | 2.3 | 2.3 |
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
US cards | 25,554 | 2.2 | 1.2 | 2.4 | 2.3 |
German consumer finance business | 4,269 | 1.7 | 0.7 | 0.7 | 0.6 |
Portfolios - held for sale | |||||
Gross Exposure | 30 Day Arrears, excluding recoveries book | 90 Day Arrears, excluding recoveries book | Annualised Gross Write-off Rates | Annualised Net Write-off Rates | |
£m | % | % | % | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
German consumer finance business | 4,094 | 1.7 | 0.8 | 1.0 | 1.0 |
US cards: 30 and 90 day arrears rates increased to 2.9% (2022: 2.2%) and 1.5% (2022: 1.2%) respectively due to an anticipated higher flow into and
through delinquency, as rates returned to pre-pandemic levels. Write off rates remained broadly stable at 2.3%.
German consumer finance business: Gross exposure decreased 4% following business reprioritisation and discontinuation of Open Market loans
originations. 30 and 90 day arrears rates remained stable and write-off rates increased due to the impact of accepting higher loan amount applications
during 2022, which has since been discontinued.
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 85 |
Summary of Contents | Page | |
Outlines key measures used to summarise the market risk profile of the Barclays Bank Group such as VaR. | ||
The Barclays Bank Group discloses details on management measures of market risk. Total management VaR includes all trading positions and is presented on a diversified basis by risk factor. | ||
–The daily average,high and low values of management VaR |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 86 |
Overview
This section contains key statistics describing the market risk profile of the Barclays Bank Group:
•The market risk management section on page 43 provides a description of management VaR. Management measures are shown below.
Measures of market risk in the Barclays Bank Group and accounting measures
Traded market risk measures such as VaR and balance sheet exposure measures have fundamental differences:
•Balance sheet measures show accruals-based balances or marked to market values as at the reporting date
•VaR measures also take account of current marked to market values but, in addition, hedging effects between positions are considered
•Market risk measures are expressed in terms of changes in value or volatilities as opposed to static values.
For these reasons, it is not possible to present direct reconciliations of traded market risk and accounting measures.
Summary of performance in the period
Average management VaR increased 17% to £42m (2022: £36m) and the range narrowed. The increase was driven by the impact of funded, fair value
leverage loan exposure in Investment Banking since Q4 2022, partially offset by lower market volatility and credit spread levels in 2023 as geopolitical
tensions eased, relative to 2022, inflation declined and the pace of interest rate rises moderated. Management VaR declined in 2023 from a high of
£72m in November 2022, driven by a reduction in the size of the funded, fair value leverage loan exposure in Investment Banking.
Traded market risk review
Review of management measures
The following disclosures provide details of management measures of market risk.
The table below shows the total management VaR on a diversified basis by risk factor. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in CIB and
the supporting Barclays Bank Group Treasury desks, measured to a confidence level of 95%.
Limits are applied against each risk factor VaR as well as total management VaR, which are then cascaded further by risk managers to each business.
Management VaR (95%, one day) (audited) | ||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||
Average | High | Low | Average | High | Low | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Credit risk | ||||||
Interest rate risk | ||||||
Equity risk | ||||||
Basis risk | ||||||
Spread risk | ||||||
Foreign exchange risk | ||||||
Commodity risk | ||||||
Inflation risk | ||||||
Diversification effecta | ( | n/a | n/a | ( | n/a | n/a |
Total management VaR | ||||||
Note
aDiversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower
than the sum of the expected losses from each area. Historical correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR
figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported as a whole. Consequently, a diversification effect balance
for the high and low VaR figures would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table.
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 87 |
Barclays Bank Group Management VaR (£m)
100 - |
75 - |
50 - |
25 - |
Jan 2022 | Jan 2023 | Jan 2024 | |||
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 88 |
Summary of Contents | Page | |
Liquidity risk performance | ||
The risk that the firm is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets. This section provides an overview of the Barclays Bank Group’s liquidity risk. | ||
Provides details on the contractual maturity of all financial instruments and other assets and liabilities. | ||
Capital risk performance | ||
Capital risk is the risk that the firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This also includes the risk from the firm’s pension plans. This section details Barclays Bank Group’s capital and leverage position. | ||
Barclays Bank Group discloses the two sources of foreign exchange risk that it is exposed to. | ||
A review focusing on the UK retirement fund, which represents the majority of Barclays Bank Group’s total retirement benefit obligation. | ||
Interest rate risk in the banking book performance | ||
A description of the non-traded market risk framework is provided. Barclays Bank Group discloses a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for non-trading financial assets and liabilities. The analysis is carried out by currency. Barclays Bank Group discloses the overall impact of a parallel shift in interest rates on other comprehensive income and cash flow hedges. Barclays Bank Group measures the volatility of the value of the FVOCI instruments in the liquidity pool through non-traded market risk VaR. | ||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 89 |
Liquidity risk
Overview
The efficient management of liquidity is essential to the Barclays Bank Group in order to retain the confidence of markets and maintain the sustainability
of the business. The liquidity risk control framework is used to manage all liquidity risk exposures under both business-as-usual and stressed conditions.
The liquidity risk framework is designed to maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient in amount, quality and funding tenor profile to support the
liquidity risk appetite as expressed by the Barclays Bank PLC Board. The liquidity risk appetite is monitored against both internal and regulatory liquidity
metrics.
For the purpose of liquidity management, Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiary Barclays Capital Securities Limited, a UK broker dealer entity, are
monitored on a combined basis by the PRA under a Domestic Liquidity Sub-Group (Barclays Bank PLC DoLSub) arrangement.
Liquidity regulation
The bank monitors its position against both the LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) and NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio) according to the PRA regulatory
requirements which include certain Basel III standards that were retained in the UK regulatory framework from 1 January 2022 as part of the UK's
withdrawal from the EU. The LCR requirement takes into account the relative stability of different sources of funding and potential incremental funding
requirements in a stress. The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile by holding sufficient High Quality Liquid
Assets (HQLA) to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days. The NSFR has been developed to promote a sustainable and stable structure of
assets and liabilities.
Liquidity risk stress testing
The Internal Liquidity Stress Test (ILST) measures the potential contractual and contingent stress outflows under a range of stress scenarios, which are
then used to determine the size of the liquidity pool that is immediately available to meet anticipated outflows if a stress occurs. The scenarios include a
30 day Barclays-specific stress event, a 90 day market-wide stress event and a 30 day combined scenario consisting of both a Barclays specific and
market-wide stress event. Barclays Bank PLC DolSub also runs a liquidity stress test which measures the anticipated outflows over a 12 month market-
wide scenario.
As at 31 December 2023, Barclays Bank PLC DoLSub held eligible liquid assets well above 100% of net stressed outflows as measured according to its
internal and regulatory requirements. The split of the liquidity pool between cash and deposits with central banks, government bonds and other eligible
securities is broadly similar to the Barclays Group.
The liquidity pool decreased to £176bn (December 2022: £191bn), while the Average LCR increased to 151% (December 2022:134%). The liquidity
pool movement was driven by a reduction in wholesale funding led by short term Money Market balances and changes in business funding
consumption. The increase in LCR is driven by a decrease in net stress outflows led by an increase in the proportion of corporate deposits treated as
operational.
2023 | 2022 | |
As at 31 December | £bn | £bn |
Barclays Bank PLC DoLSub Liquidity Pool | 176 | 191 |
% | % | |
Barclays Bank PLC DoLSub Liquidity Coverage Ratioa | 151 | 134 |
Note
aLiquidity Coverage Ratio is now shown on an average basis, based on the average of the last 12 spot month end ratios. LCR comparatives have been updated for
consistency.
The Barclays Bank Group has direct access to US, European and Asian capital markets through its global investment banking operations and to long-
term investors through its clients worldwide. Key sources of wholesale funding include money markets, certificates of deposit, commercial paper,
medium term issuances (including structured notes) and securitisations. This funding capacity enables the Barclays Bank Group to maintain a stable
and diversified funding base.
The Barclays Bank Group also supports various central bank monetary initiatives, such as the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme with additional
incentives for SMEs (TFSME), and the European Central Bank’s Targeted Long-Term Refinancing Operations (TLTRO). These are reported under
‘repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing’ on the balance sheet. In 2023, Barclays Bank Group repaid £0.9bn of TLTRO drawings
reducing its outstanding balance to £0.5bn as at 31 December 2023. Barclays Bank Group had £6.9bn TFSME balances outstanding at the year-end.
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)
The external NSFR metric requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile taking into account both on and certain off balance sheet exposures over a
medium to long term period. The ratio is defined as the Available Stable Funding (capital and certain liabilities which are defined as stable sources of
funding) relative to the Required Stable Funding (a measure of assets on balance sheet and certain off balance sheet exposures which may require
longer term funding). The NSFR (average of last four quarter end ratios) was 110% at December 2023, equivalent to a surplus of £31bn above the
regulatory requirement and demonstrates Barclays Bank PLC’s stable balance sheet funding profile.
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 90 |
2023 | 2022 | |
Net Stable Funding Ratioa | £bn | £bn |
Total Available Stable Funding | 339 | 310 |
Total Required Stable Funding | 308 | 288 |
Surplus | 31 | 22 |
Net Stable Funding Ratio | 110% | 108% |
Note
aAverage represents the last four spot quarter end ratios.
As part of the liquidity risk appetite, Barclays Bank PLC DoLSub establishes minimum LCR, NSFR and internal liquidity stress test limits. Barclays Bank
PLC DoLSub plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory requirements at an efficient level. Risks to market funding conditions, the
Barclays Bank Group’s liquidity position and funding profile are assessed continuously, and actions are taken to manage the size of the liquidity pool and
the funding profile as appropriate.
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 91 |
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
designated in a hedging relationship) and trading portfolio assets and liabilities are included in the ‘not more than one month’ column at their fair value.
Liquidity risk on these items is not managed on the basis of contractual maturity since these items are not held for settlement according to such
maturity and will frequently be settled before contractual maturity at fair value. Derivatives designated in a hedging relationship are included according
to their contractual maturity.
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (audited) | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Not more than one month | Over one month but not more than three months | Over three months but not more than six months | Over six months but not more than one year | Over one year but not more than three years | Over three years but not more than five years | Over five years | Total |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Assets | ||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks and customers | ||||||||
Debt Securities at amortised cost | ||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||||||
Other financial assets | ||||||||
Total financial assets | ||||||||
Other assets | ||||||||
Total assets | ||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost from bank and customers | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ||||||||
Debt securities in issue | ||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Other financial liabilities | ||||||||
Total financial liabilities | ||||||||
Other liabilities | ||||||||
Total liabilities | ||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 92 |
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (audited) | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Not more than one month | Over one month but not more than three months | Over three months but not more than six months | Over six months but not more than one year | Over one year but not more than three years | Over three years but not more than five years | Over five years | Total |
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Assets | ||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks and customers | ||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||||||
Other financial assets | ||||||||
Total financial assets | ||||||||
Other assets | ||||||||
Total assets | ||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks and customers | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ||||||||
Debt securities in issue | ||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Other financial liabilities | ||||||||
Total financial liabilities | ||||||||
Other liabilities | ||||||||
Total liabilities | ||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 93 |
Expected maturity date may differ from the contractual date, to account for:
▪Trading portfolio assets and liabilities and derivative financial instruments which may not be held to maturity as part of the Barclays Bank Group’s
trading strategies.
▪Corporate and retail deposits, reported under deposits at amortised cost, are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis. In
practice, their behavioural maturity is typically longer than their contractual maturity, and therefore provide stable funding for the Barclays Bank
Group’s operations and liquidity needs.
▪Loans to corporate and retail customers, which are included within loans and advances at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value, may be
repaid earlier in line with terms and conditions of the contract.
▪Debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities, and financial liabilities designated at fair value may include early redemption features.
balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows of all financial liabilities (i.e. nominal values).
The balances in the below table do not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows, on an
undiscounted basis, related to both principal as well as those associated with all future coupon payments.
Derivative financial instruments held for trading and trading portfolio liabilities are included in the 'not more than one month' column at their fair value.
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities - undiscounted (audited) | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Not more than one month | Over one month but not more than three months | Over three months but not more than six months | Over six months but not more than one year | Over one year but not more than three years | Over three years but not more than five years | Over five years | Total |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks and customers | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ||||||||
Debt securities in issue | ||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Other financial liabilities | ||||||||
Total financial liabilities | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks and customers | ||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ||||||||
Debt securities in issue | ||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | ||||||||
Other financial liabilities | ||||||||
Total financial liabilities | ||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 94 |
The table below presents the maturity split of the Barclays Bank Group’s off-balance sheet commitments given at the balance sheet date. The amounts
disclosed in the table are the undiscounted cash flows (i.e. nominal values) on the basis of earliest opportunity at which they are available.
Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments given (audited) | ||||||||
Not more than one month | Over one month but not more than three months | Over three months but not more than six months | Over six months but not more than one year | Over one year but not more than three years | Over three years but not more than five years | Over five years | Total | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Contingent liabilities and financial guarantees | ||||||||
Documentary credits and other short- term trade related transactions | ||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | ||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Contingent liabilities and financial guarantees | ||||||||
Documentary credits and other short- term trade related transactions | ||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | ||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given | ||||||||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 95 |
Capital risk
Overview
Barclays Bank PLC capital requirements are set by the PRA at a solo-consolidated level. Barclays Bank PLC solo-consolidated comprises Barclays Bank
PLC plus certain additional subsidiaries, whose inclusion within the consolidation is subject to PRA approval. On 20 December 2022, the PRA granted
permission for leverage minimum requirements to be set at the sub-consolidated level for Barclays Bank PLC effective from 1 January 2023 replacing the
individual requirement that was due to become effective at that time. The sub-consolidated group represents the Barclays Bank Group on a regulatory
scope of consolidation subject to PRA approval.
The disclosures below provide key capital metrics for Barclays Bank PLC on a solo-consolidated basis and leverage metrics on a sub-consolidated basis.
Further information on the risk profile will be included in the Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Pillar 3 Report, expected to be published on 20 February 2024, and
which will be available at home.barclays/investor-relations/reports-and-events/annual-reports.
In the disclosures that follow, references to CRR, as amended by CRR II, mean the capital regulatory requirements, as they form part of domestic law by
virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended.
As at 31 December 2023 Barclays Bank PLC solo-consolidated CET1 ratio was 12.1% which is above its minimum regulatory requirement of 10.5%.
Capital ratiosa,b,d | ||
As at 31 December | 2023 | 2022 |
CET1 | 12.1% | 12.7% |
Tier 1 (T1) | 16.0% | 16.7% |
Total regulatory capital | 19.2% | 20.8% |
Capital resources (audited) | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m |
CET1 capital | ||
T1 capital | ||
Total regulatory capital | ||
Total risk weighted assets (RWAs) (unaudited) |
Barclays Bank PLC is required to disclose a UK leverage ratio at a sub-consolidated level based on capital and exposure on the last day of the quarter.
Additionally, it is also required to disclose an average UK leverage ratio based on capital on the last day of each month in the quarter and an exposure
measure for each day in the quarter.
Leverage ratio BBPLC sub-consolidateda,c,d,e | |
2023 | |
As at 31 December | £m |
UK leverage ratio | 6.0% |
T1 capital | 55,560 |
UK leverage exposure | 924,826 |
Average UK leverage ratio | 5.4% |
Average T1 capital | 55,681 |
Average UK leverage exposure | 1,022,824 |
Notes
aCapital, RWAs and leverage are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II. This includes IFRS 9 transitional arrangements and
the grandfathering of CRR II non-compliant capital instruments.
bThe fully loaded CET1 ratio was 12.1%, with £25.5bn of CET1 capital and £211.2bn of RWAs, calculated without applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as
amended by CRR II.
cNo comparatives are provided for Leverage as this is the first reporting year for Barclays Bank PLC sub-consolidated.
dThe fully loaded Barclays Bank PLC Solo-consolidated and Barclays Bank PLC sub-consolidated CET1 ratios, as are relevant for assessing against the conversion triggers
in Barclays Bank PLC AT1 securities (all of which are held by Barclays PLC), were 12.1% and 16.4% respectively calculated without applying the transitional
arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II.
eAlthough the leverage ratio is expressed in terms of T1 capital, the countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB) and 75% of the minimum requirement must be covered
solely with CET1 capital. The CET1 capital held against the 0.2% CCLB was £1.8bn.
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 96 |
The Barclays Bank Group is exposed to two sources of foreign exchange risk.
a)Transactional foreign currency exposure
Transactional foreign currency exposures represent exposures on banking assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional
currency of the transacting entity.
The Barclays Bank Group’s risk management policies are designed to prevent the holding of significant open positions in foreign currencies outside the
trading portfolio which is monitored through VaR.
Banking book transactional foreign exchange risk is monitored on a daily basis by the market risk function and minimised by the businesses.
b)Translational foreign exchange exposure
The Barclays Bank Group's investments in overseas subsidiaries and branches create capital resources denominated in foreign currencies, principally
USD and EUR. Changes in the GBP value of the net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve,
resulting in a movement in shareholders’ equity.
Functional currency of operations (audited) | ||||||
Foreign currency net investments | Borrowings which hedge the net investments | Derivatives which hedge the net investments | Structural currency exposures pre- economic hedges | Economic hedges | Remaining structural currency exposures | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||
USD | ( | ( | ( | |||
EUR | ( | ( | ||||
JPY | ( | |||||
Other | ( | ( | ||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||
USD | ( | ( | ( | |||
EUR | ( | ( | ( | |||
JPY | ( | |||||
Other | ( | ( | ||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | |||
Economic hedges relate to exposures arising on foreign currency denominated preference share and AT1 instruments. These instruments are
accounted for at historical cost under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes. The gain or loss arising from changes in the GBP value
of these instruments is recognised on redemption in retained earnings.
During 2023, total structural currency exposure net of hedging instruments decreased by £0.7 bn to £19.0 bn (2022: £19.7 bn). Foreign currency
net investments decreased by £1.5 bn to £39.4 bn (2022: £40.9 bn) driven predominantly by a £1.3 bn decrease in US dollars, £0.1 bn decrease in Euro
and £0.1 bn increase in other currencies. The hedges associated with these foreign currency investments decreased by £0.1 bn to £12.2 bn (2022:
£12.3 bn).
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 97 |
Pension risk review
The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF) represents approximately 96% (2022: 96%) of the Barclays Bank Group’s total retirement benefit obligations globally.
As such this risk review section focuses exclusively on the UKRF. The UKRF is closed to new entrants and there is no new final salary benefit being
accrued. Existing active members accrue a combination of a cash balance benefit and a defined contribution element. Pension risk arises as the market
value of the pension fund assets may decline, investment returns may reduce or the estimated value of the pension liabilities may increase.
Assets
The Trustee Board of the UKRF defines its overall long-term investment strategy with investments across a broad range of asset classes. This results in a
diversified mix of return seeking assets as well as liability matching assets to better match future pension obligations. The two largest risks within the
asset portfolio are credit spread and growth assets. The split of scheme assets is shown within Note 30 to the financial statements. The fair value of the
UKRF assets was £24.2bn as at 31 December 2023 (2022: £24.7bn).
Liabilities
The UKRF retirement benefit obligations are a series of future cash flows with relatively long duration. On an IAS 19 basis these cash flows are sensitive
to changes in the expected long-term price inflation rate (RPI) and the discount rate (GBP AA corporate bond yield):
▪An increase in long-term expected inflation corresponds to an increase in liabilities.
▪A decrease in the discount rate corresponds to an increase in liabilities.
Pension risk is generated through the Barclays Bank Group’s defined benefit schemes and this risk is set to reduce over time as the main defined benefit
scheme is closed to new entrants. The chart below outlines the shape of the UKRF’s liability cash flow profile as at 31 December 2023 that takes
account of the future inflation indexing of payments to beneficiaries. The majority of the cash flows (approximately 96%) fall between 0 and 40 years,
peaking between 11 and 20 years and reducing thereafter. The shape may vary depending on changes to inflation and longevity expectations and any
members who elect to transfer out. Transfers out will bring forward the liability cash flows.
For more detail on the UKRF’s financial and demographic valuation assumptions see Note 30 to the financial statements.
The graph below shows the evolution of the UKRF’s net IAS 19 position over the last two years. During 2023, the decrease in the UKRF surplus was
driven by assets underperforming the discount rate and lower corporate bond yields.
Refer to Note 30 to the financial statements for the sensitivity of the UKRF to changes in key assumptions.
Proportion of liability cash flows (%) |
n | 0-10 years | 30.7 |
n | 11-20 years | 32.6 |
n | 21-30 years | 22.2 |
n | 31-40 years | 11 |
n | 41-50 years | 3.3 |
n | 51+ years | 0.3 |
IAS 19 pension position from 2021 to 2023 (£bn) |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 98 |
Risk measurement
In line with the Barclays Bank Group's risk management framework the assets and liabilities of the UKRF are modelled within a VaR framework to show
the volatility of the pension position at a total portfolio level. This enables the risks, diversification and liability matching characteristics of the UKRF
obligations and investments to be adequately captured. VaR is measured and monitored on a monthly basis. Risks are reviewed and reported regularly
at the Pensions Executive Board. The VaR model takes into account the valuation of the liabilities on an IAS 19 basis (see Note 30 to the financial
statements). The Trustee receives quarterly VaR measures on a funding basis.
The pension liability is also sensitive to post-retirement mortality assumptions which are reviewed regularly (See Note 30 to the financial statements).
To mitigate part of this risk the UKRF has entered into a longevity swap hedging approximately three quarters of current pensioner liabilities.
In addition, the impact of pension risk to the Barclays Bank Group is taken into account as part of the stress testing process. Stress testing is performed
internally at least on an annual basis. The UKRF exposure is also included as part of regulatory stress tests.
The Barclays Bank Group's defined benefit pension schemes affect capital in two ways:
•An IAS 19 deficit is treated as a liability on the Barclays Bank Group’s balance sheet. Movement in a deficit due to remeasurements, including
actuarial losses, are recognised immediately through Other Comprehensive Income and as such reduce shareholders’ equity and CET1 capital. An
IAS 19 surplus is treated as an asset on the balance sheet and increases shareholders’ equity; however, it is deducted for the purposes of
determining CET1 capital.
•In the Barclays Bank Group’s statutory balance sheet an IAS 19 surplus or deficit is partially offset by a deferred tax liability or asset respectively.
These may or may not be recognised for calculating CET1 capital depending on the overall deferred tax position of the Barclays Bank Group at the
particular time.
Pension risk is taken into account in the Pillar 2A capital assessment undertaken by the PRA at least annually. The Pillar 2A requirement forms part of
the overall capital requirement for Barclays Bank PLC.
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 99 |
Interest rate risk in the banking book
Overview
The treasury and capital risk framework covers interest rate sensitive exposures held in the banking book, mostly relating to accrual accounted and
FVOCI instruments. The potential volatility of net interest income (NII) is measured by an Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) metric which is monitored
regularly and reported to senior management and the Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee as part of the limit monitoring framework.
Summary of performance in the period
NII sensitivity to interest rate shocks has decreased year on year due to changes in the customer banking book’s composition. Barclays Bank PLC's
strategy remains to stabilise income across various interest rate environments, this has led to a broadly neutral outcome of sensitivities to both a +25bps
and -25bps shock.
Key metrics
-£8m |
AEaR across the Barclays Bank Group from a +25bps shock to forward interest rate curves.
The table below shows a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for non-traded financial assets and liabilities, including the effect of any
hedging. This analysis is not a forward guidance on NII and is intended as a quantification of risk exposure utilising the Net Interest Income (NII) metric
as described in the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2023 (unaudited), which includes documentation of the main model assumptions.
Net Interest Income sensitivity (AEaR) by currency (audited) | 2023 | 2022 | ||
+25 basis points | -25 basis points | +25 basis points | -25 basis points | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m |
GBP | ( | ( | ||
USD | ( | ( | ||
EUR | ( | ( | ||
Other currencies | ( | ( | ||
Total | ( | ( | ||
The analysis of equity sensitivity table measures the overall impact of a +/- 25bps movement in interest rates on retained earnings, FVOCI, cash flow
hedge reserves and pensions. For non-NII items a DV01 metric is used, which is an indicator of the shift in value for a 1bp movement in the yield curve.
Analysis of equity sensitivity (audited) | 31 December 2023 | 31 December 2022 | ||
+25 basis points | -25 basis points | +25 basis points | -25 basis points | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Net interest income | ( | ( | ||
Taxation effects on the above | ( | ( | ||
Effect on profit for the year | ( | ( | ||
As percentage of net profit after tax | ( | ( | ||
Effect on profit for the year (per above) | ( | ( | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | ( | ( | ||
Cash flow hedge reserve | ( | ( | ||
Taxation effects on the above | ( | ( | ||
Effect on equity | ( | ( | ||
As percentage of equity | ( | ( | ||
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 100 |
Volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool
Changes in value of FVOCI exposures flow directly through capital via the FVOCI reserve. The volatility in the value of the FVOCI investments in the
liquidity pool is captured and managed through a value measure rather than an earning measure, i.e. non-traded market risk VaR.
Although the underlying methodology to calculate the non-traded VaR is identical to the one used in traded management VaR, the two measures are
not directly comparable. The non-traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the FVOCI exposures. These exposures are in the banking
book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
Analysis of volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool | ||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||
Average | High | Low | Average | High | Low | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Non-traded market value at risk (daily, 95%) | 67 | 78 | 51 | 40 | 51 | 31 |
Daily Value at Risk trended upwards in H1 2023 due to increase in time series volatility and addition in interest rate risk positioning. Daily Value at Risk
reduced towards the end of H2 2023 as time series volatility subsided.
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and Capital risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 101 |
Overview
Operational risks are inherent in the Barclays Bank Group’s business activities and it is not cost effective or possible to attempt to eliminate all
operational risks. The Operational Risk Framework is therefore focused on identifying operational risks, assessing them and managing them within the
Barclays Bank Group’s approved risk appetite.
The Operational Risk principal risk comprises the following risks: Change Delivery Management Risk; Data Management Risk; Financial Reporting Risk;
Fraud Risk; Information Security Risk; Operational Recovery Planning Risk; Payments Process Risk; People Risk; Physical Security Risk; Premises Risk;
Risk Reporting; Supplier Risk; Tax Risk; Technology Risk and Transaction Operations Risk. The operational risk profile is also informed by a number of
connected risks: Cybersecurity; Data and Resilience. These themes represent threats to the Barclays Bank Group that extend across multiple risk types,
and therefore require an integrated risk management approach.
For definitions of these risks refer to the Management of operational risk section of the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2023. To provide complete coverage
of the potential adverse impacts on the Barclays Bank Group arising from operational risk, the operational risk taxonomy extends beyond the risks listed
above to cover operational risks associated with other principal risks too.
This section provides an analysis of the Barclays Bank Group’s operational risk profile, including events above the Barclays Bank Group’s reportable
threshold, which have had a financial impact in 2023. The Barclays Bank Group’s operational risk profile is informed by bottom-up risk assessments
undertaken by each business unit and top-down qualitative review for each risk type. Fraud, Transaction Operations, Information Security and
Technology continue to be highlighted as key operational risk exposures.
For information on compliance risk events, see the compliance risk section.
Summary of performance in the period
During 2023, total operational risk lossesa decreased to £54m (2022: £72m) and the number of recorded events for 2023 decreased to 842 from 924
events recorded during the prior year. The total operational risk losses for the year were mainly driven by events falling within the Execution, Delivery &
Process Management and External Fraud categories, which tend to be high volume but low impact events.
Key metrics
80% |
of the Barclays Bank Group’s net reportable operational risk events had a loss value of £50,000 or less |
35% |
of events by number are due to Execution, Delivery and Process Management |
64% |
of events by number are due to External Fraud |
78% |
of losses are from events aligned to Execution, Delivery and Process Management |
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 102 |
Operational risk profile
Within operational risk, there are a large number of small value risk events. In 2023, 80% (2022: 80%) of the Barclays Bank Group’s reportable
operational risk events by volume had a value of less than £50,000 each. Cumulatively, events under this £50,000 threshold accounted for only 20%
(2022: 20%) of the Barclays Bank Group’s total net operational risk losses. A small proportion of operational risk events have a material impact on the
financial results of the Barclays Bank Group.
The analysis below presents the Barclays Bank Group’s operational risk events by Basel event category:
Operational risk events by BASEL event category
% of total risk events by count |
Internal Fraud |
2023 |
2022 |
External Fraud |
2023 |
2022 |
Execution Delivery and Process Management |
2023 |
2022 |
Employment Practices and Workplace Safety |
2023 |
2022 |
Damage to Physical Assets |
2023 |
2022 |
Clients Products and Business Practices |
2023 |
2022 |
Business Disruption and System Failures |
2023 |
2022 |
% of total risk events by value |
Internal Fraud |
2023 |
2022 |
External Fraud |
2023 |
2022 |
Execution Delivery and Process Management |
2023 |
2022 |
Employment Practices and Workplace Safety |
2023 |
2022 |
Damage to Physical Assets |
2023 |
2022 |
Clients Products and Business Practices |
2023 |
2022 |
Business Disruption and System Failures |
2023 |
2022 |
Note
aThe data disclosed includes operational risk losses for reportable events impacting the Barclays Bank Group business areas, having impact of > £10,000 and excludes
Gain or Insurance Recovery impacts, events that are compliance or legal risk, aggregate and boundary events. A boundary event is an operational risk event that
results in a credit risk impact. Due to the nature of risk events that keep evolving, data for prior year losses are updated.
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 103 |
▪Execution, Delivery and Process Management impacts during 2023 decreased to £42m (2022: £55m) and accounted for 78% of total operational
risk losses (2022: 76%). The events in this category are typical of the banking industry as a whole where high volumes of transactions are
processed on a daily basis, mapping mainly to Barclays Transaction Operations risk type. The overall frequency of events in this category in 2023
remained stable at 35% of total events by volume (2022: 34%).
▪External Fraud impacts during 2023 decreased to £11m (2022: £17m) and accounted for 21% of total events by value (2022: 24%). Volume of
events decreased to 536 accounting for 64% of total event volume (2022: 599 / 65%). In this category, high volume, low value events are driven by
transactional fraud often related to debit and credit card usage. Note: Total External Fraud losses in 2023 including those from events with impact
<£10,000 amounted to £64m (2022: £66m).
Investment continues to be made in improving the control environment across the Barclays Bank Group. Specific areas of focus include new and
enhanced fraud prevention systems and tools to combat the increasing level of fraud attempts being made whilst minimising disruption to genuine
transactions. Fraud remains an industry wide threat and the Barclays Bank Group continues to work closely with external partners on various
prevention initiatives. Additionally, the Barclays Bank Group continues to invest in its processing infrastructure to manage the risk of processing errors
as well as ensuring scalability of operations.
Operational Resilience remains a key area of focus for the Barclays Bank Group, having been reinforced in recent years due to potential operational
disruption from the COVID-19 pandemic. The Barclays Bank Group continues to strengthen its resilience approach across its most important business
services to improve recoverability and assurance thereof by reviewing scenarios based on current global climates.
Operational risk associated with cybersecurity remains a top focus for the Barclays Bank Group. The sophistication of threat actors continues to grow
as noted by multiple external risk events observed throughout the year. Ransomware attacks across the global Barclays supplier base were observed
and we worked closely with the affected suppliers to manage potential impacts to the Barclays Bank Group and its clients and customers. The
Barclays Bank Group’s cybersecurity events were managed within its risk tolerances, and cybersecurity incidents did not materially impact the
Barclays Bank Group's business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.
For further information, refer to the operational risk management section.
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 104 |
All disclosures in these model risk, compliance risk, reputation risk and legal risk sections on pages 105 to 106 are unaudited unless otherwise stated.
Model risk
The Barclays Bank Group is committed to continuously improving model risk management and made a number of enhancements in 2023, including:
•Continued improvements to the transparency and oversight of model risk through further upgrades to model risk governance structure.
•Continued enhancements to model risk policy and standards to ensure comprehensiveness, consistency and cohesiveness of the model risk
framework.
•Continued focus on improving the model risk control framework.
•Enhanced the Group Model Risk Appetite Statement, incorporating model quality and uncertainty around a model’s output.
•Continued strengthening of validation practices through expansion of model-level validation procedures, use of an on-going validation training
program and further embedment of a validation quality assurance process.
•Executed on hiring strategy by expanding the model risk team to support a wider range of model validation demand, newly emerging model risks,
and an enhanced focus on regulatory models.
•Progressed model inception validation by bringing more models into compliance with the model risk management framework, including our first
algorithmic trading models.
Compliance risk
The Barclays Bank Group is committed to continuing to drive the right culture throughout all levels of the organisation. The Barclays Bank Group will
continue to enhance effective management of Compliance risk and appropriately consider the relevant tools, governance and management information
in decision-making processes. Focus on management of compliance risk is ongoing and, alongside other relevant business and control management
information, the Barclays Bank Group Conduct Risk Dashboards is a key component of this.
The Barclays Bank Group continues to review the role and impact of Compliance risk events and issues in remuneration decisions at both the individual
and business level.
In 2023, the Barclays Bank Group maintained focus on new and heightened inherent Compliance risks, including those relating to the cost of living
crisis, the evolving threat landscape as related to financial crime, and challenges in ensuring customer and client data is handled appropriately. These
risks continue to be monitored on an ongoing basis.
A key area of focus has been the implementation and embedment of the FCA’s new Consumer Duty, with rules for open products and services taking
effect at the end July 2023.
Businesses have continued to assess the potential customer, client and market impacts of strategic change. As part of the 2023 Medium-Term Planning
Process and associated Strategic Risk Assessment, material compliance risks associated with strategic and financial plans were assessed.
Throughout 2023, compliance risks were raised by each business area for consideration by the Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk
Committees. The Committees reviewed the risks raised and whether management’s proposed actions were appropriate to mitigate the risks effectively.
During 2023, Laws, Rules and Regulation risk (LRR risk) was created as a new risk under the Compliance Principal risk. LRR risk is intended to mitigate
the risk of failing to identify applicable LRRs, and ensure appropriate steps are in place to monitor and oversee LRRs. Work is underway to implement
processes to support the management and oversight of LRR Risk.
The Barclays Bank Group continued to incur costs in relation to litigation and compliance matters, please refer to Note 24 to the financial statements
(Legal, competition and regulatory matters) and Note 22 to the financial statements (Provisions), for further details. Related costs include customer
redress and remediation, as well as fines and settlements. Resolution of these litigation and conduct matters remains a necessary and important part of
delivering the Barclays Bank Group’s strategy and an ongoing commitment to improve oversight of culture and conduct.
The Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee and senior management received Conduct Risk Dashboards setting out key indicators in relation to
conduct and financial crime risk. These continue to be evolved and enhanced to allow effective oversight and decision-making. Work is ongoing to
enhance the Compliance Risk Control Environment in a timely and effective manner to ensure the Barclays Bank Group operates within Risk Appetite.
The tolerance adherence is assessed by the business through key indicators and reported to the Barclays Bank PLC Board Risk Committee as part of the
Conduct Risk Dashboard governance process.
The Barclays Bank Group remains focused on continuous improvements being made to manage risk effectively with an emphasis on enhancing
governance and management information to identify risk at earlier stages.
Reputation risk
The Barclays Bank Group is committed to continuing to drive the right culture throughout all levels of the organisation. The Barclays Bank Group will
continue to enhance effective management of reputation risk and appropriately consider the relevant tools, governance and management information
in decision-making processes.
The Barclays Bank PLC Board considers reputation risks raised by businesses. The Board has also considered whether management’s proposed actions
have been appropriate to mitigate the risks effectively.
The Barclays Bank Group continued to incur costs in relation to litigation and conduct matters, please refer to Note 24 to the financial statements
(Legal, competition and regulatory matters) and Note 22 to the financial statements (Provisions), for further details. Related costs include customer
Risk review
Risk performance
Model risk, Compliance risk, Reputation risk and Legal risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 105 |
redress and remediation, as well as fines and settlements. Resolution of these matters remain an ongoing commitment to improve oversight of culture
and conduct and management of reputation risks.
The Barclays Bank Group remains focused on the continuous improvements being made to manage risk effectively, with an emphasis on enhancing
governance and management information to help identify risks at earlier stages.
Legal risk
The Barclays Bank Group remains committed to continuous improvements in managing legal risk effectively. During 2023, the Barclays Group-wide
legal risk management framework was updated to complement and accommodate the introduction of changes to the compliance risk management
framework, which include a requirement for the Legal Function to proactively identify, communicate and provide legal advice on applicable laws, rules
and regulations.
Other improvements during 2023 included a review and update of the established supporting legal risk policies, standards and mandatory training,
reinforced by ongoing engagement with and education of the Barclays Group’s businesses and functions by Legal function colleagues. Legal risk
tolerances and legal risk appetite have also been reviewed.
Tolerances adherence is assessed through key indicators, which are also used to evaluate the legal risk profile and are reviewed, at least annually,
through the relevant risk and control committees. Mandatory controls to manage legal risks are set out in the legal risk standards and are subject to
ongoing monitoring. The implementation of changes to the compliance risk management framework referred to above (and described in more detail on
Risk review
Risk performance
Model risk, Compliance risk, Reputation risk and Legal risk
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 106 |
Supervision of the Barclays Bank Group
The Barclays Bank Group’s operations, including its overseas branches, subsidiaries and associates, are subject to a large number of rules and
regulations applicable to the conduct of banking and financial services business in each of the jurisdictions in which the Barclays Bank Group operates.
These apply to business operations, impact financial returns and include capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, authorisation, registration and
reporting requirements, restrictions on certain activities, and conduct of business regulations, amongst other applicable regulatory requirements.
Regulatory developments in one or more jurisdictions may impact the Barclays Bank Group globally. We focus particularly on UK, US and EU regulation
in this Report due to the location of the Barclays Bank Group’s principal areas of business. Regulations elsewhere may also have a significant impact on
the Barclays Bank Group due to the location of its branches, subsidiaries and, in some cases, clients. For more information on the risks related to the
supervision and regulation of the Barclays Bank Group, including regulatory change, see the material existing and emerging risk entitled ‘Regulatory
Change agenda and impact on Business Model’ in the Material existing and emerging risks section.
Supervision in the UK
In the UK, day-to-day regulation and supervision of the Barclays Bank Group is divided between the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) (a division of
the Bank of England (BoE)) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). In addition, the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) of the BoE has influence on the
prudential requirements that may be imposed on the banking system through its powers of direction and recommendation. Certain members of the
Barclays Bank Group are also subject to regulatory initiatives undertaken by the UK Payment Systems Regulator (PSR), as a participant in payment
systems regulated by the PSR.
Barclays Bank PLC is an authorised person, with permission to accept deposits, amongst other things, and is subject to prudential supervision by the
PRA and to conduct regulation and supervision by the FCA. Barclays Bank PLC is subject to prudential supervision on a solo-consolidated basis. The
Barclays Group as a whole is also subject to prudential supervision by the PRA on a group consolidated basis. Barclays PLC has been approved by the
PRA as a financial holding company. Barclays Capital Securities Limited (BCSL) is authorised and subject to prudential supervision by the PRA as a PRA-
designated investment firm and subject to conduct regulation and supervision by the FCA. Barclays Execution Services Limited is an appointed
representative of Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC and Clydesdale Financial Services Limited.
The PRA’s supervision of the Barclays Bank Group is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of
prudential returns or cross-firm reviews, reports obtained from skilled persons, information gathering, regular supervisory visits to firms and regular
meetings with management and directors to discuss issues such as strategy, governance, financial resilience, operational resilience, risk management,
and recovery and resolution.
Further, the BoE, as the UK resolution authority, informs prudential requirements and sets requirements for the Barclays Group relating to resolution
preparedness.
The FCA’s supervision of the UK firms in the Barclays Bank Group is carried out through a combination of proactive engagement, meetings, regular
supervisory visits, information gathering, and regular meetings with Barclays Bank Group’s management and directors to discuss issues such as
customer strategy, fair treatment of customers, and financial crime controls, as well as cross-sectoral reviews, which analyse the different areas of the
market and the risks that may lie ahead.
The FCA and the PRA also apply the Senior Managers and Certification Regime (the SMCR) which imposes a regulatory approval, individual
accountability and fitness and propriety framework in respect of senior individuals within relevant firms.
FCA supervision has focused on conduct risk and customer/client outcomes through implementation of the Consumer Duty (including product design
and fair value), fraud and anti-money laundering controls, market operations, access to cash, fair treatment of vulnerable customers and payment
account access and closures.
PRA supervision has focused on financial and operational resilience, controls, credit risk management, systems and controls, climate risk and
resolvability, where resolvability is reviewed in conjunction with the Resolution Directorate (a division of the BoE).
Both the PRA and the FCA apply standards that generally either anticipate or go beyond requirements established by global or EU standards, whether in
relation to capital, leverage and liquidity, resolvability and resolution or matters of conduct. The UK is in the process of reviewing and revising the EU
legislation that was onshored into English law following the UK's departure from the EU. This process is ongoing, but based on current indications,
potential areas of divergence in approach between the UK and the EU in existing areas of regulation appear moderate and are not expected to result in
materially different standards of regulation. Divergence might become more marked in new areas of regulation, such as ESG and Digital. The Financial
Services and Markets Act 2023 (FSMA 2023) established a framework for the revocation of retained EU law relating to financial services, with HM
Treasury intending to repeal retained EU legislative provisions subject to the transfer of its provisions to the UK regulators’ rules where appropriate. The
Government is not expected to revoke retained EU law relating to financial services unless the FCA and/or PRA have drafted and consulted on rules in
the relevant areas, where it is appropriate that the provisions are replaced. However, HM Treasury may specify parts of retained EU law where the
regulators are exempt from such requirements, for example where they are restating retained EU law revoked through FSMA 2023 in their rulebooks
without material changes or where they are replacing revoked retained EU law with material changes but the only material effect is to reduce a
regulatory burden. Where changes also have other material effects, which may include impacts on the regulators’ objectives, for example, the
Government has indicated that it is appropriate to require the regulators to consult. The medium term outlook for the costs and impact of operating
under the post-Brexit UK regime remains unclear as the regulatory landscape continues to develop. There is potential for an increase in regulatory
implementation costs in the near term to adapt systems and controls.
Supervision in the EU
The Barclays Bank Group’s operations in Europe are authorised and regulated by a combination of its home regulators and host regulators in the
European countries where the Barclays Bank Group operates.
Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is licensed as a credit institution by the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) and is designated as a significant institution falling under
direct supervision on a solo basis by the European Central Bank (ECB) for prudential purposes. Barclays Bank Ireland PLC’s EU branches are supervised
by the ECB and are also subject to direct supervision for local conduct purposes by national supervisory authorities in the EU jurisdictions where they are
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 107 |
established. Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is subject to the requirements set by the Single Resolution Board (SRB) as the resolution authority of Barclays
Bank Ireland PLC. Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is also subject to supervision by the CBI as home state or competent authority under various EU financial
services directives and regulations.
The Barclays Group provides the majority of its cross-border banking and investment services to EEA clients via Barclays Bank Ireland PLC (a subsidiary
of Barclays Bank PLC). Additionally, Barclays Bank PLC and BCSL are authorised in certain EEA Member States to enable them to continue to conduct a
limited range of activities without a physical presence, including accessing EEA trading venues and interdealer trading. Barclays Bank PLC also has a
branch in Paris (to facilitate access to Target 2), which is regulated by the ACPR.
Supervision in the US
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch, and Barclays Bank PLC’s US subsidiaries are subject to a comprehensive regulatory
framework involving numerous statutes, rules and regulations in the US. For example, the Barclays Bank Group’s US activities and operations are subject
to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), as well as additional supervision, requirements and
restrictions imposed by other federal and state regulators and self-regulatory organisations (SROs). In some cases, US requirements may impose
restrictions on the Barclays Bank Group’s global activities, in addition to its activities in the US.
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays US Holdings Limited (BUSHL), Barclays US LLC (BUSL) and Barclays Group US Inc. (BGUS) are regulated as
bank holding companies (BHCs) by the FRB. BUSL is the Barclays Bank Group’s ultimate US holding company that holds substantially all of the Barclays
Bank Group’s US subsidiaries (including Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and Barclays Bank Delaware). BUSL is subject to requirements in respect of capital
adequacy, capital planning and stress testing, risk management and governance, liquidity, leverage limits, large exposure limits, restrictions on activities
and financial regulatory reporting. Barclays Bank PLC’s New York branch is also subject to enhanced prudential standards relating to, among other
things, liquidity and risk management.
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BUSHL and BUSL have financial holding company (FHC) status under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. FHC
status allows these entities to engage in a variety of financial and related activities, directly or through subsidiaries, including underwriting, dealing and
market making in securities. Failure to maintain FHC status could result in increasingly stringent penalties and, ultimately, in the closure or cessation of
certain operations in the US.
In addition to oversight by the FRB, Barclays Bank PLC’s New York branch and many of the Barclays Bank Group’s subsidiaries are regulated by
additional US authorities based on the location or activities of those entities. The New York branch of Barclays Bank PLC is subject to supervision and
regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (NYSDFS). Barclays Bank Delaware, a Delaware chartered bank, is subject to
supervision and regulation by the Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the FRB and the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB). The deposits of Barclays Bank Delaware are insured by the FDIC, up to applicable limits. Barclays PLC,
Barclays Bank PLC, BUSHL, BUSL, and BGUS are required to act as a source of strength for Barclays Bank Delaware. This could, among other things,
require these entities to provide capital support to Barclays Bank Delaware if it fails to meet applicable regulatory capital requirements.
The Barclays Bank Group’s US securities broker/dealer and investment banking operations are conducted primarily through BCI, and are also subject to
ongoing supervision and regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and other
government agencies and SROs under US federal and state securities laws. BCI is also registered as a Futures Commission Merchant with the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), through which the Barclays Group conducts its US futures and options on futures business, including
client clearing operations, which are subject to ongoing supervision and regulation by the CFTC, the National Futures Association and other SROs.
Under the US framework for regulating swaps and security-based swaps established under Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC has regulatory
authority over swaps, the SEC has regulatory authority over security-based swaps, and the CFTC and SEC jointly regulate mixed swaps (as such terms
are defined in the relevant legislation). Accordingly, the Barclays Group’s activities related to US swaps and security-based swaps are principally
conducted by Barclays Bank PLC and are subject to ongoing supervision and regulation by the CFTC and the SEC, respectively. Barclays Bank PLC is
provisionally registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC and conditionally registered as a security-based swap dealer with the SEC. Barclays Bank PLC is
also subject to the FRB swaps rules with respect to margin and capital requirements. In addition, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is provisionally registered as
a swap dealer with the CFTC and is subject to the FRB swaps rules with respect to margin and capital.
Supervision in Asia Pacific
The Barclays Bank Group’s operations in Asia Pacific are supervised and regulated by a broad range of national banking and financial services
regulators.
Prudential regulation
Certain Basel III standards were implemented in EU law through the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and the Capital Requirements Directive IV
(CRD IV), as amended by CRR II and CRD V. These standards were retained in the UK regulatory framework via a series of onshoring instruments when
the UK withdrew from the European Union. Beyond the minimum standards required by CRR, the PRA has expected the Barclays Group, in common
with other major UK banks and building societies, to meet a 7% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio at the level of the consolidated group since 1
January 2016. The 7% CET1 ratio is made up of a Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5% CET1 and a capital conservation buffer which must be
met entirely with CET1 capital.
Global systemically important banks (G-SIBs), such as the Barclays Group, are subject to a number of additional prudential requirements, including the
requirement to hold additional loss-absorbing capacity and additional capital buffers above the level required by Basel III standards. The level of the G-
SIB buffer is set by the Financial Stability Board (FSB) according to a bank’s systemic importance and can range from 1% to 3.5% of risk-weighted
assets (RWAs). The G-SIB buffer must be met with CET1 capital. In November 2023, the FSB published an update to its list of G-SIBs, maintaining the
1.5% G-SIB buffer that applies to the Barclays Group.
The Barclays Group is subject to a ‘combined buffer requirement’ consisting of (i) a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of RWAs, and (ii) a
countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB). The CCyB is based on rates determined by the regulatory authorities in each jurisdiction in which the Barclays
Group maintains exposures. In the UK, the CCyB rate is set by the FPC and is currently 2%.
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 108 |
The PRA requires UK firms to hold additional capital to cover risks which the PRA assesses are not fully captured by the Pillar 1 capital requirement. The
PRA sets this additional capital requirement (Pillar 2A) at least annually, derived from each firm's individual capital guidance. Under current PRA rules,
the Pillar 2A requirement must be met with at least 56.25% CET1 capital and no more than 25% tier 2 capital. In addition, the capital that firms use to
meet their minimum requirements (Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A) cannot be counted towards meeting the combined buffer requirement.
The PRA may also impose a confidential 'PRA buffer' to cover risks over a forward looking planning horizon, including with regard to firm-specific
stresses or management and governance weaknesses. The PRA buffer must be met separately to the combined buffer requirement, and must be met
fully with CET1 capital.
In addition, Barclays Bank PLC is subject to prudential regulation by the PRA on a solo-consolidated basis and is required to meet a minimum Common
Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 10.5% comprising a 4.5% Pillar 1 requirement, a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, a 0.7% countercyclical buffer and a 2.9%
Pillar 2A add on. Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is identified as a O-SII (Other Systemically Important Institutions) by the CBI, which has imposed an O-SII
buffer on Barclays Bank Ireland PLC of 1%.
On 30 November 2022, the PRA published a consultation paper concerning the implementation of the remaining Basel III standards, which include a
revised standardised approach for credit risk, the elimination of modelled approaches for certain credit risk exposure categories, a new standardised
approach for operational risk, a new market risk approach and the implementation of an output floor requiring reported RWAs calculated under
standardised and modelled approaches to be a minimum of 72.5% of fully standardised calculations. In December 2023 the PRA published its first
collection of near-final policy proposals for implementing these measures, including those for market risk, operational risk and the Credit Valuation
Adjustment (CVA) and counterparty credit risk. A further collection of policies, including those for credit risk and credit risk mitigation, are expected to
be published by the PRA in Q2 2024. The implementation date for these standards has been extended to 1 July 2025. In June 2023, the EU reached a
provisional agreement on the implementation of the remaining parts of the Basel III reforms. In December 2023, the preparatory bodies of the Council
and Parliament endorsed this banking package. It consists of a legislative act to amend the Capital Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU), and
a legislative act to amend the Capital Requirements Regulation (Regulation No (EU)2013/575) (referred to as CRR III and CRD VI, respectively). The
relevant measures are scheduled to apply from January 2025 and mid-2025 respectively.
In October 2021, the FPC and PRA published a policy statement setting out changes to the leverage ratio framework, including applying the leverage
ratio requirement on an individual basis and making sub-consolidation available as an alternative to individual application where a firm has subsidiaries
that can be consolidated. Barclays Bank PLC applied for this sub-consolidated permission which was approved by the PRA and took effect from 1
January 2023.
In the US, the Barclays Bank Group (including BUSL) is subject to prudential requirements for large domestic US banking organisations, foreign banking
organisations and their intermediate holding companies (IHCs) set by the FRB and other US regulatory agencies. BUSL is a “Category III” IHC. BUSL (and
Barclays Bank Delaware) is subject to reduced (calibrated at 85%) standardised liquidity requirements, including the liquidity coverage ratio and NSFR.
BUSL is also subject to the FRB’s rules regarding single counterparty credit limits (SCCL). The SCCL apply to the largest US BHCs and foreign
banks’ (including the Barclays Bank Group’s) US operations. The SCCL creates two separate limits for foreign banks, the first on combined US operations
(CUSO) and the second on the US IHC (BUSL). The SCCL for BUSL, as a US BHC, requires that exposure to an unaffiliated counterparty of BUSL not
exceed 25% of BUSL’s tier 1 capital. With respect to the CUSO, the SCCL rule allows certification to the FRB that a foreign bank complies with
comparable home country regulation.
Barclays Bank PLC has complied with the CUSO requirement since 1 January 2022, with the first certification applicable for its Q1 2022 results. To date,
Barclays Bank PLC has not relied on home country certification.
In July 2023, the FRB and other US regulatory agencies proposed changes to the regulatory capital rules applicable to US banks, BHCs and IHCs with
total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more (Large Banking Organizations). These changes are intended to be broadly consistent with revisions to
Basel III finalised by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in 2017. The US proposal would end the use of internal models for credit risk, credit
valuation adjustments, and operational risk, create an expanded risk-based credit capital approach in addition to retaining a modified version of the
current standardised approach, and make changes to the modeling requirements for market risk. A Large Banking Organization would be required to
calculate its risk-based capital ratios under both the expanded risk-based approach and the current standardised approach and would use the lower of
the two. All capital buffer requirements would apply regardless of whether the expanded risk-based approach or the existing standardised approach
produces the lower ratio. The proposal was subject to a public comment period which ended on 16 January 2024, and would not be effective until 1 July
2025. Certain aspects of the proposal would be subject to a three-year phase-in period. We are analysing the potential effects of the proposed changes,
including the timing of implementation.
Stress testing
The Barclays Group and certain of its members, including Barclays Bank PLC, are subject to supervisory stress testing exercises in a number of
jurisdictions, designed to assess the resilience of banks to adverse economic or financial developments and ensure that they have robust, forward-
looking capital planning processes that account for the risks associated with their business profile. Assessment by regulators is on both a quantitative
and qualitative basis, the latter focusing on such elements as data provision and stress testing capability, including model risk management and internal
management processes and controls.
Recovery and Resolution
Stabilisation and resolution framework
The current UK framework for recovery and resolution was established by the Banking Act 2009, as amended. The EU framework was established by the
2014 Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), as amended by BRRD II.
The BoE, as the UK resolution authority, has the power to resolve a UK financial institution that is failing or likely to fail by exercising certain stabilisation
tools, including (i) bail-in: the cancellation, transfer or dilution of a relevant entity’s equity and write-down or conversion of the claims of a relevant
entity's unsecured creditors (including holders of capital instruments) and conversion of those claims into equity as necessary to restore solvency; (ii)
the transfer of all or part of a relevant entity's business to a private sector purchaser; and (iii) the transfer of all or part of a relevant entity's business to a
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 109 |
“bridge bank” controlled by the BoE. When exercising any of its stabilisation powers, the BoE must generally provide that shareholders bear first losses,
followed by creditors in accordance with the priority of their claims in insolvency.
In order to enable the exercise of its stabilisation powers, the BoE may impose a temporary stay on the rights of creditors to terminate, accelerate or
close out contracts, or override events of default or termination rights that might otherwise be invoked as a result of a resolution action and modify
contractual arrangements in certain circumstances (including a variation of the terms of any securities). HM Treasury may also amend the law for the
purpose of enabling it to use its powers under this regime effectively, potentially with retrospective effect.
In addition and distinct from bail-in, the BoE has the power to permanently write-down, or convert into equity, tier 1 capital instruments, tier 2 capital
instruments and internal eligible liabilities at the point of non-viability of an institution pursuant to broader resolution powers under the Banking Act.
The BoE’s preferred approach for the resolution of the Barclays Group is a bail-in strategy with a single point of entry at Barclays PLC. Under such a
strategy, Barclays PLC’s subsidiaries (including entities within Barclays Bank Group) would remain operational while Barclays PLC’s capital instruments
and eligible liabilities would be written down or converted to equity in order to recapitalise the Barclays Group and allow for the continued provision of
services and operations throughout the resolution. The order in which the bail-in tool is applied reflects the hierarchy of capital instruments under
applicable UK legislation and rules and otherwise respecting the hierarchy of claims in an ordinary insolvency. Accordingly, the more subordinated the
claim, the more likely losses will be suffered by owners of the claim.
The PRA has made rules that require authorised firms to draw up recovery plans and resolution packs. Recovery plans are designed to outline credible
actions that authorised firms could implement in the event of severe stress in order to restore their business to a stable and sustainable condition. The
submission of resolution packs was suspended by the PRA in 2018 until further notice and replaced by annual resolution reporting. It continues to be
suspended pending PRA assessment of areas of potential duplication between different reporting expectations. The Barclays Group, however, is
required to provide the PRA with a recovery plan biennially, although the Group maintains and refreshes this on an annual basis.
Removal of potential impediments to an orderly resolution of a banking group or one or more of its subsidiaries is considered as part of the BoE’s
resolution planning for each firm, and the BoE can require firms to make significant changes in order to enhance their resolvability. Under the BoE’s
Resolvability Assessment Framework (RAF), firms are required to have in place capabilities covering three resolvability outcomes: (i) adequate financial
resources; (ii) being able to continue to do business through resolution and restructuring; and (iii) being able to communicate and co-ordinate within
the firm and with authorities. Barclays Group’s second self-assessment report on resolvability under the RAF was submitted to the PRA/BoE in 2023 and
public disclosures by both Barclays Group and the PRA/BoE on the most recent report are due in June 2024. Updated reports and disclosures are
required every two years. The BoE’s assessment on the 2021 report, published in June 2022, concluded that there were no shortcomings, deficiencies or
substantive impediments identified in the Barclays Group’s resolution capabilities that could impede its ability to execute the preferred resolution
strategy. In future, should any such issues be identified, the PRA/BoE could exercise its various powers to direct the Barclays Group to address the
relevant issues.
While regulators in many jurisdictions have indicated a preference for single point of entry resolution for the Barclays Group, additional resolution or
bankruptcy provisions may apply to certain non-UK Barclays Bank Group entities or branches.
In the US, BUSL is subject to the Orderly Liquidation Authority established by Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act (DFA), a regime for the orderly liquidation of
systemically important financial institutions by the FDIC, as an alternative to proceedings under the US Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the licensing
authorities of Barclays Bank PLC New York branch and of Barclays Bank Delaware have the authority to take possession of the business and property of
the applicable branch or entity they license and/or to revoke or suspend such licence.
In the US, Title I of the DFA, as amended, and the implementing regulations issued by the FRB and the FDIC require each bank holding company with
assets of $250bn or more, including those within the Barclays Group, to prepare and submit a plan for the orderly resolution of subsidiaries and
operations in the event of future material financial distress or failure. The Barclays Group submitted a “targeted plan” in December 2021. The agencies
did not identify any shortcomings or deficiencies with the Barclays Group’s 2021 US Resolution Plan. In August 2023, the FRB and FDIC proposed new
guidance for triennial full filers (such as the Barclays Group) that would affect the content required to be included in the US Resolution Plan. The
proposal generally represents an expansion of the current 165(d) resolution planning guidance the Barclays Group is subject to as a “specified foreign
banking organization.” The Barclays Group’s next submission of the US Resolution Plan in respect of its US operations will be a “full plan” due 31 March
2025, unless the FRB and FDIC provide a further extension.
Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is required by the ECB to submit a standalone BRRD compliant recovery plan on an annual basis. As a Significant Institution
under direct ECB supervision, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC falls within the remit of the Single Resolution Board (SRB), as the resolution authority for the
European Banking Union. Under the provisions of the BRRD and EU Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation (SRMR), the SRB is required to determine
the optimal resolution strategy for Barclays Bank Ireland PLC and, also, to prepare a resolution plan for the bank. The SRB undertakes this work within
the context of the BoE’s preferred resolution strategy of single point of entry with bail in at Barclays PLC. In order to carry out its mandate, the SRB
collects detailed structural and other information from Barclays Bank Ireland PLC on a regular basis, as well as engaging with the bank to identify and
address impediments to resolution. This work is done in coordination with the BoE, as the Barclays Group resolution authority. Barclays Bank Ireland
PLC is required to meet the SRB’s requirements for resolution as set out in the SRB’s ‘Expectations for Banks’ document by 31 July 2024 (this deadline
was extended by the SRB in October 2023 from the original deadline of 31 December 2023).
In April 2023, the EU Commission proposed certain reforms to strengthen the EU’s bank crisis management and deposit insurance (CMDI) framework,
including extending depositor protection to public entities and client money deposited in certain types of client funds. The EU legislative process
remains ongoing. Provisional agreement was reached in December 2023 between the Council and the European Parliament on the treatment of internal
MREL in bank resolution groups, referred to as the ‘Daisy Chains’ proposal (a confined part of the CMDI proposals). This treatment is expected to apply
from the second half of 2024.
TLAC and MREL
The Barclays Group is under the supervision of the BoE, as the UK resolution authority, and is subject to a Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and
Eligible Liabilities (MREL), which includes a component reflecting the FSB’s standards on total loss absorbency capacity (TLAC).
Since 1 January 2022, G-SIBs with resolution entities incorporated in the UK have been required to meet an MREL equivalent to the higher of: (i) two
times the sum of their Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A requirements; or (ii) the higher of two times their leverage ratio requirement or 6.75% of leverage exposures.
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 110 |
Internal MREL for operating subsidiaries is subject to a scalar in the 75-90% range of the external requirement that would apply to the subsidiary if it
were a resolution entity. The starting point for the scalar is 90% for ring-fenced bank sub-groups.
Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is subject to the SRB’s MREL policy, as issued in May 2023, in respect of the internal MREL that it will be required to issue to
Barclays Bank Group. The SRB’s current calibration of internal MREL for non-resolution entities is expressed as two ratios that have to be met in parallel:
(a) two times the sum of: (i) the firm’s Pillar 1 requirement; and (ii) its Pillar 2 requirement; and (b) two times the leverage ratio requirement. The SRB’s
policy does not apply any scalar in respect of the internal MREL requirement. Under the SRB MREL policy, a bank specific adjustment can be applied by
the SRB to MREL requirements. From 1 January 2024, a revised deduction regime will apply for the indirect subscription of instruments eligible for
internal MREL to avoid the double-counting of MREL elements at the level of intermediate entities within a resolution group.
In the US, the FRB’s TLAC rule includes provisions that require BUSL to have: (i) a specified outstanding amount of eligible long-term debt; (ii) a specified
outstanding amount of TLAC (consisting of common and preferred equity regulatory capital plus eligible long-term debt); and (iii) a specified common
equity buffer. In addition, the FRB’s TLAC rule prohibits BUSL, for so long as the Barclays Group’s overall resolution plan treats BUSL as a non-resolution
entity, from issuing TLAC to entities other than those within the Barclays Group.
Bank Levy and FSCS
The BRRD established a requirement for EU member states to set up a pre-funded resolution financing arrangement with funding equal to 1% of
covered deposits by 31 December 2024 to cover the costs of bank resolutions. The UK implemented this requirement by way of a tax on the balance
sheets of banks known as the ‘Bank Levy’, which remains in place.
In addition, the UK has a statutory compensation fund called the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS), which is funded by way of annual
levies on most authorised financial services firms.
Structural reform
In the UK, the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 put in place a framework for ring-fencing certain operations of large banks. Ring-fencing
requires, among other things, the separation of the retail and smaller deposit-taking business activities of UK banks into a legally distinct, operationally
separate and economically independent entity (a ‘ring-fenced bank’), which is not permitted to undertake a range of activities. In 2023, HM Treasury
issued a public call for evidence on aligning the ring-fencing and resolution regimes, amongst other things, and a consultation on reforms to the ring-
fencing regime, including amendments to the thresholds above which the regime applies, permitting ring-fenced banks to establish branches and
subsidiaries outside the UK or the EEA and the introduction of a transitional period for compliance with the ring-fencing regime following mergers or
acquisitions. HM Treasury plans to introduce legislation to implement these reforms in early 2024. The PRA consulted on complementary reforms to
HM Treasury's proposals in 2023 and, separately, conducted a review of its ring-fencing rules in compliance with its statutory duty under FSMA to do so
every five years. The PRA announced in early 2024 that it intends to consult on targeted reforms to its ring-fencing rules as a result of its review,
although the overall conclusion was that most of those rules are performing satisfactorily.
US regulation places further substantive limits on the activities that may be conducted by banks and holding companies, including foreign banking
organisations such as the Barclays Group. The ‘Volcker Rule’, which was part of the DFA and which came into effect in the US in 2015, prohibits banking
entities from undertaking certain proprietary trading activities and limits such entities’ ability to sponsor or invest in certain private equity funds and
hedge funds (in each case broadly defined). As required by the rule, the Barclays Group has developed and implemented an extensive compliance and
monitoring programme addressing proprietary trading and covered fund activities (both inside and outside of the US).
Market infrastructure regulation
In recent years, regulators as well as global-standard setting bodies such as the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) have
focused on improving transparency and reducing risk in markets, particularly risks related to over-the-counter (OTC) derivative transactions. This focus
has resulted in a variety of new regulations across the G20 countries and beyond that require or encourage on-venue trading, clearing, posting of
margin and disclosure of pre-trade and post-trade information.
In particular, the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (collectively referred to as MiFID II) have
affected many of the markets in which the Barclays Bank Group operates, the instruments in which it trades and the way it transacts with market
counterparties and other customers. MiFID II is currently undergoing a review process in the EU as part of the EU’s ongoing focus on the development of
a stronger Capital Markets Union. In the UK, FSMA 2023 introduced reforms to remove certain requirements which were previously applicable to trading
in wholesale markets and to promote investment in line with the Wholesale Markets Review. Other changes proposed by the review are being
progressed by way of amendments to regulatory rules and guidance.
Regulation of benchmarks
The EU and UK Benchmarks Regulation apply to the administration, contribution and use of benchmarks within the EU and the UK, respectively.
Financial institutions within the EU or the UK, as applicable, are prohibited from using benchmarks unless their administrators are authorised, registered
or otherwise recognised in the EU or the UK, respectively. This prohibition does not currently apply in respect of third country benchmark
administrators, as the prohibition on usage of such benchmarks will take effect from the end of 2025 (EU) and 2030 (UK). The FCA has also been
working to phase out use of LIBOR, with all LIBOR panels now having ended. Synthetic versions of GBP and USD LIBOR have been made available only
for a limited period of time for holders of legacy contracts. Global regulators in conjunction with the industry have developed and are continuing to
develop alternative benchmarks and risk-free rate fallback arrangements, including updates to existing, as well as new, applicable legislation.
Regulation of the derivatives market
The European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) introduced requirements designed to improve transparency and reduce the risks associated with
the derivatives market. EMIR has operational and financial impacts on the Group, including by imposing collateral requirements and a requirement to
centrally clear certain OTC derivatives contracts on a broad range of market participants. Access to the clearing services of certain Central
Counterparties (CCPs) used by Barclays Bank Group entities is currently permitted under temporary equivalence and recognition regimes and decisions
in the UK and EU. If not extended or made permanent, the EU’s equivalence decision for UK Central Counterparties (CCPs), and exemption for certain
intragroup transactions from the EMIR derivatives clearing and margin obligations, both due to expire at the end of June 2025, could also have
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 111 |
operational and financial impacts on the Barclays Bank Group, as could the removal of temporary recognition of non-UK CCPs by the UK. The EU has
introduced two legislative proposals to amend EMIR which introduce, inter alia, changes to the intragroup transactions exemption making it easier to
rely on the exemption, as well as aiming to reduce the concentration of exposures to systemically important third-country central counterparties (in
particular, UK Central Counterparties). The legislative process is ongoing.
US regulators have imposed similar rules as in the EU with respect to the mandatory on-venue trading and clearing of certain derivatives, and post-trade
transparency, as well as in relation to the margining of OTC derivatives. In December 2017, the CFTC and the European Commission recognised the
trading venues of each other’s jurisdiction to allow market participants to comply with mandatory on-venue trading requirements while trading on
certain venues recognised by the other jurisdiction. In December 2022, the CFTC extended temporary relief that would permit trading venues and
market participants located in the UK to continue to rely on this mutual recognition framework following the withdrawal of the UK from the EU.
Certain participants in US swap markets are required to register with the CFTC as ‘swap dealers’ or ‘major swap participants’ and/or, with the SEC as
‘security-based swap dealers’ or ‘major security-based swap participants’. Such registrants are subject to CFTC and/or SEC regulation and oversight.
Barclays Bank PLC is provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer and conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer.
In addition, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC is provisionally registered as a Swap Dealer with the CFTC.
Accordingly, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC are both subject to CFTC rules on business conduct, record-keeping and reporting, and
Barclays Bank PLC is subject to SEC rules on business conduct, record-keeping and reporting. However, since Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank
Ireland PLC are non-US swap dealers, they are only subject to certain of the CFTC’s requirements in respect of swap transactions with US persons and
certain persons guaranteed by or affiliated with US persons. In addition, since Barclays Bank PLC is a non-US security-based swap dealer, it is only
subject to certain of the SEC’s requirements in respect of security-based swap transactions with US persons or which are arranged, negotiated, or
executed by US personnel. Additionally, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC have elected to comply with certain CFTC/SEC requirements,
as applicable, through ‘substituted compliance’ with EU/UK requirements pursuant to relevant determinations and related relief issued by the SEC and
the CFTC, as applicable.
Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank Ireland PLC are subject to FRB rules on capital and margin.
In 2022, the SEC proposed new rules that would require any person with a security-based swap position (aggregated across all affiliated persons) that
exceeds any of the thresholds specified by the SEC to promptly report certain information by the next business day, including the identity of the
reporting person and the security-based swap position, as well as the ownership of securities positions related to the security-based swap position.
Such reports would be available publicly. If adopted as proposed, this rule could increase the burden and cost to Barclays Bank PLC of utilising security-
based swaps.
Other regulatory developments in the US
In 2023, the SEC finalised amendments to shorten the standard settlement cycle for most broker-dealer transactions in securities from two business
days after the trade (T+2) to one business day after the trade (T+1), which requires significant changes to BCI’s settlement procedures and practices,
and introduced new rules requiring market-wide improvements in the rate of same-day affirmations and on central matching service providers.
On 13 October 2023, the SEC adopted new rules to establish broad reporting requirements of the terms of securities loans to FINRA for public
dissemination, and requiring FINRA to make publicly available certain information it receives regarding those lending transactions.
On 13 October 2023, the SEC adopted new rules requiring a wide range of firms to file monthly reports with the SEC for large short positions in equity
securities on a new Form SHO and amendments to the National Market System plan governing the Consolidated Audit Trail, which adds an additional
reporting requirement for CAT-reporting firms relying on the bona fide market maker exception to Reg SHO’s locate requirement.
On 30 October 2023, the SEC issued exemptive relief, which exempts broker-dealers from their information review obligations concerning the issuer of
an over-the-counter security prior to publication or submission of a quotation in that security with respect to a fixed-income security to be sold in
compliance with the safe harbor in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.
On 13 December 2023, the SEC adopted rule amendments under the Exchange Act that, among other things, will mandate central clearing of certain US
Treasury securities transactions and amend the broker-dealer customer protection rule as it applies to margin posted for transactions in US Treasury
securities. These rule amendments could impose additional costs on the Group’s Treasury securities trading activity. The SEC has also put forth a
number of other recent proposals that, if adopted, could have a significant impact on the Barclays Bank Group’s business and operations, including a
series of market structure proposals which would have a significant impact on securities trading activity by BCI and other Barclays Bank Group entities,
as the SEC proposals would (a) impose a new SEC best execution obligation on securities broker-dealers, including BCI, (b) require that certain
individual investor orders be exposed to auctions before they could be executed internally by certain trading centres, and (c) amend certain rules under
Regulation NMS (National Market System) to adopt variable minimum pricing increments, reduce access fee caps for protected quotations, require that
the amount of exchange fees and rebates be determinable at the time of execution, and update and expand to certain broker-dealers the disclosures
required for order executions in NMS stocks, among other changes.
Other regulation
Consumer protection, culture and diversity and inclusion
In July 2023, the FCA’s new Consumer Duty came into force for new and existing products or services that are open to sale or renewal. It will apply to
closed products and services from 31 July 2024. The duty sets higher expectations for the standard of care that firms provide to retail customers and
impacts all aspects of Barclays’ retail businesses, including every retail customer journey, product and service as well as our relationships with partners,
suppliers and third parties. This has resulted in significant implementation costs and there will also be higher ongoing costs for the industry as a result
of extensive monitoring and evidential requirements.
Our regulators have enhanced their focus on the promotion of cultural values as a key area for banks. The UK regulators have also begun focusing on
diversity and inclusion in financial services firms, with the PRA and FCA having published a consultation on the introduction of a new regulatory
framework on diversity and inclusion in September 2023. The UK regulators expect to publish final rules on this issue in 2024.
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 112 |
FSMA 2023 contains provisions mandating that the Payment Systems Regulator (PSR) require the reimbursement of authorised push payment scams
by payment service providers, including Barclays. This reimbursement requirement will be split 50:50 between the sending and receiving firms. Changes
to the rules of the Faster Payments Scheme and a new Specific Direction issued by the PSR to require reimbursement will take effect in October 2024.
Data protection
Most jurisdictions where Barclays Bank Group operates have adopted or are considering comprehensive laws concerning data protection and privacy.
Regulations regarding data protection are increasing in number, as well as levels of enforcement, as manifested in increased amounts of fines and the
severity of other penalties. We expect that personal privacy and data protection will continue to receive attention and focus from regulators, as well as
public scrutiny and attention.
The EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the UK’s General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR) provide a framework of rights and
duties designed to safeguard personal data and apply to the activities conducted from an establishment in the EU or the UK, respectively. The
extraterritorial effect of the GDPR and the UK GDPR means entities established outside the EU or the UK may fall within the GDPR or the UK GDPR’s
ambit when offering goods or services to EU/UK based customers or clients or conducting behavioural monitoring of individuals in the EU/UK. The Data
Protection and Digital Information (No.2) Bill was introduced to the UK Parliament in March 2023, which if enacted will bring some divergence between
the EU GDPR and UK GDPR. The UK government has indicated that it expects the Bill to become law in mid-2024, although there is still some
uncertainty on timing and content.
The data regime in China is likely to continue to evolve, governing the collection, processing and cross-border transfers of China-based individuals'
personal data and related restricted data (e.g., macro/derived characteristics data which, if tampered with, divulged or destroyed, may endanger China's
economic operation, social stability, national security - among other things - having regard to the volume and granularity of the data). In India, the
Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023, may be implemented in phases during 2024 and beyond. Except under certain exemptions, its scope would
include the processing of personal data in India and would extend to the profiling of, and offering goods and services to, India-based individuals outside
of India. As the global data protection regulatory landscape develops, non-compliance with any such requirements and rules could lead to regulatory
fines and other penalties.
In the US, Barclays Bank Delaware is subject to the US Federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) and the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, which
amended the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 and came into effect on 1 January 2023 (CPRA). The GLBA limits the use and disclosure of non-
public personal information to non-affiliated third parties, and requires financial institutions to provide written notice of their privacy policies and
practices and implement certain information security policies and practices. Any violations of the GLBA could subject Barclays Bank Delaware to
additional reporting requirements or regulatory investigation or audits by the financial regulators. More broadly, the Barclays Bank Group's US
operations are subject to the CPRA which applies to personal information that is not collected, processed, sold or disclosed subject to the GLBA. The
CPRA requires applicable members of the Barclays Bank Group to both provide California residents with additional disclosures regarding the collection,
use and sharing of personal information and grant California residents access, deletion, correction and other rights, including the right to opt-out of
certain sales or transfers of personal information and the right to limit the processing of sensitive personal information to certain purposes. Any
violations of the CPRA may be subject to enforcement by the California Privacy Protection Agency and the California Attorney General and the
imposition of monetary penalties, as well as potential lawsuits arising from the private right of action provided to California residents in the case of
certain data breaches. Bills proposed in the United States Congress and in the legislatures of various US states, if enacted, may have further impact on
the data privacy practices of Barclays’ US operations. In addition, all 50 states have laws including obligations to provide notification of security breaches
of computer databases that contain personal information to affected individuals, state officers and others.
Cybersecurity and operational resilience
Regulators globally continue to focus on cybersecurity risk management, organisational operational resilience and overall soundness across all financial
services firms, with customer and market expectations of uninterrupted access to financial services remaining at an all-time high.
The regulatory focus has been further heightened by the increasing number of high-profile ransomware and other supply chain attacks seen across the
industry in recent years and the growing reliance of financial services on Cloud and other third party service providers. This is evidenced by the
continuing introduction of new laws and regulatory frameworks directed at enhancing resilience of both firms and their critical third party providers. A
new UK framework introduced in March 2021 requires firms to be able to remain within impact tolerances set for their important business services, in
severe but plausible disruption scenarios such as a cyber attack, by no later than 31 March 2025. FSMA 2023 introduced a new regime for designated
critical third party providers, and in December 2023 the FCA and PRA issued a consultation on proposed rules and guidance for supervising the
resilience of critical third party providers.
The EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) entered into force in January 2023 and will apply in early 2025 (after a two-year implementation
period), introducing comprehensive and sector specific regulation on Information Communication Technologies (ICT) incident reporting, testing and
third party risk management, and providing for direct oversight of critical third party providers servicing the EU financial services sector. The existing
and anticipated requirements for increased controls will serve to improve industry standardisation and resilience capabilities, enhancing our ability to
deliver services during periods of potential disruption. However, such measures are likely to result in increased technology and compliance costs for the
Group.
In 2023, the SEC finalised disclosure rules regarding cybersecurity risk management, governance and incident reporting by US-listed companies,
including foreign private issuers such as Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC. The new rules require foreign private issuers to annually disclose the
policies and procedures relied upon to identify and manage cybersecurity risks, including risk management strategy and whether any risks from
cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect
the issuer, its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC must annually describe
Barclays’ board of directors’ oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats, the board committee responsible for the oversight of such risks, and the
processes by which the board or such committee is informed thereof; and details of management’s expertise and role in assessing and managing
material risks from cybersecurity threats. If Barclays PLC or Barclays Bank PLC are required or determine to disclose material cybersecurity incidents
under home country or stock exchange rules, they are required to also furnish this information with the SEC on the SEC's website, in accordance with
their obligations as foreign private issuers.
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 113 |
Similarly, NYDFS amended its cybersecurity regulation applying to the New York Branch of Barclays Bank PLC. The NYDFS's amended cybersecurity
regulation contains significant updates, including enhanced notification requirements, cybersecurity governance obligations, and requirements
applicable to cybersecurity policies and procedures (e.g., encryption and multi-factor authentication, business continuity and incident response plans,
and vulnerability management).
Regulatory initiatives on ESG disclosure
The EU Regulation on Sustainable Finance Disclosures (SFDR) and related Delegated Regulations require financial market participants (FMPs) to
disclose how they integrate environmental, social and governance factors in their investment decisions for certain financial products and to publish
principal adverse impact statements. The SFDR applies to entities established in the EU and in-scope products marketed in the EU, regardless of the
location of the entity. The SFDR is currently under review by the Commission.
In addition, the EU Taxonomy Regulation provides for a general framework for the development of an EU-wide classification system for environmentally
sustainable economic activities. It sets mandatory entity-level disclosure requirements for companies which fall under the scope of the EU Accounting
Directive, in relation to eligibility and alignment of their business activities with the EU Taxonomy Regulation. The EU Taxonomy Regulation also
imposes product level disclosure obligations for FMPs on the extent to which their financial products are Taxonomy aligned or not. The taxonomy, and
with it the Taxonomy Regulation, is under review to include further sectors and, for example, social elements.
The EU Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive will introduce sustainability related reporting obligations for various entities, including EU banks and
certain non-EU companies and banks (by virtue of having EU listings or significant business in the EU), with reporting to commence on a phased basis
from the financial year 2024. Related technical sustainability reporting standards have been developed by the European Financial Reporting Advisory
Group.
The second EU Capital Requirements Regulation established, for certain large financial institutions, a Pillar 3 disclosure framework for information on
environmental, social and governance risks, including physical risks and transition risks. Amendments proposed by the CRR III and CRD VI banking
package will extend the scope of these disclosures and the emphasis on ESG. The ECB has made, and continues to regard, the supervision of the
approach of institutions to ESG risk a priority.
In December 2023, the European Council and Parliament institutions reached political agreement on the Directive on Corporate Sustainability Due
Diligence, which will require EU firms, and certain non-EU firms, including financial institutions, to carry out due diligence with regard to their own
operations and companies in their upstream value chain, in order to identify and prevent, bring to an end or mitigate the adverse impact of their
activities on human rights and the environment. Firms will also be required to establish a climate change transition plan. These obligations are expected
to come into force on a phased basis from the second half of 2027, at the earliest.
In the UK, the FCA published final rules on the UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements regime in November 2023 which set out new requirements to
prepare sustainability-related product and entity level disclosures for certain firms, as well as a new sustainable investment labelling regime and anti-
greenwashing rule applicable to all authorised firms. Currently, the new anti-greenwashing rule (and associated guidance) is due to apply from 31 May
2024, whilst the rest of the changes will take effect on a phased basis, beginning in the second half of 2024. The UK Government has expressed its
intention to consider how best to incorporate the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures framework for nature-related risk management and
disclosures into UK legislation and to consult on introducing Transition Plan Taskforce Disclosure Framework (TPT Framework) related requirements for
the UK’s largest companies. The Government is also progressing plans to endorse UK Sustainability Disclosure Standards based on the International
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) sustainability reporting standards (IFRS S1 on general requirements for sustainability disclosures and IFRS S2 on
climate disclosures) for use in the UK by July 2024. The FCA plans to consult in 2024 on incorporating provisions relating to the ISSB standards and TPT
Framework into its Handbook. Additionally, TCFD-aligned reporting requirements apply to UK publicly quoted companies, large private companies and
LLPs (in addition to existing TCFD-related reporting requirements under the Listing Rules).
In the UK, the UK Government has confirmed its intention to develop a UK Green Taxonomy, and the Green Technical Advisory Group continues to
publish advice and reports on the development of a Green Taxonomy. Reporting against the Taxonomy will form part of the UK’s new Sustainability
Disclosure Requirements (SDR). Certain companies will be required to disclose which portion of their activities are Taxonomy-aligned. The structure of
the Taxonomy is expected to draw on the EU approach and has six environmental objectives (climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation,
sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, transition to a circular economy, pollution prevention and control and protection and
restoration of biodiversity).
In March 2022, the SEC proposed climate related-disclosure requirements for US-listed companies (which would include Barclays PLC and Barclays
Bank PLC) that would, among other things, require disclosure of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, with certain emissions disclosures
subject to third-party attestation requirements; climate-related scenario analysis (if the issuer conducts scenario analysis), together with qualitative and
quantitative information about the hypothetical future climate scenarios used in its analysis; climate transition plans or climate-related targets or goals,
along with disclosure of progress against any such plans, targets or goals; climate-related risks over the short-, medium- and long-term; qualitative and
quantitative information regarding climate-related risks and historical impacts in audited financial statements; corporate governance of climate-related
risks; and climate-related risk-management processes. In addition, bills proposed or adopted by the legislatures of certain US states may impose
additional or stricter climate related-disclosure requirements on businesses operating in such US states. For example, in October 2023, California
adopted the Climate Corporate Data Accountability Act (SB-253) and the Greenhouse Gases: Climate-Related Financial Risk bill (SB-261) which are
expected to apply commencing in 2026. Barclays is monitoring such legislative developments and their impact on Barclays’ US operations and reporting
obligations.
Sanctions and financial crime
The UK Bribery Act 2010 introduced a new form of corporate criminal liability focused broadly on a company’s failure to prevent bribery on its behalf.
The Criminal Finances Act 2017 introduced new corporate criminal offences of failing to prevent the facilitation of UK and overseas tax evasion. In 2023,
the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency Act 2023 became law. This creates a new offence of failing to prevent a person associated with the
Group from committing fraud for the benefit of the Group. These pieces of legislation have broad application and in certain circumstances may have
extraterritorial impact on entities, persons or activities located outside the UK, including Barclays PLC’s subsidiaries outside the UK. The UK Bribery Act
requires the Barclays Bank Group to have adequate procedures to prevent bribery which, due to the extraterritorial nature of the Act, makes this both
complex and costly. Additionally, the Criminal Finances Act requires the Barclays Bank Group to have reasonable procedures in place to prevent the
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 114 |
criminal facilitation of tax evasion by persons acting for, or on behalf of, the Barclays Bank Group. The Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency Act
similarly requires the Group to have reasonable procedures in place to prevent a person associated with the Group from committing fraud.
The Sanctions and Anti-Money Laundering Act 2018 (the Sanctions Act) became law in the UK in 2018. Following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, the
Sanctions Act allowed for the adoption of an autonomous UK sanctions regime which came into force in 2021, as well as a more flexible licensing
regime post-Brexit. This regime applies within the UK and in relation to the conduct of all UK persons wherever they are in the world; it also applies to
overseas branches of UK companies (including the Barclays Bank PLC New York branch).
Within the EU, there is a system of autonomous sanctions by which the European Council adopts a decision made by the EU’s Common Foreign and
Security Policy. The measures stated in the Council decision are either implemented at the EU level, by way of Regulation, or at a national level in
Member States. Regulations are binding and directly effective throughout the EU. Each measure will specify the territorial scope of the relevant
sanctions but these can apply broadly within the territory of any EU Member States and to EU nationals wherever they are located as well as to third
country branches of EU companies. The EU enforces its anti-money laundering regime through the Fourth Anti-Money Laundering Directive (EU)
2015/849 and the Fifth Anti-Money Laundering Directive (EU) 2018/849 with further changes being proposed through the Sixth Anti-Money
Laundering Directive and a package of further reforms currently under discussion.
In the US, the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act 2001, the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 and regulations thereunder contain numerous
anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing requirements for financial institutions. In addition, the Barclays Bank Group is subject to the US
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits, among other things, corrupt payments to foreign government officials. It is also subject to various
economic sanctions laws, regulations and executive orders administered by the US government, which prohibit or restrict some or all business activities
and other dealings with or involving certain individuals, entities, groups, countries and territories.
In some cases, US state and federal regulations addressing sanctions, money laundering and other financial crimes may impact entities, persons or
activities located or undertaken outside the US, including Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries. US government authorities have aggressively enforced these
laws against financial institutions in recent years. As a result of the conflict in Ukraine, there has been an increased regulatory focus on sanctions
compliance in various jurisdictions, including the US, UK and EU. Failure of a financial institution to ensure compliance with such laws could have serious
legal, financial and reputational consequences for the institution.
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 115 |
Detailed analysis of our consolidated financial statements, independently audited and providing in-
depth disclosure on the financial performance of Barclays Bank Group.
Consolidated financial statements | Page | Note | |
Parent financial statements | |||
Notes to the financial statements | |||
Performance/return | 1 | ||
2 | |||
3 | |||
4 | |||
5 | |||
6 | |||
7 | |||
8 | |||
▪Tax | 9 | ||
10 | |||
Assets and liabilities held at fair value | 11 | ||
12 | |||
13 | |||
14 | |||
15 | |||
16 | |||
17 | |||
Assets at amortised cost and other investments | 18 | ||
19 | |||
20 | |||
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings | 21 | ||
22 | |||
23 | |||
24 | |||
Capital instruments, equity and reserves | 25 | ||
26 | |||
27 | |||
Employee benefits | 28 | ||
29 | |||
30 | |||
Scope of consolidation | 31 | ||
32 | |||
33 | |||
34 | |||
35 | |||
Other disclosure matters | 36 | ||
▪Disposal of businesses | 37 | ||
38 | |||
39 | |||
40 | |||
Financial statements
Contents
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 116 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Barclays Bank PLC:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barclays Bank PLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and
2022, the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity,
and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes and specific
disclosures described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements as being part of the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the
consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are
required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error
or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts
and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. The communication of critical audit
matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical
audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost, including off-balance sheet elements of the allowance
As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, and in the Credit risk management (audited) disclosures on pages 52 to 85, the
Company’s impairment allowance for loans and advances, including off-balance sheet elements at amortised cost was £4,514m as at 31 December
2023.
We identified the assessment of impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost, including off balance sheet elements as a critical audit
matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialised skills and knowledge was required because it involved significant measurement uncertainty.
Complex and subjective auditor judgement was required to assess the following:
•Model estimations – Complex and subjective auditor judgement was applied in assessing the Company’s modelled estimations of Expected
Credit Losses (“ECL”) due to the inherently judgemental nature of the underlying models, namely the IFRS 9 Probability of Default (“PD”)
models, the Loss Given Default (“LGD”) models and the Exposure at Default (“EAD”) models, and the associated model assumptions. Certain
IFRS 9 models and model assumptions are the key drivers of complexity and uncertainty, and minor changes to those models and model
assumptions could have a significant effect on the Company’s calculation of the ECL estimate.
•Economic scenarios – Complex and subjective auditor judgement was applied in assessing the forward-looking economic scenarios used by
the Company as an input to calculate ECL, the probability weightings applied to them and the complexity of models used to derive the
probability weightings.
•Qualitative adjustments – Complex and subjective auditor judgement was applied in assessing certain qualitative adjustments to the model-
driven impairment allowance due to the inherent estimation uncertainty associated with these adjustments.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter.
•We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s process for estimating the
impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost, including off-balance sheet elements. This included controls relating to the (1)
application of the staging criteria, (2) model validation, implementation and monitoring, (3) authorisation and calculation of qualitative
adjustments and management overlays, (4) selection and implementation of economic variables and the controls over the economic scenario
selection and probabilities, and (5) credit reviews that determine customer risk ratings used in the models for a population of wholesale customers.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 117 |
•We involved credit risk modelling professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in the following:
◦evaluating the Company’s impairment methodologies for compliance with IFRS 9;
◦inspecting model code for the calculation of certain components of the ECL model to assess its consistency with the Company’s
modelling methodology;
◦evaluating model changes (including the updated model code) for a selection of models which were changed or updated during the year
as to whether they were appropriate by assessing the updated model methodology against the applicable accounting standard;
◦reperforming the calculation of certain adjustments to assess consistency with the qualitative adjustment methodologies;
◦evaluating the model output for a selection of models by inspecting the corresponding model functionality and independently
implementing the model by rebuilding the model code and comparing our independent output with management’s output; and
◦reperforming and assessing, for a selection of models, the reasonableness of the model predictions by comparing them against actual
results and evaluating the resulting differences.
•In addition, we involved economic professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
◦assessing the reasonableness of the Company’s methodology and models used for determining the economic scenarios used and the
probability weightings applied to them;
◦assessing key economic variables which included comparing a selection of economic variables to external sources; and
◦assessing the overall reasonableness of the economic forecasts by comparing the Company’s forecasts to our own modelled forecasts.
We evaluated the collective results of the procedures performed to assess the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained related to the Company’s
impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost, including off-balance sheet elements of the allowance.
Valuation of certain Level 3 and Level 2 financial instruments recorded at fair value
As discussed in Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the total balance of financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value as
at December 31, 2023 was £686,338m and £(606,214)m, respectively. This includes Level 3 assets of £16,195m and liabilities of £(6,233)m
respectively. The Company has Level 2 financial assets at fair value of £548,595m and financial liabilities at fair value of £(571,403)m. The Company is
required to apply valuation techniques which often involve the exercise of significant judgement and the use of assumptions and valuation models over
certain Level 3 and Level 2 financial assets and liabilities.
We identified the valuation of certain Level 3 and Level 2 financial instruments recorded at fair value as a critical audit matter. This is because there was
significant measurement uncertainty associated with the fair value estimates of these instruments and subjective auditor judgement, including
specialised skills and knowledge was required to evaluate pricing data inputs, valuation models and fair value adjustments (FVA), including portfolio-
level FVAs related to credit, collateralisation and funding (commonly referred to as XVAs).
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter.
•We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s process to measure fair value
of these portfolios. This included controls related to (1) the independent price verification (IPV) of certain pricing data inputs, (2) the
determination or calculation of FVAs, including exit price adjustments (to mark the portfolio to bid or offer prices), model shortcoming
reserves to address model limitations and XVAs and (3) the validation, completeness, implementation and usage of valuation models
including assessment of the impact of model limitations and assumptions.
•For a selection of collateral disputes identified by management, we challenged management’s valuation where significant fair value
differences were observable through comparison with the market participant’s valuation on the other side of the trade. We also utilised
collateral dispute data to identify fair value financial instruments with significant fair value differences against market counterparties and
selected these to independently reprice.
•We performed a retrospective review by inspecting significant gains and losses on a selection of new fair value instruments, historical exit
prices on similar instruments and restructurings throughout the audit period and evaluated whether these data points indicated elements of
fair value not incorporated into the current valuation methodologies. We also inspected movements in unobservable inputs throughout the
period to challenge whether any gain or loss generated was appropriate.
•We involved valuation professionals with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in the following:
◦independently re-pricing a selection of fair value financial instruments and challenging management on the valuations where they were
outside our tolerance; and
◦challenging the appropriateness of significant models and methodologies used in calculating fair values, risk exposures and in
calculating FVAs and XVAs, including comparison to industry practice.
•We inspected trading revenue arising on level 3 positions to assess whether material gains or losses generated were in line with the
accounting standards.
UK Pension Scheme – Defined Benefit Obligation (DBO) assumptions
As discussed in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements, the total fair value of the Company’s defined benefit obligation as at 31 December
2023 was £21,420m, of which £20,618m was related to the UK Retirement Fund (UKRF). The determination of the Company’s defined benefit pension
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 118 |
obligation with respect to these plans is dependent on certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate, inflation rate (or retail price index) and
mortality assumptions.
We identified the valuation of the defined benefit pension obligation in respect of UKRF as a critical audit matter. Subjective and complex auditor
judgement, including specialized skills and knowledge, was required in evaluating the discount rates, retail price index (RPI) and mortality assumptions
used, as small changes would have a significant impact on the measurement of the defined benefit pension obligation.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter:
•we evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s defined benefit obligation
process; this included controls related to management’s review of IAS 19 assumptions including discount rate, RPI and mortality
assumptions, and
•we involved actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in assessing the Company’s discount rate, RPI and
mortality assumptions by evaluating those assumptions against expectations derived from external sources.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.
February 19, 2024
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 119 |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
For the year ended 31 December | Notes | £m | £m | £m |
Continuing operations | ||||
Interest and similar income | 3 | |||
Interest and similar expense | 3 | ( | ( | ( |
Net interest income | ||||
Fee and commission income | 4 | |||
Fee and commission expense | 4 | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
Net trading income | 5 | |||
Net investment income/(expense) | 6 | ( | ( | |
Other income | ||||
Total income | ||||
Staff costs | 28 | ( | ( | ( |
Infrastructure costs | 7 | ( | ( | ( |
Administration and general expenses | 7 | ( | ( | ( |
Litigation and conduct | 7 | ( | ( | ( |
Operating expenses | 7 | ( | ( | ( |
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures | ( | |||
Profit/(loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures | ( | |||
Profit before Impairment | ||||
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | 8 | ( | ( | |
Profit before tax | ||||
Taxation | 9 | ( | ( | ( |
Profit after tax | ||||
Attributable to: | ||||
Equity holders of the parent | ||||
Other equity instrument holders | ||||
Total equity holders of the parent | ||||
Profit after tax |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 120 |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
Profit after tax | |||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Currency translation reserve | |||
Currency translation differencesa | ( | ( | |
Tax | |||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve movement relating to debt securities | |||
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value | ( | ( | |
Net (gains)/losses transferred to net profit on disposal | ( | ( | |
Net (gains)/losses related to (releases of) impairment | ( | ( | |
Net (losses)/gains due to fair value hedging | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Cash flow hedging reserve | |||
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value | ( | ( | |
Net losses/(gains) transferred to net profit | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss | ( | ( | |
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Retirement benefit remeasurements | ( | ( | |
Own credit | ( | ( | |
Tax | ( | ( | |
Other comprehensive (loss)/income not recycled to profit or loss | ( | ||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | ( | ( | |
Total comprehensive income for the year | |||
Attributable to: | |||
Equity holders of the parent | |||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
Note
aIncludes £nil gain (2022: £1 m gain; 2021: £20 m loss) on recycling of currency translation differences.
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 121 |
2023 | 2022 | ||
As at 31 December | Notes | £m | £m |
Assets | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to customers | |||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending at amortised cost | |||
Trading portfolio assets | 11 | ||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 12 | ||
Derivative financial instruments | 13 | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 14 | ||
Investments in associates and joint ventures | 33 | ||
Goodwill and intangible assets | 20 | ||
Property, plant and equipment | 18 | ||
Current tax assets | |||
Deferred tax assets | 9 | ||
Retirement benefit assets | 30 | ||
Assets included in disposal group classified as held for sale | 39 | ||
Other assets | |||
Total assets | |||
Liabilities | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from customers | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing at amortised cost | |||
Debt securities in issue | |||
Subordinated liabilities | 25 | ||
Trading portfolio liabilities | 11 | ||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 15 | ||
Derivative financial instruments | 13 | ||
Current tax liabilities | |||
Deferred tax liabilities | 9 | ||
Retirement benefit liabilities | 30 | ||
Provisions | 22 | ||
Liabilities included in disposal group classified as held for sale | 39 | ||
Other liabilities | 21 | ||
Total liabilities | |||
Equity | |||
Called up share capital and share premium | 26 | ||
Other equity instruments | 26 | ||
Other reserves | 27 | ( | ( |
Retained earnings | |||
Total equity | |||
Total liabilities and equity |
CS Venkatakrishnan
Barclays Bank Group – Chief Executive Officer
Steven Ewart
Barclays Bank Group – Chief Financial Officer
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 122 |
Called up share capital and share premiuma | Other equity instrumentsa | Other reservesb | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2023 | ( | ||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | — | ||
Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | ||
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ||||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | ( | ||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other shareholders equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Net equity impact on inter Barclays PLC Group transfers | — | — | ( | ||
Other reserve movements | — | — | ( | ||
Balance as at 31 December 2023 | ( |
Notes
aFor further details refer to Note 26.
bFor further details refer to Note 27.
Called up share capital and share premiuma | Other equity instrumentsa | Other reservesb | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2022 | |||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | — | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | — | — | — | ||
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ( | |||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other shareholders equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit realisation | — | — | ( | ||
Capital contribution from Barclays Plc | — | — | — | ||
Other reserve movements | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Balance as at 31 December 2022 | ( |
Notes
aFor further details refer to Note 26.
bFor further details refer to Note 27.
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 123 |
Called up share capital and share premiuma | Other equity instruments | Other reserves | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2021 | |||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ||
Own credit reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ( | |||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends on preference shares and other shareholders equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Other reserve movements | — | — | ( | ||
Balance as at 31 December 2021 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 124 |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
For the year ended 31 December | Notes | £m | £m | £m |
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: | ||||
Profit before tax | ||||
Adjustment for non-cash items: | ||||
Credit impairment charges/(releases) | ( | |||
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant, equipment and intangibles | ||||
Provisions and pension charges | ||||
Net loss on disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment | ||||
Other non-cash movements including exchange rate movements | ( | |||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||
Net decrease/ (increase) in cash collateral and settlement balances | ( | |||
Net decrease/ (increase) in loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ||
Net (increase)/decrease in reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ( | |||
Net increase in deposits at amortised cost | ||||
Net (decrease)/increase in debt securities in issue | ( | |||
Net increase/(decrease) in repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ( | |||
Net decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ||
Net (increase)/decrease in trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ||
Net (decrease)/increase in trading portfolio liabilities | ( | |||
Net decrease/(increase) in financial assets and liabilities at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ||
Net increase in other assets | ( | ( | ( | |
Net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities | ( | |||
Corporate income tax paid | ( | ( | ( | |
Net cash from operating activities | ||||
Purchase of debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from redemption or sale of debt securities at amortised cost | ||||
Purchase of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from sale or redemption of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles | ( | ( | ( | |
Disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed | ||||
Other cash flows associated with investing activities | ||||
Net cash from investing activities | ( | ( | ( | |
Dividends paid and other coupon payments on equity instruments | ( | ( | ( | |
Issuance of subordinated liabilities | 25 | |||
Redemption of subordinated liabilities | 25 | ( | ( | ( |
Issue of shares and other equity instruments | 26 | |||
Repurchase of shares and other equity instruments | 26 | ( | ( | |
Capital contribution | ||||
Vesting of employee share schemes | ( | ( | ( | |
Net cash from financing activities | ( | |||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | ( | ( | ||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | ( | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents comprise: | ||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||
Loans and advances to banks with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Cash collateral balances with central banks with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Treasury and other eligible bills with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
Interest received by the Barclays Bank Group was £51,484 m (2022: £33,657 m; 2021: £11,616 m) and interest paid by the Barclays Bank Group was
£43,488 m (2022: £26,566 m; 2021: £7,493 m). These amounts include interest paid and received arising from trading activities.
The Barclays Bank Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities and these amounted to £2,973 m (2022:
£3,038 m; 2021: £4,260 m).
Balance sheet | |||
2023 | 2022 | ||
As at 31 December | Notes | £m | £m |
Assets | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost to customers | |||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending at amortised cost | |||
Trading portfolio assets | |||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||
Derivative financial instruments | |||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||
Investments in associates and joint ventures | |||
Investment in subsidiaries | 31 | ||
Goodwill and intangible assets | |||
Property, plant and equipment | |||
Current tax assets | |||
Deferred tax assets | |||
Retirement benefit assets | |||
Other assets | |||
Total assets | |||
Liabilities | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from banks | |||
Deposits at amortised cost from customers | |||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | |||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing at amortised cost | |||
Debt securities in issue | |||
Subordinated liabilities | |||
Trading portfolio liabilities | |||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | |||
Derivative financial instruments | |||
Current tax liabilities | |||
Deferred tax liabilities | |||
Retirement benefit liabilities | |||
Provisions | |||
Other liabilities | |||
Total liabilities | |||
Equity | |||
Called up share capital and share premium | 26 | ||
Other equity instruments | 26 | ||
Other reserves | ( | ( | |
Retained earnings | |||
Total equity | |||
Total liabilities and equity |
The Board of Directors approved the financial statements on pages 126 to 130 and the accompanying note on pages 207 to 208 on 19 February 2024.
CS Venkatakrishnan
Barclays Bank Group – Chief Executive Officer
Steven Ewart
Barclays Bank Group – Chief Financial Officer
Financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC
Parent company accounts
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 126 |
Statement of changes in equity | |||||
Called up share capital and share premiuma | Other equity instrumentsa, b | Other reservesc | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2023 | ( | ||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | — | ||
Cash flow hedges | — | — | — | ||
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ||||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | ( | ||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on preference shares and other shareholders' equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Other reserve movements | — | — | — | ||
Balance as at 31 December 2023 | ( | ||||
Notes
aFor further details refer to Note 26.
bOther equity instruments includes AT1 securities issued by Barclays Bank PLC and borrowings of $6 bn from a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC.
The borrowings have been recorded as equity since, under their terms, interest payments are non cumulative and discretionary whilst repayment of principal is
perpetually deferrable by Barclays Bank PLC. Should Barclays Bank PLC make a discretionary dividend payment on its ordinary shares in the six months preceding the
date of an interest payment, it will be obliged to make that interest payment. In 2023, interest paid on these borrowings was £439 m.
cFor further details refer to Note 27.
Financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC
Parent company accounts
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 127 |
Statement of changes in equity | |||||
Called up share capital and share premiuma | Other equity instrumentsa, b | Other reservesc | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2022 | ( | ||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | — | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | — | — | — | ||
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ( | ( | ||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on preference shares and other shareholders' equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Own credit realisation | — | — | ( | ||
Capital contribution from Barclays PLC | — | — | — | ||
Other reserve movements | — | — | — | ||
Balance as at 31 December 2022 | ( | ||||
Notes
aFor further details refer to Note 26.
bOther equity instruments includes AT1 securities issued by Barclays Bank PLC and borrowings of $6 bn from a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC.
The borrowings have been recorded as equity since, under their terms, interest payments are non cumulative and discretionary whilst repayment of principal is
perpetually deferrable by Barclays Bank PLC. Should Barclays Bank PLC make a discretionary dividend payment on its ordinary shares in the six months preceding the
date of an interest payment, it will be obliged to make that interest payment. In 2022, interest paid on these borrowings was £250 m.
cFor further details refer to Note 27.
Financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC
Parent company accounts
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 128 |
Statement of changes in equity | |||||
Called up share capital and share premium | Other equity instrumentsa | Other reserves | Retained earnings | Total equity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance as at 1 January 2021 | |||||
Profit after tax | — | — | |||
Currency translation movements | — | — | — | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | ( | — | ( |
Retirement benefit remeasurement | — | — | — | ||
Own credit reserve | — | — | — | ||
Total comprehensive income for the year | — | ( | |||
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | — | |||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | — | ( | — | — | ( |
Employee settled Barclays PLC share schemes | — | — | — | ||
Vesting of Barclays PLC shares under share-based payment schemes | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on ordinary shares | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Dividends paid on preference shares and other shareholders' equity | — | — | — | ( | ( |
Other reserve movements | — | — | ( | ( | |
Balance as at 31 December 2021 | ( |
Notes
aOther equity instruments includes AT1 securities issued by Barclays Bank PLC and borrowings of $6 bn from a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC.
The borrowings have been recorded as equity since, under their terms, interest payments are non cumulative and discretionary whilst repayment of principal is
perpetually deferrable by Barclays Bank PLC. Should Barclays Bank PLC make a discretionary dividend payment on its ordinary shares in the six months preceding the
date of an interest payment, it will be obliged to make that interest payment. In 2021, interest paid on these borrowings was £164 m.
Financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC
Parent company accounts
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 129 |
Cash flow statement | ||||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
For the year ended 31 December | Notes | £m | £m | £m |
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: | ||||
Profit before tax | ||||
Adjustment for non-cash items: | ||||
Credit impairment charges/(releases) | ( | |||
Impairment of Investments in subsidiaries | ||||
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant, equipment and intangibles | ||||
Provisions and pensions (credits)/charges | ( | |||
Net loss/(profit) on disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment | ( | ( | ||
Other non-cash movements including exchange rate movements | ( | |||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | ||||
Net decrease in cash collateral and settlement balances | ||||
Net increase in loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |
Net (increase)/decrease in reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ( | ( | ||
Net increase in deposits at amortised cost | ||||
Net (decrease)/increase in debt securities in issue | ( | |||
Net increase/(decrease) in repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ( | |||
Net decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ||
Net (increase)/decrease in trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ||
Net (decrease)/increase in trading portfolio liabilities | ( | |||
Net decrease/(increase) in financial assets and liabilities at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ||
Net increase in other assets | ( | ( | ( | |
Net (decrease)/increase in other liabilities | ( | |||
Corporate income tax received/(paid) | ( | |||
Net cash from operating activities | ||||
Purchase of debt securities at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from redemption or sale of debt securities at amortised cost | ||||
Purchase of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ( | |
Proceeds from sale or redemption of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles | ( | ( | ( | |
Disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed | ( | |||
Increase in investment in subsidiaries | ( | ( | ( | |
Other cash flows associated with investing activities | ( | |||
Net cash from investing activities | ( | ( | ( | |
Dividends paid and other coupon payments on equity instruments | ( | ( | ( | |
Issuance of subordinated liabilities | 25 | |||
Redemption of subordinated liabilities | 25 | ( | ( | ( |
Issue of shares and other equity instruments | 26 | |||
Repurchase of shares and other equity instruments | 26 | ( | ( | |
Capital contribution | ||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes | ( | ( | ( | |
Net cash from financing activities | ( | |||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | ( | ( | ||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents | ( | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents comprise: | ||||
Cash and balances at central banks | ||||
Loans and advances to banks with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Cash collateral balances with central banks with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Treasury and other eligible bills with original maturity less than three months | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
Interest received by Barclays Bank PLC was £35,467 m (2022: £25,048 m; 2021: £7,284 m) and interest paid by Barclays Bank PLC was £32,796 m (2022:
£21,325 m; 2021: £5,496 m). These amounts include interest paid and received arising from trading activities. Dividends received were £529 m (2022:
£1,862 m; 2021: £1,174 m).
Barclays Bank PLC was required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities of £767 m (2022: £1,070 m; 2021: £1,585 m).
Financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC
Parent company accounts
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 130 |
This section describes the Barclays Bank Group’s material policies and critical accounting estimates that relate to the financial statements and notes as a whole. If an accounting policy or a critical accounting estimate relates to a particular note, the accounting policy and/or critical accounting estimate is contained with the relevant note. |
1Material accounting policies
1.Reporting entity
Barclays Bank PLC is a public company limited by shares registered in England under company number 1026167, having its registered office at 1
Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP.
These financial statements are prepared for Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries (the Barclays Bank Group) under Section 399 of the Companies Act
2006. The Barclays Bank Group is a major global financial services provider engaged in credit cards, wholesale banking, investment banking, wealth
management and investment management services. In addition, separate financial statements have been presented for the holding company.
2.Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of the Barclays Bank Group, and the separate financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC, have been prepared in
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.
The consolidated financial statements of the Barclays Bank Group, and the separate financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC, have also been prepared
in accordance with (1) International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including
interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no applicable differences from IFRS as issued by the IASB for the periods
presented; and (2) IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union (“IFRS as adopted by the EU”).
There are currently no differences between UK-adopted international accounting standards and IFRS as adopted by the EU and therefore no
reconciliation of variances is provided.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated and separate financial statements are set out below, and in the relevant
notes to the financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied, with the exception of International Tax Reform—Pillar Two Model Rules
(Amendments to IAS 12), which is effective from 1 January 2023 and applies retrospectively; and the Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to
IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2) and Definition of an Accounting Estimate (Amendments to IAS 8) which were applied from 1 January 2023.
3.Basis of preparation
The consolidated and separate financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention modified to include the fair valuation of
investment property, and particular financial instruments, to the extent required or permitted under IFRS as set out in the relevant accounting policies.
The financial statements are stated in millions of Pounds Sterling (£m), the functional currency of Barclays Bank PLC.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using
IFRS. The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as the Board is satisfied that the Barclays Bank Group and parent company have
the resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from approval of the financial statements.
In making this assessment, the Board has considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions and has reviewed a working
capital report (WCR). The WCR is used by the Board to assess the future performance of the Barclays Bank Group and whether it has the resources in
place that are required to meet its ongoing regulatory requirements. The WCR assessment is based upon business plans which contain future forecasts
of profitability taken from the Barclays Bank Group’s medium term plan as well as projections of regulatory capital requirements and business funding
needs. The WCR also includes an assessment of the impact of internally generated stress testing scenarios on the liquidity and capital requirement
forecasts. The stress tests used were based upon an assessment of reasonably possible downside economic scenarios that the Barclays Bank Group
could experience.
The WCR showed that the Barclays Bank Group had sufficient capital and liquidity in place to support its future business requirements and remained
above its regulatory minimum requirements in the stress scenarios. Accordingly, the Board concluded that there was a reasonable expectation that the
Barclays Bank Group has adequate resources to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial
statements.
4.Accounting policies
The Barclays Bank Group prepares financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The Barclays Bank Group’s material accounting policies relating to
specific financial statement items, together with a description of the accounting estimates and judgements that were critical to preparing those items,
are set out under the relevant notes. Accounting policies that affect the financial statements as a whole are set out below.
(i)Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities over which
Barclays Bank PLC has control. The Barclays Bank Group has control over another entity when the Barclays Bank Group has all of the following:
1)power over the relevant activities of the investee, for example through voting or other rights;
2)exposure to, or rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
3)the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.
As the consolidated financial statements include partnerships where the Barclays Bank Group member is a partner, advantage has been taken of the
exemption under Regulation 7 of the Partnership (Accounts) Regulations 2008 with regard to preparing and filing of individual partnership financial
statements.
Details of the principal subsidiaries are given in Note 31.
(ii)Foreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary balances are
translated into Sterling at the period end exchange rates. Exchange gains and losses on such balances are taken to the income statement.
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 131 |
The Barclays Bank Group’s foreign operations (including subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and branches) based mainly outside the UK may have
different functional currencies. The functional currency of an operation is the currency of the main economy to which it is exposed.
Prior to consolidation (or equity accounting) the assets and liabilities of non-Sterling operations are translated at the period end exchange rate and
items of income, expense and other comprehensive income are translated into Sterling at the rate on the date of the transactions. Exchange differences
arising on the translation of foreign operations are included in currency translation reserves within equity. These are transferred to the income
statement when the Barclays Bank Group disposes of the entire interest in a foreign operation, when partial disposal results in the loss of control of an
interest in a subsidiary, when an investment previously accounted for using the equity method is accounted for as a financial asset, or on the disposal of
a foreign operation within a branch.
(iii)Financial assets and liabilities
Recognition
The Barclays Bank Group recognises financial assets and liabilities when it becomes a party to the terms of the contract. Trade date or settlement date
accounting is applied depending on the classification of the financial asset.
Classification and measurement
Financial assets are classified on the basis of two criteria:
i)the business model within which financial assets are managed; and
ii)their contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’ (SPPI)).
The Barclays Bank Group assesses the business model criteria at a portfolio level. Information that is considered in determining the applicable business
model includes (i) policies and objectives for the relevant portfolio, (ii) how the performance and risks of the portfolio are managed, evaluated and
reported to management, and (iii) the frequency, volume and timing of sales in prior periods, sales expectation for future periods, and the reasons for
such sales.
The contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets are assessed with reference to whether the cash flows represent SPPI. Terms that could
change the contractual cash flows so that it would not meet the condition for SPPI are considered, including: (i) contingent and leverage features, (ii)
non-recourse arrangements, (iii) features that could modify the time value of money, and (iv) Social, Environmental and Sustainability-linked features.
Terms with de-minimis impact do not preclude cash flows from representing SPPI.
The accounting policy for each type of financial asset or liability is included within the relevant note for the item. The Barclays Bank Group’s policies for
determining the fair values of the assets and liabilities are set out in Note 16.
Derecognition
The Barclays Bank Group derecognises a financial asset, or a portion of a financial asset, from its balance sheet where (i) the contractual rights to cash
flows from the asset have expired, or (ii) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset have been transferred (usually by sale) and with them
either (a) substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset have been transferred, or (b) where neither substantially all the risks and rewards have been
transferred or retained, where control over the asset has been lost.
Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the liability has been settled, has expired or has been extinguished. An exchange of an existing financial
liability for a new liability with the same lender on substantially different terms – generally a difference of 10% or more in the present value of the cash
flows or a substantive qualitative amendment – is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new
financial liability.
It may not be obvious whether substantially all of the risks and rewards of a transferred asset, or portion of an asset, have been transferred. It is often
necessary to perform a quantitative analysis that compares the Barclays Bank Group's exposure to variability in asset cash flows before the transfer with
its retained exposure after the transfer. A cash flow analysis of this nature may require judgement. In particular, it is necessary to estimate the asset’s
expected future cash flows as well as potential variability around this expectation. The method of estimating expected future cash flows depends on the
nature of the asset, with market and market-implied data used to the greatest extent possible. The potential variability around this expectation is
typically determined by stressing underlying parameters to create reasonable alternative upside and downside scenarios. Probabilities are then assigned
to each scenario. Stressed parameters may include default rates, loss severity, or prepayment rates.
Reverse repurchase agreements (and stock borrowing or similar transactions) are a form of secured lending whereby the Barclays Bank Group provides
a loan or cash collateral in exchange for the transfer of collateral, generally in the form of marketable securities subject to an agreement to transfer the
securities back at a fixed price in the future. Repurchase agreements are where the Barclays Bank Group obtains such loans or cash collateral, in
exchange for the transfer of collateral.
The Barclays Bank Group purchases (a reverse repurchase agreement) or borrows securities subject to a commitment to resell or return them. The
securities are not included in the balance sheet as the Barclays Bank Group does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration paid (or
cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a loan asset at amortised cost, unless it is designated or mandatorily at fair value through profit and loss.
The Barclays Bank Group may also sell (a repurchase agreement) or lend securities subject to a commitment to repurchase or redeem them. The
securities are retained on the balance sheet as the Barclays Bank Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration
received (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a financial liability at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.
(iv)Issued debt and equity instruments
Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities if the contractual arrangement results in the Barclays Bank Group having an
obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset, or a variable number of equity shares, to the holder of the instrument. If this is not the case,
the instrument is generally an equity instrument and the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs. Dividends and other returns to equity
holders are recognised when paid or declared by the members at the Annual General Meeting and treated as a deduction from equity.
Where issued financial instruments contain both liability and equity components, these are accounted for separately. The fair value of the debt is
estimated first and the balance of the proceeds is included within equity.
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 132 |
(v) Cash flow statement
Cash comprises cash on hand and balances at central banks. Cash equivalents comprise loans and advances to banks, cash collateral balances with
central banks related to payment schemes and treasury and other eligible bills, all with original maturities of three months or less.
Investments in debt securities at amortised cost, presented within loans and advances on the balance sheet, are deemed to be investing activities for the
5.New and amended standards and interpretations
The accounting policies adopted have been consistently applied, with the exception of the following:
International Tax Reform—Pillar Two Model Rules (Amendments to IAS 12)
On 23 May 2023, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12 to provide a mandatory temporary exemption to the requirements to account for deferred
taxes assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes, as published by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).
The amendments are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and the mandatory temporary exemption is applied
retrospectively to prior periods.
Disclosures related to the amendments are made in Note 9 on pages 146 to 147.
Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)
The amendments require entities to disclose their material rather than their significant accounting policies. The Barclays Bank Group adopted the
amendments effective 1 January 2023. Whilst these amendments do not change the Barclays Bank Group’s accounting policies, the Barclays Bank
Group has reviewed the accounting policy information disclosed in these financial statements against the new requirements.
Under the amendments, accounting policy information is material if, when considered together with other information included in an entity’s financial
statements, it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of
those financial statements.
Definition of an Accounting Estimate (Amendments to IAS 8)
Under the new definition, accounting estimates are clarified as monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty.
Where an entity's accounting policy requires an item to be measured at monetary amounts that cannot be observed directly, it should develop an
accounting estimate to achieve this objective. The amendments are effective 1 January 2023 and were adopted on this date.
IFRS 17 – Insurance contracts
In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts, a comprehensive new accounting standard for insurance contracts covering recognition and
measurement, presentation and disclosure. IFRS 17 has replaced IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts that was issued in 2005. In June 2020, the IASB published
amendments to IFRS 17, to include scope exclusion for certain credit card contracts and similar contracts that provide insurance coverage, the optional
scope exclusion for loan contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, and the clarification that only financial guarantees issued are in scope of IFRS
9.
IFRS 17 applies to all types of insurance contracts (i.e. life, non-life, direct insurance and reinsurance), regardless of the type of entities that issue them,
as well as to certain guarantees and financial instruments with discretionary participation features. A few scope exceptions apply.
IFRS 17 was effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 but the impact to the Barclays Bank Group is not material.
Future accounting developments
The following accounting standards have been issued by the IASB but are not yet effective:
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)
In January 2020 the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 to clarify the presentation of liabilities in the balance sheet, with an effective date of 1 January
2024.
The amendments clarify that a liability should be classified as non-current only if the entity has the right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12
months after the reporting period, and that (i) the right to defer settlement must exist at the end of the reporting period and (ii) management’s
intentions or expectations about whether it will exercise its right to defer settlement does not affect the classification. Further clarifications include how
lending conditions affect classification and classification of liabilities the entity will or may settle by issuing its own equity instruments.
In October 2022, the IASB also issued further amendments to IAS 1 to improve the information an entity provides when its right to defer settlement of a
liability for at least 12 months is subject to compliance with covenants, and to respond to stakeholders’ concerns about the classification of such a
liability as current or non-current.
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgement in
applying the accounting policies. The key areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas where assumptions are significant to the
consolidated and individual financial statements are highlighted under the relevant note. Critical accounting estimates and judgements are disclosed in:
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 133 |
7.Other disclosures
To improve transparency and ease of reference, by concentrating related information in one place, certain disclosures required under IFRS have been
included within the Risk review section as follows:
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2023
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 134 |
The notes included in this section focus on the results and performance of the Barclays Bank Group. Information on the segmental performance,
income generated, expenditure incurred, tax, and dividends are included here.
2Segmental reporting
Presentation of segmental reporting Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Executive Committee, which is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, and has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. All transactions between business segments are conducted on an arm’s-length basis, with intra-segment revenue and costs being eliminated in Head Office. Income and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining business segment performance. |
The Barclays Bank Group divisions have been, for segmental reporting purposes, defined as Corporate and Investment Bank and Consumer, Cards and
Payments.
▪Corporate and Investment Bank which includes the Global Markets, Investment Banking and Corporate Banking businesses.
▪Consumer, Cards and Payments which includes the International Cards and Consumer Bank, Private Bank and Payments businesses.
The below table also includes Head Office which comprises head office and certain central support functions including the Barclays Bank Group service
company full time equivalent employees.
Analysis of results by business | ||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Barclays Bank Group | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
For the year ended 31 December 2023 | ||||
Total income | ( | |||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ||
Total operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Other net expensesa | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit/(loss) before impairment | ( | |||
Credit impairment charges | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Profit/(loss) before tax | ( | |||
Total assets (£bn) | ||||
Total liabilities (£bn) | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (headcount) | ||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Barclays Bank Group | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
For the year ended 31 December 2022 | ||||
Total income | ( | |||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Other net incomea | ||||
Profit/(loss) before impairment | ( | |||
Credit impairment charges | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit/(loss) before tax | ( | |||
Total assets (£bn) | ||||
Total liabilities (£bn) | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (headcount) |
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 135 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Barclays Bank Group | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
For the year ended 31 December 2021 | ||||
Total income | ( | |||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Other net (expenses)/incomea | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit/(loss) before impairment | ( | |||
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | ( | |||
Profit/(loss) before tax | ( | |||
Total assets (£bn) | ||||
Total liabilities (£bn) | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (full time equivalent) | ||||
Average number of employees (headcount) |
Note
aOther net (expenses)/income represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, and profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures.
changes to its segmental reporting which are effective from January 2024.
From 2024, the Barclays Bank Group will present its financial disclosures through the following new segments:
•Barclays UK Corporate Bank
•Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
•Barclays Investment Bank
•Barclays US Consumer Bank
The previously reported Head Office will additionally include the held for sale German consumer finance business and the Merchant Acquiring
component of the Payments business which were both previously reported within Consumer, Cards and Payments.
Income by geographic regionb | |||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
United Kingdom | |||
Europe | |||
Americas | |||
Africa and Middle East | |||
Asia | |||
Total | |||
Income from individual countries which represent more than 5% of total incomeb | |||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
United Kingdom | |||
United States |
Note
b The geographical analysis is based on the location of the office where the transactions are recorded.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 136 |
3Net interest income
Accounting for interest income and expenses Interest income on loans and advances at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, and interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost, are calculated using the effective interest method which allocates interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs, over the expected lives of the assets and liabilities. The effective interest method requires the Barclays Bank Group to estimate future cash flows, in some cases based on its experience of customers’ behaviour, considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, as well as the expected lives of the assets and liabilities. The Barclays Bank Group incurs certain costs to originate credit card balances with the most significant being co-brand partner fees. To the extent these costs are attributed to customers that continuously carry an outstanding balance (revolvers) and incremental to the origination of credit card balances, they are capitalised and subsequently included within the calculation of the effective interest rate. They are amortised to interest income over the period of expected repayment of the originated balance. Costs attributed to customers that settle their outstanding balances each period (transactors) are deferred on the balance sheet as a cost of obtaining a contract and amortised to fee and commission expense over the life of the customer relationship (refer to Note 4). There are no other individual estimates involved in the calculation of effective interest rates that are material to the results or financial position. |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Cash and balances at central banks | |||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||
Fair value through other comprehensive income | |||
Negative interest on liabilities | |||
Other a | |||
Interest and similar income | |||
Deposits at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( |
Debt securities in issue | ( | ( | ( |
Subordinated liabilities | ( | ( | ( |
Negative interest on assets | ( | ( | ( |
Other b | ( | ( | ( |
Interest and similar expense | ( | ( | ( |
Net interest income |
Notes
aOther interest and similar income includes interest income from cash collateral and reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending at amortised cost.
bOther interest and similar expense includes interest expense from cash collateral and repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing at amortised cost.
Interest and similar income presented above represents interest revenue calculated using the effective interest method. Costs to originate credit card
balances of £885 m (2022: £747 m; 2021: £623 m) have been amortised to interest and similar income during the year.
4Net fee and commission income
Accounting for net fee and commission income The Barclays Bank Group recognises fee and commission income charged for services provided by the Barclays Bank Group as and when performance obligations are satisfied, for example, on completion of the underlying transaction. Incremental costs are reported within fee and commission expense if they are directly attributable to generating identifiable fee and commission income. Where the contractual arrangements also result in the Barclays Bank Group recognising financial instruments in scope of IFRS 9, such financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 before applying the provisions of IFRS 15. |
operating segments, in accordance with IFRS 15. The below table includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15. Refer to Note 2 for more detailed
information about operating segments.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 137 |
2023 | ||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Fee type | ||||
Transactional | ||||
Advisory | ||||
Brokerage and execution | ||||
Underwriting and syndication | ||||
Other | ||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | ||||
Other non-contract fee income | ||||
Fee and commission income | ||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
2022 | ||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Fee type | ||||
Transactional | ||||
Advisory | ||||
Brokerage and execution | ||||
Underwriting and syndication | ||||
Other | ||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | ||||
Other non-contract fee income | ||||
Fee and commission income | ||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
2021 | ||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Head Office | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Fee type | ||||
Transactional | ||||
Advisory | ||||
Brokerage and execution | ||||
Underwriting and syndication | ||||
Other | ||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | ||||
Other non-contract fee income | ||||
Fee and commission income | ||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
Fee types
Transactional
Transactional fees are service charges on deposit accounts, cash management services fees and transactional processing fees. These include
interchange and merchant fee income generated from credit and bank card usage. Transaction and processing fees are recognised at the point in time
the transaction occurs or service is performed. Interchange and merchant fees are recognised upon settlement of the card transaction payment.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 138 |
The Barclays Bank Group incurs certain card related costs including those related to cardholder reward programmes and payments to co-brand
partners. Cardholder reward programme costs related to customers that settle their outstanding balance each period (transactors) are expensed when
incurred and presented in fee and commission expense, while costs related to customers that continuously carry an outstanding balance (revolvers) are
included in the effective interest rate of the receivable (refer to Note 3). Payments to partners for new cardholder account originations related to
transactor accounts are deferred as costs to obtain a contract under IFRS 15, while costs related to revolver accounts are included in the effective
interest rate of the receivable (refer to Note 3). Those costs deferred under IFRS 15 are capitalised and amortised over the estimated life of the customer
relationship. Payments to co-brand partners based on revenue sharing to the extent the revenue share relates to "revolvers" are included in the effective
interest rate of the receivable and to the extent revenue share relates to “transactors” it must be presented in fee and commission expense. Payments
based on profitability are presented in fee and commission expense.
Advisory
Advisory fees are generated from wealth management services and investment banking advisory services related to mergers, acquisitions and financial
restructurings. Wealth management advisory fees are earned over the period the services are provided and are generally recognised quarterly when the
market value of client assets is determined. Investment banking advisory fees are recognised at the point in time when the services related to the
transaction have been completed under the terms of the engagement. Investment banking advisory costs are recognised as incurred in fee and
commission expense if direct and incremental to the advisory services or are otherwise recognised in operating expenses.
Brokerage and execution
Brokerage and execution fees are earned for executing client transactions with various exchanges and over-the-counter markets and assisting clients in
clearing transactions and facilitating foreign exchange transactions for spot/forward contracts. Brokerage and execution fees are recognised at the
point in time the associated service has been completed which is generally the trade date of the transaction.
Underwriting and syndication
Underwriting and syndication fees are earned for the distribution of client equity or debt securities and the arrangement and administration of a loan
syndication. This includes commitment fees to provide loan financing. Underwriting fees are generally recognised on trade date if there is no remaining
contingency, such as the transaction being conditional on the closing of an acquisition or another transaction. Underwriting costs are deferred and
recognised in fee and commission expense when the associated underwriting fees are recorded. Syndication fees are earned for arranging and
administering a loan syndication; however, the associated fee may be subject to variability until the loan has been syndicated to other syndicate
members or until other contingencies have been resolved and therefore the fee revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is resolved.
Included in underwriting and syndication fees are loan commitment fees, when the draw down is not probable. Such commitment fees are recognised
over time through to the contractual maturity of the commitment.
Contract assets and contract liabilities
The Barclays Bank Group had no nil nil
Impairment of fee receivables and contract assets
During 2023, there have been no material impairments recognised in relation to fees receivable and contract assets (2022: £nil ; 2021: £nil ). Fees in
relation to transactional business can be added to outstanding customer balances. These amounts may be subsequently impaired as part of the overall
loans and advances balance.
Remaining performance obligations
The Barclays Bank Group applies the practical expedient of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that
have original expected durations of one year or less or because the Barclays Bank Group has a right to consideration that corresponds directly with the
value of the service provided to the client or customer.
Costs incurred in obtaining or fulfilling a contract
The Barclays Bank Group expects that incremental costs of obtaining a contract such as success fee and commission fees paid are recoverable and
therefore capitalise such contract costs. Capitalised contract costs net of amortisation as at 31 December 2023 are £203 m (2022: £190 m; 2021:
£148 m).
Capitalised contract costs are amortised over the customer relationship period depending on the transfer of services to which the asset pertains. In
2023, the amount of amortisation was £52 m (2022: £45 m; 2021: £35 m) and there was no impairment loss recognised in connection with the
capitalised contract costs (2022: £nil ; 2021: £nil ).
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 139 |
5Net trading income
Accounting for net trading income Trading positions are held at fair value, and the resulting gains and losses are included in net trading income, together with interest and dividends arising from long and short positions and funding costs relating to trading activities. Incremental costs are reported within net trading income if they are directly attributable to generating identifiable trading income. Income arises from both the sale and purchase of trading positions, margins which are achieved through market making and customer business and from changes in fair value caused by movements in interest and exchange rates, equity prices and other market variables. Gains or losses on non-trading financial instruments designated or mandatorily at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement are included in net trading income. |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Net gains on financial instruments held for trading | |||
Net gains on financial instruments designated at fair value | |||
Net gains on financial instruments mandatorily at fair value | |||
Net trading income |
6Net investment income/(expense)
Accounting for net investment income/(expense) Dividends are recognised when the right to receive the dividend has been established. Incremental costs are reported within net investment income if they are directly attributable to generating identifiable investment income. Other accounting policies relating to net investment income are set out in Note 12 and Note 14. |
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Net gains/(losses) from financial assets mandatorily at fair value | ( | ||
Net gains/(losses) from disposal of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ||
Net (losses)/gains from disposal of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost | ( | ( | |
Net losses on other investments | ( | ( | ( |
Net investment income/(expense) | ( | ( |
7Operating expenses
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Infrastructure costs | |||
Property and equipment | |||
Depreciation and amortisation | |||
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets | |||
Total infrastructure costs | |||
Administration and general expenses | |||
Consultancy, legal and professional fees | |||
Marketing and advertising | |||
UK bank levy | |||
Other administration and general expenses | |||
Total administration and general expenses | |||
Staff costsa | |||
Litigation and conductb | |||
Operating expenses |
Notes
aFor further details on staff costs including accounting policies, refer to Note 28.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 140 |
8Credit impairment charges/(releases)
Impairment
In accordance with IFRS 9, the Barclays Bank Group is required to recognise expected credit losses (ECLs) based on unbiased forward-looking
information for all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables, debt financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan
commitments and financial guarantee contracts. Intercompany exposures in the individual financial statements, including loan commitments and
financial guarantee contracts, are also in scope of IFRS 9 for ECL purposes.
At the reporting date, an allowance (or provision for loan commitments and financial guarantees) is required for the 12 month (Stage 1) ECLs. If the
credit risk has significantly increased since initial recognition (Stage 2), or if the financial instrument is credit impaired (Stage 3), an allowance (or
provision) should be recognised for the lifetime ECLs.
The measurement of ECL is calculated using three main components: (i) probability of default (PD) (ii) loss given default (LGD) and (iii) the exposure at
default (EAD).
The 12 month and lifetime ECLs are calculated by multiplying the respective PD, LGD and the EAD. The 12 month and lifetime PDs represent the PD
occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the instrument respectively. The EAD represents the expected balance at default,
taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of
committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the
mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected to be realised and the time value of money.
Expected credit loss measurement is based on the ability of borrowers to make payments as they fall due. The Barclays Bank Group also considers
sector specific risks and whether additional adjustments are required in the measurement of ECL. Credit risk may be impacted by climate considerations
for certain sectors, such as oil and gas.
Determining a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition:
The Barclays Bank Group assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on quantitative and qualitative assessments. The credit
risk of an exposure is considered to have significantly increased when:
i)Quantitative test
The annualised lifetime PD has increased by more than an agreed threshold relative to the equivalent at origination.
PD deterioration thresholds are defined as percentage increases, and are set at an origination score band and segment level to ensure the test
appropriately captures significant increases in credit risk at all risk levels. Generally, thresholds are inversely correlated to the origination PD, i.e. as the
origination PD increases, the threshold value reduces.
The assessment of the point at which a PD increase is deemed ‘significant’ is based upon analysis of the portfolio’s risk profile against a common set of
principles and performance metrics (consistent across both retail and wholesale businesses), incorporating expert credit judgement where appropriate.
Application of quantitative PD floors does not represent the use of the low credit risk exemption as exposures can separately move into stage 2 via the
qualitative route described below.
Wholesale assets apply a 100 % increase in PD and 0.2 % PD floor to determine a significant increase in credit risk.
Retail assets apply bespoke relative increase and absolute PD thresholds based on product type and origination PD. Thresholds are subject to
maximums defined by Barclays Bank Group policy and typically apply minimum relative thresholds of 50 %-100 % and a maximum relative threshold of
For existing/historical exposures where origination point scores or data are no longer available or do not represent a comparable estimate of lifetime
PD, a proxy origination score is defined, based upon:
▪back-population of the approved lifetime PD score either to origination date or, where this is not feasible, as far back as possible (subject to a data
start point no later than 1 January 2015); or
▪use of available historical account performance data and other customer information, to derive a comparable ‘proxy’ estimation of origination PD.
ii)Qualitative test
This is relevant for accounts that meet the portfolio’s ‘high risk’ criteria and are subject to closer credit monitoring.
High risk customers may not be in arrears but either through an event or an observed behaviour exhibit credit distress. The definition and assessment of
high risk includes as wide a range of information as reasonably available, such as industry and Barclays Bank Group-wide customer level data, including
but not limited to bureau scores and high consumer indebtedness index, wherever possible or relevant.
Whilst the high risk populations applied for IFRS 9 impairment purposes are aligned with risk management processes, they are also regularly reviewed
and validated to ensure that they capture any incremental segments where there is evidence of credit deterioration.
iii)Backstop criteria
This is relevant for accounts that are more than 30 calendar days past due. The 30 days past due criteria is a backstop rather than a primary driver of
moving exposures into Stage 2.
The criteria for determining a significant increase in credit risk for assets with bullet repayments follows the same principle as all other assets, i.e.
quantitative, qualitative and backstop tests are all applied.
Exposures will move back to Stage 1 once they no longer meet the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk. This means that, at a minimum all
payments must be up-to-date, the PD deterioration test is no longer met, the account is no longer classified as high risk, and the customer has
evidenced an ability to maintain future payments.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 141 |
Exposures are only removed from Stage 3 and re-assigned to Stage 2 once the original default trigger event no longer applies. Exposures being removed
from Stage 3 must no longer qualify as credit impaired, and:
a)the obligor will also have demonstrated consistently good payment behaviour over a 12-month period, by making all consecutive contractual
payments due and, for forborne exposures, the relevant EBA defined probationary period has also been successfully completed; or
b)(for non-forborne exposures) the performance conditions are defined and approved within an appropriately sanctioned restructure plan, including 12
months’ payment history have been met.
Management overlays and other exceptions to model outputs are applied only if consistent with the objective of identifying significant increases in
credit risk.
Forward-looking information
The measurement of ECL involves complexity and judgement, including estimation of PD, LGD, a range of unbiased future economic scenarios,
estimation of expected lives (where contractual life is not appropriate), and estimation of EAD and assessing significant increases in credit risk.
Credit losses are the expected cash shortfalls from what is contractually due over the expected life of the financial instrument, discounted at the original
effective interest rate (EIR). ECLs are the unbiased probability-weighted credit losses determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes and
considering future economic conditions.
Refer to the Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis section on page 67 for further details.
Definition of default, credit impaired assets, write-offs, and interest income recognition
The definition of default for the purpose of determining ECLs, and for internal credit risk management purposes, has been aligned to the Regulatory
Capital CRR Article 178 definition of default, to maintain a consistent approach with IFRS 9 and associated regulatory guidance. The Regulatory Capital
CRR Article 178 definition of default considers indicators that the debtor is unlikely to pay, includes exposures in forbearance and is no later than when
the exposure is more than 90 days past due. When exposures are identified as credit impaired at the time when they are purchased or originated,
interest income is calculated on the carrying value net of the impairment allowance.
An asset is considered credit impaired when one or more events occur that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the
financial asset. This comprises assets defined as defaulted and other individually assessed exposures where imminent default or actual loss is identified.
Uncollectible loans are written off against the related allowance for loan impairment on completion of the Barclays Bank Group’s internal processes and
when all reasonably expected recoverable amounts have been collected. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the
income statement. The timing and extent of write-offs may involve some element of subjective judgement. Nevertheless, a write-off will often be
prompted by a specific event, such as the inception of insolvency proceedings or other formal recovery action, which makes it possible to establish that
some or the entire advance is beyond realistic prospect of recovery.
Accounting for purchased financial guarantee contracts
for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. For these separate
financial guarantee contracts, the Barclays Bank Group recognises a reimbursement asset aligned with the recognition of the underlying ECLs, if it is
considered virtually certain that a reimbursement would be received if the specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the
terms of the debt instrument.
Loan modifications and renegotiations that are not credit-impaired
When modification of a loan agreement occurs as a result of commercial restructuring activity rather than due to the credit risk of the borrower, an
assessment must be performed to determine whether the terms of the new agreement are substantially different from the terms of the existing
agreement. This assessment considers both the change in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as the change in overall instrument risk
profile. In respect of payment holidays granted to borrowers which are not due to forbearance, if the revised cash flows on a present value basis (based
on the original EIR) are not substantially different from the original cash flows, the loan is not considered to be substantially modified.
Where terms are substantially different, the existing loan will be derecognised and a new loan will be recognised at fair value, with any difference in
valuation recognised immediately within the income statement, subject to observability criteria.
Where terms are not substantially different, the loan carrying value will be adjusted to reflect the present value of modified cash flows discounted at the
original EIR, with any resulting gain or loss recognised immediately within the income statement as a modification gain or loss.
Expected life
Lifetime ECLs must be measured over the expected life. This is restricted to the maximum contractual life and takes into account expected prepayment,
extension, call and similar options. The exceptions are certain revolver financial instruments, such as credit cards and bank overdrafts, that include both
a drawn and an undrawn component where the entity’s contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not limit
the entity’s exposure to credit losses to the contractual notice period. For revolving facilities, expected life is analytically derived to reflect the
behavioural life of the asset, i.e. the full period over which the business expects to be exposed to credit risk. Behavioural life is typically based upon
historical analysis of the average time to default, closure or withdrawal of facility. Where data is insufficient or analysis inconclusive, an additional
‘maturity factor’ may be incorporated to reflect the full estimated life of the exposures, based upon experienced judgement and/or peer analysis.
Potential future modifications of contracts are not taken into account when determining the expected life or EAD until they occur.
Discounting
ECLs are discounted at the EIR at initial recognition or an approximation thereof and consistent with income recognition. For loan commitments the EIR
is the rate that is expected to apply when the loan is drawn down and a financial asset is recognised. Issued financial guarantee contracts are
discounted at the risk-free rate. Lease receivables are discounted at the rate implicit in the lease. For variable/floating rate financial assets, the spot rate
at the reporting date is used and projections of changes in the variable rate over the expected life are not made to estimate future interest cash flows or
for discounting.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 142 |
Modelling techniques
Currently, Internal Ratings-Based models are leveraged to calculate the point-in-time PD and LGD, which serve as key inputs to the IFRS 9 models.
Thereafter, these inputs are extrapolated by the IFRS 9 models to create macroeconomic sensitive forecast of PDs, LGDs and in turn ECL.
Forbearance
A financial asset is subject to forbearance when it is modified due to the credit distress of the borrower. A modification made to the terms of an asset
due to forbearance will typically be assessed as a non-substantial modification that does not result in derecognition of the original loan, except in
circumstances where debt is exchanged for equity.
Both performing and non-performing forbearance assets are classified as Stage 3 except where it is established that the concession granted has not
resulted in diminished financial obligation and that no other regulatory definitions of default criteria have been triggered, in which case the asset is
classified as Stage 2. The minimum probationary period for non-performing forbearance is 12 months and for performing forbearance, 24 months.
Hence, a minimum of 36 months is required for non-performing forbearance to move out of a forborne state.
No financial instrument in forbearance can transfer back to Stage 1 until all of the Stage 2 thresholds are no longer met and can only move out of Stage
3 when no longer credit impaired.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
IFRS 9 impairment involves several important areas of judgement, including estimating forward looking modelled parameters (PD, LGD and EAD),
developing a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimating expected lives and assessing significant increases in credit risk, based on the
Barclays Bank Group’s experience of managing credit risk. The determination of expected life is most material for Barclays Bank Group's credit card
portfolios which is obtained via behavioural life analysis to materially capture the risk of these facilities.
Within the retail and small businesses portfolios, which comprise large numbers of small homogenous assets with similar risk characteristics where
credit scoring techniques are generally used, the impairment allowance is calculated using forward looking modelled parameters which are typically run
at account level. There are many models in use, each tailored to a product, line of business or customer category. Judgement and knowledge is needed
in selecting the statistical methods to use when the models are developed or revised. Management adjustments to impairment models, which contain
an element of subjectivity, are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not fully incorporated into the impairment
models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end. Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model
development where appropriate.
For individually significant assets in Stage 3, impairment allowances are calculated on an individual basis and all relevant considerations that have a
bearing on the expected future cash flows across a range of economic scenarios are taken into account. These considerations can be particularly
subjective and can include the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Barclays Bank Group’s position relative to other
claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. The level of the impairment allowance is the
difference between the value of the discounted expected future cash flows (discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate), and its carrying
amount. Furthermore, judgements change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in frequent
revisions to the impairment allowance as individual decisions are taken. Changes in these estimates would result in a change in the allowances and have
a direct impact on the impairment charge.
Temporary adjustments to calculated IFRS 9 impairment allowances may be applied in limited circumstances to account for situations where known or
expected risk factors or information have not been considered in the ECL assessment or modelling process. For further information please see page 64
in credit risk performance.
Information about the potential impact of the physical and transition risks of climate change on borrowers is considered, taking into account reasonable
and supportable information to make accounting judgements and estimates. Climate change is inherently of a long-term nature, with significant levels
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Impairment charges / (releases) | Recoveries and reimbursementsa | Totalb | Impairment charges / (releases) | Recoveries and reimbursementsa | Total | Impairment charges / (releases) | Recoveries and reimbursementsa | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Loans and advances at amortised costc | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Other financial asset measured at cost | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Credit impairment charges /(releases) | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Notes
aRecoveries and reimbursements includes £24 m (2022: £195 m, 2021: £(290 )m) for reimbursements expected to be received under the arrangement where the Barclays
Bank Group has entered into financial guarantee contracts which provide credit protection over certain assets with third parties and cash recoveries of previously written
off amounts of £17 m (2022: £33 m, 2021: £31 m).
bIncludes net impairment charges of £19 m relating to the German Consumer Finance business classified as assets held for sale during the year.
cIncludes Debt securities at amortised cost.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 143 |
Write-offs that can be subjected to enforcement activity
The contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the year and that can still be subjected to enforcement activity is
£395 m (2022: £512 m). This is lower than the write-offs presented in the movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance table due to assets
sold during the year post write-offs and post write-off recoveries.
Modification of financial assets
Financial assets of £2,177 m (2022: £2,237 m, 2021: £3,260 m), with a loss allowance measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, were subject to non-
substantial modification during the year, with a resulting loss of £2 m (2022: £1 m, 2021: £2 m). The gross carrying amount at 31 December 2023 of
financial assets subject to non-substantial modification for which the loss allowance has changed to a 12 month ECL during the year amounts to
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 144 |
9Tax
The Barclays Bank Group applies IAS 12 Income Taxes in accounting for taxes on income. Income tax payable on taxable profits (current tax) is
recognised as an expense in the periods in which the profits arise. Withholding taxes are also treated as income taxes. Income tax recoverable on tax
allowable losses is recognised as a current tax asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offsetting against taxable profits arising in
the current or prior periods. Current tax is measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet
date.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary
differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable
temporary differences except for the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is not recognised where the temporary difference arises from the initial
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting
profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and legislation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date
which are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset
when there is both a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
The Barclays Bank Group considers an uncertain tax position to exist when it considers that ultimately, in the future, the amount of profit subject to tax
may be greater than the amount initially reflected in the Barclays Bank Group’s tax returns. The Barclays Bank Group accounts for provisions in respect
of uncertain tax positions in two different ways.
A current tax provision is recognised when it is considered probable that the outcome of a review by a tax authority of an uncertain tax position will
alter the amount of cash tax due to, or from, a tax authority in the future. From recognition, the current tax provision is then measured at the amount
the Barclays Bank Group ultimately expects to pay the tax authority to resolve the position. The accrual of interest and penalty amounts in respect of
uncertain income tax positions is recognised as an expense within profit before tax.
Deferred tax provisions are adjustments made to the carrying value of deferred tax assets in respect of uncertain tax positions. A deferred tax provision
is recognised when it is considered probable that the outcome of a review by a tax authority of an uncertain tax position will result in a reduction in the
carrying value of the deferred tax asset. From recognition of a provision, measurement of the underlying deferred tax asset is adjusted to take into
account the expected impact of resolving the uncertain tax position on the loss or temporary difference giving rise to the deferred tax asset.
The approach taken to measurement takes account of whether the uncertain tax position is a discrete position that will be reviewed by the tax authority
in isolation from any other position, or one of a number of issues which are expected to be reviewed together concurrently and resolved simultaneously
with a tax authority. The Barclays Bank Group’s measurement of provisions is based upon its best estimate of the additional profit that will become
subject to tax. For a discrete position, consideration is given only to the merits of that position. Where a number of issues are expected to be reviewed
and resolved together, the Barclays Bank Group will take into account not only the merits of its position in respect of each particular issue but also the
overall level of provision relative to the aggregate of the uncertain tax positions across all the issues that are expected to be resolved at the same time. In
addition, in assessing provision levels, it is assumed that tax authorities will review uncertain tax positions and that all facts will be fully and
transparently disclosed.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
There are two key areas of judgement that impact the reported tax position. Firstly, the level of provisioning for uncertain tax positions; and secondly,
the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets.
The Barclays Bank Group does not consider there to be a significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of current and deferred tax
balances, including provisions for uncertain tax positions in the next financial year. The provisions for uncertain tax positions cover a diverse range of
issues and reflect advice from external counsel where relevant. It should be noted that only a proportion of the total uncertain tax positions will be under
audit at any point in time, and could therefore be subject to challenge by a tax authority over the next year.
Deferred tax assets have been recognised based on business profit forecasts which included consideration for the current view of climate impacts.
Details on the recognition of deferred tax assets are provided in this note.
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Current tax charge/(credit) | |||
Current year | |||
Adjustments in respect of prior years | ( | ( | |
( | |||
Deferred tax charge/(credit) | |||
Current year | ( | ||
Adjustments in respect of prior years | ( | ||
( | |||
Tax charge |
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 145 |
tax rate to the Barclays Bank Group’s profit before tax.
2023 | 2023 | 2022 | 2022 | 2021 | 2021 | |
£m | % | £m | % | £m | % | |
Profit before tax from continuing operations | ||||||
Tax charge based on the applicable UK corporation tax rate of | ||||||
Impact of profits/losses earned in territories with different statutory rates to the UK (weighted average tax rate is | ||||||
Recurring items: | ||||||
Non-creditable taxes including withholding taxes | ||||||
Non-deductible expenses | ||||||
Impact of UK bank levy being non-deductible | ||||||
Impact of Barclays Bank PLC's overseas branches being taxed both locally and in the UK | ||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior years | ( | ( | ||||
Tax adjustments in respect of share-based payments | ( | ( | ||||
Changes in recognition of deferred tax and effect of unrecognised tax losses | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Non-taxable gains and income | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Banking surchargea and other items | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Tax relief on payments made under AT1 instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Tax relief on holdings of inflation-linked government bonds | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Non-recurring items: | ||||||
Remeasurement of UK deferred tax assets due to tax rate changes | ( | ( | ||||
Non-deductible provisions for investigations and litigation | ||||||
Non-deductible provisions for UK customer redress | ||||||
Total tax charge |
Note
aBanking surcharge includes the impact of the 4.25
Factors influencing the effective tax rate
As a result of the increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023, the applicable UK corporation tax rate for the year ended
31 December 2023 is 23.5%. In addition, the banking surcharge rate reduced from 8% to 3% from 1 April 2023 resulting in a total tax rate applicable to
banks’ UK profits of 27.75% for the year ended 31 December 2023.
The effective tax rate of 15.7 % is lower than the applicable UK corporation tax rate of 23.5% primarily due to tax relief on holdings of inflation-linked
government bonds, and tax relief on payments made under AT1 instruments. These factors, which have each decreased the effective tax rate, are
partially offset by non-creditable taxes including withholding taxes.
Factors that may influence the effective tax rate in future periods
The Barclays Bank Group’s future tax charge will be sensitive to the geographic mix of profits earned, the tax rates in force and changes to the tax rules
in the jurisdictions that the Barclays Bank Group operates in.
Tax law is, at times, complex, and it is the role of courts and tribunals to act as the final authority on the correct interpretation of tax law. In October
2023, a First-tier Tax Tribunal hearing took place between Barclays Bank PLC and HM Revenue & Customs in respect of the UK corporation tax
treatment of an element of the finance costs associated with reserve capital instruments issued as part of the capital raising announced by Barclays in
October 2008, which have since been redeemed. The maximum additional tax liability that could arise under the dispute is £215 m and a provision of
£106 m is carried in respect of this uncertainty. The judgement is expected to be received in early 2024.
The OECD and G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting announced plans under the Pillar Two Framework to introduce a global
minimum tax rate of 15% and the OECD issued model rules in 2021. Further OECD guidance has been released during 2022 and 2023 and the UK
Government enacted legislation on 11 July 2023 to implement the global minimum tax rules and a UK domestic minimum tax. The UK’s Pillar Two rules
apply for accounting periods beginning on or after 31 December 2023 and will apply in respect of profits for every jurisdiction where the Barclays Bank
Group operates.
Additionally, the Barclays Bank Group may be subject to Qualifying Domestic Minimum Top-up Taxes (QDMTTs) under the Pillar Two rules
implemented in its operating jurisdictions. The application of QDMTT rules should not affect the overall impact of any additional taxes resulting from
the Pillar Two regime on the Barclays Bank Group’s tax charge, as any taxes paid under a local QDMTT would be expected to result in a reduction in any
top-up tax being payable in the UK.
The Barclays Bank Group has adopted the International Tax Reform - Pillar Two Model Rules amendments to IAS 12, which were issued on 23 May
2023 and approved by the UK Endorsement Board on 19 July 2023, and has applied the exception set out in paragraph 4A in respect of recognising and
disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 146 |
The Barclays Bank Group has reviewed the published UK legislation alongside the OECD model rules and guidance and has performed an assessment of
the expected impact of the new regime. Additional taxes resulting from the implementation of Pillar Two are expected to arise from 1 January 2024 in
respect of a limited number of jurisdictions in which the Barclays Bank Group operates, principally in the Isle of Man, Jersey, Guernsey, and Ireland, by
virtue of their low statutory tax rates. However, these additional taxes are not expected to significantly increase the Barclays Bank Group's future tax
charge based on an estimated impact of c.£20 m per annum, with actual future liabilities being dependent on levels of profits in particular jurisdictions.
The Barclays Bank Group will continue to review further guidance due to be released by the OECD and governments implementing this new tax regime
to assess the potential impact.
In the USA, the corporate alternative minimum tax on adjusted financial statements income introduced by the Inflation Reduction Act became effective
on 1 January 2023. The Barclays Bank Group will continue to review the regulations and guidance as they are issued. However, the Barclays Bank
Group’s tax liability was not increased as a result of the corporate alternative minimum tax in 2023 and it is not expected that it will materially increase
the Barclays Bank Group’s future effective tax rate.
Tax in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income can be found in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Tax included directly in equity
Tax included directly in equity comprises a £13 m credit (2022: £1 m debit) relating to share-based payments and deductible costs on issuing other
equity instruments.
The deferred tax amounts on the balance sheet were as follows:
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
US Intermediate Holding Company Tax Group ('IHC Tax Group') | ||
Barclays Bank PLC's US Branch Tax Group | ||
UK Tax Group | ||
Other (outside the UK and US tax groups) | ||
Deferred tax asset | ||
Deferred tax liability | ( | |
Net deferred tax | ||
The deferred tax asset in the IHC Tax Group of £973 m (2022: £1,094 m) includes £35 m (2022: £21 m) relating to tax losses, with the balance relating to
temporary differences. The deferred tax asset in Barclays Bank PLC’s US Branch Tax Group of £386 m (2022: £482 m) relates entirely to temporary
differences.
In relation to the IHC Tax Group, these temporary differences include £387 m (2022: £434 m) arising from New York State and City prior net operating
loss conversion which can be carried forward and will expire in 2034. Business profit forecasts indicate that all of the New York State attributable
amounts will be utilised prior to expiry and that £38 m of the New York City attributable amounts previously recognised will not be utilised prior to
expiry. Accordingly, in the current period the deferred tax asset recognised has been reduced by £38 m.
UK Tax Group deferred tax assets and liabilities
The net deferred tax asset in the UK Tax Group of £2,054 m (2022: £2,557 m) includes a deferred tax asset of £1,241 m (2022: £1,237 m) relating to tax
losses with the balance relating to temporary differences. There is no time limit on utilisation of UK tax losses and business profit forecasts indicate
these losses will be fully recovered.
Other deferred tax assets (outside the UK and US tax groups)
The deferred tax asset of £475 m (2022: £450 m) in other entities within the Barclays Bank Group includes £147 m (2022: £90 m) relating to tax losses.
These deferred tax assets relate to a number of different territories and their recognition is based on profit forecasts or local country law which indicate
that it is probable that those deferred tax assets will be fully recovered.
Of the deferred tax asset of £475 m (2022: £450 m), an amount of £20 m (2022: £33 m) relates to entities which have suffered a loss in either the current
or prior year and the utilisation of which is dependent upon future taxable profits. This has been taken into account in reaching the above conclusion
that these deferred tax assets will be fully recovered in the future.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 147 |
The table below shows movements on deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year. The amounts are different from those disclosed on the balance
sheet and in the preceding table as they are presented before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention
to settle on a net basis.
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||||
Fixed asset timing differences | Fair value through other comprehensive income | Cash flow hedges | Retirement benefit obligations | Loan impairment allowance | Own credit | Share based payments and deferred compensation | Other temporary differences | Tax losses carried forward | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Assets | ||||||||||
Liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ( | ( | ||||||||
Income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Other comprehensive income and reserves | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Other movements | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
( | ||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||
Liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ( | |||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||
Liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ( | |||||||||
Income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Other comprehensive income and reserves | ( | ( | ||||||||
Other movements | ||||||||||
( | ( | |||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||
Liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ( | ( |
amount of deferred tax liability expected to be settled after more than 12 months for the Barclays Bank Group is £1,145 m (2022: £1,545 m). These
amounts are before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
Tax losses and temporary differences
The Barclays Bank Group has deferred tax assets not recognised in respect of gross deductible temporary differences of £527 m (2022: £111 m), unused
tax credits of £381 m (2022: £323 m), and gross tax losses of £21,373 m (2022: £22,263 m). The tax losses include capital losses of £3,657 m (2022:
£3,661 m). Of these tax losses, £79 m (2022: £149 m) expire within five years, £13 m (2022: £401 m) expire within six to ten years, £10,504 m (2022:
£10,393 m) expire within eleven to twenty years and £10,777 m (2022: £11,320 m) can be carried forward indefinitely. Deferred tax assets have not been
recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable profits and gains will be available against which they can be utilised.
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the value of Barclays Bank Group's investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates where the Barclays
Bank Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the
foreseeable future. The aggregate amount of these temporary differences for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was £870 m (2022:
£852 m).
10Dividends on ordinary shares and preference shares
The 2023 financial statements include £1,348 m (2022: £200 m, 2021: £794 m) of dividends paid on ordinary shares. This comprises a 2022 interim
dividend of £700 m (2021; £200 m, 2020: £174 m) and one interim dividend in relation to 2023 of £648 m (2022: £nil , 2021: two interim dividends
totalling £620 m).
This results in a total dividend for the year of £0.58 (2022: £0.09 , 2021: £0.34 ) per ordinary share.
Dividends paid on preference shares amounted to £40 m (2022: £31 m, 2021; £27 m). Dividends paid on the Euro preference shares amounted to
£333.36 per share (2022: £53.42 , 2021: £14.37 ). Dividends paid on the US Dollar preference shares amounted to £499.58 per share (2022: £511.27 ,
2021: £459.69 ).
The Directors have approved an interim dividend in respect of 2023 of £852 m. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 do not
reflect this dividend, which will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2024.
Notes to the financial statements
Financial performance and returns
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 148 |
The notes included in this section focus on assets and liabilities the Barclays Bank Group holds and recognises at fair value. Details regarding the |
11Trading portfolio
Accounting for trading portfolio assets and liabilities All assets and liabilities held for trading purposes are held at fair value with gains and losses in the changes in fair value taken to the income statement in net trading income (Note 5). |
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Debt securities and other eligible bills | ||
Equity securities | ||
Traded loans | ||
Commodities | ||
Trading Portfolio Assets | ||
Debt securities and other eligible bills | ( | ( |
Equity securities | ( | ( |
Trading Portfolio Liabilities | ( | ( |
12Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
Accounting for financial assets designated at fair value Financial assets, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they are so irrevocably designated at inception and the use of the designation removes or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. Subsequent changes in fair value for these instruments are recognised in the income statement in net investment income, except if reporting it in trading income reduces an accounting mismatch. The details on how the fair value amounts are derived for financial assets at fair value are described in Note 16. |
Accounting for financial assets mandatorily at fair value Financial assets that are held for trading are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. In addition, financial assets are held at fair value through profit or loss if they do not contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI), or if the financial asset is not held in a business model that is either (i) a business model to collect the contractual cash flows or (ii) a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling. |
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Loans and advances | ||
Debt securities | ||
Other financial assets | ||
Financial assets designated at fair value | ||
Loans and advances | ||
Debt securities | ||
Equity securities | ||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ||
Other financial assets | ||
Financial assets mandatorily at fair value | ||
Total | ||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 149 |
changes in fair value since initial recognition for loans and advances. The table does not include debt securities as they have minimal exposure to credit
risk due to limited gross exposure.
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||
Maximum exposure as at 31 December | Changes in fair value during the year ended | Cumulative changes in fair value from inception | ||||
2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Loans and advances designated at fair value, attributable to credit risk | ( | |||||
Value mitigated by related credit derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
13Derivative financial instruments
Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices defined in the contract. They
include swaps, forward-rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments and primarily affect the Barclays Bank Group’s net
interest income, net trading income and derivative assets and liabilities. Notional amounts of the contracts are not recorded on the balance sheet.
Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate, credit risk, inflation risk, exchange rate, commodity, equity exposures and exposures to certain indices such
as house price indices and retail price indices related to non-trading positions.
All derivative instruments are held at fair value through profit or loss, except for derivatives that are in a designated cash flow or net investment hedge
accounting relationship. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
The Barclays Bank Group applies the requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for hedge accounting purposes. The
Barclays Bank Group applies hedge accounting to represent the economic effects of its interest rate, currency and contractually linked inflation risk
management strategies. Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and when transactions meet the required criteria for documentation
and hedge effectiveness, the Barclays Bank Group applies fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, or hedging of a net investment in a
foreign operation, as appropriate to the risks being hedged.
Fair value hedge accounting
Changes in fair value of derivatives that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in
the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The fair value changes adjust the carrying value of the hedged asset
or liability held at amortised cost.
If hedge relationships no longer meet the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued. For fair value hedges of interest rate risk, the
fair value adjustment to the hedged item is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge
relationship using the effective interest method. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in
the income statement. For items classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, the hedge accounting adjustment is included in other
comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognised initially in other
comprehensive income, and then recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion
of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement immediately.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing
in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the hedged item is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in equity is immediately transferred to the income
statement.
Hedges of net investments
The Barclays Bank Group’s net investments in foreign operations, including monetary items accounted for as part of the net investment, are hedged for
foreign currency risks using both derivatives and foreign currency borrowings. Hedges of net investments are accounted for similarly to cash flow
hedges; the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is being recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the
ineffective portion being recognised immediately in the income statement. The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is
recognised in the income statement on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation, or other reductions in the Barclays Bank Group’s
investment in the operation.
Barclays Bank Group | 2023 | 2022 | ||||
Notional contract amount | Fair value | Notional contract amount | Fair value | |||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | ( | ( | ||||
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | ( | ( | ||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) | ( | ( | ||||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 150 |
Derivatives held for trading and risk management | 2023 | 2022 | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Notional contract amount | Fair value | Notional contract amount | Fair value | ||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Derivatives held for trading | ||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ||||||
OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ( | ( | ||||
Exchange traded derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Interest rate derivatives | ||||||
OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ( | ( | ||||
Exchange traded derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Credit derivatives | ||||||
OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ( | ( | ||||
Credit derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Equity and stock index derivatives | ||||||
OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Exchange traded derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Equity and stock index derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Commodity derivatives | ||||||
OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Exchange traded derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Commodity derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | ( | ( | ||||
Total OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ( | ( | ||||
Total exchange traded derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives held for risk management | ||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | ||||||
Currency Swaps | ( | ( | ||||
Interest rate swaps | ||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | ||||||
Interest rate swaps | ( | ( | ||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ||||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | ||||||
Forward foreign exchange | ( | ( | ||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | ( | ( | ||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | ( | ( | ||||
Total OTC derivatives | ( | ( | ||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty | ||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | ( | ( | ||||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 151 |
Hedge accounting is applied predominantly for the following risks:
▪Interest rate risk – arises due to a mismatch between fixed interest rates and floating interest rates.
▪Currency risk – arises due to assets or liabilities being denominated in different currencies than the functional currency of the relevant entity. At a
consolidated level, currency risk also arises when the functional currency of subsidiaries are different from the parent.
▪Contractually linked inflation risk – arises from financial instruments within contractually specified inflation risk. The Barclays Bank Group does not
hedge inflation risk that arises from other activities.
In order to hedge these risks, the Barclays Bank Group uses the following hedging instruments:
▪Interest rate derivatives to swap interest rate exposure into either fixed or variable rates.
▪Currency derivatives to swap foreign currency exposures into the entity’s functional currency, and net investment exposure to local currency.
▪Inflation derivatives to swap inflation exposure into either fixed or variable interest rates.
In some cases, certain items which are economically hedged may be ineligible hedged items for the purposes of IAS 39, such as core deposits and
equity. In these instances, a proxy hedging solution can be utilised whereby portfolios of floating rate assets are designated as eligible hedged items in
cash flow hedges.
In some hedging relationships, the Barclays Bank Group designates risk components of hedged items as follows:
▪Benchmark interest rate risk as a component of interest rate risk, such as the Risk Free Rate (RFR) component.
▪Inflation risk as a contractually specified component of a debt instrument.
▪Spot exchange rate risk for foreign currency financial assets or financial liabilities.
▪Components of cash flows of hedged items, for example certain interest payments for part of the life of an instrument.
Using the benchmark interest rate risk results in other risks, such as credit risk and liquidity risk, being excluded from the hedge accounting relationship.
In respect of many of the Barclays Bank Group’s hedge accounting relationships, the hedged item and hedging instrument change frequently due to the
dynamic nature of the risk management and hedge accounting strategy. The Barclays Bank Group applies hedge accounting to dynamic scenarios,
predominantly in relation to interest rate risk, with a combination of hedged items in order for its financial statements to reflect as closely as possible the
economic risk management undertaken. In some cases, if the hedge accounting objective changes, the relevant hedge accounting relationship is de-
designated and is replaced with a different hedge accounting relationship.
Changes in the GBP value of net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve, resulting in a
movement in CET1 capital. The Barclays Bank Group mitigates this by matching the CET1 capital movements to the revaluation of the foreign currency
RWA exposures. Net investment hedges are designated where necessary to reduce the exposure to movement in a particular exchange rate to within
limits mandated by Risk. As far as possible, existing external currency liabilities are designated as the hedging instruments.
The hedging instruments share the same risk exposures as the hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is determined with reference to quantitative tests,
predominantly regression testing, but to the extent hedging instruments are exposed to different risks than the hedged items, this could result in hedge
ineffectiveness or hedge accounting failures.
Sources of ineffectiveness include the following:
▪Mismatches between the contractual terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument, including basis differences.
▪Changes in credit risk of the hedging instruments.
▪If a hedging relationship becomes over-hedged, for example in hedges of net investments if the net asset value designated at the start of the period
falls below the amount of the hedging instrument.
▪Cash flow hedges using external swaps with non-zero fair values.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 152 |
Hedged items in fair value hedges | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Accumulated fair value adjustment included in carrying amount | ||||
Carrying amounta | Total | Of which: Accumulated fair value adjustment on items no longer in a hedge relationship | Change in fair value used as a basis to determine ineffectiveness | Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in the income statementb | |
Hedged item statement of financial position classification and risk category | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
2023 | |||||
Assets | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
- Inflation risk | ( | ||||
Debt securities classified as amortised cost | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | |||
- Inflation risk | ( | ( | |||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | |||
- Inflation risk | ( | ( | |||
Total Assets | ( | ( | |||
Liabilities | |||||
Debt securities in issuec | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | |||
Total Liabilities | ( | ( | |||
Total Hedged Items | ( | ( | |||
2022 | |||||
Assets | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
- Inflation risk | ( | ||||
Debt securities classified as amortised cost | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
- Inflation risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive incomeb | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
- Inflation risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
Total Assets | ( | ( | ( | ||
Liabilities | |||||
Debt securities in issuec | |||||
- Interest rate risk | ( | ( | |||
Total Liabilities | ( | ( | |||
Total Hedged Items | ( | ( | ( | ||
Notes
aFor items classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, the hedge accounting adjustment is not included in the carrying amount, but rather adjusts other
comprehensive income.
bHedge ineffectiveness is recognised in net interest income.
cIncludes debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 153 |
Barclays Bank Group | Carrying value | Nominal amount | Change in fair value used as a basis to determine ineffectiveness | |||
Derivative assets | Derivative liabilities | Loan liabilities | ||||
Hedge type | Risk category | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||
Fair value | Interest rate risk | ( | ( | |||
Inflation risk | ( | ( | ||||
Total | ( | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||
Fair value | Interest rate risk | |||||
Inflation risk | ( | |||||
Total | ( | |||||
2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 and later | |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays Bank Group | |||||||
Fair value hedges of: | |||||||
Interest rate risk (outstanding notional amount) | |||||||
Inflation risk (outstanding notional amount) |
For Barclays Bank Group, there are 960 (2022: 712 ) interest rate risk fair value hedges with an average fixed rate of 2.6 % (2022: 1.8 %) across the
relationships and 79 (2022: 49 ) inflation risk fair value hedges with an average rate of 1.1 % (2022: 0.6 %) across the relationships.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 154 |
Hedged items in cash flow hedges and hedges of net investments in foreign operations | |||||||
Barclays Bank Group | |||||||
Change in value of hedged item used as the basis for recognising ineffectiveness | Balance in cash flow hedging reserve for continuing hedges | Balance in currency translation reserve for continuing hedges | Balances remaining in cash flow hedging reserve for which hedge accounting is no longer applied | Balances remaining in currency translation reserve for which hedge accounting is no longer applied | Hedging (gains) or losses recognised in other comprehensive income | Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in the income statementa | |
Description of hedge relationship and hedged risk | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
2023 | |||||||
Cash flow hedge of: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | |||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | |||||
Cash and balances at Central Banks | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Foreign exchange risk | |||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ( | |||||
Inflation risk | |||||||
Debt securities classified at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total cash flow hedges | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations | |||||||
USD foreign operations | ( | ( | |||||
EUR foreign operations | ( | ( | |||||
Other foreign operations | ( | ( | |||||
Total foreign operations | ( | ( | |||||
2022 | |||||||
Cash flow hedge of: | |||||||
Interest rate risk | |||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ||||||
Cash and balances at Central Banks | ( | ||||||
Foreign exchange risk | |||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ( | ||||||
Inflation risk | |||||||
Debt securities classified at amortised cost | |||||||
Total cash flow hedges | ( | ||||||
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations | |||||||
USD foreign operations | |||||||
EUR foreign operations | |||||||
Other foreign operations | |||||||
Total foreign operations | |||||||
Note
aHedge ineffectiveness is recognised in net interest income.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 155 |
Barclays Bank Group | Carrying value | Nominal amount | Change in fair value used as a basis to determine ineffectiveness | |||
Derivative assets | Derivative liabilities | Loan liabilities | ||||
Hedge type | Risk category | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||
Cash flow | Interest rate risk | |||||
Foreign exchange risk | ( | |||||
Inflation risk | ||||||
Total | ( | |||||
Net investment | Foreign exchange risk | ( | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||
Cash flow | Interest rate risk | ( | ||||
Foreign exchange risk | ( | ( | ||||
Inflation risk | ( | |||||
Total | ( | ( | ||||
Net investment | Foreign exchange risk | ( | ( | ( | ||
of foreign operations is set out in the following table:
Barclays Bank Group | 2023 | 2022 | ||
Amount recycled from other comprehensive income due to hedged item affecting income statement | Amount recycled from other comprehensive income due to sale of investment, or cash flows no longer expected to occur | Amount recycled from other comprehensive income due to hedged item affecting income statement | Amount recycled from other comprehensive income due to sale of investment, or cash flows no longer expected to occur | |
Description of hedge relationship and hedged risk | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Cash flow hedge of interest rate risk | ||||
Recycled to net interest income | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Cash flow hedge of foreign exchange risk | ||||
Recycled to net interest income | ( | |||
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations | ||||
Recycled to other income | ( | ( | ||
Barclays Bank Group | 2023 | 2022 | ||
Cash flow hedging reserve | Currency translation reserve | Cash flow hedging reserve | Currency translation reserve | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Balance on 1 January | ( | ( | ||
Currency translation movements | ( | ( | ||
Hedging gains/(losses) for the year | ( | ( | ||
Amounts reclassified in relation to cash flows affecting profit or loss | ||||
Tax | ( | |||
Balance on 31 December | ( | ( | ||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 156 |
14Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Accounting for financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) Financial assets that are debt instruments held in a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and that contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI are measured at FVOCI. They are subsequently re-measured at fair value and changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets are sold. Interest (calculated using the effective interest method) is recognised in the income statement in net interest income (Note 3). Upon disposal, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is included in net investment income (Note 6). In determining whether the business model is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, it is determined that both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets are integral to achieving the objective of the business model. The Barclays Bank Group will consider past sales and expectations about future sales to establish if the business model is achieved. For equity securities that are not held for trading, the Barclays Bank Group may make an irrevocable election on initial recognition to present subsequent changes in the fair value of the instrument in other comprehensive income (except for dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss). |
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Debt securities and other eligible bills | ||
Equity securities | ||
Loans and advances | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||
15Financial liabilities designated at fair value
Accounting for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss In accordance with IFRS 9, financial liabilities may be designated at fair value, with gains and losses taken to the income statement within net trading income (Note 5) and net investment income (Note 6). Movements in own credit are reported through other comprehensive income, unless the effects of changes in the liability's credit risk would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit and loss. In these scenarios, all gains and losses on that liability (including the effects of changes in the credit risk of the liability) are presented in profit and loss. On derecognition of the financial liability no amounts relating to own credit risk are recycled to the income statement. The Barclays Bank Group has the ability to make the fair value designation when holding the instruments at fair value reduces an accounting mismatch (caused by an offsetting liability or asset being held at fair value), or is managed by the Barclays Bank Group on the basis of its fair value, or includes terms that have substantive derivative characteristics (Note 13). The details on how the fair value amounts are arrived at for financial liabilities designated at fair value are described in Note 16. |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||
2023 | 2022 | |||
Fair value | Contractual amount due on maturity | Fair value | Contractual amount due on maturity | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Debt securities | ||||
Deposits | ||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ||||
Subordinated debt | ||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ||||
The cumulative own credit net loss recognised for Barclays Bank Group is £ 307 m (2022: £674 m)
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 157 |
16Fair value of financial instruments
Financial instruments that are held for trading are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. In addition, financial assets are held at fair value
through profit or loss if they do not contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI, or if the financial asset is not
held in a business model that is either (i) a business model to collect the contractual cash flows or (ii) a business model that is achieved by both
collecting contractual cash flows and selling. Subsequent changes in fair value for these instruments are recognised in the income statement in net
investment income, except if reporting it in trading income reduces an accounting mismatch.
Wherever possible, fair value is determined by reference to a quoted market price for that instrument. For many of the Barclays Bank Group’s financial
assets and liabilities, especially derivatives, quoted prices are not available and valuation models are used to estimate fair value. The models calculate the
expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to a present value. These models use as their basis
independently sourced market inputs including, for example, interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, option volatilities and currency
rates.
For financial liabilities measured at fair value, the carrying amount reflects the effect on fair value of changes in own credit spreads derived from
observable market data such as in primary issuance and redemption activity for structured notes.
On initial recognition, it is presumed that the transaction price is the fair value unless there is observable information available in an active market to the
contrary.
For valuations that have made use of unobservable inputs, the difference between the model valuation and the initial transaction price (Day One profit)
is recognised in profit or loss either: on a straight-line basis over the term of the transaction; or over the period until all inputs will become observable
where appropriate; or released in full when previously unobservable inputs become observable.
Various factors influence the availability of observable inputs and these may vary from product to product and change over time. Factors include the
depth of activity in the relevant market, the type of product, whether the product is new and not widely traded in the marketplace, the maturity of
market modelling and the nature of the transaction (bespoke or generic). To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are not
observable in the market, the determination of fair value can be more subjective, dependent on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall
valuation. Unobservable inputs are determined based on the best information available, for example by reference to similar assets, similar maturities or
other analytical techniques.
The sensitivity of valuations used in the financial statements to possible changes in significant unobservable inputs is shown on page 165.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The valuation of financial instruments often involves a significant degree of judgement and complexity, in particular where valuation models make use
of unobservable inputs (‘Level 3’ assets and liabilities). This note provides information on these instruments, including the related unrealised gains and
losses recognised in the period, a description of significant valuation techniques and unobservable inputs, and a sensitivity analysis.
Climate related risks are assumed to be included in the fair values of assets and liabilities traded in active markets. Within less active markets, for
counterparties and instruments identified as being more susceptible to climate change risk, an impact assessment was performed by increasing their
probability of default. The change in the valuation of the assets and liabilities from this assessment was not sufficiently material to necessitate any
amendment to the reported 2023 year-end valuations.
Valuation
Assets and liabilities are classified according to a hierarchy that reflects the observability of significant market inputs. The three levels of the fair value
hierarchy are defined below with judgement applied in determining the boundary between Level 2 and 3 classifications.
Quoted market prices – Level 1
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 1 if their value is observable in an active market. Such instruments are valued by reference to unadjusted
quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets where the quoted price is readily available, and the price represents actual and regularly
occurring market transactions. An active market is one in which transactions occur with sufficient volume and frequency to provide pricing information
on an ongoing basis.
Valuation technique using observable inputs – Level 2
Assets and liabilities classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable either directly or indirectly. Valuations based on
observable inputs include assets and liabilities such as swaps and forwards which are valued using market standard pricing techniques, and options that
are commonly traded in markets where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models are observable. For certain instruments that derive a fair
value using unobservable inputs that are not considered significant, then the asset or liability may be classified as Level 2.
Valuation technique using significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market data
(unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, or if there is
compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price. Unobservable input levels are generally determined via reference to observable
inputs, historical observations or using other analytical techniques.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 158 |
hierarchy) and balance sheet classification:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Valuation technique using | Valuation technique using | |||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Trading portfolio assets | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||||||||
Derivative financial assets | ||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||||||
Investment property | ||||||||
Total assets | ||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Derivative financial liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
and balance sheet classification:
Level 3 Assets and liabilities held at fair value by product type | ||||
2023 | 2022 | |||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | ||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | ( | ||
Credit derivatives | ( | ( | ||
Equity derivatives | ( | ( | ||
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | ( | ( | ||
Loans | ||||
Private equity investments | ||||
Othera | ( | ( | ||
Total | ( | ( | ||
Note
aOther includes funds and fund-linked products, issued debt, Government and Government sponsored debt, asset backed securities, equities cash products and
investment property.
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative
valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of nature of the valuation techniques used, as well as availability and reliability of
observable proxy and historical data and impact of using alternative models.
Sensitivities are dynamically calculated on a monthly basis. The calculation is based on range or spread data of a reliable reference source or a scenario
based on relevant market analysis alongside the impact of using alternative models. Sensitivities are calculated without reflecting the impact of any
diversification in the portfolio.
The valuation techniques used, observability and sensitivity analysis for material products within Level 3, are described below.
Interest rate derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to interest rates or inflation indices. The category includes futures, interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps,
floors, inflation options, balance guaranteed swaps and other exotic interest rate derivatives.
Valuation: Interest rate and inflation derivatives are generally valued using curves of forward rates constructed from market data to project and discount
the expected future cash flows of trades. Instruments with optionality are valued using volatilities implied from market inputs, and use industry standard
or bespoke models depending on the product type.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 159 |
Observability: In general, inputs are considered observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying.
Unobservable inputs are generally set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques or inferred via another reasonable
method.
Foreign exchange derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to the foreign exchange (FX) market. The category includes FX forward contracts, FX swaps and FX options. The majority
are traded as over the counter (OTC) derivatives.
Valuation: FX derivatives are valued using industry standard and bespoke models depending on the product type. Valuation inputs include FX rates,
interest rates, FX volatilities, interest rate volatilities, FX interest rate correlations and others as appropriate.
Observability: FX correlations, forwards and volatilities are generally observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input
and underlying. Unobservable inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another
reasonable method.
Credit derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to the credit spread of a referenced entity, index or basket of referenced entities or a pool of referenced assets (e.g. a
securitised product). The category includes single name and index credit default swaps (CDS) and total return swaps (TRS).
Valuation: CDS are valued on industry standard models using curves of credit spreads as the principal input. Credit spreads are observed directly from
broker data, third party vendors or priced to proxies.
Observability: CDS contracts referencing entities that are actively traded are generally considered observable. Other valuation inputs are considered
observable if products with significant sensitivity to the inputs are actively traded in a liquid market. Unobservable valuation inputs are generally
determined with reference to recent transactions or inferred from observable trades of the same issuer or similar entities.
Equity derivatives
Description: Exchange traded or OTC derivatives linked to equity indices and single names. The category includes vanilla and exotic equity products.
Valuation: Equity derivatives are valued using industry standard models. Valuation inputs include stock prices, dividends, volatilities, interest rates,
equity repurchase curves and, for multi-asset products, correlations.
Observability: In general, valuation inputs are observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying.
Unobservable inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Corporate debt
Description: Primarily corporate bonds.
Valuation: Corporate bonds are valued using observable market prices sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing sources.
Observability: Prices for actively traded bonds are considered observable. Unobservable bonds prices are generally determined by reference to bond
yields or CDS spreads for actively traded instruments issued by or referencing the same (or a similar) issuer.
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
Description: Includes securities purchased under resale agreements, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and other similar secured lending
agreements. The agreements are primarily short-term in nature.
Valuation: Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are generally valued by discounting the expected future cash flows using industry standard
models that incorporate market interest rates and repurchase rates, based on the specific details of the transaction.
Observability: Inputs are deemed observable up to liquid maturities or for consensus pricing with low pricing-range, and are determined based on the
specific features of the transaction. Unobservable inputs are generally set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation
techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Loans
Description: A drawn lending facility issued to corporate clients and customers.
Valuation: Loans are valued either using a price based approach or through models that discount expected future cash flows based on interest rates and
loan spreads.
Observability: Within this loan population, the price or loan spread may be unobservable.
Private equity investments
Description: Includes investments in equity holdings in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange.
Valuation: Private equity investments are valued in accordance with the ‘International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines’ which
require the use of a number of individual pricing benchmarks such as the prices of recent transactions in the same or similar entities, discounted cash
flow analysis and comparison with the earnings or revenue multiples of listed companies. While the valuation of unquoted equity instruments is
subjective by nature, the relevant methodologies are commonly applied by other market participants and have been consistently applied over time.
Observability: Inputs are considered observable if there is active trading in a liquid market of products with significant sensitivity to the inputs.
Unobservable inputs include earnings or revenue estimates, multiples of comparative companies, marketability discounts and discount rates.
Other
Description: Other includes funds and fund-linked products, issued debt, Government sponsored debt, asset backed securities, equity cash products and
investment property.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 160 |
Assets and liabilities reclassified between Level 1 and Level 2
During the year, there were no material transfers between Level 1 to Level 2 (2022 there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2).
Level 3 movement analysis
beginning of the year.
Asset and liability transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 are primarily due to 1) an increase or decrease in observable market activity related to an input
or 2) a change in the significance of the unobservable input, with assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 if an unobservable input is deemed significant.
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities | |||||||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains or (losses) recognised in OCI | Transfers | As at 31 December 2023 | |||||||
Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settlements | Trading incomeb | Other income | In | Out | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Other | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Private equity investments | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | |||||||||||
Other | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Loans | |||||||||||
Other | ( | ||||||||||
Assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ||||||||||
Investment property | ( | ||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | |||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | ( | |||||||||
Credit derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Equity derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Net derivative financial instrumentsa | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 161 |
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities | |||||||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains or (losses) recognised in OCI | Transfers | As at 31 December 2022 | |||||||
Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settlements | Trading incomeb | Other income | In | Out | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Other | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Corporate debt | ( | ||||||||||
Loans | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Private equity investments | ( | ( | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | |||||||||||
Other | ( | ||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Other | ( | ( | |||||||||
Assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ( | ( | |||||||||
Investment properties | ( | ( | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | ||||||||||
Credit derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Equity derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
Net derivative financial instrumentsa | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||||
Notes
aThe derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets are £3,540 m (2022: £5,173 m) and derivative financial
liabilities are £4,653 m (2022: £6,363 m).
bTrading income represents gains and (losses) on Level 3 financial instruments which in the majority are offset by losses and gains on financial instruments disclosed in
level 2.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 162 |
Unrealised gains and (losses) recognised during the period on Level 3 assets and liabilities held at year end | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Income statement | Other compre- hensive income | Income statement | Other compre- hensive income | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Trading incomea | Other income | Total | Trading incomea | Other income | Total | ||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Trading portfolio assets | ( | ( | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ( | ( | ||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income | ||||||||
Investment property | ( | ( | ||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | ||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Net derivative financial instruments | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
as Level 3 along with the range of values used for those significant unobservable inputs:
Valuation technique(s)a | Significant unobservable inputs | 2023 | 2022 | ||||
Range | Range | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Min | Max | Min | Max | Unitsb | ||
Derivative financial instrumentsc | |||||||
Interest rate derivatives | Discounted cash flows | Inflation forwards | % | ||||
Credit spread | bps | ||||||
Yield | ( | % | |||||
Growth curve | ( | % | |||||
Correlation Model | Inflation forwards | ( | ( | % | |||
Option model | Inflation volatility | bps vol | |||||
Interest rate volatility | bps vol | ||||||
FX - IR correlation | ( | ( | % | ||||
IR - IR correlation | ( | % | |||||
Credit derivatives | Discounted cash flows | Credit spread | bps | ||||
Comparable pricing | Price | points | |||||
Equity derivatives | Option model | Equity volatility | % | ||||
Equity - equity correlation | % | ||||||
Discounted cash flow | Discount margin | ( | ( | bps | |||
Non-derivative financial instruments | |||||||
Loans | Discounted cash flows | Loan spread | bps | ||||
Credit spread | bps | ||||||
Yield | % | ||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | points | |||||
Corporate debt | Comparable pricing | Price | points | ||||
Discounted cash flows | Loan spread | bps | |||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | Discounted cash flows | Repo spread | bps | ||||
Notes
aA range has not been provided for Net Asset Value as there would be a wide range reflecting the diverse nature of the positions.
bThe units used to disclose ranges for significant unobservable inputs are percentages, points and basis points. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 100 points
equals 100% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 150 basis points equals 1.5%.
cCertain derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 due to a significant unobservable credit spread input into the calculation of the Credit Valuation Adjustment for the
instruments. The range of significant unobservable credit spreads is between 29 bps- 1,672 bps (2022: 17 bps- 2,159 bps).
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 163 |
The following section describes the significant unobservable inputs identified in the table above, and the sensitivity of fair value measurement of the
instruments categorised as Level 3 assets or liabilities to increases in significant unobservable inputs. Where sensitivities are described, the inverse
relationship will also generally apply.
Where reliable interrelationships can be identified between significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurement, a description of those
interrelationships is included below.
Forwards
A price or rate that is applicable to a financial transaction that will take place in the future.
In general, a significant increase in a forward in isolation will result in a fair value increase for the contracted receiver of the underlying (currency, bond,
commodity, etc.), but the sensitivity is dependent on the specific terms of the instrument.
Credit spread
Credit spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Credit spreads reflect the
additional yield that a market participant demands for taking on exposure to the credit risk of an instrument and form part of the yield used in a
discounted cash flow calculation.
In general, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation will result in a fair value decrease for a cash asset.
For a derivative instrument, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific
terms of the instrument.
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the variability or uncertainty in return for a given derivative underlying. It is an estimate of how much a particular underlying
instrument input or index will change in value over time. In general, volatilities are implied from observed option prices. For unobservable options the
implied volatility may reflect additional assumptions about the nature of the underlying risk, and the strike/maturity profile of a specific contract.
In general a significant increase in volatility in isolation will result in a fair value increase for the holder of a simple option, but the sensitivity is dependent
on the specific terms of the instrument.
There may be interrelationships between unobservable volatilities and other unobservable inputs (e.g. when equity prices fall, implied equity volatilities
generally rise) but these are generally specific to individual markets and may vary over time.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables. Correlation can be a significant input into valuation of derivative
contracts with more than one underlying instrument. Credit correlation generally refers to the correlation between default processes for the separate
names that make up the reference pool of a collateralised debt obligation (CDO) structure.
A significant increase in correlation in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Comparable price
Comparable instrument prices are used in valuation by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable
observable instrument, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to account for relevant differences such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-
to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable and unobservable instruments in order to establish a value.
Loans includes a portfolio of loans extended to clients within the Barclays Bank Group’s leveraged finance business. Leveraged finance loans are
originated where Barclays Bank Group provides financing commitments to clients to facilitate strategic transactions such as leverage buyouts and
acquisitions. The sensitivity of the portfolio to unobservable inputs is judgmental reflecting their illiquid nature and the significance of unobservable
price inputs to the valuation.
In general, a significant increase in comparable price in isolation will result in an increase in the price of the unobservable instrument. For derivatives, a
change in the comparable price in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Loan spread
Loan spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Loan spreads typically reflect
credit quality, the level of comparable assets such as gilts and other factors, and form part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 164 |
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | |||||
Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Interest rate derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Credit derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Equity derivatives | ( | ( | ||||||
Corporate debt | ( | ( | ||||||
Loans | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Private equity investments | ( | ( | ||||||
Othera | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Note
aOther includes equity cash products, funds and fund-linked products, Government and Government sponsored debt and asset backed securities.
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact of using alternative models,
would be to increase fair values by up to £968 m (2022: £727 m) or to decrease fair values by up to £1,340 m (2022: £967 m) with substantially all the
potential effect impacting profit and loss. Unfavourable changes shown in the table above are partly provided for through the capital and prudential
valuation adjustment framework.
Fair value adjustments
2023 | 2022 | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m |
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads | ( | ( |
Uncollateralised derivative funding | ( | ( |
Derivative credit valuation adjustments | ( | ( |
Derivative debit valuation adjustments |
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads
Barclays Bank Group uses mid-market pricing where it is a market maker and has the ability to transact at, or better than, mid price (which is the case
for certain equity, bond and vanilla derivative markets). For other financial assets and liabilities, bid-offer adjustments are recorded to reflect the exit
level for the expected close out strategy. The methodology for determining the bid-offer adjustment for a derivative portfolio involves calculating the net
risk exposure by offsetting long and short positions by strike and term in accordance with the risk management and hedging strategy.
Bid-offer levels are generally derived from market quotes such as broker data. Less liquid instruments may not have a directly observable bid-offer level.
In such instances, an exit price adjustment may be derived from an observable bid-offer level for a comparable liquid instrument, or determined by
calibrating to derivative prices, or by scenario or historical analysis.
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads have decreased by £8 m to £(558 )m.
Discounting approaches for derivative instruments
Collateralised
In line with market practice, the methodology for discounting collateralised derivatives takes into account the nature and currency of the collateral that
can be posted within the relevant credit support annex (CSA). The CSA aware discounting approach recognises the ‘cheapest to deliver’ option that
reflects the ability of the party posting collateral to change the currency of the collateral.
Uncollateralised
A fair value adjustment of £(4 )m has been applied to account for the impact of incorporating the cost of funding into the valuation of uncollateralised
and partially collateralised derivative portfolios and collateralised derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not allow the rehypothecation of
collateral received. The derivative funding adjustment has decreased by £7 m to £(4 )m .
Derivative credit and debit valuation adjustments
Derivative credit valuation adjustments and Derivative debit valuation adjustments are incorporated into derivative valuations to reflect the impact on
fair value of counterparty credit risk and Barclays Bank Group’s own credit quality respectively. These adjustments are calculated for uncollateralised
and partially collateralised derivatives across all asset classes. Derivative credit valuation adjustments and Derivative debit valuation adjustments are
calculated using estimates of exposure at default, probability of default and recovery rates, at a counterparty level. Counterparties include (but are not
limited to) corporates, sovereigns and sovereign agencies and supranationals.
Exposure at default is generally estimated through the simulation of underlying risk factors through approximating with a more vanilla structure, or by
using current or scenario-based mark to market as an estimate of future exposure.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 165 |
Probability of default and recovery rate information is generally sourced from the Credit Default Swap (CDS) markets. Where this information is not
available, or considered unreliable, alternative approaches are taken based on mapping internal counterparty ratings onto historical or market-based
default and recovery information.
Derivative credit valuation adjustments decreased by £110 m to £(209 )m as a result of tightening input counterparty credit spreads . Derivative debit
valuation adjustments decreased by £64 m to £144 m, as a result of tightening input Barclays Bank PLC credit spreads.
Correlation between counterparty credit and underlying derivative risk factors, termed ‘wrong-way,’ or ‘right-way’ risk, is not systematically
incorporated into the Derivative credit valuation adjustments calculation but is adjusted where the underlying exposure is directly related to the
counterparty.
Barclays Bank Group continues to monitor market practices and activity to ensure the approach to uncollateralised derivative valuation remains
appropriate.
Portfolio exemptions
Barclays Bank Group uses the portfolio exemption in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to measure the fair value of groups of financial assets and
liabilities. Instruments are measured using the price that would be received to sell a net long position (i.e. an asset) for a particular risk exposure or to
transfer a net short position (i.e. a liability) for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date
under current market conditions. Accordingly, Barclays Bank Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and liabilities consistently
with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at initial recognition) and
the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently
recognised, is £194 m (2022: £106 m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and £18 m (2022: £25 m) for financial instruments carried at
amortised cost. There are additions and FX gains of £136 m (2022: £49 m) and amortisation and releases of £48 m (2022: £65 m) for financial
instruments measured at fair value and additions of £nil (2022: £nil ) and amortisation and releases of £7 m (2022: £3 m) for financial instruments
carried at amortised cost.
Third party credit enhancements
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by Barclays Bank Group are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the US. The FDIC is funded by premiums that Barclays Bank Group and other banks pay for deposit insurance coverage.
The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IFRS 9 fair value option includes this third party credit
enhancement. The on-balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of deposit amounted to £5,162 m (2022: £5,197 m).
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values
PLC's balance sheet disaggregated by balance sheet classification:
Barclays Bank Group | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||
Carrying amount | Fair value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Carrying amount | Fair value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Financial assets | ||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | ||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | ||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | ||||||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Debt securities in issue | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Subordinated liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | ( | ( | ( | |||||||
participants at the measurement date. As a wide range of valuation techniques are available, it may not be appropriate to directly compare this fair value
information to independent market sources or other financial institutions. Different valuation methodologies and assumptions can have a significant
impact on fair values which are based on unobservable inputs.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 166 |
Financial assets
Loans and advances at amortised cost
The fair value of loans and advances, for the purpose of this disclosure, is derived from discounting expected cash flows in a way that reflects the
current market price for lending to issuers of similar credit quality. Where market data or credit information on the underlying borrowers is unavailable,
a number of proxy/extrapolation techniques are employed to determine the appropriate discount rates.
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
The fair value of reverse repurchase agreements approximates carrying amount as these balances are generally short dated and fully collateralised.
Financial liabilities
Deposits at amortised cost
In many cases, the fair value disclosed approximates carrying value because the instruments are short term in nature or have interest rates that reprice
frequently, such as customer accounts and other deposits and short-term debt securities.
The fair value for deposits with longer-term maturities, mainly time deposits, are estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates or
current rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Consequently the fair value discount is minimal.
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
The fair value of repurchase agreements approximates carrying amounts as these balances are generally short dated.
Debt securities in issue
Fair values of other debt securities in issue are based on quoted prices where available, or where the instruments are short dated, carrying amount
approximates fair value.
Subordinated liabilities
Fair values for dated and undated convertible and non-convertible loan capital are based on quoted market rates for the issuer concerned or issuers
with similar terms and conditions.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 167 |
17Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
set-off the recognised amounts and there is intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The following
table shows the impact of netting arrangements on:
▪All financial assets and liabilities that are reported net on the balance sheet.
▪All derivative financial instruments and reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing agreements
that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, but do not qualify for balance sheet netting.
The ‘Net amounts’ presented in the table below are not intended to represent the Barclays Bank Group’s actual exposure to credit risk, as a variety of
credit mitigation strategies are employed in addition to netting and collateral arrangements.
Barclays Bank Group | Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements | Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangementsc | Balance sheet totald | |||||
Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet | Related amounts not offset | |||||||
Gross amounts | Amounts offseta | Net amounts reported on the balance sheet | Financial instruments | Financial collateralb | Net amount | |||
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Derivative financial assets | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinge | ( | ( | ||||||
Total assets | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Derivative financial liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinge | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Derivative financial assets | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinge | ( | ( | ||||||
Total assets | ( | ( | ( | |||||
Derivative financial liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinge | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Total liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |||
Notes
aAmounts offset for derivative financial assets additionally includes cash collateral netted of £7,527 m (2022: £15,199 m). Amounts offset for derivative financial liabilities
additionally includes cash collateral netted of £9,067 m (2022: £15,098 m). Settlements assets and liabilities have been offset amounting to £29,297 m (2022: £24,250 m).
bFinancial collateral of £39,927 m (2022: £45,920 m) was received in respect of derivative assets, including £29,944 m (2022: £34,496 m) of cash collateral and £9,983 m
(2022: £11,424 m) of non-cash collateral. Financial collateral of £27,930 m (2022: £26,407 m) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities, including £24,212 m (2022:
£24,990 m) of cash collateral and £3,718 m (2022: £1,417 m) of non-cash collateral. The collateral amounts are limited to net balance sheet exposure so as to not include
over-collateralisation.
cThis column includes contractual rights of set-off that are subject to uncertainty under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.
dThe balance sheet total is the sum of ‘Net amounts reported on the balance sheet’ that are subject to enforceable netting arrangements and ‘Amounts not subject to
enforceable netting arrangements’.
eReverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of £150,234 m (2022: £165,423 m) is split by fair value £149,131 m (2022: £164,698 m) and amortised
cost £1,103 m (2022: £725 m). Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of £215,460 m (2022: £185,137 m) is split by fair value £186,906 m (2022:
£173,172 m) and amortised cost £28,554 m (2022: £11,965 m).
Derivative assets and liabilities
The ‘Financial instruments’ column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, such as the ISDA Master
Agreement or derivative exchange or clearing counterparty agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset
and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transactions covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events occur.
Financial collateral refers to cash and non-cash collateral obtained, typically daily or weekly, to cover the net exposure between counterparties by
enabling the collateral to be realised in an event of default or if other predetermined events occur.
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing
The ‘Financial instruments’ column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, such as Global Master
Repurchase Agreements and Global Master Securities Lending Agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be
offset and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transactions covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events
occur.
Financial collateral typically comprises highly liquid securities which are legally transferred and can be liquidated in the event of counterparty default.
These offsetting collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by the Barclays Bank Group are further explained in the Credit
risk mitigation section on page 42.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 168 |
18Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, which includes direct and incremental acquisition costs less accumulated depreciation and provisions
for impairment, if required. Subsequent costs are capitalised if these result in enhancement of the asset.
Depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of items of property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful
economic lives. Depreciation rates, methods and the residual values underlying the calculation of depreciation of items of property, plant and
equipment are kept under review to take account of any change in circumstances including consideration on future Climate and Sustainability
investments.
Annual rates in calculating depreciation | Depreciation rate |
Freehold land | Not depreciated |
Freehold buildings | |
Leasehold property | Over the remaining life of the lease |
Costs of adaptation of freehold and leasehold property | |
Equipment installed in freehold and leasehold property | |
Computers and similar equipment | |
Fixtures and fittings and other equipment |
Costs of adaptation and installed equipment are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the lease or the depreciation rates noted in the table above.
Investment property
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC initially recognises investment property at cost, and subsequently at fair value at each balance sheet
date, reflecting market conditions at the reporting date. Gains and losses on remeasurement are included in the income statement.
Barclays Bank Group | |||||
Investment property | Property | Equipment | Right of use assetsa | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Cost | |||||
As at 1 January 2023 | |||||
Additions | |||||
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Exchange and other movements | ( | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | |||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Depreciation charge | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Impairment charge | ( | ( | |||
Disposalsb | |||||
Exchange and other movements | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Net book value | |||||
Cost | |||||
As at 1 January 2022 | |||||
Additions | |||||
Disposalsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Exchange and other movements | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | |||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Depreciation charge | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Impairment charge | ( | ( | |||
Disposalsb | |||||
Exchange and other movements | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
As at 31 December 2022 | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Net book value | |||||
aRight of use (ROU) asset balances relate to Property Leases accounted in accordance with IFRS 16. Refer to Note 19 for further details.
bDisposals pertain to fully depreciated assets which are not in use.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets at amortised cost and other investments
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 169 |
Property rentals of £8 m (2022: £8 m) have been included in other income within the Barclays Bank Group.
The fair value of investment property is determined by reference to current market prices for similar properties, adjusted as necessary for condition and
location, or by reference to recent transactions updated to reflect current economic conditions. Discounted cash flow techniques may be employed to
calculate fair value where there have been no recent transactions, using current external market inputs such as market rents and interest rates.
Valuations are carried out by management with the support of appropriately qualified independent valuers.
19Leases
When the Barclays Bank Group or Barclays Bank PLC are the lessee, they are required to recognise both:
▪a lease liability, measured at the present value of remaining cash flows on the lease; and
▪a right of use (ROU) asset, measured at the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any lease payments made prior to
commencement date, initial direct costs, and estimated costs of restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the lease, less any lease
incentives received.
Subsequently the lease liability will increase for the accrual of interest, resulting in a constant rate of return throughout the life of the lease, and reduce
when payments are made. The right of use asset will amortise to the income statement over the life of the lease.
On the balance sheet, the ROU assets are included within property, plant and equipment and the lease liabilities are included within other liabilities.
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC apply the recognition exemption in IFRS 16 for leases with a term not exceeding 12 months. For these
leases the lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.
When the Barclays Bank Group or Barclays Bank PLC are the lessor, the lease must be classified as either a finance lease or an operating lease. A finance
lease is a lease which confers substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased assets on the lessee. An operating lease is a lease where substantially
all of the risks and rewards of the leased asset remain with the lessor.
As Lessors
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC do not have any material operating and finance leases as lessors.
As Lessees
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC lease various offices, branches and other premises under non-cancellable lease arrangements to meet
its operational business requirements. In some instances, the Barclays Bank Group or Barclays Bank PLC will sublease property to third parties when it is
no longer needed to meet business requirements. Currently, the Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC do not have any material subleasing
arrangements.
ROU asset balances relate to property leases only. Refer to Note 19 for the carrying amount of ROU assets.
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC have not recognised any expenses related to short term leases during the current and previous year.
Lease liabilities | Barclays Bank Group | |
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
As at 1 January | ||
Interest expense | ||
New leases | ||
Disposals | ( | ( |
Cash paymentsa | ( | ( |
Exchange and other movements | ||
As at 31 December (see Note 21) | ||
Undiscounted lease liabilities maturity analysis | Barclays Bank Group | |
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Not more than one year | ||
One to two years | ||
Two to three years | ||
Three to four years | ||
Four to five years | ||
Five to ten years | ||
Greater than ten years | ||
Total undiscounted lease liabilities as at 31 December | ||
Notes to the financial statements
Assets at amortised cost and other investments
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 170 |
•Variable lease payments: This variability will typically arise from either inflation index instruments or market-based pricing adjustments.
Currently, Barclays Bank Group has 49 leases (2022: 41 leases) out of the total 94 leases (2022: 106 leases) which have variable lease payment terms
based on market based pricing adjustments. Of the gross cash flows identified above, £229 m (2022: £418 m) is attributable to leases with some
degree of variability predominately linked to market based pricing adjustments.
•Extension and termination options: The table above represents the Barclays Bank Group’s and the Barclays Bank PLC’s best estimate of future cash
outflows for leases, including assumptions regarding the exercising of contractual extension and termination options. The above gross cash flows
have been reduced by £429 m (2022: £486 m) and £9 m (2022: £11 m) respectively for leases where the Barclays Bank Group and the Barclays Bank
PLC are highly expected to exercise an early termination option. However, there is no significant impact where the Barclays Bank Group or Barclays
Bank PLC are expected to exercise an extension option.
The Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank PLC do not have any restrictions or covenants imposed by the lessor on its property leases which restrict
its businesses.
20Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the Barclays
Bank Group’s share of the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition.
Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. The test involves
comparing the carrying value of the cash generating unit (CGU) including goodwill with the present value of the pre-tax cash flows, discounted at a rate
of interest that reflects the inherent risks, of the CGU to which the goodwill relates, or the CGUs fair value if this is higher.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets are initially recognised when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, the cost can be measured reliably and, in
the case of intangible assets not acquired in a business combination, where it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the assets will
flow from their use.
For internally generated intangible assets, only costs incurred during the development phase are capitalised. Expenditure in the research phase is
expensed when it is incurred.
amortisation and provisions for impairment, if any, and are amortised over their useful lives in a manner that reflects the pattern to which they
contribute to future cash flows, generally using the amortisation periods set out below:
Annual rates in calculating amortisation | Amortisation period |
Goodwill | Not amortised |
Internally generated softwarea | |
Other software | |
Customer lists | |
Licences and other |
Note
aExceptions to the above period relate to useful lives of certain core banking platforms that are assessed individually and, if appropriate, amortised over longer periods
ranging from 10 years to 15 years.
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets not yet available for use
are reviewed annually for impairment.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets at amortised cost and other investments
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 171 |
Intangible assets | ||||||
Goodwill | Internally generated software | Other software | Customer lists | Licences and other | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||
Cost | ||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||||
Additions | ||||||
Disposalsa | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Exchange and other movementsb | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment | ||||||
As at 1 January 2023 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsa | ||||||
Amortisation charge | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Impairment charge | ( | ( | ||||
Exchange and other movementsb | ||||||
As at 31 December 2023 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net book value | ||||||
The German Consumer Finance business moved to assets held for sale during the year and this resulted in an impairment of Intangible assets of £32 m.
Goodwill | Internally generated software | Other software | Customer lists | Licences and other | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||
Cost | ||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||||
Additions | ||||||
Disposalsa | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Exchange and other movements | ||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment | ||||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Disposalsa | ||||||
Amortisation charge | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
Impairment charge | ||||||
Exchange and other movements | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | |
As at 31 December 2022 | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Net book value |
Notes
aDisposals pertain to fully amortised assets which are not in use.
bIn the current year the Barclays Bank Group has reclassified assets with a total net book value of £412 m recognised on balance sheet relating to sign-on bonus payments
made to co-brand credit card partners from Intangible Assets (Licences and other) to Other Assets. This change in classification has been made to more appropriately
reflect the nature of the assets.
Goodwill is allocated to business operations according to business segments as follows:
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | ||
Total net book value of goodwill | ||
The 2023 impairment review was performed during Q4 2023, with the approach and results of this analysis set out below.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets at amortised cost and other investments
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 172 |
Determining the carrying value of CGUs
The carrying value for each CGU is the sum of the tangible equity, goodwill and intangible asset balances associated with that CGU.
The Barclays Bank Group manages the assets and liabilities of its CGUs with reference to the tangible equity of the respective businesses. That tangible
equity is derived from the level of risk weighted assets (RWAs) and capital required to be deployed in the CGU and therefore reflects its relative risk, as
well as the level of capital that management considers a market participant would be required to hold and retain to support business growth.
Goodwill is initially allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition that generated it. Goodwill is
only reallocated if there is a change in its use or when reporting structures are altered in a way that changes the composition of one or more cash-
generating units to which goodwill has been allocated. The goodwill allocated to the Barclays Bank Group's CGUs is unchanged in the year.
Cash flows
The five-year cash flows used in the calculation of value in use are based on the formally agreed medium-term plans approved by the Board. These are
prepared using macroeconomic assumptions which management considers reasonable and supportable, and reflect business agreed initiatives for the
forecast period.
Discount rates
IAS 36 requires that the discount rate used in a value in use calculation reflects the pre-tax rate an investor would require if they were to choose an
investment that would generate similar cash flows to those that the entity expects to generate from the asset. In determining the discount rate,
management identified the cost of equity associated with market participants that closely resemble the Barclays Bank Group's CGUs. The cost of equity
has been used as the discount rate in the impairment assessment and applied to the post tax cash flows of the CGU. This post-tax method incorporates
the impact of changing tax rates on the cash flows and is expected to produce the same VIU result as a pre-tax method adjusted for varying tax rates.
Using the resultant VIU the equivalent pre-tax discount rates have been calculated. The cost of equity rate used for all CGUs in this year’s calculation has
been increased to reflect the relative volatility of Barclays plc’s stock price versus the average of our peers. The range of equivalent pre-tax discount
rates applicable across the CGUs range from 14.7 % to 17.2 % (2022: 14.1 % to 16.0 %).
Terminal growth rate
The terminal growth rate is used to estimate the effect of projecting cash flows to the end of an asset’s useful economic life. It is management’s
judgement that the cash flows associated with the CGUs will grow in line with the major economies in which the Barclays Bank Group operates. The UK
inflation rate is used as an approximation for the future growth rates. The terminal growth rate used is 2.0 % (2022: 2.0 %).
Outcome of goodwill and intangibles review
Based on management’s plans and assumptions the value in use exceeds the carrying value of the CGUs and no goodwill impairment has been
indicated by the 2023 impairment review.
Other intangible assets
Determining the estimated useful lives of intangible assets (such as those arising from contractual relationships) requires an analysis of circumstances.
The assessment of whether an asset is exhibiting indicators of impairment as well as the calculation of impairment, which requires the estimate of
future cash flows and fair values less costs to sell, also requires the preparation of cash flow forecasts and fair values for assets that may not be regularly
bought and sold.
Notes to the financial statements
Assets at amortised cost and other investments
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 173 |
The notes included in this section focus on the Barclays Bank Group’s accruals, provisions and contingent liabilities. Provisions are recognised for
present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the
obligation, and it can be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities reflect potential liabilities that are not recognised on the balance sheet.
21Other liabilities
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Accruals and deferred income | ||
Other creditors | ||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks | ||
Lease liabilities (refer to Note 19) | ||
Other liabilities | ||
22Provisions
Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is more likely than not that a transfer of economic
benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, which can be reliably estimated.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The financial reporting of provisions involves a significant degree of judgement and is complex. Identifying whether a present obligation exists and
estimating the probability, timing, nature and quantum of the outflows that may arise from past events requires judgements to be made based on the
specific facts and circumstances relating to individual events and often requires specialist professional advice. When matters are at an early stage,
accounting judgements and estimates can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty involved. Management continues to monitor matters as
they develop to re-evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognised, however there can remain a wide range of possible
outcomes and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal, competition and regulatory matters, and as a result it is often not practicable to make
meaningful estimates even when matters are at a more advanced stage.
The amount that is recognised as a provision can also be very sensitive to the assumptions made in calculating it. This gives rise to a large range of
potential outcomes which require judgement in determining an appropriate provision level. See Note 24 for more detail of legal, competition and
regulatory matters.
Redundancy and restructuring | Customer redress | Legal, competition and regulatory matters | Sundry provisions | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank Group | |||||
As at 1 January 2023 | |||||
Additions | |||||
Amounts utilised | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Unused amounts reversed | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Exchange and other movements | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guaranteesa | |||||
As at 1st January 2023 | |||||
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements | ( | ||||
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Total Provisions | |||||
As at 1st January 2023 | |||||
As at 31 December 2023 |
aUndrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provisions are accounted for under IFRS 9. Further analysis of the movement in the expected credit loss
provision is disclosed within the 'Movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees' table on
£764 m) and for Barclays Bank PLC were £458 m (2022: £560 m).
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 174 |
Redundancy and restructuring
These provisions comprise the estimated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs where an obligation exists. For example, when the Barclays
Bank Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in those affected by the restructuring by
announcing its main features or starting to implement the plan.
Customer redress
Customer redress provisions comprise the estimated cost of making redress payments to customers, clients and counterparties for losses or damages
associated with inappropriate judgement in the execution of the Barclays Bank Group’s business activities.
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Barclays Bank Group is engaged in various legal proceedings, both in the UK and a number of other overseas jurisdictions, including the US. For
further information in relation to legal proceedings and discussion of the associated uncertainties, please refer to Note 24.
Sundry provisions
This category includes provisions that do not fit into any of the other categories, such as fraud losses and dilapidation provisions.
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees
Impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment
allowance is allocated to the drawn exposure to the extent that the allowance does not exceed the exposure as ECL is not reported separately. Any
excess is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios the impairment allowance on the undrawn exposure
is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. For further information, refer to the Credit Risk section for loan commitments and
23Contingent liabilities and commitments
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events and present obligations where the
transfer of economic resources is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are
disclosed unless the likelihood of an outflow of economic resources is remote.
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | ||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | ||
Total contingent liabilities and financial guarantees | ||
Of which: Financial guarantees and letters of credit carried at fair value | ||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | ||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | ||
Total commitments | ||
Of which: Loan commitments carried at fair value | ||
24Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Barclays Bank Group faces legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact of these
matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition and prospects. Matters arising from a set of
similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision, or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances.
The recognition of provisions in relation to such matters involves critical accounting estimates and judgments in accordance with the relevant
accounting policies applicable to Note 22 Provisions. We have not disclosed an estimate of the potential financial impact or effect on the Barclays Bank
Group of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so. Various matters detailed in this note seek damages of an unspecified
amount. While certain matters specify the damages claimed, such claimed amounts do not necessarily reflect the Barclays Bank Group’s potential
financial exposure in respect of those matters.
Investigations into certain advisory services agreements and other proceedings
FCA proceedings
In 2008, Barclays Bank PLC and Qatar Holdings LLC entered into two advisory service agreements (the Agreements). The Financial Conduct Authority
(FCA) conducted an investigation into whether the Agreements may have related to Barclays PLC’s capital raisings in June and November 2008 (the
Capital Raisings) and therefore should have been disclosed in the announcements or public documents relating to the Capital Raisings. In 2013, the FCA
issued warning notices (the Warning Notices) finding that Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC acted recklessly and in breach of certain disclosure-
related listing rules, and that Barclays PLC was also in breach of Listing Principle 3. The financial penalty provided in the Warning Notices was £50 m.
Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC contested the findings. In September 2022, the FCA’s Regulatory Decisions Committee (RDC) issued Decision
Notices finding that Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC breached certain disclosure-related listing rules. The RDC also found that in relation to the
disclosures made in the Capital Raising of November 2008, Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC acted recklessly, and that Barclays PLC breached Listing
Principle 3. The RDC upheld the combined penalty of £50 m on Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC, the same penalty as in the Warning Notices.
Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC have referred the RDC’s findings to the Upper Tribunal for reconsideration.
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 175 |
Other proceedings
In November 2023, Barclays received requests for arbitration from two Jersey special purpose vehicles connected to PCP International Finance Limited
asserting claims in relation to the October 2008 capital raising. Barclays is defending these claims.
Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks and related civil actions
Regulators and law enforcement agencies, including certain competition authorities, from a number of governments have conducted investigations
relating to Barclays Bank PLC’s involvement in allegedly manipulating certain financial benchmarks, such as LIBOR. Various individuals and corporates in
a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Barclays Bank Group and other banks in relation to the alleged manipulation
of LIBOR and/or other benchmarks.
USD LIBOR civil actions
The majority of the USD LIBOR cases, which have been filed in various US jurisdictions, have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the US District
Court in the Southern District of New York (SDNY). The complaints are substantially similar and allege, among other things, that Barclays PLC, Barclays
Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and other financial institutions individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act
(Antitrust Act), the US Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), the US Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates.
Putative class actions and individual actions seek unspecified damages with the exception of one lawsuit, in which the plaintiffs are seeking no less than
$100 m in actual damages and additional punitive damages against all defendants, including Barclays Bank PLC. Some of the lawsuits also seek trebling
of damages under the Antitrust Act and RICO.
Sterling LIBOR civil actions
In 2016, two putative class actions filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks alleging, among other things,
that the defendants manipulated the Sterling LIBOR rate in violation of the Antitrust Act, CEA and RICO, were consolidated. The defendants’ motion to
dismiss the claims was granted in 2018. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal.
Japanese Yen LIBOR civil actions
In 2012, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and other Japanese Yen LIBOR panel banks by a lead plaintiff involved in
exchange-traded derivatives and members of the Japanese Bankers Association’s Euroyen Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (Euroyen TIBOR) panel. The
complaint alleges, among other things, manipulation of the Euroyen TIBOR and Yen LIBOR rates and breaches of the CEA and the Antitrust Act. In 2014,
the court dismissed the plaintiff’s antitrust claims, and, in 2020, the court dismissed the plaintiff’s remaining CEA claims.
In 2015, a second putative class action, making similar allegations to the above class action, was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank
PLC and BCI. Barclays and the plaintiffs reached a settlement of $17.75 m for both actions, which received final court approval in March 2023. This
matter is now concluded.
ICE LIBOR civil action
In August 2020, an action related to the LIBOR benchmark administered by the Intercontinental Exchange Inc. and certain of its affiliates (ICE) was filed
by a group of individual plaintiffs in the US District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of individual borrowers and consumers of loans
and credit cards with variable interest rates linked to USD ICE LIBOR. The plaintiffs’ motion seeking, among other things, preliminary and permanent
injunctions to enjoin the defendants from continuing to set LIBOR or enforce any financial instrument that relies in whole or in part on USD LIBOR was
denied. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the case was granted in September 2022. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which was dismissed in
October 2023. The plaintiffs are appealing the dismissal.
Non-US benchmarks civil actions
There remains one claim, issued in 2017, against Barclays Bank PLC and other banks in the UK in connection with alleged manipulation of LIBOR.
Proceedings have also been brought in a number of other jurisdictions in Europe, Argentina and Israel relating to alleged manipulation of LIBOR and
EURIBOR. Additional proceedings in other jurisdictions may be brought in the future.
Foreign Exchange investigations and related civil actions
The Barclays Bank Group has been the subject of investigations in various jurisdictions in relation to certain sales and trading practices in the Foreign
Exchange market. Settlements were reached in various jurisdictions in connection with these investigations, including the EU and US. The financial
impact of any remaining ongoing investigations is not expected to be material to the Barclays Bank Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial
position. Various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Barclays Bank Group and
other banks in relation to alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets.
US FX opt out civil action
In 2018, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI settled a consolidated action filed in the SDNY, alleging manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets (Consolidated FX
Action), for a total amount of $384 m. Also in 2018, a group of plaintiffs, who opted out of the Consolidated FX Action, filed a complaint in the SDNY
against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other defendants. Some of the plaintiffs’ claims were dismissed in 2020. Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank
PLC, and BCI have reached a settlement of all claims against them in the matter. A settlement payment was made in April 2023 and the matter is now
concluded. The financial impact of this settlement is not material to the Barclays Bank Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 176 |
US retail basis civil action
In 2015, a putative class action was filed against several international banks, including Barclays PLC and BCI, on behalf of a proposed class of individuals
who exchanged currencies on a retail basis at bank branches (Retail Basis Claims). The SDNY has ruled that the Retail Basis Claims are not covered by
the settlement agreement in the Consolidated FX Action. The Court subsequently dismissed all Retail Basis Claims against the Barclays Bank Group and
all other defendants. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The defendants’ motion for summary judgment was granted in March 2023, dismissing
the plaintiffs’ remaining claims. The plaintiffs have appealed the decision.
Non-US FX civil actions
Legal proceedings have been brought or are threatened against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and Barclays Execution Services Limited (BX) in
connection with alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange in the UK, a number of other jurisdictions in Europe, Israel, Brazil and Australia. Additional
proceedings may be brought in the future.
The above-mentioned proceedings include two purported class actions filed against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BX, BCI and other financial
institutions in the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) in 2019. The CAT refused to certify these claims in the first quarter of 2022. In July 2023 (as
amended in November 2023), the Court of Appeal overturned the CAT’s decision and found that the claims should be certified on an opt out basis. The
Court of Appeal upheld the CAT’s determination as to which of the two purported class representatives should be chosen to bring the claim. Subject to
any further appeal, only the claim brought by the chosen class representative will now proceed in the CAT. Also in 2019, a separate claim was filed in
the UK in the High Court of Justice (High Court), and subsequently transferred to the CAT, by various banks and asset management firms against
Barclays Bank PLC and other financial institutions alleging breaches of European and UK competition laws related to FX trading. This claim has been
settled as part of the settlement payment referred to under the US FX opt out civil action above and the matter is now concluded.
Metals-related civil actions
A US civil complaint alleging manipulation of the price of silver in violation of the CEA, the Antitrust Act and state antitrust and consumer protection
laws was brought by a proposed class of plaintiffs against a number of banks, including Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and BX, and transferred to the SDNY.
The complaint was dismissed against these Barclays entities and certain other defendants in 2018, and against the remaining defendants in May 2023.
The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of the complaint against all defendants.
Civil actions have also been filed in Canadian courts against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Canada Inc. and BCI on behalf of proposed
classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of gold and silver prices.
US residential mortgage related civil actions
There are two US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) related civil actions arising from unresolved repurchase requests submitted by
Trustees for certain RMBS, alleging breaches of various loan-level representations and warranties (R&Ws) made by Barclays Bank PLC and/or a
subsidiary acquired in 2007. In one action, the parties have agreed to settle the litigation. The financial impact of the settlement is not material to the
Barclays Bank Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position. Barclays’ motion to dismiss the other repurchase action was denied in October
2023. Barclays is appealing the decision.
Government and agency securities civil actions
Treasury auction securities civil actions
Consolidated putative class action complaints filed in US federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions under the Antitrust
Act and state common law allege that the defendants (i) conspired to manipulate the US Treasury securities market and/or (ii) conspired to prevent the
creation of certain platforms by boycotting or threatening to boycott such trading platforms. The court dismissed the consolidated action in March
2021. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted in March 2022. The plaintiffs
appealed this decision, and in February 2024 the appellate court affirmed the dismissal.
In addition, certain plaintiffs have filed a related, direct action against BCI and certain other financial institutions, alleging that defendants conspired to
fix and manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of the Antitrust Act, the CEA and state common law. This action remains stayed.
Supranational, Sovereign and Agency bonds civil actions
Civil antitrust actions have been filed in the SDNY and Federal Court of Canada in Toronto against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, BX, Barclays Capital Securities
Limited and, with respect to the civil action filed in Canada only, Barclays Capital Canada, Inc. and other financial institutions alleging that the
defendants conspired to fix prices and restrain competition in the market for US dollar-denominated Supranational, Sovereign and Agency bonds. The
SDNY actions were dismissed and these matters are now concluded.
In the Federal Court of Canada action, the parties have reached a settlement in principle, which will require court approval. The financial impact of the
settlement is not expected to be material to the Barclays Bank Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Variable Rate Demand Obligations civil actions
Civil actions have been filed against Barclays Bank PLC and BCI and other financial institutions alleging the defendants conspired or colluded to
artificially inflate interest rates set for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (VRDOs). VRDOs are municipal bonds with interest rates that reset on a
periodic basis, most commonly weekly. Two actions in state court have been filed by private plaintiffs on behalf of the states of Illinois and California.
dismissed in November 2020 and June 2022 and the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was granted in September 2023, which means the case may
proceed as a class action. The defendants are appealing this decision. In the California action, the California appeals court reversed the dismissal of the
plaintiffs’ claims in April 2023. In the Illinois action, the defendants reached a settlement with the Attorney General for the State of Illinois to resolve the
litigation. The court approved the settlement in October 2023 and dismissed the matter. The financial impact of the settlement is not material to the
Barclays Bank Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position. This matter is now concluded.
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 177 |
Odd-lot corporate bonds antitrust class action
In 2020, BCI, together with other financial institutions, were named as defendants in a putative class action. The complaint alleges a conspiracy to
boycott developing electronic trading platforms for odd-lots and price fixing. The plaintiffs demand unspecified money damages. The defendants’
motion to dismiss was granted in 2021 and the plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal.
Credit Default Swap civil action
A putative antitrust class action is pending in New Mexico federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and various other financial institutions. The
plaintiffs, the New Mexico State Investment Council and certain New Mexico pension funds, allege that the defendants conspired to manipulate the
benchmark price used to value Credit Default Swap (CDS) contracts at settlement (i.e. the CDS final auction price). The plaintiffs allege violations of US
antitrust laws and the CEA, and unjust enrichment under state law. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied in June 2023.
Interest rate swap and credit default swap US civil actions
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, together with other financial institutions that act as market makers for interest rate swaps (IRS), are named as
defendants in several antitrust actions, including one putative class action and individual actions brought by certain swap execution facilities, which are
consolidated in the SDNY. The complaints allege the defendants conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for IRS and demand unspecified
money damages. The plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was denied in December 2023, meaning the case cannot proceed as a class action. The
plaintiffs have sought the court’s leave to appeal that decision.
In 2017, Tera Group Inc. (Tera) filed a separate civil antitrust action in the SDNY claiming that certain conduct alleged in the IRS cases also caused Tera
to suffer harm with respect to the Credit Default Swaps market. In 2019, the court dismissed Tera’s claims for unjust enrichment and tortious
interference but denied motions to dismiss the antitrust claims. Tera filed an amended complaint in January 2020. Barclays’ motion to dismiss all claims
was granted in August 2023. Tera has filed a Notice of Appeal.
BDC Finance L.L.C.
In 2008, BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (NY Supreme Court), demanding damages of
$298 m, alleging that Barclays Bank PLC had breached a contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps governed by an ISDA Master
Agreement (the Master Agreement). Following a trial, the court ruled in 2018 that Barclays Bank PLC was not a defaulting party, which was affirmed on
appeal. In April 2021, the trial court entered judgment in favour of Barclays Bank PLC for $3.3 m and as yet to be determined legal fees and costs. BDC
appealed. In January 2022, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s summary judgment decision in favour of Barclays Bank PLC and remanded the
case to the lower court for further proceedings. The parties filed cross-motions on the scope of trial. In January 2024, the court ruled in Barclays’ favour.
BDC is appealing, and the trial is adjourned until the appeal is decided.
In 2011, BDC’s investment advisor, BDCM Fund Adviser, LLC and its parent company, Black Diamond Capital Holdings, LLC, also sued Barclays Bank PLC
and BCI in Connecticut State Court for unspecified damages allegedly resulting from Barclays Bank PLC’s conduct relating to the Master Agreement,
asserting claims for violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act and tortious interference with business and prospective business relations.
This case has been withdrawn.
Civil actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
(EDNY) and SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and a number of other banks. The complaints generally allege that Barclays Bank PLC and those banks
engaged in a conspiracy to facilitate US dollar-denominated transactions for the Iranian Government and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded
acts of terrorism that injured or killed the plaintiffs or the plaintiffs’ family members. The plaintiffs seek to recover damages for pain, suffering and
mental anguish under the provisions of the US Anti-Terrorism Act, which allow for the trebling of any proven damages.
The court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss three out of the six actions in the EDNY. The plaintiffs appealed in one action and the dismissal
was affirmed, and judgment was entered, in January 2023. The court has given the plaintiffs until February 2024 to make a motion to vacate the
judgment. The other two dismissed actions in the EDNY were consolidated into one action. The plaintiffs in that action, and in one other action in the
EDNY, filed amended complaints in December 2023. The two other actions in the EDNY are currently stayed. Out of the two actions in the SDNY, the
court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the first action. That action is stayed, and the second SDNY action is stayed pending any appeal on the
dismissal of the first.
Shareholder derivative action
In November 2020, a purported Barclays shareholder filed a putative derivative action in New York state court against BCI and a number of current and
former members of the Board of Directors of Barclays PLC and senior executives or employees of the Barclays Bank Group. The shareholder filed the
claim on behalf of nominal defendant Barclays PLC, alleging that the individual defendants harmed the company through breaches of their duties,
including under the Companies Act 2006. The plaintiff seeks damages on behalf of Barclays PLC for the losses that Barclays PLC allegedly suffered as a
result of these alleged breaches. An amended complaint was filed in April 2021, which BCI and certain other defendants moved to dismiss. The motion
to dismiss was granted in April 2022. The plaintiff appealed the decision, and the dismissal was unanimously affirmed in June 2023 by the First Judicial
Department in New York. The plaintiff has sought leave to appeal the First Judicial Department’s decision to the New York Court of Appeals.
Derivative transactions civil action
In 2021, Vestia, a Dutch housing association, brought a claim against Barclays Bank PLC in the UK in the High Court in relation to a series of derivative
transactions entered into with Barclays Bank PLC between 2008 and 2011, seeking damages of £329 m. Barclays Bank PLC is defending the claim and
has made a counterclaim.
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 178 |
Skilled person review in relation to historic timeshare loans and associated matters
Clydesdale Financial Services Limited (CFS), which trades as Barclays Partner Finance and houses Barclays’ point-of-sale finance business, was required
by the FCA to undertake a skilled person review in 2020 following concerns about historic affordability assessments for certain loans to customers in
connection with timeshare purchases. The skilled person review was concluded in 2021. CFS complied fully with the skilled person review requirements,
including carrying out certain remediation measures. CFS was not required to conduct a full back book review. Instead, CFS reviewed limited historic
lending to ascertain whether its practices caused customer harm and is remediating any examples of harm. This work was substantially completed
during 2023, utilising provisions booked to account for any remediations.
Motor finance commission arrangements
In January 2024, the FCA announced that it was appointing a skilled person to undertake a review of the historical use of discretionary commission
arrangements and sales in the motor finance market across several firms. This follows two final decisions by the UK Financial Ombudsman Service
(FOS), including one upholding a complaint against CFS in relation to commission arrangements and disclosure in the sale of motor finance products
and a number of complaints and court claims, including some against CFS. Barclays will co-operate fully with the FCA’s skilled person review, the
outcome of which is unknown, including any potential financial impact. The FCA plans to set out next steps on this matter by the end of September
2024. Barclays ceased operating in the motor finance market in late 2019.
Over-issuance of securities in the US
In March 2022, executive management became aware that Barclays Bank PLC had issued securities materially in excess of the set amount under its US
shelf registration statements. As a result, Barclays Bank PLC commenced a rescission offer on 1 August 2022, by which Barclays Bank PLC offered to
repurchase relevant affected securities from certain holders, which expired on 12 September 2022. Further, in September 2022, the SEC announced the
resolution of its investigation of Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC relating to such over-issuance of securities.
In September 2022, a purported class action claim was filed in the US District Court in Manhattan seeking to hold Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and
former and current executives responsible for declines in the price of Barclays PLC’s American depositary receipts, which the plaintiffs claim occurred as
a result of alleged misstatements and omissions in its public disclosures. The defendants have moved to dismiss the case. In addition, holders of a series
of ETNs have brought claims against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, and former and current executives and board members in the US alleging, among
other things, that Barclays’ failure to disclose that these ETNs were unregistered securities misled investors and that, as a result, Barclays is liable for the
holders’ alleged losses following the suspension of further sales and issuances of such series of ETNs. Two such actions are purported class actions that
have been consolidated into a single action in federal court in New York. Barclays has moved to dismiss the complaint.
Any liabilities, claims or actions in connection with the over-issuance of securities under Barclays Bank PLC’s US shelf registration statements could have
an adverse effect on Barclays Bank PLC’s and the Barclays Bank Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation as a frequent
issuer in the securities markets.
HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) assessments concerning UK Value Added Tax
In 2018, HMRC issued notices that have the effect of either removing certain Barclays overseas subsidiaries that have operations in the UK from
Barclays’ UK VAT group or preventing them from joining it. Supplies between members of a UK VAT group are generally free from VAT. The notices had
both retrospective and prospective effect. Barclays has appealed HMRC’s decisions to the First Tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber) in relation to both the
retrospective VAT assessments and the on-going VAT payments made since 2018. £181 m of VAT (inclusive of interest) was assessed retrospectively by
HMRC covering the periods 2014 to 2018, of which approximately £128 m is expected to be attributed to Barclays Bank UK PLC and £53 m to Barclays
Bank PLC. This retrospectively assessed VAT was paid in 2018 and an asset, adjusted to reflect expected eventual recovery, is recognised. Since 2018
Barclays has paid, and recognised as an expense, VAT on intra-group supplies from the relevant subsidiaries to the members of the VAT group.
FCA investigation into transaction monitoring
The FCA has been investigating Barclays’ compliance with UK money laundering regulations and the FCA’s rules and Principles for Businesses in an
enforcement investigation which is focussed on aspects of Barclays’ transaction monitoring in relation to certain business lines now in Barclays Bank UK
PLC. The FCA has informed Barclays that it is closing the enforcement investigation into this matter.
General
The Barclays Bank Group is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters in the UK, the US and a number of other overseas
jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings brought by and against the Barclays Bank Group which arise in the ordinary course of business from time
to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, guarantees, debt collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client
assets, competition, data management and protection, intellectual property, money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other
statutory and common law issues.
The Barclays Bank Group is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other proceedings
by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer protection measures, measures to combat money
laundering and financial crime, compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities
in which the Barclays Bank Group is or has been engaged. The Barclays Bank Group is cooperating with the relevant authorities and keeping all relevant
agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
At the present time, Barclays Bank PLC does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material adverse effect on its
financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the matters specifically described in this note, there can be no
assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters (including formerly active matters or those matters arising after the date of this note) will
not be material to Barclays Bank PLC’s results, operations or cash flows for a particular period, depending on, among other things, the amount of the
loss resulting from the matter(s) and the amount of profit otherwise reported for the reporting period.
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 179 |
The notes included in this section focus on the Barclays Bank Group’s loan capital and shareholders’ equity including issued share capital, retained
earnings, other equity balances and interests of minority shareholders in our subsidiary entities (non-controlling interests). For more information on
capital management and how the Barclays Bank Group maintains sufficient capital to meet our regulatory requirements refer to pages 43 to 45.
25Subordinated liabilities
Subordinated liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method under IFRS 9, unless they are irrevocably designated at fair
value through profit or loss at initial recognition because such designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. Refer to Note 15
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
At amortised cost | ||
As at 1 January | ||
Issuances | ||
Redemptions | ( | ( |
Other | ( | ( |
As at 31 December | ||
Designated at fair value (Note 15) | ||
Total subordinated liabilities |
issued to Barclays PLC, £315 m USD Floating Rate Notes and £28 m JPY Floating Rate Notes issued externally by Barclays Bank PLC subsidiaries.
Redemptions of £7,431 m comprise £6,800 m intra-group loans from Barclays PLC, £409 m notes issued externally by Barclays Bank PLC, £194 m USD
Floating Rate Notes and £28 m JPY Floating Rate Notes issued externally by Barclays Bank PLC subsidiaries. £409 m notes issued externally by Barclays
Bank PLC comprise £202 m Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 2, £94 m Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 1, £43 m
EUR Subordinated Floating Rate Notes, £40 m GBP 9 % Permanent Interest Bearing Capital Bonds and £30 m USD Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes.
Other movements predominantly comprise foreign exchange movements and fair value hedge adjustments.
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Undated subordinated liabilities | ||
Dated subordinated liabilities | ||
Total subordinated liabilities | ||
Undated subordinated liabilitiesa | Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | ||
Initial call date | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank PLC externally issued subordinated liabilities | |||
Undated Notes | |||
2027 | |||
Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes (USD | Any interest payment date | ||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 1 (USD | Any interest payment date | ||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 2 (USD | Any interest payment date | ||
Bonds | |||
At any time | |||
Loans | |||
2028 | |||
2028 | |||
Total undated subordinated liabilities | |||
aInstrument values are disclosed to the nearest million.
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 180 |
Undated subordinated liabilities are issued by Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries for the development and expansion of their businesses and to
strengthen their capital bases. The principal terms of the undated subordinated liabilities are described below:
Subordination
All undated subordinated liabilities rank behind the claims against the bank of depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors and holders of
dated subordinated liabilities.
Interest
All undated subordinated liabilities bear a fixed rate of interest until the initial call date.
After the initial call date, in the event that they are not redeemed, the 6.125 % Undated Notes will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for
bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance based on market rates.
Payment of interest
Barclays Bank PLC is not obliged to make a payment of interest on its Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans if, in the preceding six months, a dividend has
not been declared or paid on any class of shares of Barclays PLC or, in certain cases, any class of preference shares of Barclays Bank PLC. Interest not
paid becomes payable in each case if such a dividend is subsequently paid or in certain other circumstances. During the year, Barclays Bank PLC paid
interest on each of its Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans.
No payment of principal or any interest may be made unless Barclays Bank PLC satisfies a specified solvency test.
Repayment
All undated subordinated liabilities are repayable at the option of Barclays Bank PLC in whole at the initial call date and on any fifth anniversary after the
initial call date. In addition, each issue of undated subordinated liabilities is repayable, at the option of Barclays Bank PLC, in whole for certain tax
reasons, either at any time, or on an interest payment date. There are no events of default except non-payment of principal or mandatory interest. Any
repayments require the prior consent of the PRA.
Other
All issues of undated subordinated liabilities are non-convertible.
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 181 |
Dated subordinated liabilitiesa | Barclays Bank Group | |||
2023 | 2022 | |||
Initial call date | Maturity date | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank PLC externally issued subordinated liabilities | ||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR | 2023 | |||
2026 | ||||
2027 | ||||
2032 | ||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR | 2040 | |||
External issuances by other subsidiaries | 2033 | |||
Barclays Bank PLC notes issued intra-group to Barclays PLC | ||||
2023 | 2028 | |||
2025 | 2030 | |||
2026 | ||||
2026 | 2031 | |||
2027 | 2028 | |||
2027 | 2032 | |||
2029 | 2030 | |||
2032 | 2033 | |||
2033 | 2034 | |||
2033 | 2034 | |||
2041 | 2042 | |||
2045 | ||||
2047 | ||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (USD | 2047 | |||
Barclays Bank PLC intra-group loans from Barclays PLC | ||||
Various Fixed Rate Subordinated Loans | ||||
Various Subordinated Floating Rate Loans | ||||
Various Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Loans | ||||
Various Subordinated Floating Rate Callable Loans | ||||
Zero Coupon Callable Loans | 2052 | |||
Total dated subordinated liabilities | ||||
Note
aInstrument values are disclosed to the nearest million.
Dated subordinated liabilities are issued by Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries for the development and expansion of their businesses and to
strengthen their respective capital bases. The principal terms of the dated subordinated liabilities are described below:
Currency and maturity
In addition to the individual dated subordinated liabilities listed in the Barclays Bank Group table, the £24,880 m (2022: £26,472 m) of intra-group loans
is made up of various fixed, fixed to floating rate, floating and zero coupon loans from Barclays PLC with notional amounts denominated in USD
Certain intra-group loans have a call date one year prior to their maturity.
Subordination
All dated subordinated liabilities, both externally issued and issued intra-group to Barclays PLC, rank behind the claims against Barclays Bank PLC of
depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors but before the claims of the undated subordinated liabilities and the holders of Barclays Bank
PLC equity. The Barclays Bank PLC intra-group loans from Barclays PLC rank pari passu amongst themselves but ahead of the Barclays Bank PLC notes
issued intra-group to Barclays PLC and the Barclays Bank PLC externally issued subordinated liabilities. The external dated subordinated liabilities issued
by subsidiaries are similarly subordinated as the external subordinated liabilities issued by Barclays Bank PLC.
Interest
Interest on floating rate notes and loans is set by reference to market rates at the time of issuance and fixed periodically in advance, based on the related
market rates.
Interest on fixed rate notes and loans is set by reference to market rates at the time of issuance and fixed until maturity.
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 182 |
Interest on fixed rate callable notes and loans is set by reference to market rates at the time of issuance and fixed until the call date or maturity as
applicable. After the call date (where relevant), in the event that the notes or loans are not redeemed, the interest rate will be reset to either a fixed or
floating rate until maturity based on market rates.
No interest is paid on zero coupon notes.
Repayment
Those subordinated liabilities with a call date are repayable at the option of Barclays Bank PLC on such call date in accordance with the conditions
governing the respective debt obligations, some in whole or in part, and some only in whole, or otherwise on maturity. The remaining dated
subordinated liabilities outstanding at 31 December 2023 are redeemable only on maturity, subject, in particular cases, to provisions allowing an early
redemption in the event of certain changes in tax law or to certain changes in legislation or regulations.
Any repayments prior to maturity may require, in the case of Barclays Bank PLC, the prior consent of the PRA or BoE or, in the case of the overseas
issues, the consent of the local regulator for that jurisdiction and of the PRA in certain circumstances.
There are no committed facilities in existence at the balance sheet date which permit the refinancing of debt beyond the date of maturity.
26Ordinary shares, preference shares and other equity
Called up share capital, allotted and fully paid and other equity instruments | ||||
Barclays Bank Group | Barclays Bank Group | |||
Ordinary share capital | Preference share capital | Total share capital | Other equity instruments | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
As at 1 January 2023 | ||||
AT1 securities issuance | ||||
AT1 securities redemption | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||
As at 1 January 2022 | ||||
AT1 securities issuance | ||||
AT1 securities redemption | ( | |||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||
The issued ordinary share capital of Barclays Bank PLC, as at 31 December 2023, comprised 2,342 m (2022: 2,342 m) ordinary shares of £1 each.
Preference shares
The issued preference share capital of Barclays Bank PLC, as at 31 December 2023, comprised 31,856 Euro Preference Shares of €100 each (2022:
Ordinary share capital and preference share capital constitutes 100 % (2022: 100 %) of total share capital issued.
Euro Preference Shares
of €1,383.3 m (£966.7 m), of which the nominal value was €14 m and the balance was share premium. The Euro Preference Shares entitled the holders
thereof to receive Euro non-cumulative cash dividends out of distributable profits of Barclays Bank PLC, annually at a fixed rate of 4.75 % per annum on
the amount of €10,000 per preference share until 15 March 2020, and since 15 March 2020 quarterly at a rate reset quarterly equal to 0.71 % per
annum above the Euro interbank offered rate for three-month Euro deposits. The board of directors of Barclays Bank PLC may resolve, in its absolute
discretion, not to pay in full, or at all, the dividend on the Euro Preference Shares in respect of a particular dividend period.
The Euro Preference Shares are redeemable at the option of Barclays Bank PLC, in whole but not in part only, on each dividend payment date at €10,000
per share plus any dividends accrued for the then current dividend period to the date fixed for redemption.
US Dollar Preference Shares
Depositary Shares, Series 1, were issued on 8 June 2005 for a consideration of $995.4 m (£548.1 m), of which the nominal value was $10 m and the
balance was share premium. The US Dollar Preference Shares entitle the holders thereof to receive US Dollar non-cumulative cash dividends out of
distributable profits of Barclays Bank PLC, semi-annually at a fixed rate of 6.278 % per annum on the amount of $10,000 per preference share until 15
December 2034, and thereafter quarterly at a rate reset quarterly equal to 1.55 % per annum above the London interbank offered rate for three-month
US Dollar deposits. The board of directors of Barclays Bank PLC may resolve, for any reason and in its absolute discretion, not to declare or pay in full or
in part any dividends on the US Dollar Preference Shares in respect of a particular dividend period.
The US Dollar Preference Shares are redeemable at the option of Barclays Bank PLC, in whole but not in part only, on 15 December 2034, and on each
dividend payment date thereafter at $10,000 per share plus any dividends accrued for the then current dividend period to the date fixed for redemption.
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 183 |
No redemption or purchase of any Euro Preference Shares and US Dollar Preference Shares (together, the Preference Shares) may be made by Barclays
Bank PLC without the prior consent of the PRA and any such redemption will be subject to the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles of Barclays Bank
PLC.
On a winding-up of Barclays Bank PLC or other return of capital (other than a redemption or purchase of shares of Barclays Bank PLC, or a reduction of
share capital), a holder of Preference Shares will rank in the application of assets of Barclays Bank PLC available to shareholders: (1) junior to the holder
of any shares of Barclays Bank PLC in issue ranking in priority to the Preference Shares; (2) equally in all respects with holders of other preference shares
and any other shares of Barclays Bank PLC in issue ranking pari passu with the Preference Shares; and (3) in priority to the holders of ordinary shares
and any other shares of Barclays Bank PLC in issue ranking junior to the Preference Shares.
Subject to such ranking, in such event, holders of the Preference Shares will be entitled to receive out of assets of Barclays Bank PLC available for
distributions to shareholders, liquidating distributions in the amount of €10,000 per Euro Preference Share and $10,000 per US Dollar Preference Share,
plus, in each case, an amount equal to the accrued dividend for the then current dividend period to the date of the commencement of the winding-up or
other such return of capital.
If a dividend is not paid in full on any preference shares on any dividend payment date, then a dividend restriction shall apply. This dividend restriction
will mean that neither Barclays Bank PLC nor Barclays PLC may (a) declare or pay a dividend (other than payment by Barclays PLC of a final dividend
declared by its shareholders prior to the relevant dividend payment date, or a dividend paid by Barclays Bank PLC to Barclays PLC) on any of their
respective ordinary shares, other preference shares or other share capital or (b) redeem, purchase, reduce or otherwise acquire any of their respective
share capital, other than shares of Barclays Bank PLC held by Barclays PLC or a wholly owned subsidiary, until the earlier of: (1) the date on which
Barclays Bank PLC next declares and pays in full a preference share dividend; and (2) the date on or by which all the preference shares are redeemed in
full or purchased by Barclays Bank PLC.
Holders of the Preference Shares are not entitled to receive notice of, or to attend, or vote at, any general meeting of Barclays Bank PLC. Barclays Bank
PLC is not permitted to create a class of shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of Barclays Bank PLC in priority to the preference
shares, save with the sanction of a special resolution of a separate general meeting of the holders of the Preference Shares (requiring a majority of not
less than three-fourths of the holders of the Preference Shares voting at the separate general meeting) or with the consent in writing of the holders of
three-fourths of the Preference Shares.
Except as described above, the holders of the Preference Shares have no right to participate in the surplus assets of Barclays Bank PLC.
Other equity instruments Other equity instruments issued by Barclays Bank PLC of £15,472 m (2022: £15,398 m) include AT1 securities issued to
Barclays PLC and borrowings of $6 bn from a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC. As a result, the other equity instruments balance
recorded by Barclays Bank Group is £10,765 m (2022: £10,691 m).
The borrowings of $6 bn from a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC have been recorded as equity since, under their terms, interest
payments are non cumulative and discretionary whilst repayment of principal is perpetually deferrable by Barclays Bank PLC. Should Barclays Bank PLC
make a discretionary dividend payment on its ordinary shares in the six months preceding the date of an interest payment, it will be obliged to make
that interest payment. In 2023, interest paid on these borrowings was £439 m (2022: £250 m).
Barclays PLC uses funds from its own market issuance of AT1 securities to purchase AT1 securities from the Barclays Bank Group. The AT1 securities
are perpetual securities with no fixed maturity and are structured to qualify as AT1 instruments under prevailing capital rules applicable as at the
relevant issue date.
In 2023, there were three issuances of AT1 instruments, in the form of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities
for £2,499 m (2022: three issuance for £3,134 m) which includes issuance costs of £26 m (2022: £32 m). There were two redemptions in 2023 totalling
£2,425 m (2022: two redemptions totalling £2,136 m).
AT1 equity instruments | |||
2023 | 2022 | ||
Initial call date | £m | £m | |
AT1 equity instruments - Barclays Bank Group | |||
2023 | |||
2023 | |||
2024 | |||
2024 | |||
2025 | |||
2025 | |||
2025 | |||
2027 | |||
2027 | |||
2028 | |||
2028 | |||
2028 | |||
2029 | |||
2029 | |||
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 184 |
27Reserves
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of net investments in foreign operations, net of the
effects of hedging.
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
The fair value through other comprehensive income reserve represents the changes in the fair value of financial instruments accounted for at fair value
through other comprehensive income investments since initial recognition.
Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the
income statement when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
Own credit reserve
The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities at fair value. Amounts in the own credit reserve are not
recycled to profit or loss in future periods.
Other reserves
Other reserves includes a merger reserve relating to inter-Barclays Group entity transfers, and redeemed ordinary and preference shares issued by the
Barclays Bank Group.
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Currency translation reserve | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | ( | ( |
Cash flow hedging reserve | ( | ( |
Own credit reserve | ( | |
Other reserves | ( | |
Total | ( | ( |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 185 |
The notes included in this section focus on the costs and commitments associated with employing our staff.
28Staff costs
Deferred cash and share awards are made to employees to incentivise performance over the period employees provide services. To receive payment
under an award, employees must provide service over the vesting period. The period over which the expense for deferred cash and share awards is
recognised is based upon the period employees consider their services contribute to the awards. For past awards, the Barclays Bank Group considers
that it is appropriate to recognise the awards over the period from the date of grant to the date that the awards vest. In relation to awards granted from
2017, the Barclays Bank Group, taking into account the changing employee understanding surrounding those awards, considered it appropriate for
expense to be recognised over the vesting period including the financial year prior to the grant date.
The accounting policies for share-based payments, and pensions and other post-retirement benefits, are included in Note 29 and Note 30 respectively.
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Performance costs | |||
Salaries | |||
Social security costs | |||
Post-retirement benefitsa | |||
Other compensation costs | |||
Total compensation costsb | |||
Other resourcing costs | |||
Outsourcing | |||
Redundancy and restructuring | |||
Temporary staff costs | |||
Other | |||
Total other resourcing costs | |||
Total staff costs |
Notes
aPost-retirement benefits charge includes £180 m (2022: £140 m; 2021: £121 m) in respect of defined contribution schemes and £118 m (2022: £48 m; 2021: £60 m) in
respect of defined benefit schemes.
b£259 m (2022: £197 m; 2021: £152 m) of compensation cost was capitalised as internally generated software.
29Share-based payments
Employee incentives include awards in the form of shares and share options, as well as offering employees the opportunity to purchase shares on
favourable terms. The cost of the employee services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is recognised in the income statement
over the period that employees provide services. The overall cost of the award is calculated using the number of shares and options expected to vest
and the fair value of the shares or options at the date of grant.
The number of shares and options expected to vest takes into account the likelihood that performance and service conditions included in the terms of
the awards will be met. For other share-based payment schemes such as Sharesave and Sharepurchase, there are non-vesting conditions which must
be met. Failure to meet the non-vesting condition is treated as a cancellation, resulting in an acceleration of recognition of the cost of the employee
services.
The fair value of shares is the market price ruling on the grant date, in some cases adjusted to reflect restrictions on transferability. The fair value of
options granted is determined using the Black Scholes model to estimate the numbers of shares likely to vest. The model takes into account the exercise
price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other
relevant factors. Market conditions that must be met in order for the award to vest are also reflected in the fair value of the award, as are any other non-
vesting conditions – such as continuing to make payments into a share-based savings scheme.
Charge for the year | |||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Deferred Share Value Plan / Share Value Plan | |||
Others | |||
Total equity settled | |||
Cash settled | |||
Total share based payments | |||
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 186 |
The terms of the main current plans are as follows:
Share Value Plan (SVP)
SVP awards have been granted to participants in the form of a conditional right to receive Barclays PLC shares or provisional allocations of Barclays PLC
shares which vest or are considered for release over a period of three, four, five or seven years. Participants do not pay to receive an award or to receive
a release of shares. For awards granted before December 2017, the grantor may also make a dividend equivalent payment to participants on release of a
SVP award. SVP awards are also made to eligible employees for recruitment purposes. All awards are subject to potential forfeiture in certain leaver
scenarios.
Deferred Share Value Plan (DSVP)
The terms of the DSVP are materially the same as the terms of the SVP as described above, save that Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in
the DSVP and the DSVP operates over market purchase shares only.
Other schemes
In addition to the SVP and DSVP, the Barclays PLC Group operates a number of other schemes settled in Barclays PLC Shares including Sharesave (both
UK and Ireland), Sharepurchase (both UK and Overseas), and the Barclays PLC Group Long Term Incentive Plan. A delivery of upfront shares to ‘Material
Risk Takers’ can be made as a Share Incentive Award (Holding Period) under the SVP.
Share option and award plans
average contractual remaining life, and number of options and awards outstanding (including those exercisable) at the balance sheet date were as
follows:
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Weighted average fair value per award granted in year | Weighted average share price at exercise/ release during year | Weighted average remaining contractual life in years | Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) | Weighted average fair value per award granted in year | Weighted average share price at exercise/ release during year | Weighted average remaining contractual life in years | Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) | |
£ | £ | £ | £ | |||||
DSVP / SVPa,b | ||||||||
Othersa | ||||||||
SVP and DSVP are nil cost awards on which the performance conditions are substantially completed at the date of grant. Consequently, the fair value of
these awards is based on the market value at that date.
Sharesave has a contractual life of 3 years and 5 years, the expected volatility is 34.10 % for 3 years and 33.12 % for 5 years. The risk free interest rates
used for valuations are 4.60 % and 4.36 % for 3 years and 5 years respectively. The pure dividend yield rates used for valuations are 5.27 % and 5.02 % for
model such as risk free interest rate, expected volatility, pure dividend yield rates and repo rates are derived from market data.
Movements in options and awards
DSVP / SVP a,b | Others a,c | |||||
Number (000s) | Number (000s) | Weighted average ex. price (£) | ||||
2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |
Outstanding at beginning of year/acquisition date | ||||||
Transfers in the yeard | ( | |||||
Granted in the year | ||||||
Exercised/released in the year | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Less: forfeited in the year | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Less: expired in the year | ( | ( | ||||
Outstanding at end of year | ||||||
Of which exercisable: | ||||||
Notes
aOptions/award granted over Barclays PLC shares.
bWeighted average exercise price is not applicable for SVP and DSVP awards as these are not share option schemes.
cThe number of awards within Others at the end of the year principally relates to Sharesave (number of awards exercisable at end of year was 7,311,220 ). The weighted
average exercise price relates to Sharesave.
dAwards of employees transferred between the Barclays Bank Group and the rest of the Barclays PLC Group.
Awards and options granted to employees and former employees of the Barclays Bank Group under the Barclays PLC Group share plans may be
satisfied using new issue shares, treasury shares and market purchase shares of Barclays PLC. Awards granted to employees and former employees of
the Barclays Bank Group under DSVP may only be satisfied using market purchase shares of Barclays PLC.
There were no significant modifications to the share based payments arrangements in 2023 and 2022.
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 187 |
As at 31 December 2023, the total liability arising from cash-settled share based payments transactions was £4 m (2022: £5 m).
30Pensions and post-retirement benefits
The Barclays Bank Group operates a number of pension schemes and post-employment benefit schemes.
Defined contribution schemes – the Barclays Bank Group recognises contributions due in respect of the accounting period in the income statement. Any
contributions unpaid at the balance sheet date are included as a liability.
Defined benefit schemes – the Barclays Bank Group recognises its obligations to members of each scheme at the period end, less the fair value of the
scheme assets after applying the asset ceiling test.
Each scheme’s obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. Scheme assets are stated at fair value as at the period end.
Changes in pension scheme liabilities or assets (remeasurements) that do not arise from regular pension cost, net interest on net defined benefit
liabilities or assets, past service costs, settlements or contributions to the scheme are recognised in other comprehensive income. Remeasurements
comprise experience adjustments (differences between previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), the effects of changes in
actuarial assumptions, return on scheme assets (excluding amounts included in the interest on the assets) and any changes in the effect of the asset
ceiling restriction (excluding amounts included in the interest on the restriction).
Post-employment benefit schemes – the cost of providing healthcare benefits to retired employees is accrued as a liability in the financial statements
over the period that the employees provide services to the Barclays Bank Group, using a methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension
schemes.
Pension schemes
UK Retirement Fund (UKRF)
The UKRF is the Barclays Bank Group’s main scheme, representing 96 % (2022: 96 %) of the Barclays Bank Group’s total retirement benefit obligations.
Barclays Bank PLC is the principal employer of the UKRF. The UKRF was closed to new entrants on 1 October 2012, and comprises 10 sections, the two
most significant of which are:
▪Afterwork, which comprises a contributory cash balance defined benefit element, and a voluntary defined contribution element. The cash balance
element is accrued each year and revalued until Normal Retirement Age in line with the increase in Retail Price Index (RPI) (up to a maximum of 5%
p.a.). The main risks that the Barclays Bank Group runs in relation to Afterwork are limited although additional contributions are required if pre-
retirement investment returns are not sufficient to provide for the benefits.
▪The 1964 Pension Scheme. Most employees recruited before July 1997 built up benefits in this non-contributory defined benefit scheme in respect of
service up to 31 March 2010. Pensions were calculated by reference to service and pensionable salary. From 1 April 2010, members became eligible to
accrue future service benefits in either Afterwork or the Pension Investment Plan, a historic defined contribution section which is now closed to future
contributions. The risks that the Barclays Bank Group runs in relation to the 1964 section are typical of final salary pension schemes, principally that
investment returns fall short of expectations, that inflation exceeds expectations, and that retirees live longer than expected.
Barclays Pension Savings Plan (BPSP)
The BPSP is a defined contribution scheme providing benefits for all new UK hires from 1 October 2012. BPSP is not subject to the same investment
return, inflation or life expectancy risks for the Barclays Bank Group that defined benefit schemes are. Members’ benefits reflect contributions paid and
the level of investment returns achieved.
Other
Apart from the UKRF and the BPSP, the Barclays Bank Group operates a number of smaller pension and long-term employee benefits and post-
retirement healthcare plans globally, the largest of which are the US defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. Many of the schemes are
funded, with assets backing the obligations held in separate legal vehicles such as trusts. Others are operated on an unfunded basis. The benefits
provided, the approach to funding, and the legal basis of the schemes, reflect local environments.
Governance
The UKRF operates under trust law and is managed and administered on behalf of the members in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed and
Rules and all relevant legislation. The Corporate Trustee is Barclays Pension Funds Trustees Limited, a private limited company and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC. The Trustee is the legal owner of the assets of the UKRF which are held separately from the assets of the Barclays Bank
Group.
The Trustee Board comprises six Management Directors selected by Barclays Bank PLC, of whom three are independent Directors with no relationship
with the Barclays Bank Group (and who are not members of the UKRF), plus three Member Nominated Directors selected from eligible active, deferred
or pensioner members who apply for the role.
The BPSP is a Group Personal Pension arrangement which operates as a collection of personal pension plans. Each personal pension plan is a direct
contract between the employee and the BPSP provider (Legal & General Assurance Society Limited), and is regulated by the FCA.
Similar principles of pension governance apply to the Barclays Bank Group’s other pension schemes, depending on local legislation.
Amounts recognised
Group defined benefit schemes. The net position is reconciled to the assets and liabilities recognised on the balance sheet. The tables include funded
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 188 |
and unfunded post-retirement benefits. The income statement charge with respect to defined contribution schemes is disclosed as part of footnotes to
Note 28 Staff costs.
Income statement (credit)/charge | |||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Current service cost | |||
Net finance (income)/cost | ( | ( | ( |
Past service cost | |||
Other movements | ( | ||
Total | ( | ( |
Barclays Bank PLC is the principal employer of the UKRF and hence Scheme Assets and Defined Benefit Obligations relating to the UKRF are recognised
within the Barclays Bank Group. Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Execution Services Limited are participating employers in the UKRF and their share
of the UKRF service cost is borne by them. Of the £151 m current service cost in the table below, £8 m relates to Barclays Bank UK PLC and £24 m relates
to Barclays Execution Services Limited. While the entire current service cost obligation is accounted for in the Barclays Bank Group, the income
statement charge is accounted for across all the participating employers.
Balance sheet reconciliation | ||||
2023 | 2022 | |||
Barclays Bank Group Total | Of which relates to UKRF | Barclays Bank Group Total | Of which relates to UKRF | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
Benefit obligation at beginning of the year | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Current service cost | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Interest costs on scheme liabilities | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Past service cost | ( | ( | ||
Remeasurement (loss)/gain - financial | ( | ( | ||
Remeasurement gain/(loss) - demographic | ||||
Remeasurement (loss)/gain - experience | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Employee contributions | ( | ( | ( | |
Benefits paid | ||||
Exchange and other movements | ( | |||
Benefit obligation at end of the year | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of the year | ||||
Interest income on scheme assets | ||||
Employer contribution | ||||
Remeasurement - return on scheme assets (less)/greater than discount rate | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Employee contributions | ||||
Benefits paid | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Exchange and other movements | ( | ( | ||
Fair value of scheme assets at end of the year | ||||
Net surplus | ||||
Retirement benefit assets | ||||
Retirement benefit liabilities | ( | ( | ||
Net retirement benefit assets | ||||
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 189 |
to other post-employment benefits.
As at 31 December 2023, the UKRF’s scheme assets were in surplus versus IAS 19 obligations by £3,616 m (2022: £4,690 m). The decrease in the UKRF
surplus during the year was driven by lower corporate bond yields and the assets underperforming the discount rate.
The weighted average duration of the benefit payments reflected in the defined benefit obligation for the UKRF is 12 years (2022: 13 years). The UKRF
expected benefits promised to date are projected to be paid out for in excess of 50 years, although 30 % of the benefits are expected to be paid in the
next 10 years; 35 % in years 11 to 20 and 20 % in years 21 to 30. The remainder of the benefits are expected to be paid beyond 30 years.
Of the £1,075 m (2022: £1,299 m) UKRF benefits paid out, £122 m (2022: £390 m) related to transfers out of the fund.
Where a scheme’s assets exceed its obligation, an asset is recognised to the extent that it does not exceed the present value of future contribution
holidays or refunds of contributions (the asset ceiling). In the case of the UKRF the asset ceiling is not applied as, in certain specified circumstances such
as wind-up, the Barclays Bank Group expects to be able to recover any surplus. Similarly, a liability in respect of future minimum funding requirements is
not recognised. The Trustee does not have a substantive right to augment benefits, nor do they have the right to wind-up the plan except in the
dissolution of Barclays Bank PLC or termination of contributions by Barclays Bank PLC. The application of the asset ceiling to other plans and
recognition of additional liabilities in respect of future minimum funding requirements are considered on an individual plan basis.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
assumptions adopted for the UKRF.
Key UKRF financial assumptions | 2023 | 2022 |
% p.a. | % p.a. | |
Discount rate | ||
Inflation rate (RPI) |
The UKRF discount rate assumption for 2023 was based on a standard WTW RATE Link model. The RPI inflation assumption for 2023 was set by
reference to the Bank of England’s implied inflation curve. The inflation assumption incorporates a deduction of 20 basis points as an allowance for an
inflation risk premium. The methodology used to derive the discount rate and inflation assumptions is consistent with that used at the prior year end.
The UKRF’s post-retirement mortality assumptions are based on best estimates derived from an analysis in 2022 of the UKRF’s own post-retirement
mortality experience and taking account of recent evidence from published mortality surveys. An allowance has been made for future mortality
improvements based on the 2022 core projection model published by the Continuous Mortality Investigation Bureau subject to a long-term trend of
the UKRF, has varied over the past three years:
Assumed life expectancy | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 |
Life expectancy at 60 for current pensioners (years) | |||
– Males | |||
– Females | |||
Life expectancy at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40 (years) | |||
– Males | |||
– Females |
Through transactions in 2020 and 2022, approximately three-quarters of the longevity risk for current pensioners has been reinsured, and the
transactions will provide income to the UKRF if pensions are paid out for longer than expected. The contracts form part of the UKRF’s investment
portfolio.
Sensitivity analysis on actuarial assumptions
The sensitivity analysis has been calculated by valuing the UKRF liabilities using the amended assumptions shown in the table below and keeping the
remaining assumptions the same as disclosed in the table above, except in the case of the inflation sensitivity where other assumptions that depend on
assumed inflation have also been amended correspondingly. The difference between the recalculated liability figure and that stated in the balance sheet
reconciliation table above is the figure shown. The selection of these movements to illustrate the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to key
assumptions should not be interpreted as the Barclays Bank Group expressing any specific view of the probability of such movements happening.
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 190 |
Change in key assumptions | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
(Decrease)/Increase in UKRF defined benefit obligation | (Decrease)/Increase in UKRF defined benefit obligation | |
£bn | £bn | |
Discount rate | ||
0.5% p.a. increase | ( | ( |
0.25% p.a. increase | ( | ( |
0.25% p.a. decrease | ||
0.5% p.a. decrease | ||
Assumed RPI | ||
0.5% p.a. increase | ||
0.25% p.a. increase | ||
0.25% p.a. decrease | ( | ( |
0.5% p.a. decrease | ( | ( |
Life expectancy at 60 | ||
One year increase | ||
One year decrease | ( | ( |
Assets
A long-term investment strategy has been set for the UKRF, with its asset allocation comprising a mixture of equities, bonds, property and other
appropriate assets. This recognises that different asset classes are likely to produce different long-term returns and some asset classes may be more
volatile than others. The long-term investment strategy ensures, among other aims, that investments are adequately diversified.
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 191 |
Analysis of scheme assets | ||||||||
Barclays Bank Group Total | Of which relates to UKRF | |||||||
Quoted | Unquoteda | Value | % of total fair value of scheme assets | Quoted | Unquoteda | Value | % of total fair value of scheme assets | |
£m | £m | £m | % | £m | £m | £m | % | |
As at 31 December 2023 | ||||||||
Equities | ||||||||
Private equities | ||||||||
Bonds - fixed government | ||||||||
Bonds - index-linked government | ||||||||
Bonds - corporate and other | ||||||||
Property | ||||||||
Infrastructure | ||||||||
Hedge funds | ||||||||
Derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Longevity reinsurance contracts | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Cash and liquid assetsb | ( | ( | ||||||
Mixed investment funds | ||||||||
Other | ||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2022 | ||||||||
Equities | ||||||||
Private equities | ||||||||
Bonds - fixed government | ||||||||
Bonds - index-linked government | ||||||||
Bonds - corporate and other | ||||||||
Property | ||||||||
Infrastructure | ||||||||
Hedge funds | ||||||||
Derivatives | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( |
Longevity reinsurance contracts | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||
Cash and liquid assetsb | ( | ( | ||||||
Mixed Investment funds | ||||||||
Other | ||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets | ||||||||
aValuation of unquoted assets is provided by the underlying managers or qualified independent valuers. The valuation for some of the unquoted assets, in particular
private equities, is based on valuations as at 30 September 2023 adjusted by cash flows, these being the latest available valuations as at the point of publication. All
valuations are determined in accordance with relevant industry guidance. Barclays Bank Group does not believe these valuations will differ materially from the fair value,
in the context of the overall UKRF asset size.
bCash and liquid assets for the UKRF consists of £354 m (2022:£521 m) cash, £91 m (2022:£80 m) receivables/payables, £3,036 m (2022: £3,286 m) pooled cash funds and
£(1,588 )m (2022: £(2,390 )m) repurchase agreements.
Included within the fair value of UKRF scheme assets was nil (2022: nil ) relating to shares in Barclays PLC and nil (2022: nil ) relating to bonds issued by
Barclays PLC or Barclays Bank PLC. The UKRF also invests in pooled investment vehicles which may hold shares or debt issued by Barclays PLC.
During 2023, the Trustee undertook a review of the investment strategy to reflect updated liabilities and market assumptions. The Trustee agreed to
continue their existing de-risking plan and make no fundamental changes to the investment strategy.
At 31 December 2023, 39 % of the UKRF assets were invested in liability-driven investment strategies; primarily UK gilts as well as interest rate and
inflation swaps. These swaps are used to better match the assets to its liabilities. The swaps are used to reduce the scheme’s inflation and duration risks
against its liabilities.
The UKRF employs derivative instruments, where appropriate, to match assets more closely to liabilities, or to achieve a desired exposure or return. The
value of assets shown reflects the assets held by the UKRF, with any derivative holdings reflected on a fair value basis. The UKRF uses repurchase
agreements and reverse repurchase agreements to achieve the Trustee’s liability hedging objective. Investment managers are allowed to undertake repo
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 192 |
transactions on the UKRF’s existing gilt holdings to raise cash with which to buy additional gilts for efficient portfolio management; and reverse repo
transactions to receive gilts and be paid a fee for providing cash.
The UKRF has a comprehensive and robust liquidity framework in place. The aim of the liquidity framework is to ensure that pension payments and
other liquidity outflows are paid in due course, sufficient liquidity and collateral is maintained to achieve strategic allocation targets and that all liquidity
outflows/collateral needs are covered without forced sale or strategic asset allocation changes.
The UKRF holds two longevity reinsurance contracts covering 75 % of the current pensioner liabilities. The contracts provide income to the UKRF if
pensions are paid out for longer than expected. At 31 December 2023, the combined value of the contracts was £(131 )m (2022: £(123 )m). The
negative value reflects the estimated impact of changes in the reinsurance market, demographic assumptions and risk premia since the contracts were
entered into by the UKRF.
For information on the UKRF Trustee’s approach to Responsible Investment and Climate Risk, in the context of managing the UKRF, please refer to the
UKRF Trustee website at https://epa.towerswatson.com/accounts/barclays/public/barclays-bank-responsible-investment-policy/.
Triennial valuation
The UKRF annual funding update as at 30 September 2023 showed a funding surplus of £2.03 bn compared to £1.97 bn as at 30 September 2022 the
triennial actuarial valuation. The improvement was mainly due to asset returns outperforming the change in liabilities.
The main differences between the funding and accounting assumptions are a different approach to setting the discount rate and a more conservative
longevity assumption for funding.
As part of the 2022 triennial valuation, the Trustee and Barclays Bank PLC agreed an annual adequacy test on a basis more prudent than the IAS 19 or
funding bases. Should the UKRF be sufficiently funded on this basis, the regular employer contributions to the UKRF to fund future Afterwork accrual
will not be required in the following calendar year. The test will be reviewed at the 2025 triennial valuation. The test was passed in September 2023, so
no regular employer contributions are required for 2024.
The next funding valuation of the UKRF is due to be completed in 2026 with an effective date of 30 September 2025.
Other support measures agreed which remain in place
Collateral – Barclays Bank PLC has entered into an agreement with the UKRF Trustee to provide collateral to cover at least 100 % of any funding deficit
with an overall cap of £9 bn, to provide security if the UKRF is in a funding deficit. The collateral pool is currently zero reflecting the surplus funding
position. The arrangement provides the UKRF Trustee with dedicated access to the pool of assets in the event of Barclays Bank PLC not paying any
required deficit reduction contribution to the UKRF or in the event of Barclays Bank PLC’s insolvency.
Participation – As permitted under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Banking Reform) (Pensions) Regulations 2016, Barclays Bank UK PLC is
a participating employer in the UKRF and will remain so during a transitional phase until September 2025 as set out in a deed of participation. In the
event of Barclays Bank PLC’s insolvency during this period, provision has been made to require Barclays Bank UK PLC to become the principal employer
of the UKRF. Barclays Bank PLC’s Section 75 debt would be triggered by the insolvency (the debt would be calculated after allowing for the payment to
the UKRF of any collateral above).
Contributions paid | |
£m | |
2023 | |
2022 | |
2021 |
There were nil (2022: nil ) Section 75 contributions included within the Barclays Bank Group’s contributions paid as no participating employers left the
UKRF in 2023.
The Barclays Bank Group’s expected contribution to the UKRF in respect of defined benefits in 2024 is £4 m. In addition, the expected contribution to UK
defined contribution schemes in 2024 is £6 m to the UKRF and £59 m to the BPSP.
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 193 |
The section presents information on the Barclays Bank Group’s investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and its interests in structured
entities. Detail is also given on securitisation transactions the Barclays Bank Group has entered into and arrangements that are held off-balance sheet.
31Principal subsidiaries
The significant judgements used in applying this policy are set out below.
In the individual financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment.
Investments in subsidiaries, the majority of which are engaged in banking related activities, are recorded on the balance sheet at historical cost less any
impairment. At 31 December 2023 the historical cost of investments in subsidiaries was £22,185 m (2022: £22,180 m), and impairment allowances
recognised against these investments totalled £3,080 m (2022: £2,916 m). The decrease in the balance sheet value of £159 m in the year was driven by
an increase in the cost of investments in subsidiaries totalling £5 m and an increase in impairment of £164 m, During the year, Barclays Bank PLC
injected €150 m (£130 m) of additional capital into its subsidiary Barclays Bank Ireland PLC by way of a subscription for ordinary shares. This capital
injection was subsequently fully impaired.
In May 2023, Barclays Bank PLC acquired the entire issued share capital of Barclays Asset Management Limited and Barclays Investment Solutions
Limited, part of the Wealth & Investment Management business, along with certain other assets and liabilities, business guarantees and business
contracts (together with the transfer of associated employees of Barclays Bank UK PLC) from Barclays Bank UK PLC. Consideration of £3 was paid by
Barclays Bank PLC, which represented the fair value of the transferring businesses. Barclays Bank Group recognised the difference between the carrying
value of the net assets acquired and the cash consideration paid directly in equity as a £124 m merger reserve within Other reserves.
At the end of each reporting period an impairment review is undertaken in respect of investments in the ordinary shares of subsidiaries. Impairment is
indicated where the investment exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is calculated as a value in use (VIU) which is derived from the
present value of future cash flows expected to be received from the investment. The VIU calculations use forecast profits based on financial budgets
approved by management, covering a five-year period as an approximation of future cash flows discounted using a discount rate appropriate to the
subsidiary being tested. A terminal growth rate is then applied to the cash flows thereafter, which is based upon expectations of future inflation rates.
The 2022 review identified impairment of the investment in Barclays Bank Ireland PLC of £2,489 m, reducing its carrying value to £2,548 m. The 2023
review did not result in any change in the impairment.
Barclays Bank Group’s business, results or financial position.
Company Name | Principal place of business or incorporation | Nature of business | Percentage of voting rights held | Non-controlling interests - proportion of ownership interests | Non-controlling interests - proportion of voting interests |
% | % | % | |||
Barclays Bank Delaware | United States | Credit card issuer | |||
Barclays Bank Ireland PLC | Ireland | Banking | |||
Barclays Capital Inc. | United States | Securities dealing | |||
Barclays Capital Securities Limited | United Kingdom | Securities dealing | |||
Barclays Securities Japan Limited | Japan | Securities dealing | |||
Barclays US LLC | United States | Holding company |
The country of registration or incorporation is also the principal area of operation of each of the above subsidiaries.
Ownership interests are in some cases different to voting interests due to the existence of non-voting equity interests, such as preference shares.
Significant judgements and assumptions used to determine the scope of the consolidation
Determining whether the Barclays Bank Group has control of an entity is generally straightforward based on ownership of the majority of the voting
capital. However, in certain instances, this determination will involve significant judgement, particularly in the case of structured entities where voting
rights are often not the determining factor in decisions over the relevant activities. This judgement will involve assessing the purpose and design of the
entity. It will also often be necessary to consider whether the Barclays Bank Group, or another involved party with power over the relevant activities, is
acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others.
There is also often considerable judgement involved in the ongoing assessment of control over structured entities. In this regard, where market
conditions have deteriorated such that the other investors’ exposures to the structure’s variable returns have been substantively eliminated, the Barclays
Bank Group may conclude that the managers of the structured entity are acting as its agent and therefore will consolidate the structured entity.
out below is excluded from consolidation because the Barclays Bank Group does not have exposure to its variable returns.
Company name | Country of registration or incorporation | Percentage of voting rights held (%) | Equity shareholders' funds (£m) | Retained profit for the year (£m) |
Palomino Limited | Cayman Islands |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 194 |
This entity is managed by an external counterparty and consequently is not controlled by the Barclays Bank Group. Interests relating to this entity are
included in Note 32.
Significant restrictions
As is typical for a group of its size and international scope, there are restrictions on the ability of the Barclays Bank Group to obtain distributions of
capital, access the assets or repay the liabilities of certain members of the Barclays Bank Group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual
requirements of its subsidiaries and due to the protective rights of non-controlling interests. These are considered below.
Regulatory requirements
The Barclays Bank Group’s principal subsidiary companies have assets and liabilities before intercompany eliminations of £524 bn (2022: £491 bn) and
£500 bn (2022: £466 bn) respectively. Certain classes of these assets and liabilities are subject to prudential regulation and regulatory capital
requirements in the countries in which the subsidiaries are regulated. These prudential and regulatory capital requirements require entities to maintain
minimum capital levels which cannot be returned to the parent company, Barclays Bank PLC, on a going concern basis.
In order to meet capital requirements, subsidiaries may issue certain equity accounted and debt accounted financial instruments such as Tier 1 and Tier
2 capital instruments and other forms of subordinated liabilities. Refer to Note 25 and Note 26 for particulars of these instruments. These instruments
may be subject to cancellation clauses or preference share restrictions that would limit the ability of the entity to repatriate the capital on a timely basis.
Liquidity requirements
Regulated subsidiaries of the Barclays Bank Group are required to meet PRA or local regulatory requirements pertaining to liquidity. These regulated
subsidiaries include Barclays Capital Securities Limited (which is regulated for liquidity matters on a combined basis with Barclays Bank PLC under a
Domestic Liquidity Sub-Group (DoLSub) arrangement), Barclays Bank Ireland PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Barclays Bank Delaware Inc. See page 90 for
further details of liquidity requirements.
Statutory requirements
The Barclays Bank Group’s subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profits and generally to
maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make remittances of dividends to Barclays Bank PLC, the parent, except in
the event of a legal capital reduction or liquidation. In most cases the regulatory restrictions referred to above exceed the statutory restrictions.
Asset encumbrance
The Barclays Bank Group uses its financial assets to raise finance in the form of securitisations and through the liquidity schemes of central banks, as
well as to provide security to the UK Retirement Fund. Once encumbered, the assets are not available for transfer around the Barclays Bank Group. The
assets typically affected are disclosed in Note 35.
Other restrictions
The Barclays Bank Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities and these amounted to £2,973 m (2022:
£3,038 m).
32Structured entities
A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. An example is when
voting rights may relate to administrative tasks only, with the relevant activities of the entity being directed by means of contractual arrangements.
Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well-defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
Depending on the Barclays Bank Group’s power over the activities of the entity and its exposure to and ability to influence its own returns, it may
consolidate the entity. In other cases, it may sponsor or have exposure to such an entity but not consolidate it.
Consolidated structured entities
The Barclays Bank Group has contractual arrangements which may require it to provide financial support to the following types of consolidated
structured entities:
▪Securitisation vehicles: The Barclays Bank Group uses securitisation as a source of financing and a means of risk transfer. Where entities are
controlled by the Barclays Bank Group, they are consolidated. Refer to Note 34 for further detail.
▪Commercial paper (CP) conduits: These entities issue CP and use the proceeds to lend to clients as part of the Barclays Bank Group's multi-seller
conduit programme. The Barclays Bank Group has provided £22.4 bn (2022: £20.8 bn) in contractual liquidity facilities to the CP conduits that the
Barclays Bank Group consolidates. These amounts represent the maximum the conduits can lend externally. The amounts of CP conduit lending
(drawn and undrawn) to unconsolidated structured entities can be seen in 'Other interests in unconsolidated structured entities' under multi-seller
conduit programme in the 'Nature of interest' table.
▪Tender Option Bond (TOB) trusts: During 2023, the Barclays Bank Group provided undrawn liquidity facilities of £3.7 bn (2022: £3.8 bn) to
consolidated TOB trusts. These trusts invest in fixed income instruments issued by state, local or other municipalities in the United States, funded
by long-term senior floating-rate notes and junior residual securities.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to structured entities not controlled by the Barclays Bank Group, and are established either by
Barclays Bank Group or a third party. An interest in a structured entity is any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates
variability in returns arising from the performance of the entity for the Barclays Bank Group. Such interests include holdings of debt or equity securities,
derivatives that transfer financial risks from the entity to the Barclays Bank Group, lending, loan commitments, financial guarantees and investment
management agreements.
Barclays Bank Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer
transactions, to provide risk management services and for specific investment opportunities. This is predominantly within the Corporate and Investment
Bank. Structured entities may take the form of funds, trusts, securitisation vehicles, and private investment companies. The largest transactions for
Barclays Bank Group include loans and derivatives with hedge fund structures and special purpose entities, multi-seller conduit lending, holding notes
issued by securitisation vehicles and facilitating customer requirements through funds.
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 195 |
Summary of interests in unconsolidated structured entities | |||||
Secured financing | Short-term traded interests | Traded derivatives | Other interests | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Assets | |||||
Trading portfolio assets | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||
Derivative financial instruments | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | |||||
Other assets | |||||
Total assets | |||||
Liabilities | |||||
Derivative financial instruments | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Assets | |||||
Trading portfolio assets | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||
Derivative financial instruments | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | |||||
Other assets | |||||
Total assets | |||||
Liabilities | |||||
Derivative financial instruments |
Secured financing arrangements, short-term traded interests and traded derivatives are typically managed under Market risk management policies
described in the Market risk management section which includes an indication of the change of risk measures compared to last year. For this reason,
the total assets of these entities are not considered meaningful for the purposes of understanding the related risks and so have not been presented.
Other interests include conduits and lending where the interest is driven by normal customer demand. As at 31 December 2023, Barclays Bank Group
entered into transactions with approximately 6,000 (2022: 6,000 ) structured entities.
Secured financing
The Barclays Bank Group routinely enters into reverse repurchase contracts, margin lending, stock borrowing and similar arrangements on normal
commercial terms where the counterparty to the arrangement is a structured entity. Due to the nature of these arrangements, especially the transfer of
collateral and ongoing margining, the Barclays Bank Group is able to manage its variable exposure to the performance of the structured entity
counterparty. The counterparties included in secured financing mainly include hedge fund limited structures, investment companies and special
purpose entities.
Short-term traded interests
As part of its market making activities, the Barclays Bank Group buys and sells interests in structured vehicles, which are predominantly debt securities
issued by asset securitisation vehicles. Such interests are typically held individually or as part of a larger portfolio for no more than 90 days. In such
cases, the Barclays Bank Group typically has no other involvement with the structured entity other than the securities it holds as part of trading activities
and its maximum exposure to loss is restricted to the carrying value of the asset.
Traded derivatives
The Barclays Bank Group enters into a variety of derivative contracts with structured entities which reference market risk variables such as interest rates,
equities, foreign exchange rates and credit indices among other things. The main derivative types that are considered interests in structured entities
include equity options, index-based and entity specific credit default swaps, and total return swaps. Interest rate swaps and foreign exchange
derivatives that are not complex and which expose the Barclays Bank Group to insignificant credit risk by being senior in the payment waterfall of a
securitisation and derivatives that are determined to introduce risk or variability to a structured entity are not considered to be an interest in an entity
and have been excluded from the disclosures.
A description of the types of derivatives and the risk management practices are detailed in Note 13. The risk of loss may be mitigated through ongoing
margining requirements as well as a right to cash flows from the structured entity which are senior in the payment waterfall. Such margining
requirements are consistent with market practice for many derivative arrangements and in line with the Barclays Bank Group’s normal credit policies.
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 196 |
Derivative transactions require the counterparty to provide cash or other collateral under margining agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk. The
Barclays Bank Group is mainly exposed to settlement risk on these derivatives which is mitigated through daily margining. Total notional contract
amounts were £335,552 m (2022: £244,780 m).
Except for credit default swaps where the maximum exposure to loss is the swap notional amount, it is not possible to estimate the maximum exposure
to loss in respect of derivative positions as the fair value of derivatives is subject to changes in market rates of interest, exchange rates and credit indices
which by their nature are uncertain. In addition, the Barclays Bank Group’s losses would be subject to mitigating action under its traded market risk and
credit risk policies that require the counterparty to provide collateral in cash or other assets in most cases.
Other interests in unconsolidated structured entities
nature of the interest and limited to significant categories, based on maximum exposure to loss.
Nature of interest | |||||
Multi-seller conduit programme | Lending | Other | Total | Of which: Barclays Bank Group owned, not consolidated entitiesa | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Other assets | |||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures | |||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts | |||||
Maximum exposure to loss | |||||
Total assets of the entity | |||||
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | |||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | |||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | |||||
Other assets | |||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures | |||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts | |||||
Maximum exposure to loss | |||||
Total assets of the entity |
Note
aComprises of Barclays Bank Group owned, not consolidated structured entities per IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, and Barclays Bank Group sponsored
entities. Refer to Note 31 Principal subsidiaries for more details on consolidation.
Maximum exposure to loss
Unless specified otherwise below, the Barclays Bank Group’s maximum exposure to loss is the total of its on-balance sheet positions and its off-balance
sheet arrangements, being loan commitments and financial guarantees. Exposure to loss is mitigated through collateral, financial guarantees, the
availability of netting and credit protection held.
Multi-seller conduit programme
The Barclays Bank Group's multi-seller conduit programme engages in providing financing to various clients and holds whole or partial interests in pools
of receivables or similar obligations. These instruments are protected from loss through over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit
enhancements provided to the conduit entity. The Barclays Bank Group’s off-balance sheet exposure included in the table above represents liquidity
facilities that are provided to the conduit for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper issued by the conduit and will only be drawn where the
conduit is unable to access the commercial paper market. If these liquidity facilities are drawn, the Barclays Bank Group is protected from loss through
over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit enhancements provided to the conduit.
Lending
The portfolio includes lending provided by the Barclays Bank Group to unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of its lending business to
earn income in the form of interest and lending fees and includes loans to structured entities that are generally collateralised by property, equipment or
other assets. All loans are subject to the Barclays Bank Group’s credit sanctioning process. Collateral arrangements are specific to the circumstances of
each loan with additional guarantees and collateral sought from the sponsor of the structured entity for certain arrangements. During the year, the
Barclays Bank Group incurred immaterial impairment against such facilities.
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 197 |
Other
This includes fair value loans with structured entities where the market risk is materially hedged with corresponding derivative contracts, interests in
debt securities issued by securitisation vehicles and drawn and undrawn loan facilities to these entities. In addition, 'Other' includes investment funds
with interests restricted to management fees based on the performance of the fund and trusts held on behalf of beneficiaries with interests restricted to
unpaid fees.
Assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities
The Barclays Bank Group is considered to sponsor another entity if; it had a key role in establishing that entity, it transferred assets to the entity, the
Barclays name appears in the name of the entity or it provides guarantees on the entity’s performance. As at 31 December 2023, assets transferred to
sponsored unconsolidated structured entities were £1,420 m (2022: £1,665 m).
33Investments in associates and joint ventures
Accounting for associates and joint ventures
There are no individually significant investments in joint ventures or associates held by Barclays Bank Group.
2023 | 2022 | |||||
Associates | Joint ventures | Total | Associates | Joint ventures | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Equity accounted (Group) | ||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||
Associates | Joint ventures | Total | Associates | Joint ventures | Total | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Equity accounted (Parent) | ||||||
are the Barclays Bank Group’s share of the net income of the investees for the year ended 31 December 2023, with the exception of certain
undertakings for which the amounts are based on accounts made up to dates not earlier than three months before the balance sheet date.
Associates | Joint ventures | |||||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
(Loss)/Profit from continuing operations | ( | |||||
Other comprehensive income | ||||||
Total comprehensive (loss)/income from continuing operations | ( | |||||
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 198 |
34Securitisations
The Barclays Bank Group uses securitisations as a source of finance and a means of risk transfer. Such transactions generally result in the transfer of
contractual cash flows from portfolios of financial assets to holders of issued debt securities.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt
securities issued in the transaction; lead to partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Barclays Bank Group’s continuing involvement
in those assets or lead to derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or
retained in the transfer. Full derecognition only occurs when the Barclays Bank Group transfers both its contractual right to receive cash flows from the
financial assets, or retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to another party
without material delay or reinvestment, and also transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, including credit risk, prepayment risk and
interest rate risk.
In the course of its normal banking activities, the Barclays Bank Group makes transfers of financial assets, either where legal rights to the cash flows
from the asset are passed to the counterparty or beneficially, where the Barclays Bank Group retains the rights to the cash flows but assumes a
responsibility to transfer them to the counterparty. Depending on the nature of the transaction, this may result in derecognition of the assets in their
entirety, partial derecognition or no derecognition of the assets subject to the transfer.
A summary of the main transactions, and the assets and liabilities and the financial risks arising from these transactions, is set out below:
Transfers of financial assets that do not result in derecognition
Securitisations
The Barclays Bank Group is party to securitisation transactions involving its credit card and mortgage loan balances.
In these transactions, the assets, interests in the assets, or beneficial interests in the cash flows arising from the assets, are transferred to a special
purpose entity, which then issues interest bearing debt securities to third party investors.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt
securities issued in the transaction. Partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Barclays Bank Group’s continuing involvement in
those assets can also occur or derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or
retained in the transfer.
for each category of asset on the balance sheet:
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||||
Carrying amount | Fair value | Carrying amount | Fair value | Carrying amount | Fair value | Carrying amount | Fair value | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank Group | ||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Financial assets at FVTPL | ||||||||
Mortgage Loans | ||||||||
Total | ( | ( | ( | ( | ||||
Balances included within loans and advances at amortised cost represent securitisations where substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets have
been retained by Barclays Bank Group and balances included within Financial assets at FVTPL represent securitisations where the risks and rewards are
neither substantially transferred nor retained.
The relationship between the transferred assets and the associated liabilities is that holders of notes may only look to cash flows from the securitised
assets for payments of principal and interest due to them under the terms of their notes, although the contractual terms of their notes may be different
to the maturity and interest of the transferred assets.
If the Barclays Bank Group transfers a financial asset but does not transfer or retain substantially all the risk and rewards of the asset and retains control
over it, the transferred assets are recognised to the extent of Barclays Bank Group's continuing involvement. Total Financial assets of £3,353 m (2022:
£828 m) were transferred in this manner and the carrying value of the assets representing continued involvement is included in the table above.
For transfers of assets in relation to repurchase agreements, see Note 35.
Continuing involvement in financial assets that have been derecognised
In some cases, the Barclays Bank Group may have transferred a financial asset in its entirety but may have continuing involvement in it. This arises in
asset securitisations where loans and asset backed securities were derecognised as a result of the Barclays Bank Group’s involvement with asset backed
securities, residential mortgage backed securities and commercial mortgage backed securities. Continuing involvement largely arises from providing
financing into these structures in the form of retained notes, which do not bear first losses.
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 199 |
Continuing involvementa | Gain from continuing involvement | ||||
Carrying amount | Fair value | Maximum exposure to loss | For the year ended | Cumulative to 31 December | |
Type of transfer | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
2023 | |||||
Asset backed securities | |||||
Residential mortgage backed securities | |||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities | |||||
Total | |||||
2022 | |||||
Asset backed securities | |||||
Residential mortgage backed securities | |||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities | |||||
Total | |||||
Note
aAssets which represent the Barclays Bank Group’s continuing involvement in derecognised assets are recorded in Loans and advances at amortised cost and Debt
Securities at FVTP&L.
35Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
security deposits relating to derivatives. Assets transferred are non-cash assets transferred to a third party that do not qualify for derecognition from the
Barclays Bank Group’s balance sheet, for example because the Barclays Bank Group retains substantially all the exposure to those assets under an
agreement to repurchase them in the future for a fixed price.
Where non-cash assets are pledged or transferred as collateral for cash received, the asset continues to be recognised in full, and a related liability is also
recognised on the balance sheet. Where non-cash assets are pledged or transferred as collateral in an exchange for non-cash assets, the transferred
asset continues to be recognised in full, and there is no associated liability as the non-cash collateral received is not recognised on the balance sheet.
The Barclays Bank Group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the duration of the transaction and remains exposed to interest rate
risk and credit risk on these pledged assets. Unless stated, the counterparty's recourse is not limited to the transferred assets.
Collateralised transactions, such as securities lending and borrowing, repurchase and derivative transactions are conducted in accordance with
standard terms which are customary in the market.
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | ||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||
Trading portfolio assets | ||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | ||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | ||
Assets pledged | ||
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 200 |
of the assets pledged and the associated liabilities represents the IFRS balance sheet value of the related liability recorded on the balance sheet.
Barclays Bank Group | ||
Transferred assets | Associated liabilities | |
£m | £m | |
At 31 December 2023 | ||
Derivatives | ( | |
Repurchase agreements | ( | |
Securities lending arrangements | ||
Other | ( | |
( | ||
At 31 December 2022 | ||
Derivatives | ( | |
Repurchase agreements | ( | |
Securities lending arrangements | ||
Other | ( | |
( | ||
Other are agreements where a counterparty's recourse is limited to the transferred assets. The relationship between the gross transferred assets and the
associated liabilities is that holders of notes may only look to cash flows from the securitised assets for payments of principal and interest due to them
under the terms of their notes.
Carrying value | Fair value | ||||
Transferred assets | Associated liabilities | Transferred assets | Associated liabilities | Net position | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Barclays Bank Group | |||||
2023 | |||||
Recourse to transferred assets only | ( | ( | |||
2022 | |||||
Recourse to transferred assets only | ( | ( | |||
The Barclays Bank Group has an additional £2.7 bn (2022: £2.7 bn) of loans and advances within its asset backed funding programmes that can readily
be used to raise additional secured funding and are available to support future issuances.
Collateral held as security for assets
re-pledge the collateral held. Collateralised transactions, such as securities lending and borrowing, repurchase and derivative transactions are
conducted in accordance with standard terms which are customary in the market.
The fair value at the balance sheet date of collateral accepted and re-pledged to others was as follows:
Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral | ||
Of which fair value of securities re-pledged/transferred to others | ||
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 201 |
The notes included in this section focus on related party transactions, Auditors’ remuneration, Barclays Bank PLC (the Parent company) disclosure and
Directors’ remuneration disclosure. Related parties include any subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and Key Management Personnel.
36Related party transactions and Directors’ remuneration
Related party transactions
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making
financial or operational decisions, or one other party controls both.
Parent company
The parent company, which is also the ultimate parent company, is Barclays PLC, which holds 100% of the issued ordinary shares of Barclays Bank PLC.
The largest group in which the results of Barclays Bank PLC are consolidated is headed by Barclays PLC, 1 Churchill Place London E14 5HP. The
consolidated financial statements of Barclays PLC Group are available to the public and may be obtained from Barclays Corporate Secretariat, 1
Churchill Place London E14 5HP.
Subsidiaries
Transactions between Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries also meet the definition of related party transactions. Where these are eliminated on
consolidation, they are not disclosed in the Barclays Bank Group’s financial statements. A list of the Barclays Bank Group’s principal subsidiaries is
shown in Note 31.
Fellow subsidiaries
Transactions between the Barclays Bank Group and other subsidiaries of the parent company also meet the definition of related party transactions.
Other entities
The Barclays Bank Group provides banking services to Barclays Bank Group pension funds (principally the UK Retirement Fund) and other entities,
providing loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest bearing deposits and current accounts to these entities as well as other services. Barclays Bank
Group companies also provide investment management and custodian services to the Barclays Bank Group pension schemes. All of these transactions
are conducted on the same terms as third party transactions. Summarised financial information for the Barclays Bank Group’s investments in associates
and joint ventures is set out in Note 33.
Parent | Fellow subsidiaries | Pension funds | Other related parties | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2023 | ||||
Total income | ( | |||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | |
Total assets | ||||
Total liabilities | ||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2022 | ||||
Total income | ( | ( | ||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | |
Total assets | ||||
Total liabilities | ||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2021 | ||||
Total income | ( | |||
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( |
Total liabilities include derivatives transacted on behalf of the pensions funds of £77 m (2022: £110 m).
Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of
Barclays Bank PLC (directly or indirectly) and comprise the Directors and Officers of Barclays Bank PLC, certain direct reports of the Chief Executive
Officer and the heads of major business units and functions.
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 202 |
The Barclays Bank Group provides banking services to Key Management Personnel and persons connected to them. Transactions during the year and
the balances outstanding were as follows:
Loans outstanding | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
As at 1 January | ||
Loans issued during the yeara | ||
Loan repayments during the yearb | ( | |
As at 31 December |
Notes
aIncludes loans issued to existing Key Management Personnel and new or existing loans issued to newly appointed Key Management Personnel.
bIncludes loan repayments by existing Key Management Personnel and loans to former Key Management Personnel.
No allowances for impairment were recognised in respect of loans to Key Management Personnel (or any connected person).
Deposits outstanding | ||
2023 | 2022 | |
£m | £m | |
As at 1 January | ||
Deposits received during the yeara | ||
Deposits repaid during the yearb | ( | ( |
As at 31 December |
Notes
aIncludes deposits received from existing Key Management Personnel and new or existing deposits received from newly appointed Key Management Personnel.
bIncludes deposits repaid by existing Key Management Personnel and deposits of former Key Management Personnel.
Total commitments outstanding
Total commitments outstanding refer to the total of any undrawn amounts on credit card and/or overdraft facilities provided to Key Management
Personnel. Total commitments outstanding as at 31 December 2023 were £0.1 m (2022: £0.1 m).
All loans to Key Management Personnel (and persons connected to them) were made in the ordinary course of business; were made on substantially
the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other persons; and did not
involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features.
Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
Total remuneration awarded to Key Management Personnel below represents salaries, short term benefits and pensions contributions received during
the year and awards made as part of the latest remuneration decisions in relation to the year. Costs recognised in the income statement reflect the
accounting charge for the year included within operating expenses. The difference between the values awarded and the recognised income statement
charge principally relates to the recognition of costs for deferred awards. Figures are provided for the period that individuals met the definition of Key
Management Personnel.
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Salaries and other short-term benefits | |||
Pension costs | |||
Other long-term benefits | |||
Share-based payments | |||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | |||
Costs recognised for accounting purposes | |||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | ( | ( | ( |
Other long-term benefits – difference between awards granted and costs recognised | |||
Share-based payments – difference between awards granted and costs recognised | |||
Total remuneration awarded |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 203 |
Disclosure required by the Companies Act 2006
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Aggregate emolumentsa | |||
Amounts paid under LTIPsb | |||
Notes
aThe aggregate emoluments include amounts paid for the 2023 year. In addition, deferred share awards for 2023 with a total value at grant of £1.5 m (2022: £2.3 m, 2021:
£1.4 m) will be made to Directors which will only vest subject to meeting certain conditions.
bThe figure above for "Amounts paid under LTIPs" for 2023 relates to LTIP awards that were released to Directors in 2023. Dividend shares released on the awards are
excluded (where applicable).
There were no pension contributions paid to defined contribution schemes on behalf of Directors (2022: £nil , 2021: £nil ). There were no notional
pension contributions to defined contribution schemes.
As at 31 December 2023, there were no Directors accruing benefits under a defined benefit scheme (2022: £nil , 2021: £nil ).
The aggregate amount of compensation payable to departing officers in respect of loss of office was £30,519 (2022: £2,253,304 , 2021: £426,139 ).
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
£m | £m | £m | |
Aggregate emolumentsa | |||
Amounts paid under LTIPs | |||
Note
aThe aggregate emoluments include amounts paid for the 2023 year. In addition, a deferred share award for 2023 with a value at grant of £1 m (2022: £1.5 m, 2021: £nil )
will be made to the highest paid Director which will only vest subject to meeting certain conditions.
There were no actual pension contributions paid to defined contribution schemes on behalf of the highest paid Director (2022: £nil , 2021: £nil ). There
were no notional pension contributions to defined contribution schemes (2022: £nil , 2021: £nil ).
Advances and credit to Directors and guarantees on behalf of Directors
In accordance with Section 413 of the Companies Act 2006, the total amount of advances and credits made available in 2023 to persons who served as
Directors during the year was £0.1 m (2022: £nil ). The total value of guarantees entered into on behalf of Directors during 2023 was £nil (2022: £nil ).
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 204 |
37Disposals of businesses
There were no disposals of businesses in 2023. During 2022, Barclays Bank PLC sold its direct ownership of subsidiaries Capton Investments Limited
and Hawkins to Roder Investment No 1 Limited and Roder investment No 2 Limited recording gains of £43 m and £75 m respectively.
38Auditor’s remuneration
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
£m | £m | £m | ||
Audit of the Barclays Bank Group's annual accounts | ||||
Other services: | ||||
Audit of the Barclays Bank PLC subsidiariesa | ||||
Other audit related feesb | ||||
Other services | ||||
Total Auditor's remuneration |
Notes
aComprises the fees for the statutory audit of the subsidiaries both inside and outside UK and fees for the work performed by associates of KPMG in respect of the
consolidated financial statements of Barclays Bank PLC.
bComprises services in relation to statutory and regulatory filings. These include audit services for the review of the interim financial information under the Listing Rules of
the UK listing authority.
Audit scope changes are finalised following the completion of the audit and recognised when agreed. The 2023 audit fee includes £1 m (2022: £2 m,
2021: £3 m) relating to the previous year’s audit.
related fees £5 m (2022: £5 m, 2021: £5 m), tax fees £nil (2022: £nil , 2021: £nil ), and all other fees £1 m (2022: £1 m, 2021: £nil ).
39 Assets and liabilities included in disposal group classified as held for sale
The Barclays Bank Group applies IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are
classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. In order to be
classified as held for sale, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary, and
the sale must be highly probable. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less
Management accounting estimates and judgements
Management judgement is required in determining whether the IFRS 5 held for sale classification criteria are met, in particular whether the sale is highly
probable and expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within 12 months of classification. This assessment requires consideration of how
committed management is to the sales plan, the likelihood of obtaining regulatory or other external approvals which is often required for sales of
banking operations and how committed the buyer is to complete the sales transaction within the agreed timelines.
deposits), currently included within CC&P, as part of our ambition to simplify Barclays and support our focus on growing our key businesses. A sale is
expected to complete in 2024.
disposal group is presented below:
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 205 |
As at 31 December | 2023 |
£m | |
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | |
Loans and advances to customers | |
Intangible assets | |
Property, plant and equipment | |
Other assets | |
Total assets classified as held for sale | |
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | |
Deposits from customers | |
Other liabilities | |
Provisions | |
Total liabilities classified as held for sale | |
Net assets classified as held for sale |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 206 |
40Barclays Bank PLC (the Parent company)
Income Statement | ||||
Barclays Bank PLC | ||||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m | |
Continuing operations | ||||
Interest and similar income | ||||
Interest and similar expense | ( | ( | ( | |
Net interest income | ||||
Fee and commission income | ||||
Fee and commission expense | ( | ( | ( | |
Net fee and commission income | ||||
Other income | ||||
Total income | ||||
Staff costs | ( | ( | ( | |
Infrastructure costs | ( | ( | ( | |
Administration and general expenses | ( | ( | ( | |
Litigation and conduct | ( | ( | ( | |
Operating expenses | ( | ( | ( | |
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries | ( | ( | ( | |
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures | ( | |||
Profit before impairment | ||||
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | ( | ( | ||
Profit before tax | ||||
Taxation | ( | |||
Profit after tax | ||||
Attributable to: | ||||
Equity holders of the parent | ||||
Other equity instrument holders | ||||
Total equity holders of the parent | ||||
Profit after tax |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 207 |
Barclays Bank PLC (the Parent company)
Statement of comprehensive income | |||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
For the year ended 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
Profit after tax | |||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Currency translation reserve | |||
Currency translation differencesa | ( | ||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve movement relating to debt securities | |||
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value | ( | ( | |
Net (gains)/losses transferred to net profit on disposal | ( | ( | |
Net (gains)/losses relating to (release of) impairment | ( | ( | |
Net (losses)/gains due to fair value hedging | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Cash flow hedging reserve | |||
Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value | ( | ( | |
Net losses/(gains) transferred to net profit | ( | ||
Tax | ( | ||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss | ( | ( | |
Other comprehensive (loss)/income not recycled to profit or loss: | |||
Retirement benefit remeasurements | ( | ( | |
Own credit | ( | ( | |
Tax | ( | ( | |
Other comprehensive (loss)/income not recycled to profit or loss | ( | ||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | ( | ( | |
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | ( | ||
Attributable to: | |||
Equity holders of the parent | ( | ||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year | ( |
Note
Dividends received by the Parent company totalled £529 m (2022: £1,862 m, 2021: £1,174 m).
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 208 |
Additional unaudited information
Additional shareholder information
Articles of Association
Barclays Bank PLC (the “Company”) is a public limited company registered in England and Wales under company number 01026167 (formerly called
Barclays Bank International Limited, a company incorporated under the name The Colonial Bank by the Colonial Bank Act 1925 and which changed its
name on 15 September 1925 to Barclays Bank (Dominion, Colonial and Overseas) and further changed its name on 22 September 1954 to Barclays
Bank D.C.O. and on 1 October 1971 to Barclays Bank International Limited) was incorporated under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1967 as a limited
company on 4 October 1971 and changed its name on 1 January 1985 to Barclays Bank PLC. The objects of the Company are unrestricted.
The Articles of Association were adopted by Special Resolution at the Company's Annual General Meeting on 8 June 2021, in substitution for and to the
exclusion of Articles adopted 30 April 2010.
The following is a summary and explanation of the current Articles of Association, which are available for inspection.
Directors
(i)The minimum number of Directors (excluding alternate Directors) is five. There is no maximum limit. There is no age limit for Directors. A director
shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification.
(ii)Excluding executive remuneration and any other entitlement to remuneration for extra services (including service on board committees) under
the Articles, a Director is entitled to a fee at a rate determined by the Board but the aggregate fees paid to all Directors shall not exceed
£2,000,000 per annum or such higher amount as may be approved by an ordinary resolution of the Company. Each Director is entitled to
reimbursement for all reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by him/her in or about the performance of his/her duties.
(iii)A Director may hold any other office of the Company on such terms as the Board shall determine.
(iv)No director shall be required to retire from office at any annual general meeting by rotational retirement.
(v)The Board has the power to appoint additional Directors or to fill a casual vacancy amongst the Directors. Any Director so appointed holds office
until the next AGM, when he/she may offer himself/herself for reappointment.
(vi)The Board may appoint any Director to any executive position or employment in the Company on such terms as they determine.
(vii)The Company may by ordinary resolution remove a Director before the expiry of his/her period of office (without prejudice to a claim for
damages for breach of contract or otherwise) and may by ordinary resolution appoint another person who is willing to act to be a Director in his/
her place.
(viii)A Director may appoint either another Director or some other person approved by the Board to act as his/her alternate with power to attend
Board meetings and generally to exercise the functions of the appointing Director in his/her absence (other than the power to appoint an
alternate).
(ix)The Board may authorise any matter in relation to which a Director has, or can have, a direct interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict with,
the Company’s interests. Only Directors who have no interest in the matter being considered will be able to authorise the relevant matter and they
may impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think this is appropriate.
(x)A Director may hold positions with or be interested in other companies and, subject to legislation applicable to the Company and the FCA’s
requirements, may contract with the Company or any other company in which the Company is interested. A Director may not vote or count
towards the quorum on any resolution concerning any proposal in which he/she (or any person connected with him/her) has a material interest
(other than by virtue of his/her interest in securities of the Company) or if he/she has a duty which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of
the Company, unless the resolution relates to any proposal:
(a)to indemnify a Director or provide him/her with a guarantee or security in respect of money lent by him/her to, or any obligation incurred by
him/her or any other person for the benefit of (or at the request of), the Company (or any other member of the Group);
(b)to indemnify or give security or a guarantee to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company (or any other member of the
Group) for which the Director has personally assumed responsibility;
(c)to obtain insurance for the benefit of Directors;
(d)involving the acquisition by a Director of any securities of the Company (or any other member of the Group) pursuant to an offer to existing
holders of securities or to the public;
(e)concerning any other company in which the Director is interested as an officer or creditor or Shareholder but, broadly, only if he/she
(together with his/her connected persons) is directly or indirectly interested in less than 1% of either any class of the issued equity share
capital or of the voting rights of that company; and
(f)concerning any other arrangement for the benefit of employees of the Company (or any other member of the Group) under which the
Director benefits or stands to benefit in a similar manner to the employees concerned and which does not give the Director any advantage
which the employees to whom the arrangement relates would not receive.
Classes of Shares
The Articles of Association describe the following classes of shares: Ordinary Shares, Euro, US Dollar and Sterling Preference Shares (collectively, the
“Preference Shares”) and Series 1 Sterling Preference Shares. A description of the outstanding classes of shares in the Company as at 31 December
2023, being Ordinary Shares, Dollar Preference shares and Euro Preference Shares is included in Note 26 to the Financial Statements (Ordinary shares,
preference shares and other equity).
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 209 |
Dividends
Subject to the provisions of the Articles and applicable legislation, the Company in general meeting may declare dividends on the Ordinary Shares by
ordinary resolution, but any such dividend may not exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may also pay interim or final dividends if
it appears they are justified by the Company’s financial position.
Each Preference Share confers the right to a preferential dividend (“Preference Dividend”) payable in such currency at such rates (whether fixed or
calculated by reference to or in accordance with a specified procedure or mechanism), on such dates and on such other terms as may be determined by
the Board prior to allotment thereof.
The Preference Shares rank in regard to payment of dividends in priority to the holders of Ordinary Shares and any other class of shares in the Company
ranking junior to the Preference Shares.
Dividends may be paid on the Preference Shares if, in the opinion of the Board, the Company has sufficient distributable profits, after payment in full or
the setting aside of a sum to provide for all dividends payable on (or in the case of shares carrying a cumulative right to dividends, before) the relevant
dividend payment date on any class of shares in the Company ranking pari passu with or in priority to the relevant series of Preference Shares as regards
participation in the profits of the Company.
If the Board considers that the distributable profits of the Company available for distribution are insufficient to cover the payment in full of Preference
Dividends, Preference Dividends shall be paid to the extent of the distributable profits on a pro rata basis.
Notwithstanding the above, the Board may, at its absolute discretion, determine that any Preference Dividend which would otherwise be payable may
either not be payable at all or only payable in part.
If any Preference Dividend on a series of Preference Shares is not paid, or is only paid in part, for the reasons described above, holders of Preference
Shares will not have a claim in respect of such non-payment.
If any dividend on a series of Preference Shares is not paid in full on the relevant dividend payment date, a dividend restriction shall apply. The dividend
restriction means that, subject to certain exceptions, neither the Company nor Barclays Bank may (a) pay a dividend on, or (b) redeem, purchase,
reduce or otherwise acquire, any of their respective ordinary shares, other preference shares or other share capital ranking equal or junior to the relevant
series of Preference Shares until the earlier of such time as the Company next pays in full a dividend on the relevant series of Preference Shares or the
date on which all of the relevant series of Preference Shares are redeemed.
All unclaimed dividends payable in respect of any share may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until
claimed. If a dividend is not claimed after 12 years of it becoming payable, it is forfeited and reverts to the Company. However, The Company shall be
indebted to the member or other person entitled to the shares for the net proceeds of any shares sold by the Company for a period of six years following
the date of such sale.
Subject to applicable legislation and the rights of the other shareholders, any share may be issued on terms that it is, at the option of the Company or
the holder of such share, redeemable. The Directors are authorised to determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares
under the Articles of Association.
Calls on capital
The Directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares. A person upon whom a call is made remains liable
even if the shares in respect of which the call is made have been transferred. Interest will be chargeable on any unpaid amount called at a rate
determined by the Board (of not more than 20% per annum).
If a member fails to pay any call in full (following notice from the Board that such failure will result in forfeiture of the relevant shares), such shares
(including any dividends declared but not paid) may be forfeited by a resolution of the Board, and will become the property of the Company. Forfeiture
shall not absolve a previous member for amounts payable by him/her (which may continue to accrue interest).
The Company also has a lien over all partly paid shares of the Company for all monies payable or called on that share and over the debts and liabilities of
a member to the Company. If any monies which are the subject of the lien remain unpaid after a notice from the Board demanding payment, the
Company may sell such shares.
Annual and other general meetings
The Company is required to hold an AGM in addition to such other general meetings as the Directors think fit. The type of the meeting will be specified
in the notice calling it. Under the Companies Act 2006, the AGM must be held within six months of the accounting reference date. A general meeting
may be convened by the Board on requisition in accordance with the applicable legislation.
In the case of an AGM, a minimum of 21 clear days’ notice is required. The notice must be in writing and must specify the place, the day and the hour of
the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be transacted. A notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution shall specify the
intention to propose the resolution as such. The accidental failure to give notice of a general meeting or the non-receipt of such notice will not invalidate
the proceedings at such meeting.
Subject as noted above, all Shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at general meetings. The Articles do, however, provide that arrangements may
be made for simultaneous attendance at a satellite meeting place or, if the meeting place is inadequate to accommodate all members and proxies
entitled to attend, another meeting place may be arranged to accommodate such persons other than that specified in the notice of meeting, in which
case Shareholders may be excluded from the principal place.
Holders of Preference Shares have no right to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any general meetings of the Company as a result of holding Preference
Shares.
Notices
Save where the articles expressly require otherwise, a document or information may be sent by the Company in hard copy form, electronic form, by
being made available on a website, or by another means agreed with the recipient, in accordance with the provisions set out in the Companies Act 2006.
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 210 |
Accordingly, a document or information may only be sent in electronic form to a person who has agreed to receive it in that form or, in the case of a
company, who has been deemed to have so agreed pursuant to applicable legislation. A document or information may only be sent by being made
available on a website if the recipient has agreed to receive it in that form or has been deemed to have so agreed pursuant to applicable legislation, and
has not revoked that agreement.
In respect of joint holdings, documents or information shall be sent to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register.
A member who (having no registered address within the UK) has not supplied an address in the UK at which documents or information may be sent in
hard copy form, or an address to which notices, documents or information may be sent or supplied by electronic means, is not entitled to have
documents or information sent to him/her.
In addition, the Company may cease to send notices to any member who has been sent documents on two consecutive occasions over a period of at
least 12 months and when each of those documents is returned undelivered or notification is received that they have not been delivered.
Capitalisation of profits
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, upon the recommendation of the Board capitalise all or any part of an amount standing to the credit of a
reserve or fund to be set free for distribution provided that amounts from the share premium account, capital redemption reserve or any profits not
available for distribution should be applied only in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid and no unrealised profits
shall be applied in paying up debentures of the Company or any amount unpaid on any share in the capital of the Company.
Indemnity
Subject to applicable legislation, every current and former Director or other officer of the Company (other than any person engaged by the company as
auditor) shall be indemnified by the Company against any liability in relation to the Company, other than (broadly) any liability to the Company or a
member of the Group, or any criminal or regulatory fine.
Variation of Rights
The rights attached to any class of shares may be varied either with the consent in writing of the holders of at least 75% in nominal value of the issued
shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights of
shares shall not (unless expressly provided by the rights attached to such shares) be deemed varied by the creation of further shares ranking equally
with them or subsequent to them.
Limitations on foreign shareholders
There are no restrictions imposed by the Articles of Association or (subject to the effect of any economic sanctions that may be in force from time to
time) by current English laws which relate only to non-residents of the UK and which limit the rights of such non-residents to hold or (when entitled to
do so) vote the ordinary shares.
Special rights
There are no persons holding securities that carry special rights with regard to the control of the company.
Taxation of UK holders
The following is a summary of certain UK tax issues which are likely to be material to the holding and disposal of Preference Shares of Barclays Bank PLC
or ADSs representing such Preference Shares (the "Shares").
It is based on the current laws of England and Wales, UK tax law and the practice of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs ("HMRC"), each of which may
be subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. It is a general guide for information purposes and should be treated with appropriate caution. It
is not intended as tax advice and it does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser, holder or
disposer of Shares. In particular, save where expressly stated to the contrary, this summary deals with shareholders who are resident and, in the case of
individuals, domiciled in (and only in) the UK for UK tax purposes, who hold their Shares as investments (other than under an individual savings
account) and who are the absolute beneficial owners of their Shares and any dividends paid on them.
The statements are not addressed to: (i) shareholders who own (or are deemed to own) 10% or more of the voting power of Barclays Bank PLC; (ii)
shareholders who hold Shares as part of hedging transactions; (iii) investors who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their Shares by virtue of an
office or employment; and (iv) shareholders who hold Shares in connection with a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the UK (whether through a
branch or agency or, in the case of a corporate shareholder, through a permanent establishment, or otherwise). It does not discuss the tax treatment of
classes of shareholder subject to special rules, such as dealers in securities.
Persons who are in any doubt as to their tax position should consult their professional advisers. Persons who may be liable to taxation in jurisdictions
other than the UK in respect of their acquisition, holding or disposal of Shares are particularly advised to consult their professional advisers as to
whether they are so liable.
(i)Taxation of dividends
In accordance with UK law, Barclays Bank PLC pays dividends on the Shares without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes
imposed by the UK government or any UK taxing authority.
The total dividends (including any dividends paid by Barclays Bank PLC) paid to a UK resident individual shareholder in a tax year (the "Total Dividend
Income") will generally form part of that shareholder’s total income for UK income tax purposes, and will be subject to UK income tax at the rates
discussed below.
For dividends paid on or after 6 April 2016, the rate of UK income tax applicable to the Total Dividend Income will depend on the amount of the Total
Dividend Income and the UK income tax band(s) that the Total Dividend Income falls within when included as part of the shareholder’s total income for
UK income tax purposes for that tax year.
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 211 |
For the tax year from 6 April 2023 to 5 April 2024 (inclusive), a nil rate of UK income tax applies to the first £1,000 of Total Dividend Income received by
an individual shareholder in that tax year (the "Nil Rate Amount"). For the 2018-2019, 2019-2020, 2020-2021, 2021-2022 and 2022-2023 tax years, the
Nil Rate Amount was £2,000. For the 2016-2017 and 2017-2018 tax years, the Nil Rate Amount was £5,000.
Where the Total Dividend Income received by an individual shareholder in a tax year exceeds the relevant Nil Rate Amount for that tax year, the excess
amount (the "Remaining Dividend Income") will, at the date hereof, be subject to UK income tax at the following current rates:
(a) at the rate of 8.75% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the basic tax band;
(b) at the rate of 33.75% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the higher tax band; and
(c) at the rate of 39.35% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the additional tax band.
In determining the tax band the Remaining Dividend Income falls within for a tax year, the individual shareholder’s Total Dividend Income for the tax
year in question (including the portion comprising the Nil Rate Amount) will be treated as the top slice of the shareholder’s total income for UK income
tax purposes.
Subject to special rules for small companies, UK resident shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not generally be subject to UK
corporation tax on the dividends paid on the Shares, provided the dividend falls within an exempt class and certain conditions are met.
(ii)Taxation of capital gains
The disposal of Shares may, depending on the shareholder’s circumstances, give rise to a liability to UK tax on chargeable capital gains.
Where Shares are sold, a liability to UK tax may result if the proceeds from that sale exceed the sum of the base cost of the Shares sold and any other
allowable deductions such as share dealing costs and, in certain circumstances, indexation relief (discussed further below). For this purpose, current
legislation permits the market valuation at 31 March 1982 to be substituted for the original cost of shares purchased before that date, subject to certain
exceptions for shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax. Shareholders other than those within the charge to UK corporation tax should note
that, following the Finance Act 2008, no indexation allowance will be available. Following the Finance Act 2018, shareholders within the charge to UK
corporation tax may be eligible for indexation allowance for the period of ownership of their Shares up to December 2017, but no indexation allowance
will be available in respect of the period of ownership starting on or after 1 January 2018.
Chargeable capital gains may also arise from the gifting of Shares to connected parties such as relatives (although not spouses or civil partners) and
family trusts.
The calculations required to compute chargeable capital gains may be complex. Shareholders are advised to consult their personal financial adviser for
further information regarding a possible tax liability in respect of their holdings of shares.
(iii)Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
Dealings in Shares will generally be subject to UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (although see the comments below as regards ADSs in the
section ‘Taxation of US holders – UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax’). Any document effecting the transfer on sale of Shares will generally be
liable to stamp duty at 0.5% of the consideration paid for that transfer (rounded up to the next £5). An unconditional agreement to transfer Shares, or
any interest therein, will generally be subject to stamp duty reserve tax at 0.5% of the consideration given. Such liability to stamp duty reserve tax will be
cancelled, or a right to a repayment (generally with interest) in respect of the stamp duty reserve tax liability will arise, if the agreement is completed by
a duly stamped transfer within six years of the agreement having become unconditional. Both stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax are normally the
liability of the transferee.
Paperless transfers of Shares within CREST are liable to stamp duty reserve tax rather than stamp duty.
Stamp duty reserve tax on transactions settled within the CREST system or reported through it for regulatory purposes will be collected by CREST.
Special rules apply to certain categories of person, including intermediaries, market makers, brokers, dealers and persons connected with depositary
arrangements and clearance services.
(iv)Inheritance tax
An individual may be liable to inheritance tax on the transfer of Shares. Where an individual is so liable, inheritance tax may be charged on the amount
by which the value of his or her estate is reduced as a result of any transfer by way of gift or other gratuitous transaction made by them or treated as
made by them.
Taxation of US Holders
The following is a summary of certain US federal income tax considerations and certain UK tax considerations to the purchase, ownership, and
disposition of Preference Shares of Barclays Bank PLC or ADSs representing such Preference Shares (the "Shares") that are likely to be relevant for US
Holders (as defined below) who own the Shares as capital assets for tax purposes. This discussion is not a comprehensive analysis of all the potential US
or UK tax consequences that may be relevant to US Holders and does not discuss particular tax consequences that may be applicable to US Holders who
may be subject to special tax rules such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market
method of accounting for securities holdings, financial institutions, tax-exempt organisations, regulated investment companies, life insurance
companies, entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes (or partners therein), holders that own or are
treated as owning 10% or more of the stock of Barclays Bank PLC measured either by voting power or value, holders that hold Shares as part of a
straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, holders that purchase or sell Shares as part of a wash sale, holders whose functional currency is not the
US Dollar, or holders who are resident, or who are carrying on a trade, in the UK. The summary also does not address state or local taxes or any aspect
of US federal taxation other than US federal income taxation (such as the estate and gift tax, any alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net
investment income). Investors are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the tax implications of their particular holdings, including the
consequences under applicable state and local law, and in particular whether they are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty (as defined below).
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 212 |
This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations,
published rulings and court decisions, and on the Double Taxation Convention between the UK and the US as entered into force in March 2003 (the
"Treaty"), and, in respect of UK tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention between the UK and the US as entered into force on 11 November 1979 (the
"Estate and Gift Tax Convention"), the current UK tax law and the practice of HMRC, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
This discussion is based in part upon the representations of the ADR Depositary and the assumption that each obligation of the Deposit Agreement and
any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
A "US Holder" is a beneficial owner of Shares that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a US domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to
US federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such Shares and that is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty.
In general, the holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as owners of the underlying Preference Shares for the purposes of the Treaty, the Estate
and Gift Tax Convention, and the IRC. Generally, exchanges of shares for ADRs and ADRs for shares will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK
capital gains tax.
Taxation of dividends
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distribution of cash or property with respect to the Shares (including any amount
withheld in respect of UK taxes) that is paid out of Barclays Bank PLC’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal
income tax purposes) will be includible in a US Holder’s taxable income as ordinary dividend income on the day such US Holder receives the dividend, in
the case of Preference Shares, or the date the Depositary receives the dividends, in the case of ADRs, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received
deduction allowed to corporations under the IRC.
Dividends paid by Barclays Bank PLC to an individual with respect to the Shares will generally be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if the dividends
are "qualified dividend income". Subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, dividends paid on the Shares will be treated as qualified dividend
income if (i) the Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or Barclays Bank PLC is eligible for the benefits of a
comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the US Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and that includes an
exchange of information program, and (ii) Barclays Bank PLC was not a PFIC (as defined below) in the year of the distribution or the immediately
preceding taxable year. The US Treasury has determined that the Treaty meets the requirements for reduced rates of taxation, and Barclays Bank PLC
believes that it is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. Based on its audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, Barclays
Bank PLC believes that it was not treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2022 or 2023 taxable years. In addition, based
on its audited financial statements and current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its income, and
relevant market and shareholder data, Barclays Bank PLC does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.
Dividends paid by Barclays Bank PLC to a US Holder with respect to the Shares will not be subject to UK withholding tax. For foreign tax credit purposes,
dividends will generally be income from sources outside the US and will generally be "passive" income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit
allowable to a US Holder.
The amount of the dividend distribution includable in income will be the US Dollar value of the distribution, determined at the spot Pound Sterling/US
Dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includable in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US Dollars.
Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includable in income
to the date the payment is converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, from
sources within the US, and will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
Distributions in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of
capital to the extent of the US Holder’s basis in the Shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because Barclays Bank PLC does not currently maintain
calculations of earnings and profits for US federal income tax purposes, US Holders should expect that distributions with respect to the Shares will
generally be treated as dividends.
Taxable sale or other disposition of Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the Shares, US Holders generally will not be subject to UK tax, but
will realise gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the US Dollar value of the amount realised on
the disposition and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares, as determined in US Dollars. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will
generally be long‑term capital gain or loss if the Shares have been held for more than one year. Long‑term capital gain of a non-corporate US Holder is
generally taxed at preferential rates. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit
limitation purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Taxation of passive foreign investment companies (PFICs)
Based on its audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, Barclays Bank PLC believes that it was not treated as a PFIC for US
federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2022 or 2023 taxable years. In addition, based on its audited financial statements and current
expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its income, and relevant market and shareholder data, Barclays Bank
PLC does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. This conclusion is a factual determination that is made
annually and thus may be subject to change. In general, Barclays Bank PLC will be a PFIC with respect to a US Holder if, for any taxable year in which a
US Holder holds the Shares, either (i) at least 75% of the gross income of Barclays Bank PLC for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of
the value, generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of Barclays Bank PLC’s assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for
the production of passive income (including cash). With certain exceptions, a US Holder’s Shares will be treated as stock of a PFIC if Barclays Bank PLC
was a PFIC at any time during such holder’s holding period in its Shares.
If Barclays Bank PLC were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to a US Holder, unless such US Holder elected to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market
basis with respect to its Shares, gain and certain "excess distributions" would be treated as having been realised ratably over a US Holder’s holding
period for the Shares and generally would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an
interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 213 |
UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
No obligation to pay UK stamp duty will arise on the transfer on sale of an ADS, provided that any instrument of transfer is not executed in, and remains
at all times outside, the UK. No UK stamp duty reserve tax is payable in respect of an agreement to transfer an ADS. For the UK stamp duty and stamp
duty reserve tax implications of dealings in Preference Shares, see the section ‘Taxation of UK holders – (iii) Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax‘
above.
UK estate and gift tax
Under the Estate and Gift Tax Convention, Shares held by an individual US holder who is US domiciled for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax
Convention and who is not for such purposes a UK national generally will not, provided any US federal estate or gift tax chargeable has been paid, be
subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of Shares, except in certain cases where the Shares are comprised in a
settlement (unless the settlor was US domiciled and not a UK national at the time of the settlement), are part of the business property of a UK
permanent establishment of an enterprise, or pertain to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. In
cases where the Shares are subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal estate or gift tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides a
credit against US federal tax liability for the amount of any inheritance tax paid in the UK.
Foreign Financial Asset Reporting
Certain US Holders that own "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or
US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on Form
8938, with respect to such assets. "Specified foreign financial assets" include any financial accounts held at a non-US financial institution, as well as
securities issued by a non-US issuer that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. The understatement of income attributable to
"specified foreign financial assets" in excess of US$5,000 extends the statute of limitations with respect to the tax return to six years after the return was
filed. US Holders who fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties. US Holders are encouraged to consult with their
own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, the Shares to a US Holder generally may be subject to the information reporting
requirements of the IRC and may be subject to backup withholding unless the US Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and
makes any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup
withholding from a payment to a US Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the US Holder’s US federal income tax liability, provided the
required information is furnished to the US Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in a timely manner.
A holder that is not a US Holder may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from
information reporting and backup withholding.
FATCA Risk Factor
In certain circumstances, payments on shares or ADSs may be subject to US withholding taxes on "passthru payments", starting on the date that is two
years after the date on which final regulations defining this concept are adopted in the United States. Under the "Foreign Account Tax Compliance
Act" (or "FATCA"), as well as intergovernmental agreements between the United States and other countries and implementing laws in respect of the
foregoing, certain US-source payments (including dividends and interest) and certain payments made by, and financial accounts held with, entities that
are classified as financial institutions under FATCA are subject to a special information reporting and withholding tax regime. Regulations implementing
withholding in respect of "passthru payments" under FATCA have not yet been adopted or proposed. The United States has entered into an
intergovernmental agreement regarding the implementation of FATCA with the UK (the "UK IGA"). Under the UK IGA, as currently drafted, it is not
expected that Barclays Bank PLC will be required to withhold tax under FATCA on payments made with respect to the shares or ADSs. However,
significant aspects of when and how FATCA will apply remain unclear, and no assurance can be given that withholding under FATCA will not become
relevant with respect to payments made on or with respect to the shares or ADSs in the future. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding
the potential impact of FATCA.
The Barclays Group has registered with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") for FATCA. The Global Intermediary Identification Number (GIIN) for
Barclays Bank PLC in the United Kingdom is E1QAZN.00001.ME.826 and it is a Reporting Model 1 FFI. The GIINs for other parts of the Barclays Group or
Barclays branches outside of the UK may be obtained from your usual Barclays contact on request. The IRS list of registered Foreign Financial
Institutions is publicly available on the IRS website.
Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders
Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in force from time to time, there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would
affect the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends, interest and other payments to holders of Barclays securities who are not residents of the UK.
There are also no restrictions under the Articles of Association of Barclays Bank PLC, or (subject to the effect of any such economic sanctions) under
current UK laws, which relate only to non-residents of the UK, and which limit the right of such non-residents to hold Barclays securities or, when
entitled to vote, to do so.
Documents on display
It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Barclays Bank PLC with the US Securities and Exchange Commission via commercial
document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the US Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov.
Disclosure controls and procedures
The Chief Executive, C.S. Venkatakrishnan, and the Chief Financial Officer, Steven Ewart, conducted with Barclays Bank Group Management an
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Barclays Bank Group’s disclosure controls and procedures of Barclays Bank PLC as at
31 December 2023, which are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or
submitted under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the US
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 214 |
Section 13(r) to the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Iran sanctions and related disclosure)
Section 13(r) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”) requires each SEC reporting issuer to disclose in its annual
and, if applicable, quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran
or with the Government of Iran or certain designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass
destruction during the period covered by the report. The requirement includes disclosure of activities not prohibited by U.S. or other law, even if
conducted outside the U.S. by non-U.S. companies or affiliates in compliance with local law. Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, we note the
following in relation to activity that occurred in 2023, the reporting period covered by this annual report. For completeness, we also include activity that
we became aware of in 2023, even if such activity occurred prior to the reporting period. Except as noted below, Barclays intends to continue the
activities described. Barclays does not allocate profits at the level of these activities, which in any event would not be significant, and we therefore report
only gross revenue where measurable. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 350,970 in relation to the activities disclosed below.
Legacy Guarantees
Between 1992 and 2006, Barclays entered into several guarantees for the benefit of Iranian banks in connection with the supply of goods and services
by Barclays customers to Iranian buyers (the “Iranian guarantees”). These were counter guarantees issued to Iranian banks to support guarantees
issued by these banks to the Iranian buyers. The Iranian banks and a number of the Iranian buyers were either subsequently designated as Specially
Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (“SDNs”) by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), or are owned
by the Government of Iran. In addition, between 1993 and 2005, Barclays entered into similar guarantees for the benefit of a Syrian bank that was
subsequently designated pursuant to the Weapons of Mass Destruction Proliferators Sanctions Regulations (“WMDPSR”) in August 2011 (the
“WMDPSR guarantees”).
These guarantees were issued either on:
(i)an “extend or pay” basis, which means that, although the guarantee is of limited duration on its face, until there is full performance under the
contract to provide goods and services, the terms of the guarantee require Barclays to maintain the guarantee or pay the beneficiary bank the
full amount of the guarantee; or
(ii)the basis that Barclays’ obligations can be discharged only with the consent of the beneficiary counterparty.
Barclays is not able to exit its obligations under the above guarantees unilaterally, and thus it maintains a limited legacy portfolio of these guarantees,
which complied with applicable laws and regulations at the time they were entered into. Barclays intends to terminate the guarantees where an
agreement can be reached with the counterparty, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays attributed no revenue in 2023 in relation
to the Iranian guarantees and revenue of approximately GBP 20,700 in 2023 in relation to the WMDPSR guarantees.
Lease Payments
Barclays is party to a long-term lease, entered in 1979, with the National Iranian Oil Company (“NIOC”), pursuant to which Barclays rents part of NIOC
House in London. The lease is for 60 years, contains no early termination clause, and has 16 years remaining. Barclays makes lease payments in GBP to
the bank account of a solicitor that represents an entity owned by the Government of Iran. The payments are made in accordance with applicable laws
and regulations. Barclays attributed no revenue in 2023 in relation to this activity.
Local Clearing Systems
Banks based in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”), including certain Iranian banks designated pursuant to the Global Terrorism Sanctions Regulations
(“GTSR”) and/or Government of Iran-owned banks, participate in the various banking payment and settlement systems used in the UAE (the “UAE
Clearing Systems”). Barclays, by virtue of its banking activities in the UAE, participates in the UAE Clearing Systems, in accordance with applicable laws
and regulations. To mitigate the risk of engaging in transactions in which participant Iranian SDN and/or Government of Iran-owned banks may be
involved, Barclays has implemented restrictions relating to its involvement in the UAE Clearing Systems. Barclays attributed no revenue in 2023 in
relation to this activity.
Other Activity
Barclays maintains several customer relationships with UK-incorporated medical manufacturing companies. In 2023, Barclays processed several
payments, for the benefit of our customers, relating to the export of medical devices to privately-owned entities in Iran and Turkey. The end users of
these medical devices include hospitals, medical universities, or clinics that may be owned or controlled by, or affiliated with, the Government of Iran.
The payments were made in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and all payments were received from the privately-owned entities in Iran
and Turkey, or their affiliates; no payments were received directly from any SDN or entity owned or controlled by, or affiliated with, the Government of
Iran. Although OFAC has issued general licenses relating to the sale of medical devices to Iran, including the Government of Iran, these licenses do not
apply to sales of non-U.S. origin items by non-U.S. persons. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 35 in 2023 in relation to this activity.
Barclays maintains a customer relationship with a UK-incorporated charity that works in the areas of blood cancer and stem cell transplantation. In
2023, Barclays processed one payment, on behalf of our customer, where the ultimate beneficiary of the payment was a medical organization affiliated
with the Government of Iran. The payment was for the procurement of a blood sample from an individual in Iran who is a potential donor. The payment
was processed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 10 in 2023 in relation to this
activity.
In 2023, Barclays acted as a correspondent bank in one-off payments involving certain banks that were designated pursuant to Executive Orders 13224
and 13902. The payments relate to humanitarian activities and were made at the request of and with specific authorization from the U.S. Federal
Government. The payments did not involve U.S. dollars or the clearing services of U.S. banks and were processed in accordance with applicable laws
and regulations. When the payments passed through the correspondent bank, Barclays received interest of approximately GBP 330,000 from a G20
central bank.
Barclays maintains a customer relationship with a UK-incorporated law firm. In 2023, Barclays processed one payment, on behalf of our customer,
where the remitter of the payment was a law firm in Germany. The German law firm was representing an Iranian SDN airline, ultimately owned by the
Government of Iran, in arbitration proceedings in France. The payment was for legal advice provided by our customer to the German law firm in relation
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 215 |
to the arbitration proceedings. The payment was processed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays attributed revenue of
approximately GBP 10 in 2023 in relation to this activity.
In 2023, Barclays processed several payments to consulates and embassies of the Government of Iran in Europe in relation to persons paying fees for
renewing or replacing passports, visa applications, and other administrative matters. The payments were processed in accordance with applicable laws
and regulations. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 5 in 2023 in relation to this activity.
In 2023, on behalf of certain customers in the UK, Barclays processed indirect payments from various UK-based offices of Iranian SDNs, Government of
Iran-owned entities, and SDGT SDNs (the “entities”). The payments were for general business expenses, including rent, salary payments, tax payments,
office maintenance, utility payments, and business travel expenses. A UK accounting firm remitted the payments on behalf of the entities, and all the
payments were processed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 195 in 2023 in relation
to this activity.
Barclays holds accounts for several individuals employed by a UK-based SDN entity that is ultimately owned by the Government of Iran. Payments are
received in GBP from a UK-based payment services company and are credited to the customers’ accounts with Barclays. The payments are processed in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations. No payments are received directly from any entity owned by the Government of Iran or any SDN.
Barclays attributed no revenue in 2023 in relation to this activity.
In 2023, a Barclays customer in the UK was designated as an SDN pursuant to the GTSR. The customer had two accounts and a personal credit card
with Barclays. Barclays exited the relationship with the customer, cancelled the credit card, and placed the remaining funds in an internal sundry
account in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The credit card had no outstanding debt and was not used in 2023. A small number of
domestic payments were remitted from the accounts after the customer was designated, but before Barclays had confirmed the match. Barclays
attributed no revenue in 2023 in relation to this activity.
In 2023, a Barclays customer in the UK was designated as an SDN pursuant to the GTSR. The customer had a personal credit card with an outstanding
debit balance with Barclays. The credit card was blocked to prevent any further spending. Barclays is attempting to receive repayment from this
customer in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays attributed revenue of approximately GBP 15 in 2023 in relation to this activity.
Frozen Accounts
Barclays, and several Barclays customers, continue to hold funds belonging to various SDNs and Government of Iran-owned entities in internal blocked
and sundry accounts, some of which are interest bearing. These accounts are held in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Barclays
attributed no revenue in 2023 in relation to this activity.
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 216 |
Related Undertakings
The Barclays Bank PLC’s corporate structure consists of a number of related undertakings, comprising subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures, associated undertakings and significant holdings. A full list of these related undertakings is set out below, together with the country of incorporation, registered office (or principal place of business) and the identity and percentage of each share class held by Barclays Bank PLC. The information is provided as at 31 December 2023. The entities are grouped by the countries in which they are incorporated. The profits earned by the activities of these entities are in some cases taxed in countries other than the country of incorporation for example where the entity carries on business through a branch in a territory outside of its country of incorporation. Barclays Bank PLC Country Snapshot provides details of where Barclays Bank PLC carries on its business, where its profits are subject to tax and the taxes it pays in each country it operates in. | Notes | ||
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z | Directly held by Barclays Bank PLC Partnership Interest Membership Interest Preference Shares A Preference Shares B Preference Shares Ordinary/Common Shares in addition to other shares A Ordinary Shares B Ordinary Shares C Ordinary Shares F Ordinary Shares First Preference Shares, Second Preference Shares Registered Address not in country of incorporation USD Linked Ordinary Shares Capital Contribution Shares Redeemable Class B Shares Non-Redeemable Ordinary Shares Class A Shares Class B Shares Class C Shares Class D Shares Class E Shares First Class Common Shares, Second Class Common Shares Redeemable Class A Shares Not Consolidated Tracker 1 Euro, GBP, and USD Shares | ||
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 217 |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Unless otherwise stated, the undertakings below are wholly owned and included in the consolidation and the share capital held by the Group comprises ordinary and/or common shares, which are held by subsidiaries of the Group. Unless otherwise stated, the Group holds 100% of the nominal value of each share class. | ||
United Kingdom | ||
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP | ||
Aequor Investments Limited | ||
Alynore Investments Limited Partnership | B | |
Ardencroft Investments Limited | A | |
B D & B Investments Limited | ||
B.P.B. (Holdings) Limited | A | |
Barclays Aldersgate Investments Limited | A | |
Barclays Asset Management Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital Asia Holdings Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital Nominees (No.2) Limited | ||
Barclays Capital Nominees (No.3) Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital Nominees Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital Securities Client Nominee Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital Securities Limited | A, D, G | |
Barclays CCP Funding LLP | B | |
Barclays Direct Investing Nominees Limited | ||
Barclays Directors Limited | A | |
Barclays Executive Schemes Trustees Limited | A | |
Barclays Financial Planning Nominee Company Limited | ||
Barclays Group Holdings Limited | A | |
Barclays International Holdings Limited | A | |
Barclays Investment Management Limited | A | |
Barclays Investments Solutions Limited | A | |
Barclays Long Island Limited | A | |
Barclays Nominees (George Yard) Limited | A, Y | |
Barclays OCIO Services Limited | A | |
Barclays Pension Funds Trustees Limited | A | |
Barclays Private Bank | ||
Barclays Services (Japan) Limited | A | |
Barclays Shea Limited | A | |
Barclays Term Funding Limited Liability Partnership | B | |
Barclays Wealth Nominees Limited | A | |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Barclayshare Nominees Limited | ||
Barcosec Limited | A | |
Barsec Nominees Limited | A | |
BB Client Nominees Limited | A | |
Chapelcrest Investments Limited | ||
Cornwall Home Loans Limited | A | |
Dorset Home Loans Limited | A | |
Durlacher Nominees Limited | A | |
Eagle Financial and Leasing Services (UK) Limited | A | |
Finpart Nominees Limited | A | |
Foltus Investments Limited | ||
Hawkins Funding Limited | ||
Heraldglen Limited | G, L | |
Isle of Wight Home Loans Limited | A | |
J.V. Estates Limited | A | |
Kirsche Investments Limited | A | |
Leonis Investments LLP | B | |
Long Island Assets Limited | ||
Maloney Investments Limited | ||
Menlo Investments Limited | A | |
Mercantile Credit Company Limited | A | |
Mercantile Leasing Company (No.132) Limited | A | |
MK Opportunities LP | B | |
Naxos Investments Limited | A | |
Northwharf Nominees Limited | A | |
Oak Pension Asset Management Limited | Y | |
Real Estate Participation Management Limited | ||
Real Estate Participation Services Limited | ||
Relative Value Investments UK Limited Liability Partnership | B | |
Relative Value Trading Limited | ||
Roder Investments No. 1 Limited | A, G, Z | |
Roder Investments No. 2 Limited | A, G, Z | |
RVT CLO Investments LLP | B | |
Surety Trust Limited | A | |
Swan Lane Investments Limited | ||
US Real Estate Holdings No.1 Limited | ||
US Real Estate Holdings No.2 Limited | ||
US Real Estate Holdings No.3 Limited | ||
US Real Estate Holdings No.4 Limited | ||
US Real Estate Holdings No.5 Limited | A | |
US Real Estate Holdings No.6 Limited | A | |
Water Street Investments Limited | Y |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Wedd Jefferson (Nominees) Limited | A | |
Westferry Investments Limited | A | |
Woolwich Qualifying Employee Share Ownership Trustee Limited | A | |
Zeban Nominees Limited | A | |
C/O Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, 3rd Floor, The Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, West Midlands, B4 6AT | ||
Barclays Capital Finance Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
Barclays Capital Japan Securities Holdings Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Barclays Global Shareplans Nominee Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Barclays Nominees (Branches) Limited (In Liquidation | ||
Barclays Singapore Global Shareplans Nominee Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Cobalt Investments Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
DMW Realty Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
1-4 , Clyde Place Lane, Glasgow, G5 8DP | ||
R.C. Greig Nominees Limited | A | |
9, allée Scheffer, Luxembourg, L-2520 | ||
Barclays Blossom Finance Limited Partnership | B, M | |
Barclays Claudas Investments Partnership | B, M | |
Barclays Pelleas Investments Limited Partnership | B, M | |
Argentina | ||
855 Leandro N.Alem Avenue, 8th Floor, Buenos Aires | ||
Compañía Sudamerica S.A. | A | |
Marval, O’Farrell & Mairal, Av. Leandro N. Alem 882, Buenos Aires, C1001AAQ | ||
Compañia Regional del Sur S.A. | A | |
Brazil | ||
Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima, No.4.440, 12th Floor, Bairro Itaim Bibi, Sao Paulo, CEP, 04538-132 | ||
Barclays Brasil Assessoria Financeira Ltda | A | |
BNC Brazil Consultoria Empresarial Ltda | A | |
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 218 |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Canada | ||
333 Bay Street, Suite 4910, Toronto ON M5H 2R2 | ||
Barclays Capital Canada Inc. | ||
Stikeman Elliot LLP, 199 Bay Street, 5300 Commerce Court West, Toronto ON M5L 1B9 | ||
Barclays Corporation Limited | A | |
Cayman Islands | ||
PO Box 309, Ugland House, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 | ||
Alymere Investments Limited | E, F, G | |
Analytical Trade UK Limited | A | |
Barclays Capital (Cayman) Limited | A | |
Barclays Securities Financing Limited | E, F, G | |
Barclays US Holdings Limited | A, D, G | |
Braven Investments No.1 Limited | ||
Calthorpe Investments Limited | ||
Capton Investments Limited | ||
Claudas Investments Limited | A, G, P, X | |
Claudas Investments Two Limited | ||
Gallen Investments Limited | ||
Hornbeam Limited | Y | |
Hurley Investments No.1 Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Mintaka Investments No. 4 Limited | ||
Palomino Limited | A, Y | |
Pelleas Investments Limited | A | |
Pippin Island Investments Limited | A | |
Razzoli Investments Limited | A, D, G | |
RVH Limited | A, D, G | |
Wessex Investments Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, KY1- 9008 | ||
Long Island Holding B Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
France | ||
34-36 avenue de Friedland, 75008, Paris | ||
Barclays ADF | A | |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Germany | ||
Stuttgarter Straße 55-57, 73033 Göppingen | ||
Holding Stuttgarter Straße GmbH (In Liquidation) | ||
Guernsey | ||
P.O. Box 33, Dorey Court, Admiral Park, St. Peter Port, GY1 4AT | ||
Barclays UKRF ICC Limited | Y | |
Barclays UKRF No.1 IC Limited | Y | |
Barclays UKRF No.2 IC Ltd | Y | |
Hong Kong | ||
42nd floor Citibank Tower, Citibank Plaza, 3 Garden Road | ||
Barclays Bank (Hong Kong Nominees) Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
Barclays Capital Asia Nominees Limited (In Liquidation) | ||
Level 41,Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen's Road, Central | ||
Barclays Capital Asia Limited | A | |
India | ||
208 Ceejay House, Shivsagar Estate, Dr A Beasant Road, Worli, Mumbai, 400 018 | ||
Barclays Securities (India) Private Limited | ||
Barclays Wealth Trustees (India) Private Limited | ||
Nirlon Knowledge Park, Level 9, Block B-6, Off Western Express Highway, Goregaon (East), Mumbai, 400063 | ||
Barclays Investments & Loans (India) Private Limited | D, G | |
Ireland | ||
One Molesworth Street, Dublin 2, D02RF29 | ||
Barclays Bank Ireland Public Limited Company | A | |
Barclays Europe Client Nominees Designated Activity Company | ||
Barclays Europe Firm Nominees Designated Activity Company | ||
Barclays Europe Nominees Designated Activity Company | ||
25-28 North Wall Quay, Dublin1, D01H104 |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Erimon Home Loans Ireland Limited | A | |
70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2 | ||
Barclays Finance Ireland Limited | ||
Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808 | ||
Barclays Ireland Investments LP | B, N | |
Isle of Man | ||
Eagle Court, Circular Road, Douglas, IM1 1AD, Isle of Man | ||
Barclays Nominees (Manx) Limited | A | |
Barclays Private Clients International Limited | A, H, I | |
2nd Floor, St Georges Court, Upper Church Street, Douglas, IM1 1EE | ||
Barclays Holdings (Isle of Man) Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
Japan | ||
10-1, Roppongi 6-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo | ||
Barclays Funds and Advisory Japan Limited | ||
Barclays Securities Japan Limited | G, E | |
6-10-1 Roppongi, Minato-Ku, Tokyo | ||
Barclays Wealth Services Limited | ||
Jersey | ||
Gaspé House, 66-72 Esplanade, St. Helier, JE1 1GH | ||
Barclays Services Jersey Limited | A | |
5 Espalanade, St Helier, JE2 3QA | ||
Barclays Wealth Management Jersey Limited | A | |
13 Library Place, St Helier, JE4 8NE | ||
Barclays Nominees (Jersey) Limited | A | |
Barclaytrust Channel Islands Limited | A | |
Estera Trust (Jersey) Limited, 13-14 Esplanade, St Helier, JE1 1EE, Jersey | ||
MK Opportunities GP Ltd | A | |
Luxembourg | ||
9, allée Scheffer, L-2520 |
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 219 |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Barclays Bedivere Investments S.à r.l. | G, H, I | |
Barclays Cantal Investments S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Capital Luxembourg S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Capital Trading Luxembourg S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Claudas Investments S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Equity Index Investments S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays International Luxembourg Dollar Holdings S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Luxembourg EUR Holdings S.à r.l | Q | |
Barclays Luxembourg GBP Holdings S.à r.l. | Q | |
Barclays Luxembourg Global Funding S.à r.l. | ||
Barclays Luxembourg Holdings S.à r.l. | G, N | |
Barclays Luxembourg Holdings SSC | B | |
68-70 Boulevard de la Petrusse, L-2320 | ||
Adler Toy Holding Sarl | ||
10 rue du Cha'teau d'Eau, Leudelange, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg L-3364 | ||
BPM Management GP SARL | A | |
Mauritius | ||
C/O Rogers Capital Corporate Services Limited, 3rd Floor, Rogers House, No.5 President John Kennedy Street, Port Louis | ||
Barclays Capital Mauritius Limited (In Liquidation) | A | |
Barclays Capital Securities Mauritius Limited | A | |
Fifth Floor Ebene Esplanade, 24 Bank Street, Cybercity 72201 Ebene | ||
Barclays Mauritius Overseas Holdings Limited | A | |
Mexico | ||
Paseo de la Reforma 505, 41 Floor, Torre Mayor, Col. Cuauhtemoc, CP 06500 | ||
Barclays Bank Mexico, S.A. | I, K | |
Barclays Capital Casa de Bolsa, S.A. de C.V. | I, K |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Grupo Financiero Barclays Mexico, S.A. de C.V. | I, K | |
Servicios Barclays, S.A. de C.V. (In Liquidation) | Y | |
Monaco | ||
31 Avenue de la Costa, Monte Carlo BP 339 | ||
Barclays Private Asset Management (Monaco) S.A.M | ||
Saudi Arabia | ||
3rd Floor Al Dahna Center, 114 Al-Ahsa Street, PO Box 1454, Riyadh 11431 | ||
Barclays Saudi Arabia (In Liquidation) | A | |
Singapore | ||
10 Marina Boulevard, #25-01 Marina Bay Financial Centre, Tower 2, 018983 | ||
Barclays Merchant Bank (Singapore) Ltd. | ||
Spain | ||
Calle Jose, Abascal 51, 28003, Madrid | ||
Barclays Tenedora De Inmuebles SL. | A | |
BVP Galvani Global, S.A.U. | A | |
Switzerland | ||
Chemin de Grange Canal 18-20, PO Box 3941, 1211, Geneva | ||
Barclays Bank (Suisse) SA | ||
BPB Holdings SA | ||
Taiwan | ||
19F-1, No. 7, Xinyi Road, Sec. 5, Taipei,A322, Taiwan | ||
Barclays Securities Taiwan Limited | A | |
United States | ||
Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808 | ||
Analytical Trade Holdings LLC | ||
Barclays Asset Backed Depositor LLC | C | |
Barclays Bank Delaware | D, G | |
Barclays Capital Derivatives Funding LLC | C | |
Barclays Capital Energy Inc. | ||
Barclays Capital Equities Trading GP | B |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
Barclays Capital Holdings Inc. | E, F, G | |
Barclays Capital Real Estate Finance Inc. | ||
Barclays Capital Real Estate Holdings Inc. | ||
Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc. | ||
Barclays Commercial Mortgage Securities LLC | C | |
Barclays Dryrock Funding LLC | C | |
Barclays Financial LLC | C | |
Barclays Group US Inc. | G, D | |
Barclays Oversight Management Inc. | ||
Barclays Receivables LLC | C | |
Barclays Services Corporation | ||
Barclays Services LLC | C | |
Barclays US CCP Funding LLC | C | |
Barclays US Investment Inc | H,I | |
Barclays US LLC | C | |
BCAP LLC | C | |
Gracechurch Services Corporation | ||
Lagalla Investments LLC | C | |
Long Island Holding A LLC | C | |
Marbury Holdings LLC | C | |
Preferred Liquidity, LLC | H | |
Procella Investments No.2 LLC | C | |
Procella Investments No.3 LLC | C | |
Relative Value Holdings, LLC | ||
Surrey Funding Corporation | ||
Sussex Purchasing Corporation | ||
Sutton Funding LLC | C | |
US Secured Investments LLC | O | |
Verain Investments LLC | ||
Wilmington Riverfront LLC | ||
100 Bank Street, Suite 630, Burlington, Vermont 05401 | ||
Barclays Insurance U.S. Inc. | ||
Corporation Service Company, 80 State Street, Albany, NY, 12207-2543 | ||
Barclays Equity Holdings Inc. | ||
Corporation Service Company Goodwin Square, 225 Asylum Street 20th Floor Hartford CT 06103 | ||
Barclays Capital Inc. | ||
Corporation Service Company, 2626, Glenwood Ave, Suite 550, Raleigh, NC, 27608 | ||
Barclays US GPF Inc. | ||
Equifirst Corporation (In Liquidation, dissolved with State of North Carolina) |
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 220 |
Wholly owned subsidiaries | Note | |
125 S West Street Wilmington, DE 19801 | ||
Curve Investments GP | B | |
Barclays Dryrock Issuance Trust |
Unless otherwise stated, the undertakings below are included in the consolidation and the share capital held by Barclays Bank PLC comprises ordinary and/or common shares, which are held by subsidiaries of Barclays Bank PLC . The percentage of the nominal value of each share class held by Barclays Bank PLC is provided below. | ||
Other Related Undertakings | % | Note |
United Kingdom | ||
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP | ||
PSA Credit Company Limited (In Liquidation) | 100.00 | H, J |
Barclays Secured Funding (LM) | 20.00 | |
50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ | ||
Equistone Founder Partner II L.P. | 20.00 | B, Y |
Equistone Founder Partner III L.P. | 20.00 | B, Y |
Enigma, Wavendon Business Park Milton Keynes, MK178LX | ||
Intelligent Processing Solutions Limited | 19.50 | Y |
Cayman Islands | ||
PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104 | ||
Newman Holdings Limited (In Liquidation) | 80.60 | Y |
Korea, Republic of | ||
18th Floor, Daishin Finance Centre, 343, Samil-daero, Jung- go, Seoul | ||
Woori BC Pegasus Securitization Specialty Co. Ltd | 70.00 | W |
Luxembourg | ||
9, allee Scheffer, L-2520 | ||
Barclays Alzin Investments S.à r.l. | 100.00 | R,S, U |
Barclays Bordang Investments S.à r.l. | 100.00 | R, S |
Preferred Funding S.à r.l. | 100.00 | F |
Preferred Investments S.à r.l. | 100.00 | G, P |
Barclays Lamorak | 100.00 | E,Q |
Malta | ||
RS2 Buildings, Fort Road, Mosta, MST 1859 | ||
RS2 Software PLC | 18.14 | Y |
United States | ||
Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington DE 19801 | ||
DG Solar Lessee, LLC | 75.00 | C, Y |
DG Solar Lessee II, LLC | 75.00 | C, Y |
VS BC Solar Lessee I LLC | 50.00 | C, Y |
1415 Louisiana Street, Suite 1600, TX 77002-0000 | ||
Sabine Oil & Gas Holdings, Inc. (In Liquidation) | 22.12 | Y |
Additional unaudited information
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 221 |
Consolidated income statement commentary
2023 compared to 2022
•Total income of £18,268m
–CIB income decreased 5% to £13,084m and decreased 3% excluding a £292m impact from prior year hedging arrangements related to
the Over-issuance of Securities. Global Markets income decreased 17%. FICC income decreased, reflecting lower market volatility and
client activity. Equities income decreased, driven by a decline in derivatives income reflecting less volatile equity market conditions.
Investment Banking fees decreased 9% due to the reduced fee pool across the industrya. Advisory and Debt capital markets fees
decreased, partially offset by an improvement in Equity capital markets. Corporate Bank income increased 50% driven by improved
deposit margins in the higher rate environment, lower costs of hedging and lower fair value losses on leverage finance lending net of
mark to market gains on related hedges.
–CC&P income increased 17% to £5,340m reflecting higher US cards balances, including the Gap Inc. portfolio acquisition, the acquisition
of the Wealth Management & Investments (WM&I) business from Barclays Bank UK PLC, client balance growth and improved deposits
margin in the higher rate environment in the Private Bank, partially offset by margin compression in Payments.
–Head Office income was a net expense of £156m (2022: £75m net expense) which primarily reflected hedge accounting losses.
•Total operating expenses increased 1% to £12,463m (FY22: £12,398)
–CIB total operating expenses decreased 5% to £8,745m (FY22: £9,200m). Excluding litigation and conduct net release of £(6)m (2022:
£1,189m charge), operating expenses increased 9% to £8,751m, reflecting investment in talent and technology, structural cost actions
and the impact of inflation, partially offset by efficiency savings.
–CC&P total operating expenses increased 10% to £3,333m. Excluding litigation and conduct charges of £53m (2022: £230m), operating
expenses increased 17% to £3,280m, driven by higher investment spend to support growth, mainly marketing and partnership costs, the
transfer of the WM&I business from Barclays Bank UK PLC, structural cost actions and the impact of inflation, partially offset by efficiency
savings.
–Head Office total operating expenses increased to £385m (2022: £168m) mainly driven by structural cost actions of £186m.
•Credit impairment charges were £1,578m (2022: £933m)
–CIB credit impairment charges were £23m (2022: £119m), driven by single name charges, partially offset by the benefit of credit
protection.
–CC&P credit impairment charges increased to £1,525m (2022: £814m), driven by higher delinquencies in US cards, which was anticipated
and led to higher coverage ratios. 30 and 90 day arrears were 2.9% (Q422: 2.2%) and 1.5% (Q422: 1.2%) respectively. The US cards total
coverage ratio was 10.2% (December 2022: 8.1%).
–Head Office total impairment charges were £30m, mainly driven by Italy Mortgages.
•The effective tax rate (ETR) was 15.7% (2022: 10.0%). The 2023 ETR includes tax relief on payments made under AT1 instruments and on holdings
of inflation-linked government bonds.
Please refer to “Income statement commentary” in the “Additional information” section of the 2022 Annual Report on Form 20-F, for a comparative
discussion of 2022 financial results compared to 2021.
Note
aData source: Dealogic for the period covering 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023.
Additional unaudited information
Income statement commentary
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 222 |
Consolidated balance sheet commentary
Total assets
Total assets decreased by £18.4bn to £1,185.2bn.
Cash and balances at central banks decreased £12.5bn to £189.7bn driven by investment in debt securities at amortised cost in CIB, which increased by
£11.7bn to £39.0bn.
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks and customers decreased £9.0bn to £146.2bn driven by loan repayments in CIB and the transfer to held
for sale of the German consumer finance business, partially offset by balance growth in CC&P.
Trading portfolio assets increased £40.8bn to £174.6bn driven by an increase in debt and equity securities as we facilitate client demand.
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement decreased £6.9bn to £204.2bn driven by increased secured lending being more than offset
by trade optimisations.
Derivative financial instrument assets decreased £46.9bn to £256.1bn driven by lower market volatility and a decrease in the forward interest rates.
Cash collateral and settlement balances decreased £4.2bn to £103.7bn.
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income increased £6.3bn to £51.4bn driven by increased investment in debt securities.
Total liabilities
Total liabilities decreased £19.9bn to £1,124.7bn.
Deposits at amortised cost to banks and customers increased £10.2bn to £301.8bn driven by increased deposits in CIB.
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing increased £16.6bn to £28.6bn driven by increased secured borrowing.
Debt securities in issue decreased £14.4bn to £45.7bn driven by maturities.
Subordinated liabilities decreased £2.4bn to £35.9bn driven by redemptions.
Trading portfolio liabilities decreased £14.7bn to £57.8bn driven by decreases in equity securities as clients repositioned their demand.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value increased £26.5bn to £298.6bn driven by increased repurchase agreements and prime brokerage deposits.
Derivative financial instruments decreased £39.3bn to £249.9bn driven by lower market volatility.
Cash collateral and settlement balances decreased £3.8bn to £93.0bn.
Total shareholders’ equity
Total shareholders’ equity increased £1.5bn to £60.5bn.
Other equity instruments increased £0.1bn to £10.8bn as the issuance of three AT1 instruments(£0.9bn, $1.8bn and SGD400m) was offset by two
redemptions (£0.5bn and $2.5bn). AT1 securities are perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities structured to qualify as AT1 instruments
under prevailing capital rules applicable as at the relevant issue date.
Other reserves increased by £1.1bn, mainly due to a gain in the cash flow hedging reserve of £2.7bn to £2.9bn debit, as a result of fair value movements
on interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes due to an decrease in major interest rate curves, which was offset by a £1.2bn reduction in the value
of the currency translation reserve to £3.8bn, as GBP strengthened against USD and EUR, and a £0.7bn reduction is the value of the Own Credit reserve
to £0.2bn debit, driven by a tightening of credit spreads.
Retained earnings increased £0.4bn to £47.8bn, mainly due to profits of £2.8bn, offset by dividends of £1.4bn and a decrease in the pension
remeasurement reserve of £0.8bn.
Additional unaudited information
Balance sheet commentary
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 223 |
Deposits
Average deposits at amortised cost, Average interest rate paid - split by type and UK vs Non-UK
The following tables present average deposits at amortised cost and their associated interest expense by deposit type split into UK vs Non-UK.
Barclays Bank Group | Average deposits at amortised cost | Interest expense | Average interest rate |
For the year ended 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | % |
UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 34,895 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 39,428 | 437 | 1.1 |
Savings accounts | 16,534 | 102 | 0.6 |
Time deposits | 65,824 | 3,345 | 5.1 |
Total UK | 156,681 | 3,884 | 2.5 |
Non-UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 15,605 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 14,893 | 85 | 0.6 |
Savings accounts | 15,219 | 252 | 1.7 |
Time deposits | 105,126 | 4,520 | 4.3 |
Total Non-UK | 150,843 | 4,857 | 3.2 |
Total Deposits at Amortised Cost | 307,524 | 8,741 | 2.8 |
Barclays Bank Group | Average deposits at amortised cost | Interest expense | Average interest rate |
For the year ended 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | % |
UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 45,336 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 38,015 | 219 | 0.6 |
Savings accounts | 19,581 | 115 | 0.6 |
Time deposits | 58,879 | 954 | 1.6 |
Total UK | 161,811 | 1,288 | 0.8 |
Non-UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 18,465 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 16,137 | 167 | 1.0 |
Savings accounts | 15,558 | 231 | 1.5 |
Time deposits | 88,119 | 1,418 | 1.6 |
Total Non-UK | 138,279 | 1,816 | 1.3 |
Total Deposits at Amortised Cost | 300,090 | 3,104 | 1.0 |
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 224 |
Barclays Bank Group | Average deposits at amortised cost | Interest expense | Average interest rate |
For the year ended 31 December 2021 | £m | £m | % |
UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 44,482 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 34,026 | 7 | — |
Savings accounts | 20,809 | 4 | — |
Time deposits | 66,330 | 71 | 0.1 |
Total UK | 165,647 | 82 | — |
Non-UKa | |||
Current and demand accounts | |||
– interest free | 16,195 | — | — |
– interest bearing | 15,462 | 29 | 0.2 |
Savings accounts | 13,969 | 71 | 0.5 |
Time deposits | 50,831 | 149 | 0.3 |
Total Non-UK | 96,457 | 249 | 0.3 |
Total Deposits at Amortised Cost | 262,104 | 331 | 0.1 |
Note
aThe country analysis in the table above is based on the location of the counterparty with which the deposits at amortised cost are recorded.
Deposits at amortised cost in offices in the United Kingdom received from non-residents amounted to £48,515m (2022: £40,084m).
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 225 |
Uninsured other time deposits
Barclays Bank Group | 2023 | 2022 |
£m | £m | |
3 months or less | 121,529 | 117,345 |
3 to 6 months | 20,075 | 18,666 |
6 to 12 months | 19,113 | 10,340 |
12 months and over | 3,772 | 2,643 |
Total | 164,489 | 148,994 |
As at 31 December 2023, £1,134m (2022: £382m) of U.S. time deposits were in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit.
Of the total deposits at amortised, there are uninsured deposits of £237,837m (2022: £237,286m) which are not insured through the UK Financial
Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) or other similar deposits schemes.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 226 |
Commitments and contractual obligations
Barclays Bank Group Commercial commitments include guarantees, contingent liabilities and standby facilities.
Commercial commitments | |||||
Amount of commitment expiration per period | |||||
Less than one year | Between one to three years | Between three to five years | After five years | Total amounts committed | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 17,578 | — | — | — | 17,578 |
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 9,250 | 1 | — | — | 9,251 |
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 2,352 | — | — | — | 2,352 |
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 335,528 | 55 | — | — | 335,583 |
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 17,700 | — | — | — | 17,700 |
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 8,099 | 1 | — | — | 8,100 |
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 1,748 | — | — | — | 1,748 |
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 333,192 | 37 | — | — | 333,229 |
Contractual obligations include debt securities.
Contractual obligations | |||||
Payments due by period | |||||
Less than one year | Between one to three years | Between three to five years | After five years | Total | |
Barclays Bank Group | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Long-term debta | 37,898 | 14,482 | 9,334 | 33,077 | 94,791 |
Purchase obligations | 34 | 17 | 10 | 10 | 71 |
Total | 37,932 | 14,499 | 9,344 | 33,087 | 94,862 |
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Long-term debta | 52,519 | 14,436 | 11,897 | 32,448 | 111,300 |
Purchase obligations | 35 | 45 | 19 | — | 99 |
Total | 52,554 | 14,481 | 11,916 | 32,448 | 111,399 |
Note
aLong-term debt has been prepared to reflect cash flows on an undiscounted basis, which includes interest payments.
Net cash flows from derivatives used to hedge long-term debt amount to £(1.5)bn (2022: £(2.7)bn).
Further information on the contractual maturity of the Barclays Bank Group’s assets and liabilities is given in the Liquidity risk section.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 227 |
Commitments and contractual obligations
Barclays Bank PLC Commercial commitments include guarantees, contingent liabilities and standby facilities.
Commercial commitments | |||||
Amount of commitment expiration per period | |||||
Less than one year | Between one to three years | Between three to five years | After five years | Total amounts committed | |
Barclays Bank PLC | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 58,136 | — | — | — | 58,136 |
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 10,816 | 1 | — | — | 10,817 |
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 2,298 | — | — | — | 2,298 |
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 204,374 | 55 | — | — | 204,429 |
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 52,219 | — | — | — | 52,219 |
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 9,983 | 1 | — | — | 9,984 |
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 1,686 | — | — | — | 1,686 |
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 205,612 | 37 | — | — | 205,649 |
Contractual obligations include debt securities.
Contractual obligations | |||||
Payments due by period | |||||
Less than one year | Between one to three years | Between three to five years | After five years | Total | |
Barclays Bank PLC | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 31 December 2023 | |||||
Long-term debta | 21,182 | 12,271 | 9,158 | 28,679 | 71,290 |
Purchase obligations | 6 | 6 | — | — | 12 |
Total | 21,188 | 12,277 | 9,158 | 28,679 | 71,302 |
As at 31 December 2022 | |||||
Long-term debta | 37,907 | 10,517 | 10,596 | 31,103 | 90,123 |
Purchase obligations | 5 | — | — | — | 5 |
Total | 37,912 | 10,517 | 10,596 | 31,103 | 90,128 |
Note
aLong-term debt has been prepared to reflect cash flows on an undiscounted basis, which includes interest payments.
Net cash flows from derivatives used to hedge long-term debt amount to £(1.7)bn (2022: £(3.0)bn).
Further information on the contractual maturity of the Barclays Bank PLC’s assets and liabilities is given in the Liquidity risk section.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 228 |
Securities
Investment securities include securities reported within debt securities at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income.
Investment debt securities include government securities held as part of the Group’s treasury management portfolio for asset and liability, liquidity and
regulatory purposes and are for use on a continuing basis in the activities of the Group. In addition, the Group holds as investments listed and unlisted
corporate securities.
Maturities and yield of investment debt securities | ||||||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Maturing within one year | Maturing after one but within five years | Maturing after five but within ten years | Maturing after ten years | Total | |||||
Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % |
Debt securities at amortised cost | 8,994 | 3.9% | 19,560 | 3.4% | 1,114 | 3.6% | 9,378 | 3.5% | 39,046 | 3.5% |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 7,576 | 2.5% | 18,045 | 2.5% | 14,108 | 3.0% | 10,921 | 2.7% | 50,650 | 2.7% |
Total book Value | 16,570 | 37,605 | 15,222 | 20,299 | 89,696 | |||||
The above table is only for debt securities held at the reporting date and does not include associated hedges.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 229 |
Average balance sheet
Average balances are based upon monthly averages. UK and Non-UK is based on the location of the office where the transactions are recorded.
Assets | 2023 | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest income | Interest expensea | Total interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 78,548 | 3,101 | — | 3,101 | 3.9 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 133,302 | 5,283 | (4) | 5,279 | 4.0 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Total | 211,850 | 8,384 | (4) | 8,380 | 4.0 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 97,152 | 4,219 | — | 4,219 | 4.3 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 92,044 | 5,454 | — | 5,454 | 5.9 |
Loans and advances at amortised costb | Total | 189,196 | 9,673 | — | 9,673 | 5.1 |
Cash collateral | UK | 51,205 | 1,295 | — | 1,295 | 2.5 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 25,880 | 692 | — | 692 | 2.7 |
Cash collateral | Total | 77,085 | 1,987 | — | 1,987 | 2.6 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 700 | 22 | — | 22 | 3.1 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 1,247 | 58 | (3) | 55 | 4.4 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Total | 1,947 | 80 | (3) | 77 | 4.0 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | UK | 45,340 | 3,646 | — | 3,646 | 8.0 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Non-UK | 3,458 | 162 | — | 162 | 4.7 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Total | 48,798 | 3,808 | — | 3,808 | 7.8 |
Other interest and similar incomec | — | 329 | (46) | 283 | — | |
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through income statement | 528,876 | 24,261 | (53) | 24,208 | 4.6 | |
Less interest and similar expense | (17,608) | 53 | (17,555) | — | ||
Net interest | 6,653 | — | 6,653 | — | ||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | UK | 226,915 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 123,109 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Total | 350,024 | ||||
Total interest earning assets | 878,900 | |||||
Impairments | (4,001) | |||||
Non-interest earning assets | 419,474 | |||||
Total | 1,294,373 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK | 43% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on assets (which is presented within interest and similar expense in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bLoans and advances at amortised cost include credit-impaired loans. Interest receivable on such lendings has been included to the extent to which either cash payments
have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Bank Group.
cOther interest and similar income principally relates to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 230 |
Assets | 2022 | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest income | Interest expensea | Total net interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 67,386 | 850 | — | 850 | 1.3 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 137,155 | 1,247 | (190) | 1,057 | 0.8 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Total | 204,541 | 2,097 | (190) | 1,907 | 0.9 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 92,966 | 3,059 | — | 3,059 | 3.3 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 84,273 | 4,395 | — | 4,395 | 5.2 |
Loans and advances at amortised costb | Total | 177,239 | 7,454 | — | 7,454 | 4.2 |
Cash collateral | UK | 57,514 | 366 | (1) | 365 | 0.6 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 23,592 | 39 | (15) | 24 | 0.1 |
Cash collateral | Total | 81,106 | 405 | (16) | 389 | 0.5 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 607 | 17 | — | 17 | 2.8 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 2,383 | 12 | (2) | 10 | 0.4 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Total | 2,990 | 29 | (2) | 27 | 0.9 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | UK | 41,150 | 1,392 | — | 1,392 | 3.4 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Non-UK | 4,447 | 101 | — | 101 | 2.3 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Total | 45,597 | 1,493 | — | 1,493 | 3.3 |
Other interest and similar incomec | — | 301 | (208) | 93 | — | |
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through income statement | 511,473 | 11,779 | (416) | 11,363 | 2.2 | |
Less interest and similar expense | — | (6,381) | 416 | (5,965) | — | |
Net interest | 5,398 | — | 5,398 | — | ||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | UK | 208,206 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 113,918 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Total | 322,124 | ||||
Total interest earning assets | 833,597 | |||||
Impairments | (3,608) | |||||
Non-interest earning assets | 464,243 | |||||
Total | 1,294,232 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK | 44% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on assets (which is presented within interest and similar expense in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bLoans and advances at amortised cost includes credit-impaired loans. Interest receivable on such lendings has been included to the extent to which either cash payments
have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Bank Group.
cOther interest and similar income principally relates to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 231 |
Assets | 2021 | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest income | Interest expensea | Total net interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | |||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 45,958 | 56 | — | 56 | 0.1 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 130,493 | 72 | (304) | (232) | (0.2) |
Cash and balances at central banks | Total | 176,451 | 128 | (304) | (176) | (0.1) |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 76,236 | 1,876 | — | 1,876 | 2.5 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 64,389 | 2,389 | (1) | 2,388 | 3.7 |
Loans and advances at amortised costb | Total | 140,625 | 4,265 | (1) | 4,264 | 3.0 |
Cash collateral | UK | 47,035 | 109 | (29) | 80 | 0.2 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 20,358 | 24 | (36) | (12) | (0.1) |
Cash collateral | Total | 67,393 | 133 | (65) | 68 | 0.1 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 598 | 11 | — | 11 | 1.8 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 4,078 | 7 | (4) | 3 | 0.1 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Total | 4,676 | 18 | (4) | 14 | 0.3 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | UK | 45,029 | 342 | — | 342 | 0.8 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Non-UK | 3,006 | 38 | — | 38 | 1.3 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Total | 48,035 | 380 | — | 380 | 0.8 |
Other interest and similar incomec | — | 748 | (248) | 500 | ||
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through P&L | 437,180 | 5,672 | (622) | 5,050 | 1.2 | |
Less interest and similar expense | — | (2,599) | 622 | (1,977) | ||
Net interest | 3,073 | — | 3,073 | |||
Interest earning assets at fair value through P&L | UK | 190,258 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through P&L | Non-UK | 103,179 | ||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through P&L | Total | 293,437 | ||||
Total interest earning assets | 730,617 | |||||
Impairments | (4,251) | |||||
Non-interest earning assets | 401,358 | |||||
Total | 1,127,724 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK | 45% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on assets (which is presented within interest and similar expense in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bLoans and advances at amortised cost includes credit-impaired loans. Interest receivable on such lendings has been included to the extent to which either cash payments
have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Bank Group.
cOther interest and similar income principally includes interest income relating to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 232 |
Liabilities | ||||||
2023 | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest expense | Interest incomea | Total net interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 162,350 | 5,000 | — | 5,000 | 3.1 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Non-UK | 93,174 | 3,647 | — | 3,647 | 3.9 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Total | 255,524 | 8,647 | — | 8,647 | 3.4 |
Federal funds purchased | UK | — | — | — | — | — |
Federal funds purchased | Non-UK | 1,500 | 94 | — | 94 | 6.3 |
Federal funds purchased | Total | 1,500 | 94 | — | 94 | 6.3 |
Cash collateral | UK | 44,383 | 1,406 | — | 1,406 | 3.2 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 25,678 | 800 | — | 800 | 3.1 |
Cash collateral | Total | 70,061 | 2,206 | — | 2,206 | 3.1 |
Debt securities in issue | UK | 10,524 | 624 | — | 624 | 5.9 |
Debt securities in issue | Non-UK | 19,432 | 1,086 | — | 1,086 | 5.6 |
Debt securities in issue | Total | 29,956 | 1,710 | — | 1,710 | 5.7 |
Commercial paper | UK | 11,332 | 454 | (46) | 408 | 3.6 |
Commercial paper | Non-UK | 16,840 | 866 | — | 866 | 5.1 |
Commercial paper | Total | 28,172 | 1,320 | (46) | 1,274 | 4.5 |
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 36,568 | 2,653 | — | 2,653 | 7.3 |
Subordinated liabilities | Non-UK | 607 | 44 | — | 44 | 7.2 |
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 37,175 | 2,697 | — | 2,697 | 7.3 |
Repurchase agreements | UK | 19,371 | 586 | — | 586 | 3.0 |
Repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 1,899 | 73 | — | 73 | 3.8 |
Repurchase agreements | Total | 21,270 | 659 | — | 659 | 3.1 |
Other interest and similar expenseb | — | 275 | (7) | 268 | — | |
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement | 443,658 | 17,608 | (53) | 17,555 | 4.0 | |
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | UK | 313,177 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 74,730 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Total | 387,907 | ||||
Total interest bearing liabilities | 831,565 | |||||
Interest free customer deposits | UK | 33,671 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Non-UK | 16,829 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Total | 50,500 | ||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities | 353,037 | |||||
Shareholders' equity | 59,271 | |||||
Total | 1,294,373 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning liabilities in offices outside the UK | 28% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on liabilities (which is presented within interest and similar income in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bOther interest and similar expense principally relates to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 233 |
Liabilities | 2022 | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest expense | Interest incomea | Total net interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 153,385 | 2,000 | (8) | 1,992 | 1.3 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Non-UK | 81,715 | 1,077 | (67) | 1,010 | 1.2 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Total | 235,100 | 3,077 | (75) | 3,002 | 1.3 |
Federal funds purchased | UK | — | — | — | — | — |
Federal funds purchased | Non-UK | 1,189 | 27 | — | 27 | 2.3 |
Federal funds purchased | Total | 1,189 | 27 | — | 27 | 2.3 |
Cash collateral | UK | 50,430 | 365 | (63) | 302 | 0.6 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 22,610 | 31 | — | 31 | 0.1 |
Cash collateral | Total | 73,040 | 396 | (63) | 333 | 0.5 |
Debt securities in issue | UK | 11,677 | 538 | — | 538 | 4.6 |
Debt securities in issue | Non-UK | 21,987 | 539 | — | 539 | 2.5 |
Debt securities in issue | Total | 33,664 | 1,077 | — | 1,077 | 3.2 |
Commercial paper | UK | 14,655 | 130 | (62) | 68 | 0.5 |
Commercial paper | Non-UK | 15,247 | 266 | (5) | 261 | 1.7 |
Commercial paper | Total | 29,902 | 396 | (67) | 329 | 1.1 |
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 32,664 | 943 | — | 943 | 2.9 |
Subordinated liabilities | Non-UK | 527 | 23 | — | 23 | 4.4 |
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 33,191 | 966 | — | 966 | 2.9 |
Repurchase agreements | UK | 10,036 | 41 | — | 41 | 0.4 |
Repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 2,982 | 12 | (3) | 9 | 0.3 |
Repurchase agreements | Total | 13,018 | 53 | (3) | 50 | 0.4 |
Other interest and similar expenseb | — | 389 | (208) | 181 | — | |
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement | 419,104 | 6,381 | (416) | 5,965 | 1.4 | |
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | UK | 273,623 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 66,573 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Total | 340,196 | ||||
Total interest bearing liabilities | 759,300 | |||||
Interest free customer deposits | UK | 46,670 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Non-UK | 17,131 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Total | 63,801 | ||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities | 412,674 | |||||
Shareholders' equity | 58,457 | |||||
Total | 1,294,232 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning liabilities in offices outside the UK | 28% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on liabilities (which is presented within interest and similar income in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bOther interest and similar expense principally includes interest expense relating to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 234 |
Liabilities | 2021 | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Average balance | Interest expense | Interest incomea | Total net interest | Rate | |
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 130,828 | 112 | (55) | 57 | — |
Deposits at amortised cost | Non-UK | 69,811 | 218 | (77) | 141 | 0.2 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Total | 200,639 | 330 | (132) | 198 | 0.1 |
Federal funds purchased | UK | — | — | — | — | — |
Federal funds purchased | Non-UK | 788 | 1 | — | 1 | 0.1 |
Federal funds purchased | Total | 788 | 1 | — | 1 | 0.1 |
Cash collateral | UK | 44,591 | 42 | (40) | 2 | — |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 16,036 | 22 | — | 22 | 0.1 |
Cash collateral | Total | 60,627 | 64 | (40) | 24 | — |
Debt securities in issue | UK | 9,295 | 290 | — | 290 | 3.1 |
Debt securities in issue | Non-UK | 12,745 | 95 | — | 95 | 0.7 |
Debt securities in issue | Total | 22,040 | 385 | — | 385 | 1.7 |
Commercial paper | UK | 9,094 | 4 | (26) | (22) | (0.2) |
Commercial paper | Non-UK | 11,337 | 24 | (6) | 18 | 0.2 |
Commercial paper | Total | 20,431 | 28 | (32) | (4) | — |
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 29,757 | 922 | — | 922 | 3.1 |
Subordinated liabilities | Non-UK | 227 | 12 | — | 12 | 5.3 |
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 29,984 | 934 | — | 934 | 3.1 |
Repurchase agreements | UK | 8,793 | 15 | — | 15 | 0.2 |
Repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 2,542 | 1 | (44) | (43) | (1.7) |
Repurchase agreements | Total | 11,335 | 16 | (44) | (28) | (0.2) |
Other interest and similar expenseb | — | 841 | (374) | 467 | — | |
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement | 345,844 | 2,599 | (622) | 1,977 | 0.6 | |
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | UK | 268,067 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 55,754 | ||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Total | 323,821 | ||||
Total interest bearing liabilities | 669,665 | |||||
Interest free customer deposits | UK | 45,498 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Non-UK | 15,179 | ||||
Interest free customer deposits | Total | 60,677 | ||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities | 343,510 | |||||
Shareholders' equity | 53,872 | |||||
Total | 1,127,724 | |||||
Percentage of total average interest earning liabilities in offices outside the UK | 25% | |||||
Notes
aNegative interest earned on liabilities (which is presented within interest and similar income in the statutory accounts) is included in determining the total net interest
figure. This presentation is deemed appropriate to represent the return associated with each asset class in the table.
bOther interest and similar expense principally includes interest expense relating to hedging activity.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 235 |
Changes in total interest – volume and rate analysis
The following tables allocate changes in interest between changes in volume and changes in interest rates for the last two years. Volume and rate
variances have been calculated on the movement in the average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest earning assets and
average interest bearing liabilities. Where variances have arisen from changes in both volumes and interest rates, these have been allocated
proportionately between the two.
Interest income | |||||||
Barclays Bank Group | 2023/2022 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: | 2022/2021 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: | |||||
Total change | Volume | Rate | Total change | Volume | Rate | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 2,251 | 163 | 2,088 | 794 | 38 | 756 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 4,222 | (31) | 4,253 | 1,289 | (11) | 1,300 |
Cash and balances at central banks | Total | 6,473 | 132 | 6,341 | 2,083 | 27 | 2,056 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 1,160 | 143 | 1,017 | 1,183 | 467 | 716 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 1,059 | 427 | 632 | 2,007 | 867 | 1,140 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Total | 2,219 | 570 | 1,649 | 3,190 | 1,334 | 1,856 |
Cash collateral | UK | 930 | (44) | 974 | 285 | 22 | 263 |
Cash collateral | Non-UK | 668 | 2 | 666 | 36 | (2) | 38 |
Cash collateral | Total | 1,598 | (42) | 1,640 | 321 | 20 | 301 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 5 | 3 | 2 | 6 | — | 6 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 45 | (7) | 52 | 7 | (1) | 8 |
Reverse repurchase agreements | Total | 50 | (4) | 54 | 13 | (1) | 14 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | UK | 2,254 | 155 | 2,099 | 1,050 | (31) | 1,081 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Non-UK | 61 | (26) | 87 | 63 | 24 | 39 |
Interest earning assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Total | 2,315 | 129 | 2,186 | 1,113 | (7) | 1,120 |
Other interest and similar income | 190 | — | 190 | (407) | — | (407) | |
Total interest receivable | 12,845 | 785 | 12,060 | 6,313 | 1,373 | 4,940 | |
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 236 |
Interest expense | |||||||
Barclays Bank Group | 2023/2022 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: | 2022/2021 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: | |||||
Total change | Volume | Rate | Total change | Volume | Rate | ||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 3,008 | 123 | 2,885 | 1,935 | 12 | 1,923 |
Deposits at amortised cost | non-UK | 2,637 | 161 | 2,476 | 869 | 28 | 841 |
Deposits at amortised cost | Total | 5,645 | 284 | 5,361 | 2,804 | 40 | 2,764 |
Federal funds purchased | UK | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Federal funds purchased | non-UK | 67 | 9 | 58 | 26 | 2 | 24 |
Federal funds purchased | Total | 67 | 9 | 58 | 26 | 2 | 24 |
Cash Collateral | UK | 1,104 | (40) | 1,144 | 300 | — | 300 |
Cash Collateral | non-UK | 769 | 5 | 764 | 9 | 9 | — |
Cash Collateral | Total | 1,873 | (35) | 1,908 | 309 | 9 | 300 |
Debt securities in issue | UK | 86 | (57) | 143 | 248 | 86 | 162 |
Debt securities in issue | non-UK | 547 | (70) | 617 | 444 | 107 | 337 |
Debt securities in issue | Total | 633 | (127) | 760 | 692 | 193 | 499 |
Commercial paper | UK | 340 | (18) | 358 | 90 | (6) | 96 |
Commercial paper | non-UK | 605 | 30 | 575 | 243 | 8 | 235 |
Commercial paper | Total | 945 | 12 | 933 | 333 | 2 | 331 |
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 1,710 | 126 | 1,584 | 21 | 86 | (65) |
Subordinated liabilities | non-UK | 21 | 3 | 18 | 11 | 13 | (2) |
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 1,731 | 129 | 1,602 | 32 | 99 | (67) |
Repurchase agreements | UK | 545 | 69 | 476 | 26 | 2 | 24 |
Repurchase agreements | non-UK | 64 | (4) | 68 | 52 | (6) | 58 |
Repurchase agreements | Total | 609 | 65 | 544 | 78 | (4) | 82 |
Other interest and similar expense | 87 | — | 87 | (286) | — | (286) | |
Total interest payable | 11,590 | 337 | 11,253 | 3,988 | 341 | 3,647 | |
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 237 |
Credit risk additional disclosure
This section of the report contains supplementary information that is more detailed or contains longer histories than the data presented in the Risk
review section.
Interest forgone on risk elements in loans and advances at amortised cost | Barclays Bank Group | ||
2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
Interest income that would have been recognised under the original contractual terms | 111 | 44 | 39 |
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are those loans for which serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrower to continue to comply with repayment terms in
the near future.
The loans and advances at amortised cost by product disclosure in the credit risk section includes gross exposure and associated impairment allowance
for assets classified as Stage 2, but not past due i.e. assets satisfying the criteria for a Significant Increase in Credit Risk, but which are still complying
with repayment terms.
A financial asset is subject to forbearance when it is modified due to the credit distress of the borrower. A modification made to the terms of an asset
due to forbearance will typically be assessed as a non-substantial modification that does not result in derecognition of the original loan, except in
circumstances where debt is exchanged for equity. Both performing and non-performing forbearance assets are classified as Stage 3 except where it is
established that the concession granted has not resulted in diminished financial obligation and that no other regulatory definition of default criteria has
been triggered, in which case the asset is classified as Stage 2. The minimum probationary period for non-performing forbearance is 12 months and for
performing forbearance, 24 months. Hence, a minimum of 36 months is required for non-performing forbearance to move out of a forborne state.
In order to assess asset credit quality, 12-month PDs are used to map assets into strong, satisfactory, higher risk or credit impaired. A credit risk profile
by internal PD grade for gross loans and advances at amortised cost and allowance for ECL is shown in the credit risk section, analysing each of these
categories by stage.
Wholesale accounts that are deemed to contain heightened levels of risk are recorded on graded watchlists comprising four categories, graded in line
with the perceived severity of the risk attached to the lending, and its probability of default. Where a counterparty’s financial health gives grounds for
concern, it is immediately placed into the appropriate category. Once an account has been placed on a watchlist, the exposure is monitored and, where
appropriate, exposure reductions are effected.
Impairment
Loans and Advances at fair value are not subject to ECL under IFRS 9 and are excluded from the disclosure below.
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses | Barclays Bank Group | |||
Balance at end of period applicable to: | Amount | % of loans in each category to total loans | ||
2023a | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m | ||
Loans and Advances at amortised cost to Banks | 10 | 11 | 6.0% | 5.6% |
Loans and Advances at amortised cost to Customers | 4,007 | 3,768 | 93.5% | 94.2% |
Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income | 2 | — | 0.5% | 0.1% |
Total | 4,019 | 3,779 | 100% | 100% |
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 238 |
Net Charge offs during the period to average loans outstanding | |||
Barclays Bank Group | Amount | ||
2023a | 2022 | 2021 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m |
Loans and Advances at amortised cost to Banks | |||
Net charge off | — | — | — |
Average loans | 9,978 | 10,225 | 9,381 |
Ratio % | — | — | — |
Loans and Advances at amortised cost to Customers | |||
Net charge off | 815 | 750 | 1,417 |
Average loans | 145,367 | 139,710 | 114,757 |
Ratio % | 0.6% | 0.5% | 1.2% |
Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income | |||
Net charge off | — | — | — |
Average loans | 346 | 221 | 110 |
Ratio | —% | —% | —% |
Consolidated Basis | Barclays Bank Group | |
Allowance for Credit losses to total loans outstanding | Amount | |
2023a | 2022 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m |
Allowance for credit losses | 4,019 | 3,779 |
Total loans outstanding | 150,988 | 159,205 |
Ratio | 2.7% | 2.4% |
Note
aExcludes balance relating to the German consumer finance business classified as assets held for sale during the year.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 239 |
Maturity analysis of Gross loans and advances
Traded loans are included in the 'not more than one month'' column at their fair value. Liquidity risk on these items is not managed on the basis of
contractual maturity since these items are not held for settlement according to such maturity and will frequently be settled before contractual maturity
at fair value.
Maturity analysis of Gross loans and advances | |||||
Barclays Bank Group | Less than 1 year | One to Five Years | Five to fifteen years | Over fifteen years | Total |
As at 31 December 2023 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to banks | 9,034 | — | — | — | 9,034 |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to Customers | 41,942 | 69,771 | 22,239 | 7,232 | 141,184 |
Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income | 78 | 286 | 407 | — | 771 |
Loans and Advances at Fair Value through Profit and Loss | 39,823 | 4,121 | 793 | 683 | 45,420 |
Traded loans | 12,653 | — | — | — | 12,653 |
Total Gross loans and advances | 103,530 | 74,178 | 23,439 | 7,915 | 209,062 |
Less than 1 year | One to Five Years | Five to fifteen years | Over fifteen years | Total | |
As at 31 December 2022 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to banks | 8,972 | — | — | — | 8,972 |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to customers | 44,071 | 74,965 | 23,213 | 7,762 | 150,011 |
Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income | — | 222 | — | — | 222 |
Loans and Advances at Fair Value through Profit and Loss | 32,869 | 2,882 | 836 | 863 | 37,450 |
Traded loans | 13,198 | — | — | — | 13,198 |
Total Gross loans and advances | 99,110 | 78,069 | 24,049 | 8,625 | 209,853 |
Interest rate sensitivity of gross loans and advances. Maturity > 1 year | |||||||
2023 | 2022 | ||||||
Barclays Bank Group | Fixed rate | Variable rate | Total | Fixed rate | Variable rate | Total | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to banks | — | — | — | — | — | — | |
Loans and Advances at Amortised cost to customers | 13,077 | 86,165 | 99,242 | 16,153 | 89,787 | 105,940 | |
Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income | — | 693 | 693 | 222 | 222 | ||
Loans and Advances at Fair Value through Profit and Loss | 1,178 | 4,419 | 5,597 | 1,318 | 3,262 | 4,580 | |
Gross loans and advances | 14,255 | 91,277 | 105,532 | 17,471 | 93,271 | 110,742 | |
Notional principal amounts of credit derivatives | Barclays Bank Group | |
2023 | 2022 | |
As at 31 December | £m | £m |
Credit derivatives held or issued for trading purposesa | 1,448,350 | 1,727,220 |
Note
aIncludes credit derivatives held as economic hedges which are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
Additional unaudited information
Additional financial disclosure
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 240 |
Overview
Barclays Bank PLC (BBPLC or the Company) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays PLC. The consolidation of Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries is
referred to as the Barclays Bank Group. The term Barclays refers to either Barclays PLC (BPLC) or, depending on the context, the Barclays Group. The
term Barclays Group refers to BPLC together with its subsidiaries.
Barclays Bank PLC is the non ring-fenced bank within the Barclays Group. The Barclays Bank Group contains the majority of the Barclays Group’s
Barclays International division, which is comprised of the Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB) and Consumer, Cards and Payments (CC&P) businesses.
Barclays Bank PLC offers customers and clients a range of products and services spanning consumer and wholesale banking and is supported by the
Barclays Group-wide service company, Barclays Execution Services Limited (BX), which provides technology, operations and functional services to
businesses across the Barclays Group.
Barclays Bank PLC is focused on delivering for customers and clients around the world. Our diversified business portfolio provides balance, resilience
and exciting opportunities. Barclays Bank PLC has strong global market positions and continues to invest in people and technology with the aim of
delivering sustainable returns.
Our structure
Barclays Bank PLC | |||||||
 | | ||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | ||||||
CIB
The Corporate and Investment Bank helps money managers, financial institutions, governments, supranational organisations and corporate clients
manage their funding, investing, financing, and strategic and risk management needs.
• Global Markets offers clients a full range of liquidity, risk management and financing solutions as well as ideas and content tailored to their investment
and risk management needs - coupled with execution capabilities - across the spectrum of financial products.
• Investment Banking provides clients with strategic advice on mergers and acquisitions (M&A), corporate finance and financial risk management
solutions, as well as equity and debt issuance services.
• Corporate Banking provides working capital, transaction banking (including trade and payments), and lending for multinational, large and medium
corporates, and for financial institutions.
CC&P
The Consumer, Cards and Payments division of Barclays International comprises our International Cards and Consumer Bank, Private Bank and Wealth
Management, Barclaycard Payments and German Consumer Finance businesses.
• Our US Consumer Bank offers co-branded and private-label credit cards, online retail deposits products, personal loans and instalment payments.
• Private Bank and Wealth Management provides UK and International clients with access to the full spectrum of wealth and private banking services.
• Barclaycard Payments provides a unified experience for making and receiving payments in-store and online.
• German Consumer Finance business offers own-branded and co-branded credit cards, online loans, electronic Point of Sale (ePOS) financing and
deposits.
The world in which we operate
Barclays Bank PLC is driven by a common Purpose: working together for a better financial future. To do so we must be strong as an institution, prepared
for the future, and able to navigate different market conditions and evolving trends.
We regularly review our operating environment for emerging trends, and adapt to address them. In 2021 we called out three long-term trends and
continue to make good progress preparing for these, as you will find detailed throughout the report:
•The impact of technology on consumer products and services
•The role of capital markets as the principal drivers of global growth
•The transition of the global economy towards a low-carbon economy
Recently, we have adjusted our strategy and operating model to reflect changes in the environment we operate in, and evolving demands for our
customers, clients, regulators and shareholders.
We actively navigate risk and uncertainty, and are vigilant to deliver for our customers, clients, and shareholders in any environment.
Additional unaudited information
Performance Review
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 241 |
Focus areas
CIB
a.Leveraging the Power of One Barclays¹ to deliver world-class service for clients.
b.Capitalising on our top-tier Global Markets franchise, focusing on areas of excellence across our diversified business model.
c.Capturing opportunities in our global, scaled Investment Bank franchise.
CC&P
a.Developing new financial products and capabilities to reflect growing trends, to drive growth in our strategic home and international markets.
b.Creating an enhanced digital customer experience to build a more efficient business.
c.Broadening relationships with existing partners, pursuing new partnerships, and building capabilities to offer new financing solutions across
all markets.
Year in review
CIB
In 2023 we experienced a challenging market and wallet environment, characterised by inflation, macroeconomic uncertainty and heightened
geopolitical tensions. These conditions contributed to subdued primary market activity, as reflected in the 16% year-on- year decline in the global
investment banking wallet2.
• Our resilient CIB performance reflects the benefits of our income diversification, the strength of our client relationships, and close collaboration across
Investment Banking, Corporate Banking and Global Markets.
• In Investment Banking, we continued to deliver for our clients through rigorous focus, consistent execution and a strong solutions mindset. We ranked
sixth globally in 20232, and in the UK we topped the investment banking league table - in fees earned - for the first time in six years3. Additionally, we
continue to excel in areas of traditional strength, such as Debt Capital Markets where we rank fifth globally2, and we are successfully expanding in
priority areas such as Equity Capital Markets, where our share grew by 70bps.
• Among the year's highlights, Barclays was proud to serve as Joint Global Coordinator and Billing & Delivery Agent on Arm’s IPO.
• In Global Markets, we continue to be a leading provider of liquidity to institutional clients around the world, helping them find opportunities and
manage risk. Our clients recognised Barclays for our level of service amid continued market volatility as we were named Interest Rate Derivatives House
of the Year by Risk magazine, as well as Credit Derivatives and Equity House of the Year by IFR.
• Our focus remains on delivering sustainable through-the-cycle returns and we have the breadth of capabilities across Fixed Income and Equities,
combined with a top tier Financing business, to deliver on this. We continued to make progress against some of our key strategic initiatives, which offset
compressed financing spreads and a weaker environment for intermediation. In parallel, we continued to grow our financing capabilities to deliver more
stable, higher returning income.
• Over the past five years our ranking in Prime Services has moved up from 7th rank to joint 5th rank and ranked joint 1st for 20234, complementing our
existing strength in Fixed Income Financing.
• Our Research team provides industry-leading analysis and investment advice for our institutional clients. For the second year in a row, Barclays ranked
Top 3 for Fixed Income Research5 in Institutional Investor Research 2023 rankings - and Top 5 in European Equity Research5 for the first time -
underscoring the value clients and investors place on our differentiated content. The CIB continues to play a fundamental role in Barclays’ commitment
to invest in the transition to a low-carbon economy, providing green, sustainable and transition products and services that will support our clients and
the global economy to accelerate their transition to net zero. In 2023 the CIB facilitated $66.7bn of Sustainable and Transition Financing, meaningfully
contributing towards the Barclays Group target to facilitate $1trn of Sustainable and Transition Financing by the end of 2030.
• In addition, we continue to invest thoughtfully in our talent to meet client demands and deliver the best service. In early 2024 we announced the
formation of a new Energy Transition Group to support our ambition to be a leading adviser and financier to clients as they transition to a low-carbon
future.
• In Corporate Banking, revenues grew off the back of elevated deposits income which continued to benefit from a strong net interest margin, and
increased deposit balances from clients. We continued to make progress expanding our international capabilities, building out our Corporate Banking
businesses in the US and Europe alongside strengthening our digital capabilities globally to provide our clients with seamless access to our transaction
banking product set.
CC&P
• Our performance was driven by the impact of higher impairment charges, partially offset by deepening client relationships and market share in growth
businesses, alongside continued digital innovation to enhance propositions and services.
• The strength of our client relationships is reflected in the performance of our US Consumer Bank (USCB), where income is up 24% year on year –
driven by our leading position as the card of choice in the travel and airlines sector6 .Building on the success of our partnership with Gap Inc., we
announced a new partnership with Breeze Airways to issue its first consumer credit card programme. In addition, USCB launched a new partnership
with Microsoft and Mastercard to issue Xbox’s first co-branded credit card in the US. USCB’s retail deposits have grown 14% year on year, reflecting
excellent competitive positioning, brand strength, and the broadening of our partner base.
• Continued investment in and focus on enhancing digital propositions played an important role across our specialist businesses. In USCB mobile app
enhancements – including enabling facial biometrics ID as part of app authentication – helped boost the Android app star rating to 4.7 out of 5 in 2023,
up from 4 in 2022.
Additional unaudited information
Performance Review
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 242 |
• As further testament of improvements to our digital platform, our USCB Digital tNPS – a newly tracked metric for USCB measuring customer
experience at the digital journey level – increased from 59.8 in 2022 to a full year average of 61.3 in 2023.
• In parallel, we have remained focused on enhancing our product capabilities. In the first half of 2023 we launched the new JetBlue programme, a
complete re-design to align with the airlines' new loyalty programme. Subsequently, we were recognised by J.D. Power6 for the JetBlue Plus Card, issued
by Barclays, which ranked the highest among co-branded airline credit cards - demonstrating the value it offers customers.
• The successful integration of Private Bank and Wealth Management in 2023 is helping build our advantage in reach and specialist capability.
• Similarly, in Barclaycard Payments we saw a 29% year-on-year increase in digital logins and a corresponding 10% reduction in customers using our
call centres, supporting our increased efficiency. This momentum reflects the introduction of new digital features– including the launch of Smartpay
Anywhere and Smartpay Fuse, enabling small business customers to take online payments as part of a seamless experience.
• We continued to build our client portfolio, signing new business deals in 2023 with prominent brands including department store Fenwick and
plumbing specialist Wolseley. Barclaycard Payments and Barclays Corporate Banking were chosen by Fenwick to provide a range of banking and
payment services to support the growth and digitisation of the business – testament to the breadth of our business services, collaboration, and digital
capabilities.
• German Consumer Finance business delivered a strong performance, growing its deposit book 206% year on year, driven by our continued focus on
enhancing the customer experience. We launched the in-app call facility to significantly improve the efficiency and speed of customer service. We also
continued to be a leading provider of consumer finance through our credit cards and personal loans business.
Notes
1The Power of One Barclays is about colleagues uniting across businesses to put our clients' needs first. By working as a cohesive unit - collaborating, sharing expertise
and information - we can deliver the best outcomes for our clients.
2Dealogic for the period covering 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023.
3Data from Dealogic, UK Investment Bank revenue by bank, full year 2023. Based on our share of Top 10 peer banks reported revenues:
4Coalition Greenwich Competitor Analytics, 1H23 Global Results. Analysis based on the following banks: Barclays, BoA, BNP, CITI, CS, DB, GS, JPM, MS and UBS. Analysis is
based on Barclays' internal revenue numbers and business structure.
5institutionalinvestor.com/section/research
6https://ir.jetblue.com/news/news-details/2023/JetBlue-Plus-Card-Issued-by-Barclays-Earns-J.D.-Power-Award-For-Ranking-Number-One-Among-Airline-Co-Branded-
Credit-Cards/default.aspx.
Climate
Barclays is committed to achieving its ambition to be a net zero bank by 2050. We are focused on reducing our financed emissions through our policies,
targets and financing. This includes working with our clients as they decarbonise and supporting their efforts to transition the real economy in a manner
that is just, orderly and provides energy security.
We have now set 2030 reduction targets for eight of the highest-emitting sectors in our portfolio: Energy, Power, Cement, Steel, Automotive
manufacturing, Aviation, Agriculture and Commercial Real Estate; and assessed the baseline and convergence point for our UK Housing portfolio. This
meets our commitment under the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) to set targets for material high-emitting sectors in our portfolio.
Our policies are a lever for reducing our financed emissions. In 2024, we updated our Climate Change Statement, to include1:
•No project finance, or other direct finance to energy companies, for upstream oil and gas expansion projects or related infrastructure.
•Restrictions for new energy company clients engaged in expansion from January 2025.
•Restrictions on non-diversified energy companies engaged in long lead expansion.
•Additional restrictions on unconventional oil and gas, including Amazon and extra heavy oil.
•Requirements for energy companies to have 2030 methane reduction targets, a commitment to end all routine / non-essential venting and flaring
by 2030 and near-term net zero aligned Scope 1 and 2 targets from January 2026.
•Expectations for energy companies to produce relevant information in relation to their transition plans or decarbonisation strategies by January
2025
We understand that capital is critical for a successful energy transition and are focussing our financing to those clients actively engaged in the energy
transition.
The scale of our business gives us the opportunity to help finance the energy transition – to use our global reach, products, expertise and position in the
global economy to work with our clients, including those in the energy sector, as they transition to a low-carbon business model.
In 2023, Barclays financed $67.8bn of Sustainable and Transition Finance, demonstrating good momentum towards our target of $1trn by the end of
2030.
Please see the Climate and Sustainability Report in the Barclays PLC 2023 Annual Report.
Note
1For details on the scope and application of the updated positions please refer to the Climate Change Statement found at: home.barclays/sustainability/esg-resource-
hub/statements-and-policy-positions.
Additional unaudited information
Performance Review
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 243 |
Information provided in climate and sustainability disclosures
What is important to our investors and stakeholders evolves over time, and we aim to anticipate and respond to these changes. Disclosure expectations
in relation to climate change and sustainability matters are particularly fast moving, and differ from more traditional areas of reporting including in
relation to the level of detail and forward-looking nature of the information involved and the consideration of impacts on the environment and other
persons. We have adapted our approach in relation to the disclosure of such matters. Our climate and sustainability disclosures take into account the
wider context relevant to these topics, which may include evolving stakeholder views, the development of our climate strategy, longer timeframes for
assessing potential risks and impacts, international long-term climate- and nature-based policy goals and evolving sustainability-related policy
frameworks. Our climate and sustainability disclosures are subject to more uncertainty than disclosures relating to other subjects, given market
challenges in relation to data reliability, consistency and timeliness – the use of estimates, judgements and assumptions which are likely to change over
time, the application and development of data, models, scenarios and methodologies, the change in regulatory landscape, and variations in reporting
standards.
These factors mean disclosures may be amended, updated, and recalculated in future as market practice and data quality and availability develops, and
could cause actual achievements, results, performance or other future events or conditions to differ, in some cases materially, from those stated,
implied and/or reflected in any forward-looking statements or metrics included in our climate and sustainability disclosures. We give no assurance as to
the likelihood of the achievement or reasonableness of any projections, estimates, forecasts, targets, commitments, ambitions, prospects or returns
contained in our climate and sustainability disclosures and make no commitment to revise or update any such disclosures to reflect events or
circumstances occurring or existing after the date of such statements.
Disclaimers
In preparing the climate and sustainability content within the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F wherever it appears, we have:
•Made certain key judgements, estimations and assumptions. This is, for example, the case in relation to financed emissions, portfolio alignment,
classification of environmental and social financing, operational emissions and sustainability metrics, measurement of climate risk and scenario
analysis
•Used climate and sustainability data, models, scenarios and methodologies we consider to be appropriate and suitable for these purposes as at the
date on which they were deployed. This includes data, models, scenarios and methodologies made available by third parties (over which we have
no control) and which may have been prepared using a range of different methodologies, or where the basis of preparation may not be known to
Barclays. Methodologies, interpretations or assumptions may not be capable of being independently verified and may therefore be inaccurate.
Climate and sustainability data, models, scenarios and methodologies are subject to future risks and uncertainties and may change over time.
Climate and sustainability disclosures in this document, including climate and sustainability-related data, models and methodologies, are not of the
same standard as those available in the context of other financial information and use a greater number and level of judgements, assumptions and
estimates, including with respect to the classification of climate and sustainable financing activities. Climate and sustainability disclosures are also
not subject to the same or equivalent disclosure standards, historical reference points, benchmarks or globally accepted accounting principles.
Historical data cannot be relied on as a strong indicator of future trajectories in the case of climate change and its evolution. Outputs of models,
processed data, scenario analysis and the application of methodologies will also be affected by underlying data quality, which can be hard to
assess, or challenges in accessing data on a timely basis
•Continued (and will continue) to review and develop our approach to data, models, scenarios and methodologies in line with market principles and
standards as this subject area matures. The data, models, scenarios and methodologies used (including those made available by third parties) and
the judgements, estimates and/or assumptions made in them or by us are rapidly evolving, and this may directly or indirectly affect the metrics,
data points, targets, convergence points and milestones contained in the climate and sustainability content within the Barclays Bank PLC Annual
Report on Form 20-F. Further, changes in external factors which are outside of our control such as accounting and/or reporting standards,
improvements in data quality, data availability, or updates to methodologies and models and/or updates or restatements of data by third parties,
could impact – potentially materially – the performance metrics, data points, targets, convergence points and milestones contained in the climate
and sustainability content within the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F. In future reports Barclays may present some or all of the
information for this reporting period (including information made available by third parties) using updated or more granular data or improved
models, scenarios methodologies, market practices or standards. Equally, Barclays may need to re-baseline, restate, revise, recalculate or
recalibrate performance against targets, convergence points or milestones on the basis of such updated data.
Such updated information may result in different outcomes than those included in the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F. It is important
for readers and users of the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F to be aware that direct, like-for-like comparisons of each piece of
information disclosed may not always be possible from one reporting period to another.
Included in the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F a number of graphics, infographics, text boxes and illustrative case studies and
credentials which aim to give a high-level overview of certain elements of the climate and sustainability content within the Barclays Bank PLC Annual
Report on Form 20-F and improve accessibility for readers. These graphics, infographics, text boxes and illustrative case studies and credentials are
designed to be read within the context of the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F as a whole.
There are a variety of internal and external factors which may impact the Group’s reported metrics and progress against the Group’s targets,
convergence points and milestones.
Additional unaudited information
Important information/Disclaimers
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 244 |
‘Advanced Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
‘Acceptances and endorsements’ An acceptance is an undertaking by a bank to pay a bill of exchange drawn on a customer, for which reimbursement
by the customer is normally immediate. Endorsements are to change the payee of a bill of exchange but with no change to the bank’s liability.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital’ A type of capital as defined in the CRR largely comprising eligible non-common equity capital securities and any related
share premium.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) securities’ Non-common equity securities that are eligible as AT1 capital.
‘Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under the AMA, banks are allowed to
develop their own empirical model to quantify required capital for operational risk. Banks can only use this approach subject to approval from their
applicable local regulators.
‘Agency Bonds’ Bonds issued by state and / or government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
‘Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities’ Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by government-sponsored entities.
‘All price risk (APR)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation trading portfolio.
‘American Depository Receipts (ADR)’ A negotiable certificate that represents the ownership of depository shares in a non-US company (e.g. Barclays)
trading on US financial markets.
‘Americas’ Geographic segment comprising the US, Canada and countries where Barclays Bank Group operates within Latin America.
‘Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR)’ A measure of the potential change in Net Interest Income (NII) due to an interest rate movement over a one-year
period.
‘Annualised cumulative weighted average lifetime PD’ The Probability of Default (PD) over the remaining life of the asset, expressed as an annual rate,
reflecting a range of possible economic scenarios.
‘Application scorecards’ Algorithm based decision-making tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on available customer data
at the point of application for a product.
‘Arrears’ Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or
overdue. Such customers are also said to be in a state of delinquency. When a customer is in arrears, their entire outstanding balance is said to be
delinquent, meaning that delinquent balances are the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue.
‘Asia’ Geographic segment comprising countries where Barclays operates within Asia and the Middle East.
‘Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP)’ Typically short-term notes secured on specified assets issued by consolidated special purpose entities for
funding purposes.
‘Asset Backed Securities (ABS)’ Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any
assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages and, in the case of a Collateralised
Debt Obligation (CDO), the referenced pool may be ABS or other classes of assets.
‘Attributable profit' Profit after tax that is attributable to ordinary equity holders of Barclays adjusted for the after tax amounts of capital securities
classified as equity.
‘Average allocated tangible equity’ (for businesses) Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and the
current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within
that period.
‘Average tangible shareholders’ equity’ (for Barclays Group) Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible shareholders’ equity
and the current month’s period end tangible shareholders’ equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly
averages within that period.
‘Average UK leverage ratio’ As per the PRA rulebook, calculated as the average capital measure based on the last day of each month in the quarter
divided by the average exposure measure for the quarter, where the average exposure is based on each day in the quarter.
‘Back testing’ Includes a number of techniques that assess the continued statistical validity of a model by simulating how the model would have
predicted recent experience.
‘Bank of England (BoE)’ The central bank of the United Kingdom with devolved responsibility for managing monetary policy and to oversee regulation of
the UK’s financial sector. Through the Prudential Regulation Committee, the BoE exercises control over the PRA.
‘Barclays Africa’ or ‘Absa’ or ‘Absa Group Limited’ Absa Group Limited (formerly Barclays Africa Group Limited), which was previously a subsidiary of
the Barclays Group. As a consequence of its disposals of shares in April 2022 and September 2022, the Barclays Group has now exited its shareholding
in Absa Group Limited.
‘Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of the credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to
market LTVs derived by calculating individual LTVs at account level and weighting it by the balances to arrive at the average position. Balance weighted
Loan to Value (LTV) ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = ((loan 1 balance x Marked to market (MTM) LTV% for loan 1) + (loan 2
balance x Marked to market (MTM) LTV% for loan 2) + ...) / total outstanding balances in portfolio.
‘Barclays’ or ’Barclays Group’ or ‘Group’ Barclays PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 245 |
‘Barclays PLC Group’ Barclays PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Bank Group’ Barclays Bank PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Operating Businesses’ The core Barclays businesses operated by Barclays UK (which consists of the UK Personal Banking; UK Business Banking
and the Barclaycard Consumer UK businesses) and Barclays International (which consists of the Corporate and Investment Bank and Consumer, Cards
and Payments businesses).
‘Barclays Execution Services’ or ‘BX’ or ‘Group Service Company’ Barclays Execution Services Limited, the Group-wide service company providing
technology, operations and functional services to businesses across the Group.
‘Barclays International’ The segment of Barclays with the majority of businesses held by Barclays Bank PLC. The division consists of the Corporate and
Investment Bank and Consumer, Cards and Payments businesses.
‘Barclays UK’ The segment of Barclays with the majority of businesses held by Barclays Bank UK PLC. The division includes the UK Personal Banking; UK
Business Banking and the Barclaycard Consumer UK businesses.
‘Basel 3’ or ‘Basel III’ The third of the Basel Accords, setting minimum requirements and standards that apply to internationally active banks. Basel 3 is a
set of measures developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision aiming to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of
banks.
‘Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)’ or ‘The Basel Committee’ A forum for regular cooperation on banking supervisory matters which
develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its 45 members are officials from central banks or prudential supervisors from 28
jurisdictions.
‘Basic Indicator Approach (BIA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under the BIA, banks are required to hold regulatory
capital for operational risk equal to 15% of the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator for the bank
as whole.
‘Basis point(s)’ or ‘bp(s)’ One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%); 100 basis points is 1%. The measure is used for quoting movements in interest rates,
yields on securities and for other purposes.
‘Basis risk’ Index/tenor risk that arises when floating rate products are linked to different interest rate indices, which are imperfectly correlated,
especially under stressed market conditions.
‘Behavioural scorecards’ Algorithm-based decision tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on existing customer data derived
from account usage.
‘Book quality’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results),
changes in RWAs caused by factors such as underlying customer behaviour or demographics leading to changes in risk profile.
‘Book size’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), changes
in RWAs driven by business activity, including net originations or repayments.
‘Business Growth Fund (BGF)’ An independent company established by the UK’s largest banks, including Barclays, to help young, fast-growing
businesses by providing long-term growth capital. Barclays holds an associate interest in BGF.
‘Business scenario stresses’ Multi-asset scenario analysis of extreme, but plausible, events that may impact the market risk exposures of the Investment
Bank.
‘Buy to let mortgage’ A mortgage whereby the intention of the customer is to let the property at origination.
‘Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB)’ A capital buffer of 2.5% of a bank’s total exposures that needs to be met with an additional amount of Common
Equity Tier 1 capital above the 4.5% minimum requirement for Common Equity Tier 1 set out in CRR. Its objective is to conserve a bank’s capital by
ensuring that banks build up surplus capital outside periods of stress which can be drawn down if losses are incurred.
‘Capital ratios’ Key financial ratios measuring the bank's capital adequacy or financial strength expressed as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Capital Requirements Directive (CRD)’ Directive 2013/36/EU, a component of the CRD IV package which accompanies the Capital Requirements
Regulation and sets out macroprudential standards including the Countercyclical Capital Buffer and capital buffers for systemically important
institutions. Directive (EU) 2019/878, published as part of the EU Risk Reduction Measure package, amends the CRD. These amendments entered into
force from 27 June 2019, with EU member states required to adopt the measures within Directive (EU) 2019/878 by 28 December 2020. CRD forms part
of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR)’ Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876 (CRR II), a component of the CRD IV
package which accompanies the Capital Requirements Directive and sets out detailed rules for capital eligibility, the calculation of RWAs, the
measurement of leverage, the management of large exposures and minimum standards for liquidity. CRR, as amended by CRR II, forms part of UK law
by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation II (CRR II)’ Regulation (EU) 2019/876, amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (CRR). This is a component of the EU
Risk Reduction Measure package. The requirements set out in CRR II were introduced between 27 June 2019 and 28 June 2023. Following a consultation
process in 2021, the PRA finalised their implementation of the CRR II package through Policy Statement 22/21. The finalised requirements were
implemented in the UK through the PRA Rulebook with effect from 1 January 2022.
‘Capital requirements on the underlying exposures (KIRB)’ An approach available to banks when calculating RWAs for securitisation exposures. This is
based upon the RWA amounts that would be calculated under the IRB approach for the underlying pool of securitised exposures in the programme, had
such exposures not been securitised.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 246 |
‘Capital resources’ Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital that are eligible to satisfy capital requirements under CRD. Referred
to as ‘own funds’ within EU and UK regulatory texts.
‘Capital risk’ The risk that the Barclays Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its
regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or
regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the Barclays Group’s pension plans.
‘Central Counterparty’ or ‘Central Clearing Counterparties (CCPs)’ A clearing house mediating between the buyer and the seller in a financial transaction,
such as a derivative contract or repurchase agreement (Repo). Where a Central Counterparty is used, a single bi-lateral contract between the buyer and
seller is replaced with two contracts, one between the buyer and the CCP and one between the CCP and the seller. The use of CCPs allows for greater
oversight and improved credit risk mitigation in over-the-counter (OTC) markets.
‘Charge-off’ In the retail segment this refers to the point in time when collections activity changes from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the
full balance. This is normally when six payments are in arrears.
‘Client Assets’ Assets managed or administered by the Barclays Group on behalf of its clients including assets under management (AUM), custody
assets, assets under administration and client deposits.
‘Climate risk’ The impact on Financial and Operational Risks arising from climate change through physical risks, risks associated with transitioning to a
lower carbon economy and connected risks arising as a result of second order impacts of these two drivers on portfolios.
–Physical risks: Physical risks resulting from a changing climate can be event driven (acute risks), including increased severity of extreme
weather events such as cyclones, hurricanes and floods. Longer term shifts in climate patterns (chronic risks) arise from sustained higher
temperatures that may cause rises in sea levels, rising mean temperatures and more severe weather events. These changes are likely to lead
to risks for sovereigns, business models and supply chains.
–Transition risks: The transition to a lower carbon economy will involve significant rapid policy, regulatory and legal changes, as evolving
technology and markets adapt to a changing climate and associated impacts. These changes will lead to risks for sovereigns, business models
and supply chains.
–Connected risks: The second-order risks arising from physical or transition risk impacts. Connected risk is diverse, impacting customer and
wholesale portfolios.
‘CLOs and Other insured assets’ Highly-rated CLO positions wrapped by monolines, non-CLOs wrapped by monolines and other assets wrapped with
Credit Support Annex (CSA) protection.
‘Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO)’ A security issued by a third party which references Asset Backed Securities and/or certain other related assets
purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.
‘Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO)’ A security backed by repayments from a pool of commercial loans.
‘Collateralised Mortgage Obligation (CMO)’ A security backed by mortgages. A special purpose entity receives income from the mortgages and passes
them on to investors in the security.
‘Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR)’ In the context of the CRD capital obligations, the total Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to meet the
combined requirements of the Capital Conservation Buffer, the GSII Buffer, the counter-cyclical buffer, and the O-SII buffer if applicable to a firm.
‘Commercial paper (CP)’ Typically short-term notes issued by entities, including banks, for funding purposes.
‘Commercial real estate (CRE)’ Commercial real estate includes office buildings, medical centres, hotels, retail stores, shopping centres, farm land,
multifamily housing buildings, warehouses, garages, industrial properties and other similar properties. Commercial real estate loans are loans backed by
a package of commercial real estate. Note: for the purposes of the Credit Risk section, the UK CRE portfolio includes property investment, development,
trading and housebuilders but excludes social housing contractors.
‘Commissions and other incentives’ Includes commission-based arrangements, guaranteed incentives and Long Term Incentive Plan awards.
‘Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Framework (COSO)’ A joint initiative of five private sector organisations
dedicated to the development of frameworks and providing guidance on enterprise risk management, internal control and fraud deterrence.
‘Commodity derivatives’ Exchange traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives based on an underlying commodity (e.g. metals, precious metals, oil
and oil related products, power and natural gas).
‘Commodity risk’ Measures the impact of changes in commodity prices and volatilities, including the basis between related commodities (e.g. Brent vs.
WTI crude prices).
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital’ The highest quality form of regulatory capital under CRR that comprises common shares issued and related
share premium, retained earnings and other reserves, less specified regulatory adjustments.
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio’ A measure of Common Equity Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Compensation: income ratio’ The ratio of compensation expense over total income. Compensation represents total staff costs less non-compensation
items consisting of outsourcing, staff training, redundancy costs and retirement costs.
‘Compliance Risk’ The risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the firm’s products and
services (also known as 'Conduct Risk') and the risk to Barclays, its clients, customers or markets from a failure to comply with the laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the firm (also known as Laws, Rules and Regulations Risk 'LRR Risk’).
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 247 |
‘Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR)’ An annual exercise, required by and evaluated by the Federal Reserve, through which the largest
bank holding companies operating in the US assess whether they have sufficient capital to continue operations through periods of economic and
financial stress and have robust capital-planning processes that account for their unique risks.
‘Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation
trading portfolio.
‘Comprehensive Risk Measure (CRM)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation trading
portfolio. Also referred to as All Price Risk (APR) and Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC).
‘Constant Currency Basis’ Excluding the impact of foreign currency conversion to GBP when comparing financial results in two different financial
periods.
‘Consumer, Cards and Payments (CC&P)’ Comprises the International Cards and Consumer Bank (including Barclays US Consumer Bank and
Barclaycard Germany), Payments (including merchant acquiring and commercial payments) and Private Bank businesses.
‘Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB)’ The Investment Banking, Corporate Banking and Global Markets businesses which form part of Barclays
International.
‘Correlation risk’ Refers to the change in marked to market value of a security when the correlation between the underlying assets changes over time.
‘Cost of Equity’ The rate of return targeted by the equity holders of a company.
‘Cost: income jaws’ Relationship of the percentage change movement in operating expenses relative to total income.
‘Cost: income ratio’ Total operating expenses divided by total income.
‘Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB)’ An additional buffer introduced as part of the CRD IV package that requires banks to have an additional cushion
of CET 1 capital with which to absorb potential losses, enhancing their resilience and contributing to a stable financial system.
‘Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB)’ A macroprudential buffer that has applied to specific PRA regulated institutions since 2018 and is
calculated at 35% of any risk weighted countercyclical capital buffer set by the Financial Policy Committee (FPC). The CCLB applies in addition to the
minimum of 3.25% and any G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer that applies.
‘Counterparty credit risk (CCR)’ The risk that a counterparty to a transaction could default before the final settlement of a transaction’s cash flows. In
the context of RWAs, a component of RWAs that represents the risk of loss from derivatives, repurchase agreements and similar transactions as a result
of the default of the counterparty.
‘Coverage ratio’ This represents the percentage of impairment allowance reserve against the gross exposure.
‘Covered bonds’ Debt securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages that are segregated from the issuer’s other assets solely for the benefit of the
holders of the covered bonds.
‘Covid Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF)’ Bank of England (BOE) scheme to support liquidity among larger investment grade firms which make a
material UK contribution, helping to bridge COVID-19 disruption to their cash flows. The Bank of England provided liquidity by purchasing short-term
debt in the form of commercial paper from corporates. Barclays acted as dealer. This scheme closed for new purchases of commercial paper with effect
from 23 March 2021.
‘CRD IV’ The Fourth Capital Requirements Directive, comprising an EU Directive and an accompanying Regulation (CRR) that together prescribe EU
capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, and which implements Basel 3 in the European Union.
‘CRD V’ The Fifth Capital Requirements Directive, comprising an EU amending Directive and an accompanying amending Regulation (CRR II) that
together prescribe EU capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, and which implements enhanced Basel 3 proposals in the European Union.
‘Credit conversion factor (CCF)’ A factor used to estimate the risk from off-balance sheet commitments for the purpose of calculating the total Exposure
at Default (EAD) used to calculate RWAs.
‘Credit default swaps (CDS)’ A contract under which the protection seller receives premiums or interest-related payments in return for contracting to
make payments to the protection buyer in the event of a defined credit event. Credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a
reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.
‘Credit derivatives (CDs)’ An arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of the
protection.
‘Credit impairment charges’ Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers and banks and impairment charges on fair value through other
comprehensive income assets and reverse repurchase agreements.
‘Credit market exposures’ Assets and other instruments relating to commercial real estate and leveraged finance businesses that have been significantly
impacted by the deterioration in the global credit markets. The exposures include positions subject to fair value movements in the Income Statement,
positions that are classified as loans and advances, and available for sale and other assets.
‘Credit quality step’ An indicator of credit risk. In the context of the Standardised Approach to calculating credit risk RWAs, a “credit quality assessment
scale” maps the credit assessments of a recognised credit rating agency or export credit agency to certain “credit quality steps” that determine the risk
weight to be applied to an exposure.
‘Credit rating’ An evaluation of the creditworthiness of an entity seeking to enter into a credit agreement.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 248 |
‘Credit risk’ The risk of loss to Barclays from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to
Barclays, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. In the context of RWAs, it is the component of
RWAs that represents the risk of loss in loans and advances and similar transactions resulting from the default of the counterparty.
‘Credit risk mitigation’ A range of techniques and strategies used to actively mitigate credit risks to which the bank is exposed. These can be broadly
divided into three types: collateral, netting and set-off, and risk transfer.
‘Credit spread’ The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality.
‘Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)’ The difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value which takes into account
the counterparty’s risk of default. The CVA therefore represents an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to
incorporate the credit risk of the counterparty due to any failure to perform contractual agreements.
‘Customer assets’ Represents loans and advances to customers. Average balances are calculated as the sum of all daily balances for the year to date
divided by number of days in the year to date.
‘Customer deposits’ In the context of the Liquidity Risk section, money deposited by all individuals and companies that are not credit institutions. Such
funds are recorded as liabilities in the Barclays Group’s balance sheet under “deposits at amortised cost”. (Customers liabilities).
‘Customer liabilities’ See ‘Customer deposits’.
‘Daily Value at Risk (DVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss which might arise from market movements under normal market conditions, if the current
positions were to be held unchanged for one business day, measured to a specified confidence level.
‘DBRS’ DBRS Morningstar, a credit rating agency.
‘Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)’ The opposite of Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA). It is the difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of
trades and the market value which takes into account the Barclays Bank Group’s risk of default. The DVA, therefore, represents an estimate of the
adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the Barclays Bank Group due to any failure to perform on
contractual obligations. The DVA decreases the value of a liability to take into account a reduction in the remaining balance that would be settled should
the Barclays Bank Group default or not perform any contractual obligations.
‘Debt buybacks’ Purchases of the Barclays Bank Group’s issued debt securities, including equity accounted instruments, leading to their de-recognition
from the balance sheet.
‘Debt securities in issue’ Transferable securities evidencing indebtedness of the Barclays Bank Group. These are liabilities of the Barclays Bank Group and
include certificates of deposit and commercial paper.
‘Default grades’ The Barclays Bank Group classifies ranges of default probabilities into a set of 21 intervals called default grades, in order to distinguish
differences in the probability of default risk.
‘Default fund contributions’ The contribution made by members of a central counterparty (CCP). All members are required to contribute to this fund in
advance of using a CCP. The default fund can be used by the CCP to cover losses incurred by the CCP where losses are greater than the margins
provided by a defaulting member.
‘Delinquency’ See ‘Arrears’.
‘Derivatives netting’ Adjustments applied across asset and liability marked-to-market derivative positions pursuant to legally enforceable bilateral
netting agreements and eligible cash collateral received in derivative transactions that meet the requirements of BCBS 270 (Basel III leverage ratio
framework and disclosure requirements).
‘Diversification effect’ Reflects the fact that the risk of a diversified portfolio is smaller than the sum of the risks of its constituent parts. It is measured as
the sum of the individual asset class Daily Value at Risk (DVaR) estimates less the total DVaR.
‘Dodd-Frank Act (DFA)’ The US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended.
‘Domestic Liquidity Sub-Group Arrangement (DoLSub)’ An intra-group capital and liquidity support agreement that secures certain regulatory
permissions authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).
‘Economic Value of Equity (EVE)’ A measure of the potential change in value of expected future cash flows due to an adverse interest rate movement,
based on existing balance sheet run-off profile.
'Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE)' The weighted average over time of effective expected exposure. The weights are the proportion that an
individual exposure represents of the entire exposure horizon time interval.
‘Effective interest rate (EIR)’ As defined in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash
payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or to the
amortised cost of a financial liability.
‘Eligible liabilities’ Liabilities and capital instruments that are eligible to meet MREL that do not already qualify as own funds.
‘Encumbrance’ The use of assets to secure liabilities, such as by way of a lien or charge.
‘Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF)’ The Barclays Bank Group’s risk management responsibilities are laid out in the Enterprise Risk
Management Framework, which describes how Barclays Bank Group identifies and manages risk. The framework identifies the principal risks faced by
the Barclays Bank Group, sets out risk appetite requirements, sets out roles and responsibilities for risk management, and sets out risk committee
structure.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 249 |
‘Equities’ Trading businesses encompassing Cash Equities, Equity Derivatives & Equity Financing, part of CIB.
‘Equity and stock index derivatives’ Derivatives whose value is derived from equity securities. This category includes equity and stock index swaps and
options (including warrants, which are equity options listed on an exchange). The Barclays Bank Group also enters into fund-linked derivatives, being
swaps and options whose underlyings include mutual funds, hedge funds, indices and multi-asset portfolios. An equity swap is an agreement between
two parties to exchange periodic payments, based upon a notional principal amount, with one side paying fixed or floating interest and the other side
paying based on the actual return of the stock or stock index. An equity option provides the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to
purchase or sell a specified stock, basket of stocks or stock index at a specified price or level on or before a specified date.
‘Equity risk’ In the context of trading book capital requirements, the risk of change in market value of an equity investment.
‘Equity structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility of the overnight / short term equity investment and to smooth the
income over a medium/long term.
‘EU Risk Reduction Measure package’ A collection of amending Regulations and Directives that update core EU regulatory texts and which came into
force on 27 June 2019.
‘Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR)’ A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the European interbank
market.
‘Europe’ Geographic segment comprising countries in which Barclays Bank Group operates within the EU (excluding the UK), Northern Continental and
Eastern Europe.
‘European Banking Authority (EBA)’ The EBA is an independent EU Authority which works to ensure effective and consistent prudential regulation and
supervision across the European banking sector. Its overall objectives are to maintain financial stability in the EU and to safeguard the integrity, stability
efficiency and orderly functioning of the banking sector.
‘European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA)’ An independent European Supervisory Authority with the remit of enhancing the protection of
investors and reinforcing stable and well-functioning financial markets in the European Union.
‘Eurozone’ Represents the 20 European Union countries that have adopted the Euro as their common currency. The 20 countries are Austria, Belgium,
Croatia, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia
and Spain.
‘Expected Credit Losses (ECL)’ A present value measure of the credit losses expected to result from default events that may occur during a specified
period of time. ECLs must reflect the present value of cash shortfalls, and the unbiased and probability weighted assessment of a range of outcomes.
‘Expected Losses’ A regulatory measure of anticipated losses for exposures captured under an Internal Ratings Based credit risk approach for capital
adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Barclays Bank Group's modelled view of anticipated losses based on Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given
Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD), with a one-year time horizon.
’Expert lender models’ Models of risk measures that are used for parts of the portfolio where the risk drivers are specific to a particular counterparty, but
where there is insufficient data to support the construction of a statistical model. These models utilise the knowledge of credit experts that have in
depth experience of the specific customer type being modelled.
‘Exposure’ Generally refers to positions or actions taken by a bank, or consequences thereof, that may put a certain amount of a bank’s resources at risk.
‘Exposure at Default (EAD)’ The estimation of the extent to which the Barclays Bank Group may be exposed to a customer or counterparty in the event
of, and at the time of, that customer's or counterparty’s default. At default, the customer may not have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid
some of the principal, so that exposure may be less than the approved loan limit.
‘External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAI)’ Institutions whose credit assessments may be used by credit institutions for the determination of risk
weight exposures according to CRR.
‘External ratings based approach / internal assessment approach (SEC ERBA / IAA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for
securitisation positions. Under the SEC-ERBA approach, regulatory capital is assigned to securitisation tranches on the basis of their external credit
rating. The SEC-ERBA approach can also be used for unrated ABCP exposures where the institution has the regulatory permission to use the Internal
Assessment Approach (IAA) to assign a credit rating to the unrated ABCP exposure.
‘Exchange-traded notes (ETNs)’ Unsecured debt securities that track an underlying index of securities and trade on a stock exchange.
‘FVOCI’ Fair value through other comprehensive income.
‘Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA)’ An independent federal agency in the United States that oversees the secondary mortgage market and
regulates Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as 11 Federal Home Loan banks. The FHFA also sets the Housing Price Index (HPI) in the United States.
‘Federal Reserve Board (FRB)’ The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, commonly known as the Federal Reserve Board, is responsible for,
amongst other things, setting monetary policy in the US.
'FICC' Represents Macro (including rates and currency), Credit and Securitised products, part of CIB.
'Financial Policy Committee (FPC)' The Bank of England’s Financial Policy Committee identifies, monitors and takes action to remove or reduce systemic
risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC also has a secondary objective to support the economic
policy of the UK Government.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 250 |
‘Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)’ The statutory body responsible for conduct of business regulation and supervision of UK authorised firms. The FCA
also has responsibility for the prudential regulation of firms that do not fall within the PRA’s scope.
‘Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)’ The UK’s fund for compensation of customers of authorised financial services firms that are unable to
pay claims.
‘Financial collateral comprehensive method (FCCM)’ A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which applies volatility adjustments to
the market value of exposure and collateral when calculating RWA values.
‘Financial Stability Board (FSB)’ An international body that monitors and makes recommendations about the global financial system. It promotes
international financial stability by coordinating national financial authorities and international standard-setting bodies as they work toward developing
strong regulatory, supervisory and other financial sector policies. It fosters a level playing field by encouraging coherent implementation of these policies
across sectors and jurisdictions.
‘Fitch’ A credit rating agency, including Fitch Ratings Inc, and its affiliated entities.
‘Forbearance Programmes’ Forbearance programmes assist customers in financial difficulty through agreements to accept less than contractual
amounts due where financial distress would otherwise prevent satisfactory repayment within the original terms and conditions of the contract. These
agreements may be initiated by the customer, Barclays Bank Group or a third party and include approved debt counselling plans, minimum due
reductions, interest rate concessions and switches from capital and interest repayments to interest-only payments.
‘Foreclosures in Progress’ The process by which a bank initiates legal action against a customer with the intention of terminating a loan agreement
whereby the bank may repossess the property used as collateral for the loan subject to applicable law and recover amounts it is owed.
‘Foreign exchange derivatives’ The Barclays Bank Group’s principal exchange rate-related contracts are forward foreign exchange contracts, currency
swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specified quantity of foreign currency, usually on a
specified future date at an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies
and a commitment to exchange interest periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer
with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of a currency at a specified exchange rate on or before a future date. As
compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.
‘Foreign exchange risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and volatilities.
'Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
‘Full time equivalent (FTE)’ Full time equivalent units are the on-job hours paid for employee services divided by the number of ordinary-time hours
normally paid for a full-time staff member when on the job (or contract employees where applicable).
‘Fully loaded’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a fully loaded basis, it is calculated without applying the transitional provisions set
out in Part Ten of CRR.
‘Funded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the
right of that institution, in the event of the default of the counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified credit events relating to the counterparty,
to liquidate, or to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain certain assets or amounts, or to reduce the amount of the exposure to, or to replace it
with, the amount of the difference between the amount of the exposure and the amount of a claim on the institution.
‘Gains on acquisitions’ The amount by which an acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities,
recognised in a business combination, exceeds the cost of the combination.
‘General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)’ GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) is a regulation intended to strengthen and unify data protection for all
individuals within the European Union. GDPR forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended.
‘General market risk’ The risk of a price change in a financial instrument due to a change in the level of interest rates or owing to a broad equity market
movement unrelated to any specific attributes of individual securities.
‘Global-Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs or G-SIIs)’ Global financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, mean
that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity. The Financial Stability Board and the
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision publish a list of global systemically important banks.
‘G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB)’ A macroprudential buffer that applies to G-SIBs and other major domestic UK banks and building
societies, including banks that are subject to ring-fencing requirements. The G-SII ALRB will be calibrated as 35% (on a phased basis) of the combined
buffers that apply to the bank.
‘G-SII Buffer’ Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD to ensure that G-SIBs build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic
risk that such institutions represent to the financial system.
’Grandfathering’ In the context of capital resources, the phasing in of the application of instrument eligibility rules which allows CRR and CRR II non-
compliant capital instruments to be included in regulatory capital subject to certain thresholds which decrease over the transitional period.
‘Gross charge-off rates’ Represents the balances charged-off to recoveries in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage of average outstanding
balances excluding balances in recoveries. Charge-off to recoveries generally occurs when the collections focus switches from the collection of arrears
to the recovery of the entire outstanding balance, and represents a fundamental change in the relationship between the bank and the customer. This is
a measure of the proportion of customers that have gone into default during the period.
‘Gross Domestic Product (GDP)’ Measures the total value of goods and services produced in a country within a specific time period.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 251 |
‘Gross write-off rates’ Expressed as a percentage and represent balances written off in the reporting period divided by gross loans and advances held at
amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Gross new lending’ New lending advanced to customers during the period.
‘Guarantee’ Unless otherwise described, an undertaking by a third party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so. It is a form of credit substitution.
‘Head Office’ Comprises head office central support, central treasury operations, Barclays Execution Services assets and legacy businesses.
‘High-Net-Worth’ Businesses within Barclays International that provide banking and other services to high net worth customers.
‘High quality liquidity assets (HQLA)’ HQLA comprises eligible and unencumbered cash or assets that can be converted into cash at little or no loss of
value in private markets, to meet liquidity needs arising from a liquidity stress scenario or event. Please refer to ‘Level 1 assets’ and ‘Level 2 assets’.
‘High Risk’ In retail banking, ‘High Risk’ is defined as the subset of up-to-date customers who, either through an event or observed behaviour, exhibit
potential financial difficulty. Where appropriate, these customers are proactively contacted to assess whether assistance is required.
‘Home loan’ A loan to purchase a residential property. The property is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives
the lender a lien against the property and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also
known as a residential mortgage.
‘IHC’ or ‘US IHC’ Barclays US LLC, the intermediate holding company established by Barclays Bank Group in July 2016, which holds most of Barclays’
subsidiaries and assets in the US.
'Internal Model Approach (IMA)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a
PRA approved internal market risk model.
'Internal Model Method (IMM)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a
PRA approved internal counterparty credit risk model.
‘Identified Impairment (II)’ Specific impairment allowances for financial assets, estimated individually.
‘IFRS’ International Financial Reporting Standards.
‘IFRS 9 transitional arrangements’ Following the application of IFRS 9 as of 1 January 2018, transitional arrangements under which Article 473a of CRR
permits institutions to phase-in the impact on capital and leverage ratios of the impairment requirements under the new accounting standard.
‘Impairment Allowances’ A provision held on the balance sheet as a result of the raising of a charge against profit for expected losses in the lending
book. An impairment allowance may either be identified or unidentified and individual or collective.
‘Income’ Total income, unless otherwise specified.
‘Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)’ An estimate of the incremental risk arising from rating migrations and defaults for traded debt instruments beyond what
is already captured in specific market risk VaR for the non-correlation trading portfolio.
‘Independent Validation Unit (IVU)’ The function within Barclays Bank Group responsible for independent review, challenge and approval of all models.
‘Individual liquidity guidance (ILG)’ Guidance given to a bank about the amount, quality and funding profile of liquidity resources that the PRA has asked
the bank to maintain.
‘Inflation risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in inflation rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
‘Insurance Risk’ The risk of the Barclays Bank Group’s aggregate insurance premiums received from policyholders under a portfolio of insurance
contracts being inadequate to cover the claims arising from those policies.
‘Interchange’ Income paid to a credit card issuer for the clearing and settlement of a sale or cash advance transaction.
‘Interest-only home loans’ Under the terms of these loans, the customer makes payments of interest only for the entire term of the mortgage, although
customers may make early repayments of the principal within the terms of their agreement. The customer is responsible for repaying the entire
outstanding principal on maturity, which may require the sale of the mortgaged property.
‘Interest rate derivatives’ Derivatives linked to interest rates. This category includes interest rate swaps, collars, floors options and swaptions. An interest
rate swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange fixed rate and floating rate interest by means of periodic payments based upon a notional
principal amount and the interest rates defined in the contract. Certain agreements combine interest rate and foreign currency swap transactions, which
may or may not include the exchange of principal amounts. A basis swap is a form of interest rate swap, in which both parties exchange interest
payments based on floating rates, where the floating rates are based upon different underlying reference indices. In a forward rate agreement, two
parties agree a future settlement of the difference between an agreed rate and a future interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount. The
settlement, which generally occurs at the start of the contract period, is the discounted present value of the payment that would otherwise be made at
the end of that period.
‘Interest rate risk’ The risk of interest rate volatility adversely impacting the Barclays Bank Group’s Net Interest Margin. In the context of the calculation
of market risk DVaR, measures the impact of changes in interest (swap) rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
‘Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)’ The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch
between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 252 |
‘Internal Assessment Approach (IAA)’ One of three types of calculation that a bank with permission to use the Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach
may apply to securitisation exposures. It consists of mapping a bank's internal rating methodology for credit exposures to those of an External Credit
Assessment Institution (ECAI) to determine the appropriate risk weight based on the ratings based approach. Its applicability is limited to ABCP
programmes related to liquidity facilities and credit enhancement.
‘Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP)’ It describes how the Barclays Bank Group identifies, manages and qualifies the risks to which it
is exposed, in pursuit of its business strategy. It assesses whether the quality and quantity of capital is available to absorb capital losses for the risks the
firm undertakes. The capital adequacy is assessed on a point of time basis and on a forward looking basis taking into account baseline and stressed
economic capital conditions.
‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’ An approach under the CRR framework that relies on the bank’s internal models to derive the risk weights. The IRB
approach is divided into two alternative applications, Advanced and Foundation:
–Advanced Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB): the bank uses its own estimates of Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and credit
conversion factor to model a given risk exposure.
–Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB): the bank applies its own PD as for A-IRB, but it uses standard parameters for the LGD and the
credit conversion factor. The Foundation IRB approach is specifically designed for wholesale credit exposures. Hence retail, equity,
securitisation positions and non-credit obligations asset exposures are treated under standardised or A-IRB.
‘Internal Ratings Based approach (SEC-IRBA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under this
method, an institution must be able to model regulatory capital requirements for underlying exposures in the securitisation as if these had not been
securitised (‘KIRB’), subject to certain other inputs and criteria.
‘IPO’ Initial Public Offering.
‘IRB Roadmap’ contains several EBA technical standards and sets of guidelines developed with the intent to reduce unwarranted variability across firms
in IRB Risk-Weighted Assets for Credit Risk, PRA required UK firms to implement these changes from 1 January 2022.
‘Investment Bank’ The Barclays Bank Group’s investment bank which consists of origination led and returns focused Global Markets and Investment
Banking businesses, and which forms part of the Corporate and Investment Bank segment of Barclays International.
‘Investment Banking Fees’ In the context of Investment Bank analysis of Total Income, fees generated from origination activity businesses – including
financial advisory, debt and equity underwriting.
‘Investment grade’ A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating of AAA to BBB as measured by external credit rating agencies.
‘ISDA Master Agreement’ The most commonly used master contract for OTC derivative transactions internationally. It is part of a framework of
documents, designed to enable OTC derivatives to be documented fully and flexibly. The framework consists of a master agreement, a schedule,
confirmations, definitions booklets, and a credit support annex. The ISDA Master Agreement is published by the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association, (“ISDA”).
‘Key Risk Scenarios (KRS)’ Key Risk Scenarios are a summary of the extreme potential risk exposure for each key risk in each business and function,
including an assessment of the potential frequency of risk events, the average size of losses and three extreme scenarios. The Key Risk Scenario
assessments are a key input to the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) calculation of regulatory and economic capital requirements.
‘Large exposure’ A large exposure is defined as the total exposure of a bank to a counterparty or group of connected clients, whether in the banking
book or trading book or both, which in aggregate equals or exceeds 10% of the bank's eligible capital.
‘Legal risk’ The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the Barclays Bank Group to meet applicable laws, rules, and
regulations or contractual requirements or to assert or defend its intellectual property rights.
‘Lending’ In the context of Investment Bank analysis of Total Income, lending income includes Net Interest Income (NII), gains or losses on loan sale
activity, and risk management activity relating to the loan portfolio.
‘Letters of credit’ A letter typically used for the purposes of international trade guaranteeing that a debtor’s payment to a creditor will be made on time
and in full. In the event that the debtor is unable to make payment, the bank will be required to cover the full or remaining amount of the purchase.
‘Level 1 assets’ High quality liquid assets (HQLA) under the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), including cash, central bank reserves and
higher quality government securities.
‘Level 2 assets’ High quality liquid assets (HQLA) under the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), comprising Level 2A assets, including,
e.g. lower quality government securities, Covered Bonds and corporate debt securities, and Level 2B assets, including, e.g. lower rated corporate bonds,
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and equities that meet certain conditions.
‘Lifetime expected credit losses’ An assessment of expected losses associated with default events that may occur during the life of an exposure,
reflecting the present value of cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the asset.
‘Lifetime Probability’ The likelihood of accounts entering default during the expected remaining life of the asset.
‘Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)’ The ratio of the stock of high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) to expected net cash outflows over the next 30 days. HQLA
should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. These include, cash and claims on central
governments and central banks.
‘Liquidity Pool’ The Barclays Bank Group liquidity pool comprises cash at central banks and highly liquid collateral specifically held by the Barclays Bank
Group as a contingency to enable the bank to meet cash outflows in the event of stressed market conditions.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 253 |
‘Liquidity Risk’ The risk that the Barclays Bank Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate
amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
‘Liquidity risk appetite (LRA)’ The level of liquidity risk that the Barclays Bank Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business objectives and in meeting
its regulatory obligations.
‘Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework)’ The Liquidity Risk Management Framework, which is sanctioned by the Board Risk
Committee, incorporates liquidity policies, systems and controls that the Barclays Bank Group has implemented to manage liquidity risk within
tolerances approved by the Board and regulatory agencies.
‘Litigation and conduct charges’ or ‘Litigation and conduct’ Litigation and conduct charges include regulatory fines, litigation settlements and conduct-
related customer redress.
‘Loan loss rate (LLR’ Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the
balance sheet date.
‘Loan to deposit ratio’ or ‘Loan: deposit ratio’ Loans and advances at amortised costs divided by deposits at amortised cost.
‘Loan to value (LTV) ratio’ Expresses the amount borrowed against an asset (i.e. a mortgage) as a percentage of the appraised value of the asset. The
ratios are used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and are generally reported as an average for new mortgages or an entire
portfolio. Also see ‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’.
‘London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)’ A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the London interbank market,
currently phased out.
‘Loss Given Default (LGD)’ The percentage of Exposure at Default (EAD) that will not be recovered following default. LGD comprises the actual loss (the
part that is not expected to be recovered), together with the economic costs associated with the recovery process.
‘Management VaR’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level, if current
positions were to be held unchanged for a predefined period. Corporate and Investment Bank uses Management VaR with a two-year equally weighted
historical period, at a 95% confidence level, with a one day holding period.
‘Mandatory break clause’ In the context of counterparty credit risk, a contract clause that means a trade will be ended on a particular date.
‘Marked to market approach’ A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which uses the current marked to market value of derivative
positions as well as a potential future exposure add-on to calculate an exposure to which a risk weight can be applied. This is also known as the Current
Exposure Method.
‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’ The loan amount as a percentage of the current value of the asset used to secure the loan. Also see ‘Balance
weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ and ‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) 'ratio.’
‘Market risk’ The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Bank Group’s assets and liabilities from fluctuations in
market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and
asset correlations.
‘Master netting agreement’ An agreement that provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments and collateral covered by the agreement
in the event of the counterparty’s default, bankruptcy or insolvency, resulting in a reduced exposure.
‘Master trust securitisation programme’ A securitisation structure where a trust is set up for the purpose of acquiring a pool of receivables. The trust
issues multiple series of securities backed by these receivables.
‘Material Risk Takers (MRTs)’ Categories of staff whose professional activities have or are deemed to have a material impact on Barclays’ risk profile, as
determined in accordance with the European Banking Authority regulatory technical standard on the identification of such staff.
‘Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA)’ The MDA is a factor representing the available distributable profit of an institution whilst remaining in excess
of its Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR). CRD IV places restrictions on a bank’s dividend, AT1 securities coupon and variable compensation decisions
depending on its proximity to meeting the buffer.
‘Medium-Term Notes (MTNs)’ Corporate notes (or debt securities) continuously offered by a company to investors through a dealer. Investors can
choose from differing maturities, ranging from under 1 year to 30 years. They can be issued on a fixed or floating coupon basis or with an exotic
coupon; with a fixed maturity date (non-callable) or with embedded call or put options or early repayment triggers. MTNs are most generally issued as
senior, unsecured debt.
‘Methodology and policy’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report, (or equivalent section in the quarterly or
half-yearly results), the effect on RWAs of methodology changes driven by regulatory policy changes.
‘MiFID II’ Refers to either the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive 2014/65/EC and the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation 600/2014 (as
amended), which together are European Union laws that provide harmonised regulation for investment services across the member states of the
European Economic Area, or these rules and regulations as they form part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as
amended), as applicable.
‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)’ A European Union-wide requirement under the Bank Recovery and Resolution
Directive for all European banks and investment banks to hold a minimum level of equity and/or loss absorbing eligible liabilities to ensure the operation
of the bail-in tool to absorb losses and recapitalise an institution in resolution or these rules and regulations as they form part of UK law pursuant to the
European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended), as applicable. An institution’s MREL requirement is set by its resolution authority. Amendments
in the EU Risk Reduction Measure package are designed to align MREL and TLAC for EU G-SIBs.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 254 |
‘Model risk’ The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and
reports.
‘Model updates’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report, (or equivalent section in the quarterly or half-yearly
results), changes in RWAs caused by model implementation, changes in model scope or any changes required to address model malfunctions.
‘Model validation’ Process through which models are independently challenged, tested and verified to prove that they have been built, implemented and
used correctly, and that they continue to be fit-for-purpose.
‘Modelled VaR’ In the context of RWAs, market risk calculated using Value at Risk models laid down by the CRR and supervised by the PRA.
‘Money market funds’ Investment funds typically invested in short-term debt securities.
‘Monoline derivatives’ Derivatives with a monoline insurer such as credit default swaps referencing the underlying exposures held.
‘Moody’s’ A credit rating agency, including Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its affiliated entities.
‘Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)’ A contractual agreement in which the right to service an existing mortgage is sold by the original lender to another
party that specialises in the various functions involved with servicing mortgages.
‘Multilateral development banks’ Financial institutions created for the purposes of development, where membership transcends national boundaries.
‘National discretion’ Discretions in CRD given to EU member states to allow the local regulator additional powers in the application of certain CRD rules
in its jurisdiction.
‘Net asset value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, by the number
of issued ordinary shares.
‘Net Interest Income (NII)’ The difference between interest income on assets and interest expense on liabilities.
‘Net Interest Margin (NIM)’ Annualised Net Interest Income (NII) divided by the sum of average customer assets.
‘Net investment income’ Changes in the fair value of financial instruments designated at fair value, dividend income and the net result on disposal of
available for sale assets.
‘Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)’ The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one-year time horizon, assuming a stressed
scenario. The ratio is required to be over 100%. Available stable funding would include items such as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of
over one year, or liabilities with a maturity of over one year. The required amount of stable funding is calculated as the sum of the value of the assets
held and funded by the institution, multiplied by a specific required stable funding factor assigned to each particular asset type, added to the amount of
potential liquidity exposure multiplied by its associated required stable funding factor.
‘Net trading income’ Gains and losses arising from trading positions which are held at fair value, in respect of both market-making and customer
business, together with interest, dividends and funding costs relating to trading activities.
‘Net write-off rate’ Expressed as a percentage and represents balances written off in the reporting period less any post write-off recoveries divided by
gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Net written credit protection’ In the context of leverage exposure, the net notional value of credit derivatives protection sold and credit derivatives
protection bought.
‘New bookings’ The total of the original balance on accounts opened in the reporting period, including any applicable fees and charges included in the
loan amount.
‘Non-asset backed debt instruments’ Debt instruments not backed by collateral, including government bonds; US agency bonds; corporate bonds;
commercial paper; certificates of deposit; convertible bonds; corporate bonds and issued notes.
‘Non-Model Method (NMM)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived through the use of
CRR norms, as opposed to an internal model.
‘Non-Traded Market Risk’ The risk that the current or future exposure in the banking book (i.e. non-traded book) will impact the bank's capital and/or
earnings due to adverse movements in Interest or foreign exchange rates.
‘Non-Traded VaR’ Reflects the volatility in the value of the fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) investments in the liquidity pool
which flow directly through capital via the FVOCI reserve. The underlying methodology to calculate non-traded VaR is similar to Traded Management
VaR, but the two measures are not directly comparable. The Non-Traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the FVOCI exposures. These
exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
‘Notch’ A single unit of measurement in a credit rating scale.
‘Notional amount’ The nominal or face amount of a financial instrument, such as a loan or a derivative, that is used to calculate payments made on that
instrument.
‘Open Banking’ The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) and the Open API standards and data sharing remedy imposed by the UK Competition and
Markets Authority following its Retail Banking Market Investigation Order.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 255 |
‘Operating leverage’ Operating expenses compared to total income less credit impairment charges and other provisions.
‘Operational risk’ The risk of loss to the bank from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (e.g. fraud) where
the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
‘Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX)’ The Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX) is a not-for-profit industry association
dedicated to advancing the measurement and management of operational risk in the global financial services industry. Barclays is a member of ORX.
‘Origination led’ Focus on high margin, low capital fee based activities and related hedging opportunities.
‘O-SII Buffer’ Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD to ensure that Other Systemically Important Institutions (O-SIIs) build up
surplus capital to compensate for the systemic risk that such institutions represent to the financial system. As part of the implementation of CRD V
requirements in the UK, the Other Systemically Important Institutions (O-SII) Buffer replaced the CRD IV Systemic Risk Buffer.
‘Other systemically important institutions (O-SII)’ Other systemically important institutions are institutions that are deemed to create risk to financial
stability due to their systemic importance.
‘Over-issuance of Securities’ Over-issuance of securities under Barclays Bank PLC’s US shelf registration statements on Form F-3 filed with
the US Securities and Exchange Commission in 2018 and 2019.
‘Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives’ Derivative contracts that are traded (and privately negotiated) directly between two parties. They offer flexibility
because, unlike standardised exchange-traded products, they can be tailored to fit specific needs.
‘Overall capital requirement’ The overall capital requirement is the sum of capital required to meet the total of a Pillar 1 requirement, a Pillar 2A
requirement, a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB) and a Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
‘Own credit’ The effect of changes in the Barclays Bank Group’s own credit standing on the fair value of financial liabilities.
‘Owner occupied mortgage’ A mortgage where the intention of the customer was to occupy the property at origination.
‘Own funds’ The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.
‘Own funds and eligible liabilities ratio’ A risk-based ratio representing the own funds and eligible liabilities of the institution expressed as a percentage
of total RWAs.
‘Past due items’ Refers to loans where the borrower has failed to make a payment when due under the terms of the loan contract.
‘Pension Risk’ The risk of the Barclays Bank Group’s earnings and capital being adversely impacted by the Barclays Bank Group’s defined benefit
obligations increasing or the value of the assets backing these defined benefit obligations decreasing due to changes in both the level and volatility of
prices.
‘Performance costs’ The accounting charge recognised in the period for performance awards. For deferred incentives and long-term incentives, the
accounting charge is spread over the relevant periods in which the employee delivers service.
‘Period end allocated tangible equity’ Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2022: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital
deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting assumptions the Barclays Bank Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office
allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Bank Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to
businesses.
‘Period end tangible shareholder’s equity’ Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent, adjusted for the deduction of
intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Pillar 1 requirements’ The minimum regulatory capital requirements to meet the sum of credit (including counterparty credit), market risk and
operational risk.
‘Pillar 2A requirements’ The additional regulatory capital requirement to meet risks not captured under Pillar 1 requirements. These requirements are
the outcome of the bank’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the complementary supervisory review and evaluation carried
out by the PRA.
‘Post-Model Adjustment (PMA)’ In the context of Basel models, a PMA is a short term increase in regulatory capital applied at portfolio level to account
for model input data deficiencies, inadequate model performance or changes to regulatory definitions (e.g. definition of default) to ensure the model
output is accurate, complete and appropriate.
‘Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives’ A regulatory calculation in respect of the Barclays Bank Group’s potential future credit exposure on both
exchange traded and OTC derivatives, calculated by assigning a standardised percentage (based on the underlying risk category and residual trade
maturity) to the gross notional value of each contract.
‘PRA waivers’ PRA approvals that specifically give permission to the bank to either modify or waive existing rules. Waivers are specific to an organisation
and require applications being submitted to and approved by the PRA.
‘Primary securitisations’ The issuance of securities (bonds and commercial papers) for fund-raising.
‘Primary Stress Tests’ In the context of Traded Market Risk, Stress Testing provides an estimate of potentially significant future losses that might arise
from extreme market moves or scenarios. Primary Stress Tests apply stress moves to key liquidity risk factors for each of the major trading asset
classes.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 256 |
‘Prime Services’ Involves financing of fixed income and equity positions using Repo and stock lending facilities. The Prime Services business also
provides brokerage facilitation services for hedge fund clients offering execution and clearance facilities for a variety of asset classes.
‘Principal’ In the context of a loan, the amount borrowed, or the part of the amount borrowed which remains unpaid (excluding interest).
‘Private equity investments’ Investments in equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange. Investment in private equity often
involves the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in the delisting of public equity. Capital for
private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital,
growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital.
‘Principal Risks’ The principal risks affecting the Barclays Bank Group, as described in the Risk Review section of the Barclays Bank PLC Annual Report.
‘Pro-cyclicality’ Movements in financial variables (including capital requirements) following natural fluctuations in the economic cycle, where the
subsequent impact on lending or other market behaviours acts as an amplification of the economic cycle by the financial sector.
‘Probability of Default (PD)’ The likelihood that a loan will not be repaid and will fall into default. PD may be calculated for each client who has a loan
(normally applicable to wholesale customers/clients) or for a portfolio of clients with similar attributes (normally applicable to retail customers). To
calculate PD, Barclays assesses the credit quality of borrowers and other counterparties and assigns them an internal risk rating. Multiple rating
methodologies may be used to inform the rating decision on individual large credits, such as internal and external models, rating agency ratings, and for
wholesale assets market information such as credit spreads. For smaller credits, a single source may suffice such as the result from an internal rating
model.
‘Product structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge put in place to reduce earnings volatility on product balances with instant access (such as non-interest
bearing current accounts and managed rate deposits) and to smoothen the income over a medium/long term.
‘Profit before impairment’ Calculated by excluding credit impairment charges or releases from profit before tax.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Loans and Advances to Customers’’ Properties in the UK and Italy where the customer continues to retain legal title
but where the bank has enforced the possession order as part of the foreclosure process to allow for the disposal of the asset or the court has ordered
the auction of the property.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’’ Properties in South Africa where the bank has taken legal ownership of the title as a result
of purchase at an auction or similar and treated as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’ within other assets on the bank’s balance sheet.
‘Proprietary trading’ When a bank, brokerage or other financial institution trades on its own account, at its own risk, rather than on behalf of customers,
so as to make a profit for itself.
‘Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA)’ The statutory body responsible for the prudential supervision of banks, building societies, insurers and a small
number of significant investment banks in the UK. The PRA is a subsidiary of the Bank of England.
‘Prudential Valuation Adjustment (PVA)’ A calculation which adjusts the accounting values of positions held on the balance sheet at fair value to comply
with regulatory valuation standards, which place greater emphasis on the inherent uncertainty around the value at which a trading book position could
be exited.
‘Public benchmark’ Unsecured medium term notes issued in public syndicated transactions.
‘Qualifying central bank claims’ An amount calculated in line with the PRA policy statement allowing banks to exclude claims on the central bank from
the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these are matched by liabilities denominated in the same currency and of identical or
longer maturity. Prior to 1 January 2022, banks were only permitted to exclude claims on the central bank which were matched by deposits (rather than
liabilities).
‘Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposure (QRRE)’ In the context of the IRB approach to credit risk RWA calculations, an exposure meeting the criteria set
out in (CRR Article 154.4). It includes most types of credit card exposure.
‘Rates’ In the context of Investment Bank income analysis, trading revenue relating to government bonds and interest rate derivatives.
‘Re-aging’ The returning of a delinquent account to up-to-date status without collecting the full arrears (principal, interest and fees).
‘Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)’ An entity that holds a fixed pool of mortgages and that is separated into multiple classes of
interests for issuance to investors.
‘Recovery book’ Represents the total amount of exposure which has been transferred to recovery units who set and implement strategies to recover the
Group’s exposure.
‘Recovery book Impairment Coverage Ratio’ Impairment allowance held against recoveries balances expressed as a percentage of balance in recoveries.
‘Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances’ Represents the amount of recoveries (gross month-end customer balances of all accounts that
have charged-off) as at the period end compared to total outstanding balances. The size of the recovery book would ultimately have an impact on the
overall impairment requirement on the portfolio. Balances in recovery will decrease if, assets are written-off, amounts are collected, or assets are sold to
a third party (i.e. debt sale).
‘Regulatory capital’ The amount of capital that a bank holds to satisfy regulatory requirements.
‘Renegotiated loans’ Loans are generally renegotiated either as part of an ongoing customer relationship or in response to an adverse change in the
circumstances of the borrower. In the latter case, renegotiation can result in an extension of the due date of payment or repayment plans under which
the Barclays Bank Group offers a concessionary rate of interest to genuinely distressed borrowers. This will result in the asset continuing to be overdue,
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 257 |
and individually impaired if the renegotiated payments of interest and principal will not recover the original carrying amount of the asset. In other cases,
renegotiation will lead to a new agreement, which is treated as a new loan.
‘Repurchase agreement (Repo)’ or ‘Reverse repurchase agreement (Reverse repo)’ Arrangements that allow counterparties to use financial securities as
collateral for an interest bearing cash loan. The borrower agrees to sell a security to the lender subject to a commitment to repurchase the asset at a
specified price on a given date. For the party selling the security (and agreeing to repurchase it in the future), it is a Repurchase agreement or Repo; for
the counterparty to the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future), it is a Reverse repurchase agreement or Reverse repo.
‘Reputation risk’ The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the Barclays Bank Group’s integrity and competence by
clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
‘Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs)’ Hybrid issued capital securities which may be debt or equity accounted, depending on their terms.
‘Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS)’ Securities that represent interests in a group of residential mortgages. Investors in these securities
have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal).
‘Residual maturity’ The remaining contractual term of a credit obligation associated with a credit exposure.
‘Restructured loans’ Comprises loans where, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, a concession has been granted to
the debtor that would not otherwise be considered. Where the concession results in the expected cash flows discounted at the original effective interest
rate being less than the loan’s carrying value, an impairment allowance will be raised.
‘Return on average Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)’ Statutory profit after tax as a proportion of average RWAs.
‘Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (RoTE)’ (for Barclays Bank Group) Annualised Group attributable profit, as a proportion of average
shareholders’ tangible equity.
‘Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (RoTE)’ (for businesses) Annualised business attributable profit, as a proportion of that business's
average allocated tangible equity.
‘Risk appetite’ The level of risk that Barclays is prepared to accept whilst pursuing its business strategy, recognising a range of possible outcomes as
business plans are implemented.
‘Risk weighted assets (RWAs)/Risk weighed exposure amounts (RWEAs)’ A measure of a bank’s assets adjusted for their associated risks. Risk
weightings are established in accordance with the Basel rules as implemented by CRR and local regulators.
‘Risks not in VaR (RNIVS)’ Refers to all the key market risks which are not captured or not well captured within the VaR model framework.
‘RWA Flow / movements in RWAs’
Book size/Asset size
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the size and composition of underlying positions, measured using EAD values for existing
portfolios over the period. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•new business and maturing loans
•changes in product mix and exposure growth for existing portfolios
•book size reductions owing to risk mitigation and write-offs.
Market risk
This represents RWA movements owing to the changes in risk level i.e. trading positions and volumes driven by business activity.
Book quality/Asset quality
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the underlying credit quality and recoverability of portfolios and reflected through model
calibrations or realignments where applicable. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•PD migration and LGD changes driven by economic conditions
•ratings migration for standardised exposures
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs owing to changing risk levels in the trading book caused by fluctuations in market conditions.
Model updates
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external model updates. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
•updates to existing model inputs driven by both internal and external review
•model enhancements to improve models performance
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs reflecting change in model scope, changes to market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings used as
input for the internal modelled RWA calculations.
Methodology and policy
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 258 |
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes. This includes, but is not exclusive
to:
•updates to RWA calculation methodology, communicated by the regulator
•the implementation of credit risk mitigation to a wider scope of portfolios
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes for market risk.
Acquisitions and disposals
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations impacting the size of banking and trading portfolios.
Foreign exchange movements
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the Barclays business area or portfolio
and our presentational currency for consolidated reporting. It should be noted that foreign exchange movements shown in RWA flow or movements in
RWAs tables do not include the impact of foreign exchange for the counterparty credit risk or market risk RWAs.
Other
This is the movement in RWAs driven by items that cannot be reasonably assigned to the other driver categories. In relation to market risk RWAs, this
includes changes in measurement that are not driven by methodology, policy or model updates.
‘Sarbanes-Oxley requirements’ The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (SOX), which was introduced by the US Government to safeguard against corporate
governance scandals.
‘Second Lien’ Debt that is issued against the same collateral as higher lien debt but that is subordinate to such higher lien debt. In the case of default,
compensation for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid and thus represents a riskier investment than the first lien.
‘Secondary Stress Tests’ Secondary stress tests are used in measuring potential losses arising from illiquid market risks that cannot be hedged or
reduced within the time period covered in Primary Stress Tests.
‘Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)’ A broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralised by US Treasury securities in the
repurchase agreement (Repo) market.
‘Securities Financing Transactions (SFT)’ In the context of RWAs, any of the following transactions: a repurchase transaction, a securities or
commodities lending or borrowing transaction, or a margin lending transaction whereby cash collateral is received or paid in respect of the transfer of a
related asset.
‘Securities Financing Transactions adjustments’ In the context of leverage ratio, a regulatory add-on calculated as exposure less collateral, taking into
account master netting agreements.
‘Securities lending arrangements’ Arrangements whereby securities are legally transferred to a third party subject to an agreement to return them at a
future date. The counterparty generally provides collateral against non-performance in the form of cash or other assets.
‘Securitisation’ Typically, a process by which debt instruments, such as mortgage loans or credit card balances, are aggregated into a pool, which is
used to back new securities. A company sells these pools of assets to a special purpose vehicle (SPV) which then issues securities backed by the assets.
This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the original borrower.
‘Set-off clauses’ In the context of Counterparty credit risk, contract clauses that allow Barclays Bank Group to set off amounts owed to us by a
counterparty against amounts owed by us to the counterparty.
‘Settlement balances’ Receivables or payables recorded between the date (the trade date) a financial instrument (such as a bond) is sold, purchased or
otherwise closed out, and the date the asset is delivered by or to the entity (the settlement date) and cash is received or paid.
‘Settlement Netting’ Netting approach used in the calculation of the leverage exposure measure whereby firms may calculate their exposure value of
regular way purchases and sales awaiting settlement in accordance with Article 429g of CRR, as amended by CRR-II).
‘Settlement risk’ The risk that settlement in a transfer system will not take place as expected, usually owing to a party defaulting on one or more
settlement obligations.
‘Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR)’ Barclays assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on quantitative and qualitative
assessments.
‘Slotting’ Slotting is an internal Barclays Bank Group terminology for what is known as “Specialised Lending” in the IRB approach as described in CRR
Article 147.8. A standard set of rules is required to be used in credit risk RWA calculations, based upon an assessment of factors such as the financial
strength of the counterparty. The requirements for the application of the Specialised Lending approach are detailed in CRR Article 153.5.
‘Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SME)’ An enterprise which employs fewer than 250 persons and which has an annual turnover which does not
exceed EUR 50 million, and / or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR 43 million. Within the SME category, a small enterprise is defined as an
enterprise which employs fewer than 50 persons and whose annual turnover and/or annual balance sheet total does not exceed EUR 10 million. This is
defined in accordance with Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium sized
enterprises.
‘Software intangibles benefit’ A benefit introduced as part of the EU response package to the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequently reversed as part of
the UK implementation of CRR II from 1 January 2022. Since 1 January 2022, software assets are fully deducted from CET 1 capital.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 259 |
‘Sovereign exposure(s)’ Exposures to central governments, including holdings in government bonds and local government bonds.
‘Special purpose entity’ A subsidiary created by a parent company to isolate financial risk. Its legal status as a separate company makes its obligations
secure even if the parent company goes bankrupt.
‘Specific market risk’ A risk that is due to the individual nature of an asset and can potentially be diversified or the risk of a price change in an investment
due to factors related to the issuer or, in the case of a derivative, the issuer of the underlying investment.
‘Spread risk’ Measures the impact of changes to the swap spread, i.e. the difference between swap rates and government bond yields.
‘Stage 1’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition.
Stage 1 financial instruments are required to recognise a 12 month expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 2’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. Stage
2 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 3’ This represents financial instruments where the financial instrument is considered impaired. Stage 3 financial instruments are required to
recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Standard & Poor’s’ A credit rating agency, including S&P Global Inc, and its affiliated entities.
'Standardised Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (SA-CCR)' The approach for the calculation of Exposure at Default for derivative and long-
settlement transactions introduced in the UK under CRR II, from 1 January 2022. This is a more risk sensitive approach that replaces the Current
Exposure Method (CEM) and Standardised Method (SM) applicable under CRR.
‘Standardised Approach (SEC-SA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under this method, an
institution must be able to calculate regulatory capital requirements per standardised approach for underlying exposures in the securitisation as if these
had not been securitised (‘KSA’), subject to certain other inputs and criteria.
‘Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments’ Agreements to lend to a customer in the future, subject to certain conditions. Such
commitments are either made for a fixed period, or have no specific maturity but are cancellable by the lender subject to notice requirements.
‘Statutory’ Line items of income, expense, profit or loss, assets, liabilities or equity stated in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act
2006 and the requirements of IFRS.
‘Statutory return on average shareholders’ equity’ Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders as a proportion of average
shareholders’ equity.
‘STD’ / ‘Standardised Approach’ A method of calculating RWAs that relies on a mandatory framework set by the regulator to derive risk weights based
on counterparty type and a credit rating provided by an External Credit Assessment Institute.
‘Sterling Over Night Index Average (SONIA)’ Reflects bank and building societies’ wholesale overnight funding rates in the sterling unsecured market
administrated and calculated by the Bank of England.
‘Stress Testing’ A process which involves identifying possible future adverse events or changes in economic conditions that could have unfavourable
effects on the Barclays Bank Group (either financial or non-financial), assessing the Barclays Bank Group’s ability to withstand such changes, and
identifying management actions to mitigate the impact.
‘Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss arising from a 12-month period of significant financial stress calibrated to 99%
confidence level over a 10-day holding period.
‘Structural cost actions (SCA)’ Cost actions taken to improve future financial performance.
‘Structural FX’ Foreign currency positions taken to hedge against the adverse effect of exchange rates on capital ratios. Under Article 352(2) of the CRR
the PRA may permit banks to exclude such Structural FX positions from the calculation of its market risk RWAs. On 15th December 2021 the PRA
issued Barclays this permission; taking effect from 31 December 2021. Any long FX positions that are in excess of what is required to hedge the adverse
effects of exchange rates on the bank’s capital ratio are not in scope of this exemption and will therefore be captured under the standardised market risk
approach.
‘Structural hedge’ or ‘hedging’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility and to smooth the income over a medium/long term on
positions that exist within the balance sheet and do not re-price in line with market rates. See also ‘Equity structural hedge’ and ‘Product structural
hedge’.
‘Structural model of default’ A model based on the assumption that an obligor will default when its assets are insufficient to cover its liabilities.
‘Structured credit’ Includes the legacy structured credit portfolio primarily comprising derivative exposures and financing exposures to structured credit
vehicles.
‘Structured entity’ An entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to
achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
‘Structured finance or structured notes’ A structured note is an investment tool that pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index
and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign
currency.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 260 |
‘Sub-prime’ Sub-prime is defined as loans to borrowers typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and potentially
more severe problems such as court judgments and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores,
high debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria indicating heightened risk of default.
‘Subordinated liabilities’ Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other
creditors of the issuer.
‘Supranational bonds’ Bonds issued by an international organisation, where membership transcends national boundaries (e.g. the European Union or
World Trade Organisation).
‘Synthetic Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions effected through the use of derivatives.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value (TNAV)’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less
goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
‘Tangible shareholders’ equity’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of
intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Term premium’ Additional interest required by investors to hold assets with a longer period to maturity.
‘The Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB)’ A comprehensive suite of capital rules developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
as part of Basel III and applicable to banks’ wholesale trading activities.
‘The Standardised Approach (TSA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under TSA, banks are required to hold regulatory
capital for operational risk equal to the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator (across all business
lines), multiplied by a supervisory defined percentage factor by business lines.
‘The three lines of defence’ The three lines of defence operating model enables Barclays Bank Group to separate risk management activities between
those client facing areas of the Barclays Bank Group and associated support functions responsible for identifying risk, operating within applicable limits
and escalating risk events (first line); colleagues in Risk and Compliance who establish the limits, rules and constraints under which the first line
operates and monitor their performance against those limits and constraints (second line); and, colleagues in Internal Audit who provide assurance to
the Board and Executive Management over the effectiveness of governance, risk management and control over risks (third line). The Legal function
does not sit in any of the three lines, but supports them all. The Legal function is, however, subject to oversight from Risk and Compliance with respect
to its own Operational and Compliance Risks, as well as with respect to the Legal Risk to which Barclays is exposed.
‘Through-the-cycle’ A long-run average through a full economic cycle.
‘Tier 1 capital’ The sum of the Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.
‘Tier 1 capital ratio’ The ratio which expresses Tier 1 capital as a percentage of RWAs under CRR.
‘Tier 2 (T2) capital’ A type of capital as defined in the CRR principally composed of capital instruments, subordinated loans and share premium accounts
where qualifying conditions have been met.
‘Tier 2 (T2) securities’ Securities that are treated as Tier 2 (T2) capital for the purposes of CRR.
‘Total balances on forbearance programmes coverage ratio’ Impairment allowance held against forbearance balances expressed as a percentage of
balance in forbearance.
‘Total capital ratio’ Total regulatory capital as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)’ A standard published by the FSB which is applicable to G-SIBs and requires a G-SIB to hold a prescriptive
minimum level of instruments and liabilities that should be readily available for bail-in within resolution to absorb losses and recapitalise the institution.
See also ‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)’.
‘Total outstanding balance’ In retail banking, total outstanding balance is defined as the gross month-end customer balances on all accounts including
accounts charged off to recoveries.
‘Total return swap’ An instrument whereby the seller of protection receives the full return of the asset, including both the income and change in the
capital value of the asset. The buyer of the protection in return receives a predetermined amount.
‘Traded Market Risk’ The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of trading book positions.
‘Trading book’ All positions in financial instruments and commodities held by an institution either with trading intent, or in order to hedge positions held
with trading intent.
‘Traditional Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions in which an underlying pool of assets generates cash flows to service payments to
investors.
‘Transitional’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a transitional basis, it is calculated in accordance with the transitional provisions set
out in Part Ten of CRR.
‘Treasury and Capital Risk’ This comprises of Liquidity Risk, Capital Risk and Interest Rate Risk in the banking book.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 261 |
‘Twelve month expected credit losses’ The portion of the lifetime ECL arising if default occurs within 12 months of the reporting date (or shorter period
if the expected life is less than 12 months), weighted by the probability of said default occurring.
‘Twelve month PD’ The likelihood of accounts entering default within 12 months of the reporting date.
‘Unencumbered’ Assets not used to secure liabilities or not otherwise pledged.
‘United Kingdom (UK)’ Geographic segment where Barclays Bank Group operates comprising the UK. Also see ‘Europe’.
‘UK Bank Levy’ A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable based on a portion of the
UK chargeable equity and liabilities of the bank on its balance sheet date.
‘UK leverage exposure’ Calculated as per the PRA rulebook, where the exposure calculation also includes the FPC’s recommendation to allow banks to
exclude claims on the central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these are matched by liabilities denominated in
the same currency and of identical or longer maturity. Prior to 1 January 2022, banks were only permitted to exclude claims on the central bank which
were matched by deposits (rather than liabilities).
‘UK leverage ratio’ As per the PRA rulebook, means a bank’s Tier 1 capital divided by its total exposure measure, with this ratio expressed as a
percentage. From 1 January 2022, UK banks are subject to a single UK leverage ratio requirement.
‘Unfunded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from
the obligation of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of the borrower or the occurrence of other specified credit events.
‘US Partner Portfolio’ Barclays co-branded credit card programmes with companies across various sectors including, but not limited to travel,
entertainment, and retail.
‘US Residential’ Mortgage-Backed Securities' Securities that represent interests in a group of US residential mortgages.
‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to market
LTVs derived by comparing total outstanding balance and the value of total collateral we hold against these balances. Valuation weighted Loan to Value
ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = total outstandings in portfolio/total property values of total outstandings in portfolio.
‘Value at Risk (VaR)’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level and within a
specific timeframe.
‘Weighted off balance sheet commitments’ Regulatory add-ons to the leverage exposure measure based on credit conversion factors used in the
Standardised Approach to credit risk.
‘Wholesale loans’ or ‘wholesale lending’ Lending to larger businesses, financial institutions and sovereign entities.
‘WM&I’ The Wealth Management & Investments business, which was transferred from Barclays UK to CC&P on 1 May 2023.
‘Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates (RFRWG)’ A group mandated with catalysing a broad-based transition to using 'Sterling
Overnight Index Average (SONIA)' as the primary sterling interest rate benchmark in bond, loan and derivatives markets.
‘Write-off (gross)’ The point where it is determined that an asset is irrecoverable, or it is no longer considered economically viable to try to recover the
asset or it is deemed immaterial or full and final settlement is reached and the shortfall written off. In the event of write-off, the customer balance is
removed from the balance sheet and the impairment allowance held against the asset is released. Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post
write-off recoveries.
‘Wrong-way risk’ Arises in a trading exposure when there is significant correlation between the underlying asset and the counterparty, which in an event
of default would lead to a significant mark to market loss. When assessing the credit exposure of a wrong-way trade, analysts take into account the
correlation between the counterparty and the underlying asset as part of the sanctioning process.
Glossary of terms
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 262 |
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit | Description |
1.1 | |
2.1 | Long Term Debt Instruments: Barclays Bank PLC is not party to any single instrument relating to long-term debt pursuant to which a total amount of securities exceeding 10% of its total assets (on a consolidated basis) is authorised to be issued. Barclays Bank PLC hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt or the rights of holders of the long-term debt of any of its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed with the Commission. |
2.2 | |
4.1 | |
4.2 | |
4.3 | |
4.4 | |
12.1 | |
13.1 | |
15.1 | |
97.1 | |
99.1 | |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase |
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 263 |
Signatures
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to
sign this annual report on its behalf.
Date February 20, 2024 | Barclays Bank PLC (Registrant) | |
By | /s/ Steven Ewart | |
Steven Ewart, Chief Financial Officer | ||
Barclays Bank PLC 2023 Annual Report on Form 20-F | 264 |